RolePlay onLine RPoL Logo

, welcome to Twilight Cruise (T2K: Pirates of the Vistula)

09:30, 18th April 2024 (GMT+0)

Ch. 18-1: Plock.

Posted by Cap'n RaeFor group 0
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2510 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Fri 20 Apr 2012
at 00:02
  • msg #1

Ch. 18: Plock


A journey is a person in itself; no two are alike. And all plans, safeguards, policing, and coercion are fruitless. We find that after years of struggle that we do not take a trip; a trip takes us.

John Steinbeck

-
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2511 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Fri 20 Apr 2012
at 00:36
  • msg #2

Ch. 18: Plock


Monday, November 20, 2000
0900 hrs.
44F
Slightly cloudy skies; slight breeze from the northeast
Vistula River, 10km north of Warsaw, Poland



For the first time in quite a while, the entire Kommando is aboard the Wisla Krolowa. For the first time since you first boarded the tough old river tug, her master, Old Adam Rataj is not sitting in the captain's seat. In fact, he's not aboard at all. Griet Niewiadomska, Adam's daughter from an extra-marital affair, is now in command of the vessel, charged with taking the Kommando at least as far as the Vistula Estuary, where the river meets the Baltic Sea.

It takes you a while to get used to the motion of the river tug. It's not marked enough to cause sea sickness, but it is a bit unsettling after so long on dry land.

The tug is looking ship-shape. The crew, with the assistance of a handful of Gora-Kalwaria townsfolk, spent quite a few hours making repairs and cleaning her from stem-to-stern. Her dozens of battle scars have been erased by fresh paint. The mighty Vasilek auto-mortar is once again on the Krolowa's foredeck. In place of the Mk-19 AGL (lost in Warsaw), formerly mounted on the raised quarterdeck aft of the main stack, the tug sports an AGS-17 AGL and a PKM for rear defense. The quarterdeck's old awning, shredded by shrapnel from a helicopter-fired aerial rocket, has been replaced by a new awning custom-made by the people of Gora Kalwaria.

The tug steams slowly down the river. The temperature is not yet below freezing again, but with the wind chill, it sure feels like it is. The river is relatively narrow here, and the countryside is wild and empty on both banks, the tragic legacy of the Baron's river corsairs. All of the riverside settlements you pass immediately downriver of Warsaw are either entirely bereft of human habitation or razed to the ground. Local fauna appear to have reclaimed much of this land. In the streets of one small abandoned hamlet not far from the east bank of the river, you watch a herd of large deer loiter, seemingly unconcerned by your passage. A few kilometers on, over on the west bank, you witness a small wolf pack gorging on a large prey animal in a clearing by the mouth of a small tributary.

This first day of the next leg of your journey down the Vistula is one for reestablishing on-board routines and relationships. There are watch and duty schedules to iron out, various weapons and mechanical systems to refamiliarize yourself with, and a multitude of dangers to be on guard for.


Next Moves?

-
This message was last edited by the GM at 00:40, Fri 20 Apr 2012.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1621 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Fri 20 Apr 2012
at 02:11
  • msg #4

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Once the tug was underway, Bayer had Lt.Sutherland muster the platoon on the deck. Getting back into old habits, it was time once again for everyone to be assigned to the various heavy weapons. Unlike previous times on the Queen, Bayer decided to change things up a little, creating two battle station rotations. This was to keep everyone familiar with the different types of weaponry aboard... and to a lesser extent, switch up those who would otherwise end up in the usually more passive and safer aft positions. For those few Kommandos with specialized skills, such as Dawid however, their placement was pretty much guaranteed to be in one place.

PositionRoto 1-----PositionRoto 2
BridgeBayer-----BridgeBayer
BridgeGriet-----BridgeGriet
BridgeDaniel-----BridgeDaniel
Vasilek No.1Dawid-----Vasilek No.1Dawid
Vasilek No.2Mariusz-----Vasilek No.2Jay
Port DSHKCraig-----Port DSHKTucker
Starb. DSHKJan-----Starb. DSHKQuyen
Qrtr.Deck AGSJay-----Qrtr.Deck AGSCraig
Aft PKMTucker-----Aft PKMJan
Crows Nest Jeff-----Crows NestJeff
Crows NestQuyen-----Crows NestMariusz


"The rotation taskings will change daily... Roto One for odd days and Roto Two will be on even days. Excluding the bridge crew, the order listed will also be the sentry roster, with one on duty during daylight hours and doubled up during the evening." Bayer explains.

Then with previous memories still fresh in his mind regarding the inevitable shore parties and realizing he had an disproportionate number of NCOs and officers to the men, Bayer says simply, "Shore parties will be on an ad-hoc basis, with senior squad leaders, usually two at a time, rotating between Robert, Jan, Dawid, and Lt.Sutherland."

"On ship, as just a reminder since it's been a while, Griet is chief of the boat."
he adds.

Bayer then looks around and asks, "Any issues with anything I said?"
Anneka Soleblume
NPC, 1566 posts
Major
Israeli Medical Officer
Fri 20 Apr 2012
at 02:45
  • msg #5

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Konrad Bayer:
Bayer then looks around and asks, "Any issues with anything I said?"


Anneka raises her hand and adds, "I still haven't received skills lists from all of the new personnel."
Daniel Larue
player, 87 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Fri 20 Apr 2012
at 03:11
  • msg #6

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Anneka Soleblume:
Anneka raises her hand and adds, "I still haven't received skills lists from all of the new personnel."


Danny's expression goes carefully blank as he heroically avoids making eye contact with Anneka.  At least she's not still going on about having me inflict full flight physicals on everyone.

Danny
Winona [30/30] w/ 6 magazines - slung
CZ 75 [15/15] w/ 2 magazines - holstered
AN-M8 HC smoke grenade x2 - on vest
AN-M18 red smoke grenade x1 - on vest

This message was last edited by the player at 12:39, Fri 20 Apr 2012.
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1291 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Fri 20 Apr 2012
at 12:33
  • msg #7

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Anneka Soleblume:
Anneka raises her hand and adds, "I still haven't received skills lists from all of the new personnel."

Jan couldn't stop himself from snorting in derision and asking a question of his own.  Anneka was already trying to play her who's in charge games and they'd only been away from Gora Kalwaria for one night!  Jan's dislike of the woman, that had dwindled while he was away from her, was quickly rekindled.

"More importantly Capitaine," he said to Konrad.  "What do we know about the river ahead?  Everything has been abandoned so far but do we know of any towns or villages further down river that are still occupied?  Do we have any idea how far north the Baron’s influence spread?"


Jan
AK-74 (30/30 - 30rnd mag x11) - carried
BG-15 (1/1 HE - HE x19) - underslung on AK-74
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 - 15rnd mag x4) - holster
M72A4 LAW - slung on strap
Frag grenade x2 - webbing pouch
Smoke grenade x2 - webbing pouch

This message was last edited by the player at 15:35, Fri 20 Apr 2012.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 612 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Fri 20 Apr 2012
at 15:32
  • msg #8

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet sat on her chair during the conference and nodded as Bayer acknowledged her command of the boat, "The Queen will be under Kaptain Bayer's overall command at all times. I'll have ultimate responsibility for the safety of the boat, but the aim is to get you all safely to Germany or wherever else we can get you. Obviously, Gdansk is our first main target. After that, we'll see where we need to go from there."

She fingered the silver chain with the gifts that her father had left her, the saint's medal for St. Jude, a missionary's ship and St. Brendan's Dolphin tailed cross. Most precious of all was the silver locket with a photo-booth picture of Adam and her mother mugging it up for the camera in one compartment and a picture of herself at about three. She was scowling bad-temperedly at the photographer, a scowl that had rarely left her face for years. Now she was alone again, just her and the Queen.

She felt the engine thrum below her and the boat roll along in the current. She was home at last.

Griet
Tantal 30/30 (+6 mags in vest)
BG-1 1/1 HE (+14 HE in Vest)
Makarov 7/7 (+2 mags)

This message was last edited by the player at 18:11, Sat 21 Apr 2012.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 290 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Sat 21 Apr 2012
at 06:10
  • msg #9

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

As the boat chugged down river, Jay settled into the rotation. Following the training from Dawid, he spent much of his time practising with the heavy weapons, mouthing the firing noises like a child playing with a stick, but pretty soon he was familiar with their workings.

The Jewish doctor lady had annoyed him. She seemed intent on grilling everyone about their capabilities. The normally affable Gurkha had decided to play dumb though, and deliberately played down his English skills, using lots of pantomime actions to describe his abilities with RPGs, hand to hand combat and stealth. Those watching who had gotten to know him couldn't help but laugh at his performance.

As he walked away from his interrogation he tipped a wink at those watching, allowing a big grin to spread across his face.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1034 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sat 21 Apr 2012
at 11:57
  • msg #10

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Mariusz smiled at Jay's antics with Soleblume. He had helped the Gurkha with his curry and knew full well that whilst he wasn't fluent in English, he was more than capable of communicating effectively.

When the man finished with the Doctor Marisuz popped his head through the door and said, "He also cooks."

Mariusz
AK-74 30/30 (+6 mags in vest)
BG-1 1/1 HE (+12 HE in vest)
M1911A1 7/7 (+2 mags on belt)

This message was last edited by the player at 18:13, Sat 21 Apr 2012.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2729 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 21 Apr 2012
at 12:06
  • msg #11

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Mrityunjay Byanjankar (msg #9):

Dawid returned "It's good that Anneka makes a point of knowing what we can do." He added, quietly, "at least that's something."

He fingered his own rosary.

"Kaptain, that schedule looks good. Just so you know... I've got things I need to do. I will travel with you as far as I can, and I may well come as far as Gdansk. Leave Poland? This is my home, she needs me."
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2512 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 21 Apr 2012
at 22:40
  • msg #12

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


About 40km downriver of Warsaw, the Wisla Krolowa slows markedly and unexpectedly after having experienced a loss of power in one of her engines. Seconds later, Jozef Grzyech's muffled growl sounds through the speaking tube from the engine room.

"Engine two just went down. I'll have to shut down the boilers."

Griet shouts back down the tube. "Alright, Chief, give me two minutes and then go ahead and shut them down."  Then she turns to Y and says, "Once we come about, drop the anchors."

"Aye, captain." Walter Matuziak answers. It's clear that he harbors romantic feelings for the new captain. He would have stayed aboard the tug even without the gold.

Griet spins the wheel and reverses thrust on the port side screw, bringing the tug's pug nose about to face upriver. She increases speed to hold station against the current until the anchors are deployed. She reduces power until it is clear that the anchors have taken hold, then she cuts the throttle altogether.

Considering his gruff and territorial personality, and a rather substantial language barrier, the grizzled chief engineer Josef Grzyech and the middle-aged American helicopter mechanic Adam Kellerman get along rather well. They both speak the language of gauges, levers, and wrenches and that appears to be enough. They two men work on the engine systems for about two hours before discovering the source of the problem. It takes another two hours to make the needed repairs. It was a relatively straightforward problem with a fairly easy, albeit time-consuming fix, and the chances of a reccurance are pretty low. However, by the time engine #2 is back on line, the sun is just above the western horizon. Since the tug is in no hurry, it was decided before final departure that, as SOP, the tug would not travel during hours of darkness. So, with no steam pressure and the firebox going cold, its decided to spend the night in situ. It will take at least 30 minutes to get a head of steam up and get underway again.

You settle in for your first night aboard the tug in some time. Those not on watch duty are greatful for the warm and sheltered crew accomodations below decks.

Next Moves?
Craig Sutherland
player, 498 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 21 Apr 2012
at 22:46
  • msg #13

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Craig decided to check both positions he would now be occupying. He moved the large DShK machine gun on its mount checking the extreme of its traverse and travel. He then familiarised himself with blockage and clearing procedures and where extra ammunition was kept.

Once satisfied he moved onto the grenade launcher. Here he had made some modifications to the protection around the position, raising the height of the sand bags while not impeding its movement.

One of the final things he attended to before leaving was to swap the handguard on his G3 for the one on Mariusz's rifle. Even thought his G3 was the sniper version of the series for some reason it did not have the handguard and bipod combination, but now it did.

When the time for his watch comes about Craig takes up the sniper position on top of the wheel house. He changes out the HE 40mm grenade for one of the illumination rounds before settling in under his scrim.

Top of wheel house.

HK G3SG/1 (w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm Telescopic Sight)[20/20] w/14 magazines - at his shoulder bipod deployed
Hk-69 [1/1] HE 40mmN - within arms reach
L32A1 (Browning A5) 10" Barrel [4/3] 00 Buckshot - carried
Browning HP-35 (w/ silencer) [20/20] w/2 magazines - holstered
Smoke grenade x1
Frag Grenade F1 x6
Kukri
This message was last edited by the player at 23:33, Sat 21 Apr 2012.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2731 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 21 Apr 2012
at 23:10
  • msg #14

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Dawid pulled Konrad aside.

"Kaptain, a word with you?"

"The NATO personnel wish to return home, which is of course understandable, and the Queen will be of service in this. As you know, this is my home. You're also aware I'm looking for my sister, and I heard she was downstream from Warszawa."



Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
PKM GPMG (100/100 + 2 spare ammo cans)
Stechkin + 2 magazines, 2x Smoke, 2x Fragmentation, 2x Flare
WK's bridge
Talking to Bayer

Daniel Larue
player, 89 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Sun 22 Apr 2012
at 01:09
  • msg #15

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Danny spends the first day learning the tug - her sounds, the rhythms of her crew, the subliminal feel of the deck when she's moving under power.  He's been aboard before, but the trip from Gora Kalwaria to Warsaw was full of preparations for a fight and the return voyage was full of patients.  It's a different experience to be on the bridge without an impending crisis, free to watch the Polish countryside slide by and observe Griet in her element.  The bridge is a bit cramped with its current complement, though, so after the second time he trips over Boots, he gives Bayer a heads-up and slips outside to begin prowling the weather deck.  He stays out there for most of the morning, occasionally exchanging conversation with the guys he can't help thinking of as door gunners.

After assisting Mariusz with lunch, a quick check with Jan yields an unclaimed pair of binoculars from the team's stores.  Danny retreats to the forward weather deck and does some thinking while he periodically scans the land around the tug.

Once the decision is made to settle in for the night, Danny seeks out Bayer and finds the CO in conversation with Dawid.  He stands off at a polite distance until the big Pole is done, then catches Bayer's attention.  "Captain... a moment, please?  Two things."

"First, when we were in G-K, Major Soleblume brought up the idea of doing a round of full physicals."  He frowns.  "I don't know if she's approached you on that yet, but I would at least like your permission to do a quick medical survey of the unit - and Griet's crew, if she doesn't object.  Knowing things like drug allergies and blood types is gonna help me later.Help me not make mistakes that kill people later, he mentally adds.

"Second thing, Sir... you said bridge crew is off sentry duty, but I'd appreciate it if you'd put me in the rotation.  I can catch up with combat naps while we're under way, and," he colors slightly but looks Bayer straight in the eye, "I don't want any of the other shooters to think I'm not pulling my weight."
This message was last edited by the player at 01:10, Sun 22 Apr 2012.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1626 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sun 22 Apr 2012
at 03:06
  • msg #16

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Although he had failed to remember to include one of Daniel's companions on the duty roster, Bayer was pleased there were no real objections or issues with it. Later that night, he'd have to adjust the list and make use of the overlooked American gunner. Hopefully soon enough, everyone would find it easy to fall back into their old routine and things would be running as they were before they departed the Queen for Warsaw.

Bayer remaines expressionless when Solemblume spoke up, not wanting to show his annoyance with her, but at the same time he does nothing about any of the unrestrained negativity that is displayed by the men. Either she got the hint now or he'd have to talk with her quietly later.

Unfortunately Bayer had nothing of value to say to Jan's query either, not at this time anyways, but hoped that perhaps some of those from Warsaw might have something to add. He then gave a look to Daniel and the female pilot, looking for any input they might have. If not, they just have to deal with whatever the Vistula could throw at them when it happened. It wasn't the best way to going about heading downstream... but they did manage to get this far.

Bayer then nods slowly at Griet, thankful for her support, and dismisses the group, not wanting to take up any more of their time. If anyways wanted to continue speaking with him, they could do privately. Then on his way back up to the bridge, Dawid is the first to do so...

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
Dawid pulled Konrad aside. "The NATO personnel wish to return home, which is of course understandable, and the Queen will be of service in this. As you know, this is my home. You're also aware I'm looking for my sister, and I heard she was downstream from Warszawa."


Bayer scratches the stubble on his chin and replies, "I can promise that we will do our best to collect any information that we can from settlements or other boats that we come across Dawid. If we can discover her whereabouts, or even rumor, then we will most certainly investigate... and do what needs to be done." He then looks at the man for a reaction on his sincere promise and asks, "Acceptable?"

Then shortly afterwards, Bayer turns his attention to Daniel...

Daniel Larue:
"First, when we were in G-K, Major Soleblume brought up the idea of doing a round of full physicals."  He frowns.  "I don't know if she's approached you on that yet, but I would at least like your permission to do a quick medical survey of the unit - and Griet's crew, if she doesn't object.  Knowing things like drug allergies and blood types is gonna help me later."


"No... no she hasn't." Bayer replies quietly about the doctor. Then impressed with the American's professional concern, he agrees without hesitation, "Of course. That's a good suggestion and uhh... I think it would be better received by the unit if it was conducted by you anyways." Bayer then adds, "You might also want to canvas the unit and see what other medical supplies are floating around. We had an old SOP for everyone to carry at least one field dressing for self aid, but some of the group might need to be reissued any that were used up in Warsaw."

Daniel Larue:
"Second thing, Sir... you said bridge crew is off sentry duty, but I'd appreciate it if you'd put me in the rotation.  I can catch up with combat naps while we're under way, and," he colors slightly but looks Bayer straight in the eye, "I don't want any of the other shooters to think I'm not pulling my weight."


On this Bayer thinks for a moment, mulling things over, before saying, "That should be fine. The bridge crew was excluded since they'd be on duty whenever the boat was traveling, but that doesn't necessarily apply to you specifically." He then nods and says, "Sure. Not a problem."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2732 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 22 Apr 2012
at 09:05
  • msg #17

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Konrad Bayer:
Bayer scratches the stubble on his chin and replies, "I can promise that we will do our best to collect any information that we can from settlements or other boats that we come across Dawid. If we can discover her whereabouts, or even rumor, then we will most certainly investigate... and do what needs to be done." He then looks at the man for a reaction on his sincere promise and asks, "Acceptable?"


Dawid came to attention and, seeing they were inside, saluted.

"Yes, sir. Apologies, I don't mean to take up any more time." It looked like others needed the Kaptain's attention and he had no further requests.

After, he sought Jan out.

"Thank you, my friend, for the cigarettes. You are a Godsend! I can't imagine my good-for-nothing brother doing such a thing for me. That's it, he's out of the will and you're in."
This message was last edited by the player at 09:47, Sun 22 Apr 2012.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1035 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 22 Apr 2012
at 09:25
  • msg #18

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Mariusz looked affectionately at the bright light of the electric bulb that illuminated the galley as he picked through the food and ingredients that he'd accumulated from the granary and the Baron's personal kitchen. The herbs and spices were kept under lock and key, probably being more valuable now than the gold coins he'd been given but many people wouldn't have realised the value of one of the strains of wheat grain that he had discovered in the battle for the food store.

He placed the sack of grain on the table and opened it up before letting the amber grains run through his hands. He smiled as he remembered the instructions his mother had given him about the secrets of preparing food from the most basic of ingredients. He placed one of the looted plastic buckets under the stainless steel grinder bolted to the preparation table and then set the blades of the grinder to a precise setting only a little narrower than the grains themselves.

After some experimentation, he soon had bright yellow powder sifting from the grain as the blades ground the husks and coverings of the grains whilst leaving the bulk of the germ intact. Slowly the bucket filled with the yellow powder and after a few hours, he had a bucketful of several kilograms of the powder and a pile of white germs ready for grinding into flour. The yellow powder could be used to fortify soups as semolina or as cous-cous and polenta. He sealed the bucket and then set the blades closer together.

Now it was time for the real magic, the wheat strain was high in protein but low in gluten which made it a poor ingredient for making bread, but perfect for pasta. He hummed tunelessly to himself, imagining the pleasure the others would take from eating home made pasta rather than heavy bread and potatoes.
Daniel Larue
player, 91 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Sun 22 Apr 2012
at 11:45
  • msg #19

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Konrad Bayer:
"No... no she hasn't." Bayer replies quietly about the doctor. Then impressed with the American's professional concern, he agrees without hesitation, "Of course. That's a good suggestion and uhh... I think it would be better received by the unit if it was conducted by you anyways."


"Yessir.Ah ha.  So he's not immune to Doctor Feelgood's... charms... either.

Konrad Bayer:
Bayer then adds, "You might also want to canvas the unit and see what other medical supplies are floating around. We had an old SOP for everyone to carry at least one field dressing for self aid, but some of the group might need to be reissued any that were used up in Warsaw."


"I'll see to that.  Tourniquets all around, too.  I may also have some recommendations on medical SOPs once I assess the overall level of training."

Konrad Bayer:
On this Bayer thinks for a moment, mulling things over, before saying, "That should be fine. The bridge crew was excluded since they'd be on duty whenever the boat was traveling, but that doesn't necessarily apply to you specifically." He then nods and says, "Sure. Not a problem."


"Thank you, Sir."  Realizing he should probably take a cue from Dawid, Danny comes to attention and snaps Bayer a salute.  Once dismissed, he heads up the ladder in search of his first victim.  May as well get started before we get hit.  I shoulda done this last week...

OOC: Rubber gloves and intrusive questions to come in PMs!
This message was last edited by the player at 13:58, Sun 22 Apr 2012.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 613 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sun 22 Apr 2012
at 12:45
  • msg #20

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Once the Queen was stable in the current and the guards were set up, Griet clambered down into the engine room. She checked in with Josef and after discussing the maintenance needed to get the boat running again she said, "Whilst the fires are out we might as well work on the fire box. I'll catch a nap now and once the box is cool enough to work in call me and I'll clean out the soot and residues."

Griet hated the dirty cramped job, but Josef was nearly three times her age and not nearly so supple, she could perform the routine task far more efficiently, she turned to the American and said, "If you want I'll talk you through the process as I do it, it'll be the sort of thing you may not have encountered before. I certainly hadn't and I'd been working on ships for years."
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1295 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Mon 23 Apr 2012
at 20:58
  • msg #21

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

It didn’t overly surprise Jan that Konrad didn’t have much information about what the situation was downriver from Warsaw.  The Baron had effectively blocked traffic up and down the river so information was bound to be in short supply and they would have no option but to find out for themselves and deal with things as they occurred.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
After, he sought Jan out.

"Thank you, my friend, for the cigarettes. You are a Godsend! I can't imagine my good-for-nothing brother doing such a thing for me. That's it, he's out of the will and you're in."

Jan smiled in reply.  “I am most grateful my friend.  If only you had something of value to leave me!  Something tasteful at least!”



Once the Queen had settled on its anchors Jan studied the river bank on either side with his binoculars in the fading light, judging the distance to each and any particularly good vantage points that could be used to attack the boat.  He knew next to nothing about engines so he stayed out of Griet and the other mechanics way and waited for them to fix it.  It didn't bode well that they had travelled only a few kilometres and they were already having trouble with the Queen but he was sure that they could fix it.

He knew that she had taken quite a pounding though, despite the recent coat of paint that hid most of the repairs, and Griet and her crew knew their boat well.  Jan just hoped that not having Adam on board wouldn't pose a problem - it wasn't that he lacked confidence in Griet, in fact it was quite the reverse, it was just that it felt different without the original Captain on board.

Before darkness finally settled in Jan pointed out any vantage points that he had spotted to the other guards on watch before setting in to his own position.  He had had quite a restful time over the last couple of weeks and now it was time to do some proper soldiering again.  He felt a tinge of desire for a cigarette but resisted it, smoking on duty in the dark was a bad idea, even what he was sat on a boat in the middle of a wide river.
This message was last edited by the player at 21:02, Mon 23 Apr 2012.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2514 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 24 Apr 2012
at 00:11
  • msg #22

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet Niewiadomska:
Once the Queen was stable in the current and the guards were set up, Griet clambered down into the engine room. She checked in with Josef and after discussing the maintenance needed to get the boat running again she said, "Whilst the fires are out we might as well work on the fire box. I'll catch a nap now and once the box is cool enough to work in call me and I'll clean out the soot and residues."

Griet hated the dirty cramped job, but Josef was nearly three times her age and not nearly so supple, she could perform the routine task far more efficiently, she turned to the American and said, "If you want I'll talk you through the process as I do it, it'll be the sort of thing you may not have encountered before. I certainly hadn't and I'd been working on ships for years."


"Don't worry Chief, we cleaned out the firebox right before we left Gora Kalwaria- no sense in getting yourself all dirty again so soon. We can handle it."

Mac just smiles and nods, unsure of quite what's just transpired. "Thanks, Skipper."
This message was last edited by the GM at 00:15, Tue 24 Apr 2012.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2515 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 24 Apr 2012
at 00:41
  • msg #23

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


After a particular tasty dinner served up by young chef Mariusz, the Krolowa's crew and her Kommando settle into their night routines. The night is particularly dark. The moon and stars are hiding behind thick clouds. Looking aft, downriver, you can see lights in the distance. When consulted, first mate Walter Matusiak opines, "That should be Plock." It's probably no more than a hour's journey at the tug's top speed.

As the tug is no longer underway, it doesn't feel quite as cold as it did earlier in the day, although the actual temperature has gone down. Those not on watch enjoy the relative warmth of the Krolowa's interior.

The tug's crew and security force/passengers are still getting used to life on board a ship. Light discipline is inadvertently breached several times, prompting Konrad to make the rounds of the Queen to remind everyone to maintain blackout conditions at all times. Those with NODs make good use of them, periodically turning them on for a few minutes to sweep their assigned defensive sectors before switching them back off again to conserve battery life. Although the tug has a fairly effective charger, batteries, even rechargable ones, have a finite lifespan and the prospects of acquiring more are extremely thin. Even with NODs, it's hard to see very far in the near pitch black darkness. The constant motion of the steadily flowing river plays tricks on the eyes, making scanning for riverine threats that much more difficult in the dark.



Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 00:45, Tue 24 Apr 2012.
Minh Quyen
player, 622 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Tue 24 Apr 2012
at 01:34
  • msg #24

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

After sneaking a after dinner smoke in the galley Quyen dug out her wool army sweater and threw it on over her Aidas track hoodie. It was getting colder as each day passed and she knew sooner than later that would start to be a serious issue, so she then sought out Konrad to see if he could help out. "Hauptmann. Sorry... but because of the winter there is an issue that may become a problem for me. I only have a sweater. No jacket. I almost froze in Warsaw."
Konrad Bayer
player, 1627 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Tue 24 Apr 2012
at 02:17
  • msg #25

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Minh Quyen:
"Hauptmann. Sorry... but because of the winter there is an issue that may become a problem for me. I only have a sweater. No jacket. I almost froze in Warsaw."


Bayer glances down at her sweater and nods, "Hmmm... don't worry. I promised Dawid we would try to gather information as we travel downriver. We'll trade for a jacket the first opportunity. In the meantime, you may use my parka when you are outside on sentry and I will also ask the others if they have a spare. Sound good for now?"



Before bunking down for the night, Bayer went around reminding the night sentries to preserve their night optics as much as possible. Same too for radios which didn't need to be on at all while on board the Queen. During his rounds, he also witnessed a few incidents of poor light discipline, which surprised him, so he firmly reminded everyone that while life aboard the tug was different than being in the field - night routine SOPs were basically the same.

Later in the night, he was awoken in his sleeping bag by the sound of a dull bump sound. Opening his eyes, he reaches for his sidearm nearby and listens, hearing the same sound again. There was no mistake this time and something was wrong. The night sentries were posted, but he new well enough that those sounds were something foreign hitting the hull.

Bayer then rose and still half dressed, crept out to the doorway and peered out into the cold night. He spotted the men in one of the boats, little more than shadows, and pushed himself up against the side of the Queen for cover. Then not willing to challenge the men he aims his P7, steadying it with both hands, at the first figure clambering over the gunwhale and squeezes off two shots.

"ALARM!" he shouts before the last shell casing hits the floor. "Stand to stand to! Prepare to repell boarders!"

Bayer will then hold fire and gauge the reaction of the unknown party.

Bayer
P7 9mmP (11/13)
Half-dressed in the doorway
Firing 2 aimed shots at closest boarder

This message was last edited by the player at 02:33, Tue 24 Apr 2012.
Daniel Larue
player, 93 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Tue 24 Apr 2012
at 02:19
  • msg #26

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Thoroughly unqualified to be behind a machine gun, Danny finds himself splitting a bridge watch shift with Bayer.  He takes care of the hauptmann's medical interview, then passes the time with a few quiet inquiries about the unit and some relatively safe personal questions.  Their paths didn't cross a lot in Warsaw or G-K and this is the first chance Danny's really had to get a good read on his new CO.  If Danny discovers Bayer was also a marathoner, the inevitable comparison of courses and times will no doubt occur.

After Bayer turns in, Danny restlessly prowls the bridge, occasionally stepping outside to converse with Sutherland and Tuck and relieve them so they can warm up.  He's just finished logging his 0200 weather observations when he catches motion out of the corner of his eye.  Flipping down his NVGs, he sees the boarders coming alongside.  For a moment, he's too croggled to do anything but give Craig an incredulous, almost offended look.  Are you shittin' me?

Bayer's first shot breaks Danny's paralysis.  He turns, scattering his logbook on the floor, and swipes a hand across the bank of switches that controls the work lamps for the main deck.  As the powerful lights come up, he grabs the microphone for the public address system.  "Drop your weapons, drop your fucking weapons!"

Danny
Lights and speakers that go to eleven
Winona [30/30 + 6 magazines] - laid across an adjacent seat
CZ 75 [15/15 + 2 magazines] - holstered
AN-M8 HC smoke grenade x2 - on vest
AN-M18 red smoke grenade x1 - on vest

OOC: I am assuming the Queen has lights and PA as I just described (respectively, for night operations and for passing orders from the wheelhouse to the deck crew and/or other vessels).  Danny's intent is to blind and disorient the boarders more than he blinds and disorients the other PCs, hoping to defuse the fight - or at least rupture some OODA loops.  If the vessel does not, in fact, have the systems necessary for this questionable tactic, he'll waste an action remembering that fact.  Regardless, though, Danny is staying low, as the bridge is an obvious target for suppressive fire.

This message was last edited by the player at 02:58, Tue 24 Apr 2012.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2735 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 24 Apr 2012
at 06:54
  • msg #27

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #25):

Understanding and agreeing with Konrad's concern, Dawid went around himself and double-checked to make sure everyone was practicing light discipline. It wasn't so much the members of the Kommando; they were all used to trying to remain unseen in the field.

When the alarm was sounded he grabbed the PKM and his NVGs, headed to the main weapon at the bow.

"What side? Where?"

Reaching the bow he chambered a round into the GP-gun. Then he checked both sides. Just because they were coming up one side didn't mean they couldn't be at the other as well.

Dawid Piotrowski
PKM 100/100
Bow Vasilek Fighting Position
Checking both sides with NVGs.

This message was last edited by the player at 08:49, Tue 24 Apr 2012.
Craig Sutherland
player, 499 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Tue 24 Apr 2012
at 07:28
  • msg #28

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


From his vantage point on top of the wheel house, Craig had to blink a couple of times to make sure he was not making things up.

He then grabbed one of his FRAG grenades before throwing it towards the boat on the right side, he did the same with a second grenade to the one on the left.

Throwing grenades at the boarders boats.
Top of wheel house.

HK G3SG/1 (w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm Telescopic Sight)[20/20] w/14 magazines
L32A1 (Browning A5) 10" Barrel [4/3]
Browning HP-35 (w/ silencer)[20/20] w/2 magazines
Smoke grenade x1
FRAG Grenade F1 x6
Kukri
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1296 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Tue 24 Apr 2012
at 13:30
  • msg #29

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jan was quietly snoring to himself and happy in a dream about meeting Vanessa Paradis for coffee in an old fashioned café called Bar de la Marine.  It was a place he knew well on the harbour in Marseilles and they were having a very good time.  She was laughing at his jokes and kept touching his knee when she smiled at him and he had just suggested that they switch from coffee to Pastis, or Pastaga as he preferred to call it, and she had agreed.  He was hoping that their date was going to go somewhere more interesting than a café when he was rudely awoken by the sound of someone shooting, quickly followed by someone yelling something about repelling borders!

He quickly rolled out of his sleeping bag, slung his webbing over his shoulder, grabbed his rifle and ran out of the cabin and on the deck to find out what was happening.  He was sleeping in a clean pair of combat trousers and a dark grey hooded sweatshirt so the chill of the night didn’t shock him too much, though that was partly due to the adrenaline that was coursing through his veins, but he could really feel the cold deck as he went to find out what was going on.  Though he had a pair of socks on he hadn’t had time to put on his boots, let alone his body armour or helmet.

“Where are they?” he yelled in English while standing just outside the doorway to the cabin.  He scanned around trying to work out what was going on, conscious that this was just the kind of situation where people could easily end up shooting their comrades!


Jan
Grabbing weapon and ammo, exiting the cabin and trying to work out what is going on
AK-74 (30/30 - 30rnd mag x7) - carried
BG-15 (1/1 HE - HE x11) - underslung on AK-74
Frag grenade x2 - webbing pouch
Smoke grenade x2 - webbing pouch
Note – webbing not currently worn but is looped over shoulder

Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1037 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Tue 24 Apr 2012
at 16:07
  • msg #30

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Mariusz wriggled out of his sleeping bag and thrust his feet into his open boots. He grabbed his rifle and vest and headed as quickly as he could for his position on deck, at some point a thought about what was going on entered his head but he thrust it away. Time to find that out after he knew if the boat was secure or not.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 614 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Tue 24 Apr 2012
at 16:10
  • msg #31

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet had been glad not to have to crawl into the firebox. The girder that had broken her leg had pinned her in a pocket of rubble for thirty-six hours before a search party had dug her out and even now she felt uncomfortable in tight spaces.

The noise of the alarm woke her from her sleep and she sat upright and grabbed her gun. She stood and dashed out into the corridor heading to the bridge to assess the nature of the emergency.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2737 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 24 Apr 2012
at 19:48
  • msg #32

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Craig Sutherland (msg #28):

Seeing Craig chuck 2 grenades over the side (where it's likely friendlies would be leaning over to look) without any kind of warning, Dawid yelled out, "GRENADES!"
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1266 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Wed 25 Apr 2012
at 03:34
  • msg #33

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Tucker had gotten back to his rack are fairly quickly when he heard there was an alarm of 'repel boarders' being yelled out by what sounded like Konrad and seeing for himself.  He had wanted that damn M-14K so bad for CQB actions and it was time to see if it was worth the wait.  Robert chambered a round in it and put an extra mag in his cargo pocket and then put his kevlar vest on over his gun belt holding the H&K SOCOM pistol.

He tried to get to an outside position so he could get eyes on some threats and made himself real small on a corner when he heard 'grenade' being yelled out by Dawid.  He is going to make [1] well placed shot on one of te first boarders he sees with the M-14K on semi-automatic.

OOC: Being that Tucker was up, he would've had his pistol and spare mags on?
This message was last edited by the player at 01:21, Thu 26 Apr 2012.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2517 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Fri 27 Apr 2012
at 00:13
  • msg #34

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


The peace of the night is instantly shattered as all hell breaks loose aboard the Wilsa Krolowa.

Konrad is the first to react, firing two pistol shots at the first boarder (port side, amidships) before ducking back down behind cover. He's fairly certain that both shots missed. (Konrad -2 rounds 9mm)

Daniel LaRue hits the lights, attempting to blind or at least disorient the attackers. The tug's lights illuminate the water ahead of the tug, leaving the sides of the ship in shadow. If anyone managed to sleep through Konrad's two gunshots, the tug's PA/loudspeaker certainly wakes them up. If the attackers understand LaRue's amplified command to surrender, they certainly give no indication.

Craig, in the sniper's eerie above the bridge, believes that high explosives are the key to repelling the surprise boarding attack. He tosses one frag to port and then, without waiting for a result, tosses a second to starboard. The port grenade bounces off the rubber hull of the first boat and lands in the Vistula where it explodes harmlessly. The second grenade falls into the mastless, wooden sailboat and lodges under a bench. It explodes in a shower of metal fragments and wooden splinters, knocking down three or four of the starboard-side boarding party and showering the Krolowa's superstructure with bits of dangerous debris. (Craig -2 frags)

Tucker emerges on the Tug's raised quarterdeck, M-14K in hand. He fires at one of the boarders to port. The man's leg buckles as the bullet shatters his right femur and he falls to the deck screaming in pain. (Tucker -1 round)

Several of the boarders open fire on the tug's obvious/visible defensive positions on full automatic, spraying bullets at the surprised defenders. Bullets' ricochet loudly off of the tug's thick hide, zinging off in unpredictable directions. The attackers' attention is focussed on the superstructure above them, so Dawid'd approach from forward is not immendiately noticed.


Next Moves?
Konrad Bayer
player, 1628 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Fri 27 Apr 2012
at 01:01
  • msg #35

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

With everyone alerted now, Bayer edges away from the doorway and encourages the team to pour it on, "Keep firing keep firing! Maximum aggression... take dem'out!" Once someone has taken his position at the doorway he rushes back to his bunk and grabs his G36 and his tac vest as the 9mm just won't suffice tonight.

Then as he moves back towards the firefight, he inserts a buckshot round into his 40mm launcher.
Daniel Larue
player, 94 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Fri 27 Apr 2012
at 01:44
  • msg #36

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Crap.  Not exactly the lights I wanted.  Danny quickly glances around for the switches that should control the work lights on the deck - forward navigation isn't exactly a priority at the moment.  His search is interrupted by wayward shrapnel rattling against the bridge windows.  The safety glass holds but there are a few new cracks and divots.  Griet's gonna be pissed.  Okay, fuck 'em.

Still kneeling below the level of the windows and staying in the unlit bridge's interior shadows, Danny makes a long arm and grabs Winona from her chair, flipping her selector to SEMI.  He eases around the corner to the bridge's aft door and trips the latch to let it swing open.  Through his NVGs, he scans the knot of boarders for anyone who looks like he's trying to organize the assault.  Winona's barrel swings up and spits out a controlled pair, then one more for good measure...

Danny
Three quick shots to the guy acting like he's in charge (check fire if Griet is in the line of fire on her way to the bridge)
Winona [30/30 + 6 magazines] - up, on SEMI
CZ 75 [15/15 + 2 magazines] - holstered, cocked and locked
AN-M8 HC smoke grenade x2 - on vest
AN-M18 red smoke grenade x1 - on vest

This message was last edited by the player at 02:05, Fri 27 Apr 2012.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1268 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Fri 27 Apr 2012
at 02:01
  • msg #37

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Tucker already likes this weapon!  He knows it's only one round from it but,the damage that it deals is quite impressive and it is handy to have in such a small space to work in.  If there are two [2] threats to fire at with single-shots at each one he will do so.  If not, he will double-tap the next closest and agressive threat nearest to him.

TUCKER
M-14K [19/20] {Set on S/S}
[+1] MAG 20 in cargo pocket
H&K SOCOM (.45 acp) [12/12] SAFETY 'ON & HOLSTERED'
[+2] MAG 12 in mag pouch
Kevlar Vest/Helmet

[2] single-shots to [2] threats or [1] double-tap to [1] threat

Jeff D. Warren
player, 410 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Fri 27 Apr 2012
at 05:36
  • msg #38

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

With his new orders from Johnston eating at him coupled long hours in the crows nest, Jeff had lost some focus, and it had let the attackers get the best of him.  He intended to make up for this mistake quickly.  At the first opportunity he had, he took aim and fired rright at the chest of the arrogant pirate with the sword.


Jeff Warren
Crows Nest
Quick shot on sword pirate.
SAKO TRG-21 [10/10]

Craig Sutherland
player, 500 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Fri 27 Apr 2012
at 06:00
  • msg #39

Re: Ch. 18: Plock



As he rolled back from throwing the last grenade Craig has his shotgun in hand. He waits for the denotation before rolling towards the sandbag lip of his position.

Shotgun at his shoulder lying on his side, he fires the four rounds of Buckshot in the magazine into the port attackers while trying to not expose more of himself then necessary.

Above Bridge

L32A1 (Browning A5) 10" Barrel [4/3]
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 295 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Fri 27 Apr 2012
at 06:23
  • msg #40

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jay had been caught unaware by all the commotion. He had been busy trying out his new IR goggles, and not maintaining a proper watch. Cursing himself, he dropped to his knee and raised his rifle to his shoulder. He flipped the selector to FULL AUTO and scanned for targets. Once located he intended to put a full burst into them and make they pay for his lapse.

As he looked around he glanced over the side of the boat of there were more attackers coming aboard. If he sees multiple targets he will spray the area, intended to cause damage as well as suppress.


Jay Biyanjankar
In a crouch, looking for targets and then firing on full auto
AK74 30/30

Griet Niewiadomska
player, 615 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Fri 27 Apr 2012
at 15:02
  • msg #41

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet reached the bridge and looked around to assess the situation. There were boarders to port and starboard and several men already seemed to have gained a foothold on the boat.

She exited from the port side of the wheelhouse and moved to cover the stairs down to the deck. She crouched down and readied her rifle, waiting to see what was going on before firing and potentially hitting one of her comrades. She saw Mariusz appearing from a doorway and said, "Boarders! Cover the starboard stairs. Don't shoot until we've seen what side people are on."

Griet
AK-74 30/30
BG-1 1/1HE
Crouched at port stairs
Overwatch

Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1038 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Fri 27 Apr 2012
at 15:04
  • msg #42

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

As Mariusz exited onto the upper deck he saw Griet crouched down. She hissed him and order and he nodded. He dropped to a crouch and scrambled around to the opposite side of the boat. He shouldered his rifle and scanned the darkness for targets.

Mariusz
AK-74 30/30
BG-1 1/1HE
Covering starboard steps

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2741 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 28 Apr 2012
at 00:03
  • msg #43

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

The debris from the explosion to starboard indicated that the boat there was destroyed.

Therefore, the port probably had more boarders.

"Firing!"

Propping the GPMG on the port rail, he began firing down the side hull of the tug, raking any boards in the act of climbing up and anyone remaining in the rubber raft.


Dawid Piotrowski
PKM 100/100
Port Bow railing
Firing long burst down side of boat. Attempting to avoid friendly casualties by shooting down the side of the hull, not across the deck.

Jan Cerny
NPC, 1298 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sat 28 Apr 2012
at 18:00
  • msg #44

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Someone, Jan didn't know who but Dawid had yelled a warning, had thrown a grenade either side of the boat.  The explosion on the starboard side had been much louder so Jan raced to the port side with his rifle to his shoulder.  As he moved he looked for targets and if he spotted any he fired a double tap at them.

Konrad's orders were right.  They needed to establish control of the boat as quickly as possible!  Maximum speed and aggression were required!


Jan
Going to the port side of the boat and firing a double tap at any target that he spots.  If he spots a second target he will also fire a double tap at that one for a total of four shots.
AK-74 (30/30 - 30rnd mag x7) - carried
BG-15 (1/1 HE - HE x11) - underslung on AK-74
Frag grenade x2 - webbing pouch
Smoke grenade x2 - webbing pouch
Note – webbing not currently worn but is looped over shoulder

Cap'n Rae
GM, 2519 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 28 Apr 2012
at 22:18
  • msg #45

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


On the quarterdeck, Tuck attempts to create more carnage with his new toy. A burst of automatic fire brushes him back, one round glancing off the crown of his K-pot. He stumbles backwards, loses his balance, and falls on his ass. The only thing hurting, though, is his pride. Fortunately, everyone else is currently too busy to have witnessed his short trip. As he starts to regain his feet, he senses something behind him, at the back railing of the quarterdeck, just out of sight in front of the AGS/PKM position.

Griet is waiting at the top of the stairs when a dark-clad man wielding a sword in his right hand and a pistol in his left pops up just in front of her. She squeezes off a burst, hitting the boarder in the stomach. He doubles over in pain, pauses for a moment, and then starts crawling towards Griet, his sword clanging off the last couple of metal stairs to the starboard waste HMG position. (Griet -3 rounds)

One of the boarders on the starboard side tosses a frag up towards the HMG mount beneath the bridge. The grenade clangs off the Dishka's long barrel and drops down the main deck were a wounded boarder lays [this is the fellow whose leg was shattered by Tucker in the second round]. There are two more men within the primary blast radius when the grenade explodes, killing two of them and badly wounding the third as the concussion knocks him on his face.

Dawid has just set up his PKM when the errant grenade blows up. A fragment buzzes past his ear as he leans into the buttstock of his machinegun and unleashes a flurry of rounds on the men still in the inflatable [if he rests his bipod on the railing, he can't really fire down its inner side]. His fire cuts down the three men still aboard and punches several holes in the boat's uppers. When he releases the trigger, there are no more targets visible on the starboard side of the tug. The man wounded and knocked down by his comrade's frag is lying on the deck groaning about five meters from Dawid's feet. (Dawid -10 rounds)

Jay comes up right behind Dawid, too late to engage the now-decimated enemy boarding party on the tug's port side.

Craig, up in the sniper's nest, fires three rounds of buck down into the inflatable at the same time as Dawid's burst. His fire compounds the carnage and further damages the small boat. (Craig -3 rounds buck)

Warren, also in the snipers' nest, attempts to engage the boarders but finds that the long SAKO rifle and its high-powered scope is not suited to this kind of close-range fight. It's just too unwieldy and he can't get a sight picture without leaning out over the edge of the bridge roof. Frustrated, he sets down the rifle and draws his pistol. By the time he's ready to use it, the port side looks clear.

Jan emerges from the crew quarters on to the main deck, portside. There are bodies all around. He looks forward and sees a man nearly at the top of the stairs to the HMG catwalk. He could shoot the man in the back but he realizes that any long rounds or through-and-throughs could strike one of his own people.

Konrad also emerges on deck, a deadly buckshot round loaded in his German grenade launcher. It takes him a couple of seconds to make a decent assessment of the current, and rapidly changing, tactical situation on board the tug.

Mariusz, meanwhile, runs around the HMG catwalk and sets up near the top of the stairs just as a man with a short-barrelled AK jumps up the last couple of steps. Mariusz is ready but the man's sudden appearance startles him into firing off a longer burst than he'd planned. The man fires too, but Mariusz is a split-second quicker. Three of his five rounds strike the target, stitching the boarder from his right [then abdomen] to his left arm. The man dances a grotesque jig, loses his footing, and tumbles back down the steep staircase. One of the enemy's rounds skids across Mariusz's scalp. Thusly stung, Mariusz stumbles backwards a couple of steps and then falls to his knees. The wound stings badly and he can feel blood starting to seep through his long hair, but he knows that he's not badly hurt. He hears more men on the deck below him. (Mariusz -5 rounds)

Daniel LaRue emerges from the bridge's aft door just as the Mariusz sends the boarder sprawling down the stairs. Daniel spots another boarder running aft along the main deck and he squeezes off three rounds. The first one appears to catch the man in the lower back, while the third blasts a big chuck from the back of the man's head. He falls fowards and slides a couple of meters down the deck, coming to stop with a sickening thud against the side railing. (LaRue -3 rounds)

Awakened from a deep slumber by the sudden cacophany of close-quarters battle, Minh falls out of her bunk and starts collecting her essential combat gear in the dark. The strobe effect of nearby muzzle flashes comes through her billet's porthole. She's now ready to fight, but doesn't know what awaits her just outside her room.

The port-side boarders have been annihilated but the tug's starboard side is currently defended by only two of the Kommandos. There's a good chance that there are at least a couple of attackers aboard the Krolowa.


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 00:43, Sat 06 Oct 2012.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2743 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 28 Apr 2012
at 23:32
  • msg #46

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Satisfied with taking out the raft and reasonably sure he hadn't killed any of the Kommando, he lifted the heavy MG up from where he'd been holding it, unsupported, and firing down the side of the boat. He rested the bipod on the rail and shouted a warning,

"Port side secure! Repel boarders, starboard side!"

He then scanned the water around the tug to make sure additional reinforcements were not arriving to support those already onboard.

Dawid Piotrowski
PKM 90/100
Tug's Bow
Shouting a SITREP, checking surrounding areas.

Craig Sutherland
player, 502 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sun 29 Apr 2012
at 00:36
  • msg #47

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


As he rolled from the edge of the snipers nest onto his back, Craig already had two more shells in his hand. He loaded the shotgun again before rolling to the starboard side and placing three more rounds into the attackers.


Above Bridge starboard side
Firing on starboard side attackers

L32A1 (Browning A5) 10" Barrel [3/3] 00 Buck
This message was last edited by the player at 00:36, Sun 29 Apr 2012.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 297 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Sun 29 Apr 2012
at 07:34
  • msg #48

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Seeing and hearing that Dawid had secured the area in front of him, Jay glided past and headed for the stairs. As he did so he called out, "Jay, Jay!" to make it clear to Dawid and any other Kommandos close by that he was a friendly.

Maintaining his low stance, he manoeuvred quickly to the steps and headed up, with his rifle at the shoulder ready to fire. He headed onto the upper deck's weather deck area, under the canvas, and scanned around, looking for friendlies and targets. If he spots any hostiles he will fire a short burst into their torso. If the area is clear he will move to the starboard side. Keeping as low as possible he will look over the side for targets, and will fire multiple bursts at any groups of attackers he sees.

Jay Biyanjankar
Port side, moving past Dawid, up the stairs onto Upper Deck, then across to the starboard side, firing at any targets that present themselves
AK74 30/30

Griet Niewiadomska
player, 616 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sun 29 Apr 2012
at 11:18
  • msg #49

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet saw the man she had shot continue to crawl toward her. She had hoped he'd go down and stay down to allow them the opportunity to interrogate the man. Until he was stationary however, he remained a threat to her personal safety. She tightened her grip on her rifle and aimed at the man. She steadily pumped rounds into him until he stopped moving.

Griet
Port stairs, machine gun deck
AK-74 27/30
BG-1   1/1HE
Aimed shots at sword boy

Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1039 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 29 Apr 2012
at 11:25
  • msg #50

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Lucky, Mariusz thought to himself, the guy didn't hit anything vital. He'd operated with blows to the head before and they didn't seem to slow him down too much.He grabbed a grenade from his vest and dragged the pin from it. He released the spoon and rolled it down the stairway. He hoped that the bouncing bomb would deter people from coming up toward him.

As soon as he released the grenade, he moved to cover the stairs from behind in case the enemy decided to use grenades themselves.

Mariusz
AK-74 25/30
BG-1   1/1HE
Throwing a grenade down the stairs
Moving from covering the stairs by looking down them to being adjacent to them to shoot people in the back as they come up

Daniel Larue
player, 99 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Mon 30 Apr 2012
at 00:59
  • msg #51

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Danny winces as Mariusz's head snaps back and the 5.45mm slug buries itself in the bridge's doorframe.  The kid seems okay, though, or at least functional enough to fish a grenade out of his vest and - Oh, shit.

"Frag out, port side!" Danny yells, then leans back against the cold metal of the smokestack to avoid the upward spray of fragments.  As soon as the grenade detonates, he's moving again, heading down the bridge stairs to the upper deck.  Mariusz charges forward to cover the head of the port stairs that lead from the main deck and Danny has to assume he has it under control.  The PJ turns left, sweeping the quarterdeck as he heads toward the gunfire at the starboard stairs.  Winona leads, warmed up and ready to repel boarders...

(OOC: Danny's movement is down the bridge stairs to the upper deck, then counter-clockwise around the back of the smokestack toward Griet's position [which should bring him past Tuck if the "quarterdeck" is where I identified it in the OOC thread].  The first boarder in his sights gets another trio of quick shots.)


Danny emerges from the bridge to see Griet determinedly punching round after round into a boarder with a... A sword?  What the fuck, over?  Beyond her, Tuck is picking himself up off the quarterdeck.  The New Yorker seems okay through Danny's NVGs, so whatever knocked him down must be transitory.  At any rate, he doesn't appear to be copiously leaking.

Danny skids down the stairs, bringing Winona in line with Griet's target as his boots hit the upper deck.  "Chief!" he yells, "I've got this!  Get to the bridge!"  He quickly assesses Griet's target, delivers a couple more rounds if necessary, then steps to the side to clear Griet's path to the bridge.  "Tuck!  You okay?"

Danny
Covering the head of the portside stairs to the upper deck
Winona [27/30 + 6 magazines] - up, on SEMI
CZ 75 [15/15 + 2 magazines] - holstered, cocked and locked
AN-M8 HC smoke grenade x2 - on vest
AN-M18 red smoke grenade x1 - on vest

This message was last edited by the player at 02:31, Wed 02 May 2012.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1273 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Mon 30 Apr 2012
at 03:04
  • msg #52

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Cap'n Rae:
On the quarterdeck, Tuck attempts to create more carnage with his new toy. A burst of automatic fire brushes him back, one round glancing off the crown of his K-pot. He stumbles backwards, loses his balance, and falls on his ass. The only thing hurting, though, is his pride. Fortunately, everyone else is currently too busy to have witnessed his short trip. As he starts to regain his feet, he senses something behind him, at the back railing of the quarterdeck, just out of sight in front of the AGS/PKM position.
Next Moves?

"You're one lucky sonuvabitch," goes through Tucker's head as he remembers the kine from a D-Day movie he had seen where the Ranger had gotten hit in his steel pot and lived only to be downed by a quick follow-up shot to his head seconds later.  He checks where he got shot from first to see if there are any threats still that way.  When he hears something from behind him, Robert begins to move slowly (heel to toe) towards where he sensed the movement towards the AGS/PKM position.

TUCKER
M-14K [19/20] {Set on S/S}
[+1] MAG 20 in cargo pocket
H&K SOCOM (.45 acp) [12/12] SAFETY 'ON & HOLSTERED'
[+2] MAG 12 in mag pouch
Kevlar Vest/Helmet

Still on quarter-deck, trying to find a threat(s) near the AGS/PKM position

OOC: I am correct to guess that Tucker didn't get any rounds off the last combat round and he was hit before he could do that?

This message was last edited by the player at 03:06, Mon 30 Apr 2012.
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1300 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Tue 1 May 2012
at 17:14
  • msg #53

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

There were a lot of dead looking bodies on the port side and Jan didn't have time to check whether any of them were friendly or not.  He heard the yell from someone, probably Dawid, about securing the starboard side but he'd seen a man go up onto the HMG catwalk so he followed him up, pursuing the one target that he knew was still active.  He kept his rifle tucked tight into his shoulder and looked for an opportunity to fire on the man when there was either a solid wall or an open environment off the boat behind him so that there wasn't a risk of hitting a friend.

Ideally he'd have switched to his pistol but he'd left that in his cabin!


Jan
Pursuing the man he'd seen up onto the HMG catwalk, looking to get a clean shot at him.  If he does then he'll fire a double tap at him and a second double tap if he's still moving!
AK-74 (30/30 - 30rnd mag x7) - carried
BG-15 (1/1 HE - HE x11) - underslung on AK-74
Frag grenade x2 - webbing pouch
Smoke grenade x2 - webbing pouch
Note – webbing not currently worn but is looped over shoulder

Cap'n Rae
GM, 2524 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Wed 2 May 2012
at 03:33
  • msg #54

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


Griet is somewhat alarmed that the sword-wielding boarder she's just shot is still coming at her but she fights back the fear and squeezes off three more shots at close range. The first one hits him in the pelvis, doing horrendous internal damage. The second round hits the man's right arm which, at the moment, is holding up most of his upper body weight. The arm gives with a sickening, wet crack and the man face-plants on the unforgiving metal of the deck. The third and final rounds smacks into the boarder's buttocks with a meaty thud. The man lays moaning on the deck while his lifesblood starts pouring down the stairs. Daniel arrives as the boarder collapses, mortally wounded. (Griet -3 rounds)

Jan and Jay both proceed to the port-side stairway to the upper decks to find a boarder already at the top. Fortunately for the two Kommandos, his back is to them. Three gunshots ring out from above and the man collapses, halfway on the top two steps and halfway on the catwalk ringing the base of the bridge.

On the tug's raised quarterdeck, Tucker cautiously approaches the AGS/PKM position where he's heard some movement. Due to all the gunfire and explosions going on nearby, he can no longer hear the sound that alerted him. He's starting to doubt himself when a hand reaches up and finds purchase on one of the sandbags ringing the firing station. Tuckers lowers his sights and waits for a more substantial target to appear. As soon as the boarder's burnt cork-smeared face appears, Tuck pulls the trigger. The round strikes the man's forearm, and he falls, screaming, to the main deck aft (a drop-off of only a few feet). (Tucker -1 round)

Mariusz tosses his grenade down the starboard stairs to the main deck and waits for it to explode. It dutifully complies, lashing the starboard side with shrapnel. No one is positioned to see the explosion, though, so there's no telling what effect it had. (Mariusz -1 frag)

Craig, after speed-loading his shotgun, rolls right and leans over the starboard edge of the bridge roof just in time to be temporarily blinded by the flash of Mariusz's grenade. As he blinks away the after-image, Craig sees human forms in the laying in the bottom of the boat layed up alongside the Queen. Not taking any chances, he dumps two loads of buck into them to make doubly sure that the threat is eliminated. (Craig -2 rounds)

Dawid is on high alert, scanning the river for additional threats. For the moment, at least, he sees none. Konrad, Minh, and Warren, unsure of who is where, and what exactly is happening, choose to wait for the situation to clarify itself before adding their fire to the fracas.

The tug has fallen relatively quiet. All you hear is heavy breathing, the tinkling of rolling brass, and the moaning of at least two wounded men. As you start to come down from the adrenaline rush of close combat, you are startled by a splash as something heavy hits the water to starboard. Craig sees the brief white halo of disturbed water alongside but it's quickly erased by the river's steady current.


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 03:35, Wed 02 May 2012.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1629 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 2 May 2012
at 04:21
  • msg #55

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Emerging from the interior and now properly armed, Bayer finds the situation heading back under control. With the opportunity available to get the unit organized better, Bayer calls for the senior NCO's for a quick dissemination of orders. When they arrive, he taps each person on the shoulder as he says their names and begins...

"Jan, take Quyen and clear the port side. Tucker and Jay, you have the starboard side to sweep... including whatever might still be in the water. I want the living segregated from the dead. Anyone still breathing is to be corralled at the aft deck. Leave the weapons and searches of the dead, for the moment... security first."

"Dawid, take command of external security with Lt. Sutherland, McClurg and Mariusz... cover the main weaponry for all around defense. Mr. Warren is still upstairs as well so liaise with him once you are setup. Open fire policy at this time is to shoot anything that moves... except the Vasilek. For that, Dawid employ your PKM as an alternative and use your own discretion on any threats."


He then waves over Daniel and explains to him, "I want you on the aft deck where the living will be assembled and place under guard and kept from speaking or communicating with one another. Once I find Doctor Solumblume, she will join you for an assessment and take the next step."
This message was last edited by the player at 11:06, Wed 02 May 2012.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2745 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 2 May 2012
at 09:08
  • msg #56

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #55):

Dawid's ears were still ringing from the close in fire, and the grenades.

"The river around us looks clear."

"Understood, Kaptain. Engage with PKM preferably over Vasilek unless there is a worthy target."


He popped 'round his bunk, grabbed his webbing, lifchik, body armour and helmet. He then manned the forward weapon position, PKM at hand but Vasilek ready with a clip of 82mm HE shells loaded.
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1301 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 2 May 2012
at 20:50
  • msg #57

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

While Konrad issued his orders Jan quickly put on his webbing.  He was still missing his boots, body armour, helmet and night vision goggles and was starting to get cold just standing in the night air but he was ready to get stuck into the task he'd been assigned.  The adrenaline was pumping so he didn't really feel just how cold he was starting to get.

"Oui mon Capitaine," Jan replied to Konrad.  "Are we sure that everyone is ok?  Do you need to call the roll?"

Leading Konrad to ponder that question Jan got on with clearing the port side.  "Quyen, with me," he called as he set off, rifle at his shoulder.


Jan
Leading Quyen over to the port side to check/clear it.
AK-74 (30/30 - 30rnd mag x7) - carried
BG-15 (1/1 HE - HE x11) - underslung on AK-74
Frag grenade x2 - webbing pouch
Smoke grenade x2 - webbing pouch

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1274 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Wed 2 May 2012
at 23:54
  • msg #58

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Konrad Bayer:
<DarkBlue>"Jan, take Quyen and clear the port side. Tucker and Jay, you have the starboard side to sweep... including whatever might still be in the water. I want the living segregated from the dead. Anyone still breathing is to be corralled at the aft deck. Leave the weapons and searches of the dead, for the moment... security first."

"Got it Boss," Tucker replies to Konrad's orders to clear the starboard side of the ship.  He nods to Jay and waves for him to follow him to the starboard side to sweep and clear for any stragglers that might not have escaped or been killed.  Tucker will take the rail side and point to Jay to cover the inside.  "If they bring a weapon on you, drop 'em Jay!"
Daniel Larue
player, 102 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Thu 3 May 2012
at 00:26
  • msg #59

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Danny automatically assesses Griet's victim and grades the guy as terminal.  The steaming rush of arterial red from the abdominal wounds heralds internal bleeding that probably can't be stopped even if he hits Anneka's table right now.  The PJ briefly considers donating a mercy round but the boarder is already slipping into unconsciousness.

Through the sudden relative silence and the notable lack of cries for a medic, the splash to starboard catches Danny's attention.  "Griet!" he calls up to the bridge, "gimme lights to starboard, we've got someone in the water!"  He sprints over to the starboard rail, next to the Dishka mount, and begins scanning the water outboard and downstream, using Winona's scout light for illumination until Griet swings the searchlight around.  With a night like this, they'll be hypothermic before they reach shore.  I don't much care if it's the other team but I haven't seen all of our people yet...

Danny's head jerks around at Konrad's summons.  "Yessir.  I heard someone go over the side, though.  Are all our people accounted for?"

Danny
Winona [27/30 + 6 magazines] - up, on SEMI
CZ 75 [15/15 + 2 magazines] - holstered, cocked and locked
AN-M8 HC smoke grenade x2 - on vest
AN-M18 red smoke grenade x1 - on vest

This message was last edited by the player at 00:30, Thu 03 May 2012.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2746 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 3 May 2012
at 00:28
  • msg #60

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg #58):

Returning from gearing up to man his station, Dawid sighed and said,

"Kaptain, friends, I know this is a touchy subject for many NATO types, and believe me, I have thought a lot about what I'm about to say:"

"These men just to to take over the boat, showing aggressiveness and little regard for their safety. Accept their surrender, yes, but if they show the slightest hint of non-cooperation, if they refuse to divulge whatever information we wish to know, then execute them and then drop them in the river. We don't have the time, manpower, supplies or room to securely house prisoners who, given the slightest opportunity, may attempt to escape and warn others, if not make whatever havoc they can.

"Sure, not all prisoners are a threat, but a significant portion (including a personal "friend" of mine) have been, and there's no telling ahead of time who will be a problem. So we should ask them to divulge what they know. If they don't talk, and talk fast, they are by definition are not cooperative and we can't risk having them aboard if they are of no use."

"Please understand that, unless I really miss my guess, these are not soldiers protected by the Geneva Conventions but common criminals at best, caught red-handed engaging in piracy. I will take care of the problem in that case, legally under Martial Law, as a member of the NATO-recognised government and armed force of Poland. Anyone who cooperates willingly may be spared, those who are uncooperative will have justice swiftly served."

This message was last edited by the player at 00:38, Thu 03 May 2012.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 411 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Thu 3 May 2012
at 06:10
  • msg #61

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jeff stares at Dawid for his little speech.  There is a brief but noticable pause before anyone moves.

"I'll save you the trouble."

Jeff approaches the first prisoner. "Who are you and what were you trying to accomplish, and why?"  he repeats the question in Russian and then shoots an icy stare at a Polish speaker.

If the prisoner says anything productive, Jeff listens only long enough to get the details.  When it seems as if the man has said all he has to say, Jeff took his black dive knife and slit the mans throat, pouring even more blood on the deck.  (Assume that if the prisoner says nothing he skips the foreplay).

With one down, Jeff approaches the other.  "Talk and I'll let you live to warn others." again the question is repeated in Russian and Polish.  At the conclusion of this mans story, Jeff puts a .45 into his heart.  He says nothing to the others and resumes his watch in the crows nest, scanning the banks of the river ahead with his long rifle.
Craig Sutherland
player, 503 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 3 May 2012
at 06:20
  • msg #62

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


Craig loads the magazine on the shotgun, placing a slug shell in first. He works the bolt ejecting the buckshot shell into his hand and then places it into the magazine.

He spends some time with his NVG's scanning both banks.
This message was last edited by the player at 19:48, Thu 03 May 2012.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 301 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Thu 3 May 2012
at 06:22
  • msg #63

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg #58):

Jay nodded to Tuck and followed him to the starboard side, keeping his rife at his shoulder and wary of threats. He scanned around as he moved, looking in all nooks and crannies for anyone hiding.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1631 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 3 May 2012
at 11:54
  • msg #64

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"Secure the boat and perimeter." Bayer says loud enough to be over the voices. "NCOs get all of your people moving into position now."

Bayer then turns to Griet and asks, "Damage?" Before she can answer however, he includes, "Do you have all you're people accounted for?"
This message was last edited by the player at 11:55, Thu 03 May 2012.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2747 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 3 May 2012
at 12:00
  • msg #65

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #64):

"Mariusz, on me.

"You and I are on the Vasilek."


Geared up and seeing there wasn't much he could do, Dawid returned to his station.
This message was last edited by the player at 12:07, Thu 03 May 2012.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2749 posts
Thu 3 May 2012
at 12:04
  • [deleted]
  • msg #66

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

This message was deleted by the player at 12:05, Thu 03 May 2012.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1040 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Thu 3 May 2012
at 15:11
  • msg #67

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Mariusz followed Dawid to the mortar and then helped the man arrange his ammunition so the PKM could be deployed effectively. He readied his rifle and kept a close watch on the darkness.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 617 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Thu 3 May 2012
at 15:13
  • msg #68

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"I'm on it," Griet said as Bayer asked about the crew, she picked up the intercom and said, "Griet to all crew stations, report in on status and damage."

She listened intently, hoping to hear everyone calling in and reporting they were safe.
Minh Quyen
player, 624 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Fri 4 May 2012
at 17:13
  • msg #69

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Quyen shakes her head at Tucker in mock pity. "Always standing in the way of the bullets. When do you learn?" She then taps fists with him and and moves off to help Jan clear the boat.

Minh then asks Jan "You cover and I check the bodies? Good idea or no?" If Jan agrees she will sling her rifle and draw he pistol so she can manage turning over the bodies and dragging and that are still alive to the back of the boat.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1275 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sat 5 May 2012
at 01:13
  • msg #70

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Minh Quyen:
Quyen shakes her head at Tucker in mock pity. "Always standing in the way of the bullets. When do you learn?" She then taps fists with him and and moves off to help Jan clear the boat.

Tucker smiles at Minh as he points to his dented helmet, "I don't know Minh.  It must be my brain bucket that is doing the attracting.  It wasn't too attractive when it knocked me on my ass back there.  You might've enjoyed me getting knocked on my ass though!"
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2525 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 5 May 2012
at 22:31
  • msg #71

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


With the aid of the light on his carbine and the tug's more powerful spotlight, Danny easily spots a lone figure in the water, about half a boat length downriver of the Queen. He can't quite believe it, but his senses are speaking true. The figure in the river is Dominique Connolly, one of Danny's travelling companions. Her head and shoulders are above water, but she hasn't called out- she must be in some sort of distress.

A sweep of the tug yields five dead boarders. There's another five dead between the two boats, both of which are fastened to the Queen by crude metal hooks. The inflatable on the port side is taking on quite a bit of water and is probably not salvageable. If the light was better, the water would be tinged with a substantial quantity of red. The wooden boat to port is also taking on water, but at a slower rate. Only two boarders managed to survive their attack on the tug. One is riddled with grenade fragments and is going into shock. The other, with a gunshot wound to the right arm, is in better shape.

Jeff slashes the jugular of the shock victim. The man barely seems to notice. Blood, almost black in the low light, courses down the front of his smock, each pulse diminish in strength and volume. He's dead in under a minute. The other man, having witnessed his comrade's bloody death, spills his guts [in Polish].

"Hey, take it easy, mate. Fuck man. Why are you so angry? This is what we do. You already destroyed our fleet. I don't remember you stopping by first to introduce yourselves. Turnabout's fair play, right? There's no place for us in Warsaw any more. We just wanted a little payback. You would have done the same thing. You don't need to..."

Jeff ends the prisoner's rambling with a .45 slug to the chest. The Korsair wheezes out a death rattle and expires on the deck. (Jeff -1 pistol round)

The tug is yours. She doesn't appear to have taken more than superficial cosmetic damage. Grenade shrapnel and small arms rounds have scarred the superstructure and patches on the deck and slick with blood. Grzyech and Roszkowski will certainly be cross that their fresh paint job has been ruined so soon.

Looking northwest, downriver, you notice that the distant lights have roughly doubled in number. It appears as though the residents of Plock haven't failed to notice the brief but violent battle that you've just waged.


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 22:40, Sat 05 May 2012.
Daniel Larue
player, 106 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Sun 6 May 2012
at 00:20
  • msg #72

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"Aw, shit."  Something in the back of your head notes that you sound more resigned than surprised.  You look at the sinking Zodiac, look back at Boots' head receding downstream, gauge the current, and make the call you knew you were going to make as soon as you recognized her:

You flip Winona to SAFE and toss her to a startled Craig.  "El-tee, I'm prob'ly gonna need a pickup."

Click goes the QD buckle on the aid bag's strap.  Let it hit the deck.  Snap goes the helmet's chin strap.  Ease it and its burden of fragile NVGs down onto the bag.

You raise your face to the bridge.  "Griet, keep the light on her!"

The D-ring on the cutaway tab rides on your left shoulder.  You reach up and across, yank it, rrrip goes the hook-and-loop, let the armor fall away.  Slow, too slow.  Be glad you were inside the nice warm bridge when the shooting started.  No heavy parka to make you even slower.

The captain's still dealing with Company Man's executions.  Fuck the prisoners.  They were standing between you and Julia.  They put your aircraft commander over the side.  Let 'em bleed out.  Fuck 'em.  You catch the captain's eye.  Enunciate clearly.  "Boots is in the water.  Tell the doctor to prep for two cold water immersion cases."

Don't give him time for different orders.  The river plods along at two miles an hour here.  Three feet per second.  She's already a hundred feet away.  Trivial in the pool.  Fun in the breakers off Kadena.  Not guaranteed here.  Your last met log entry was 28º.  The water has to be within a few degrees of freezing.

A life ring hangs on a bracket by the Dishka.  How long is the line?  Is it tied off?  Three feet per second.  Grab it on your way over the rail.  Don't think about what will happen when you hit the water.  Don't think about the involuntary aspiration, the spike in heart rate and blood pressure, the heart attack, the stroke.  Don't think about the heat draining away from your skin, the loss of dexterity and strength.  Don't think about rewarming complications, the heart overloading as it struggles to push blood to recovering extremities.

Training says you have ninety seconds to do this before your body fails.  Three feet per second.

Fourteen feet of air gives you time to think about it all anyway.

The Vistula swallows you.
This message was last edited by the player at 00:58, Sun 06 May 2012.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 618 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sun 6 May 2012
at 07:19
  • msg #73

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"Crew overboard!" Griet called over the intercom.

"Get a life raft out," she continued, "cut down the time they're in the water."

"Anneka, prepare for two cold water casualties," she said.
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1303 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sun 6 May 2012
at 08:22
  • msg #74

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jan had finished checking the bodies on the port side with Quyen and was just about to start collecting up weapons and ammo from the bodies before discussing how they were going to be disposed of when he heard the shouts about someone being overboard.  Turning he saw Danny dive into the cold water and remembered the discussions about just how cold the water was at present.  He had proposed practicing his swimming but had been dissuaded because of the water temperature and that was what someone was now doing!

Slinging his rifle over his shoulder Jan raced forward to the bow and looked around for a life ring.  Spotting one he checked that it was tied off and then coiled the rest of the line and it together, ready to throw it if anyone was close enough.  He then tried to spot Danny in the water and whomever he had dived in to save, calling out anything that he saw to everyone else.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1276 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 6 May 2012
at 16:53
  • msg #75

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Tucker turns and looks to see Danny diving overboard when Griet calls out that they have someone overboard.  He hands his rifle over to Jay and begins to make his way towards one of the rafts to get it ready and in the water.
Craig Sutherland
player, 504 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 7 May 2012
at 00:26
  • msg #76

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


Craig takes the rifle when it is pasted to him. He did'nt really catch on to what Danny was about to do until he was up on the edge. Once he was in the water Craig started to look for a rope of some kind to throw off the rear of the tug.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2752 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 7 May 2012
at 01:09
  • msg #77

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet Niewiadomska:
"Crew overboard!" Griet called over the intercom.

"Get a life raft out," she continued, "cut down the time they're in the water."

"Anneka, prepare for two cold water casualties," she said.


"Mariusz, go, assist with the boat. I will continue with keeping watch and can handle the Vasilek myself."

Dawid continued scanning the water using his NVGs. It was unlikely someone from town would investigate until morning unless they were really sharp and aggressive.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 304 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Mon 7 May 2012
at 06:08
  • msg #78

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg #75):

Jay took Tuck's weapon and slung it over his shoulder. The sweep they had conducted seemed to be clear, but he maintained his vigilance just in case. He continued to scan the boat and the bank for any signs of movement.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2526 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Wed 9 May 2012
at 23:55
  • msg #79

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


When Danny plunges into the cold water of the Vistula, it feels like his heart stops beating for a second or two. Adrenaline will help him avoid going hypothermic for a little while, but the water temperature is not too far above freezing and the longer he stays mostly submerged, the worse his body is going to function.

He's a strong swimmer, and comfortable in the water, despite its temperature. With several powerful strokes, he reaches his comrade. She's semi-conscious and barely keeping her own head above water. Danny secures her with one arm and uses the other to keep them from sinking below the surface. The current is too strong to swim against. He can probaly move laterally, though, albeit at a fairly slow pace. Right now, it's a question of endurance- can he make it to one of the river banks before his body shuts down and they both go under.

Jan prepares a life ring and tosses it in the direction Griet indicates LaRue is headed in. Unfortunately, the attached line is not quite long enough for the ring to reach him before it is out of range. It's doubtful that he could have noticed it in the dark anyways.

Griet [NPCed] does her best to keep the Queen's spotlight fixed on the rapidly diminishing figure of the American pararescueman as the current sweeps him away from the achored tug.

Tucker and Mariusz [NPCed] prepare the tug's trusty zodiac* for deployment. They are fairly practiced at it by now and it only takes a minute or so for them to get it from the deck into the water where it awaits a crew. [Who's going to board it and set off after LaRue?]. The slowly sinking pirate boats lashed to either side of the Queen are in the way, but, once the zodiac's engine is running, it shouldn't be to hard to get around them.

The security force keeps watch for additional attackers. As yet, none have arrived. Circling the Queen's superstructure, the patrollers periodically have to step over one of the nearly half-dozen pirate corpses still littering the lower deck. The smell of blood occasionally registers over the stronger scent of the river. It's difficult to properly search the bodies in the weird, shifting light that ripples over the tug, but several folding stock and/or short-barreled AKs and an automatic pistol are recovered. The most obvious and unusual find is a very old-looking cavalry sabre. You wouldn't be surprised to see it in a museum; on the deck of a river-tug in the year 2000, it certainly is out of place.


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 02:14, Thu 10 May 2012.
Craig Sutherland
player, 505 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 10 May 2012
at 00:27
  • msg #80

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


With the current situation in hand Craig does a quick reconnoiter of both pirate boats. Starting with the zodiac he retrieves any weapons or other equipment. He will then do the same to the wooden vessel, pistol in hand.

Crew
Looking through boats

Browning HP-35 (w/ silencer) [20/20] w/2 magazines
Jeff D. Warren
player, 412 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Thu 10 May 2012
at 05:24
  • msg #81

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jeff is not going to get in the zodiac, but he gives a nod of good luck as it prepares to depart.  He even goes so far as to cast off the line for them.

Instead, he turns to the others  "While they're out lets grab what gear we can and then dump these bodies.  They'll stain the paint."  On his way back he'll strip any body in his way
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 305 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Thu 10 May 2012
at 06:17
  • msg #82

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jay headed towards the small boat. Whilst no Marine, he was keen to help out. "I go, I go!" he called to whoever was in charge of the vessel, before quickly dropping his body armour and helmet and placing them out of the way for later retrieval. He moved forward to help with lowering the boat into the water, following any directions given by those more practised in the art, before preparing to climb in. As he did so he had a thought. Turning to whoever was closest of those staying aboard he shouted, "Get blankets!"
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1305 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Thu 10 May 2012
at 13:46
  • msg #83

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Having missed with his first throw of the life ring Jan quickly pulled it back in and looped the rope again for another cast.  It was probably going to be unnecessary as it would require an almost direct hit for them to spot the ring but he got ready just in case.

He kept his eyes fixed on the two people in the water while he worked, making sure that someone on board didn't lose sight of them.  "Danny has reached her!" he called out, keeping the information flowing.  "He is keeping her head above water!"
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1041 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Thu 10 May 2012
at 16:36
  • msg #84

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Mariusz leapt into the zodiac with the others and rushed to the front, "I'll try to help them in," he called to the helmsman.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2754 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 11 May 2012
at 00:53
  • msg #85

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

This would be a bad time to be surprised from the town.

He didn't think these losers were from Plock. If anything, they seemed to be holdouts from the Baron's Black Guard. Still, if anyone approached he thought it was good to see them before they contacted the tug


Dawid Piotrowski
PKM (90/100)
Bow Weapon Station
Keeping a lookout towards the town

Minh Quyen
player, 626 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Sat 12 May 2012
at 00:15
  • msg #86

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"I will get on a gun." Ferro says to Bayer after deciding that there was enough attention being directed at the water emergency. She then moves to the upper deck and took hold of one of the DSHK machine guns. The metal felt cold to the touch but she worked the action and tested around with the swivel.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2755 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 12 May 2012
at 00:27
  • msg #87

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Minh Quyen:
"I will get on a gun." Ferro says to Bayer after deciding that there was enough attention being directed at the water emergency. She then moves to the upper deck and took hold of one of the DSHK machine guns. The metal felt cold to the touch but she worked the action and tested around with the swivel.


Dawid was keeping watch at the bow, so he directed Minh to station herself at one of the stern-facing MG positions.


OOC: The idea being they maintain coordinated 360-degree coverage. I'm not sure where the Dushkas are, I think there is one up there pointed to the rear. This makes the most sense.
Daniel Larue
player, 107 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Sat 12 May 2012
at 01:20
  • msg #88

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

At first, the water is almost too cold to hurt.  Danny surfaces, orients on the searchlight beam, and starts swimming with the current.  He's halfway to Boots before he realizes he's lost the life ring he grabbed when he went over the rail.

Connolly is barely conscious, which is a mixed blessing – she's not going to be any help, but this would be nigh-impossible with a conscious but panicked victim.  Danny gets an arm around her from behind and clasps her to his chest, keeping her head above water.  A look around shows little other than the Queen's spotlight, the silhouette of the vessel beneath it, the shadows of the Vistula's banks, and a twinkling constellation of more distant lights.

Danny's extremities are already numbing and he can feel his muscles starting to tighten.  He's not sure how long it's going to take the team to get a boat in the water.  Getting to a riverbank won't do a damned thing for incipient hypothermia but at least he won't have to worry about drowning.  With his free hand, he fishes his small flashlight out of his pocket, twists it on (hoping the O-ring seals haven't dry-rotted over the last few years), and loops its lanyard around the wrist of the arm holding Boots.  It's not much, but in a night largely devoid of artificial illumination, it may be enough of a beacon for the team to find him if Griet's spotlight loses him.  With that accomplished, he starts making for the shore opposite the lights of Plock.  No one from the town is going to arrive in time to help, even if they were so inclined, but they might well interfere with rescue efforts if he and Boots landed on their side of the river…
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1279 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sat 12 May 2012
at 16:25
  • msg #89

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Tucker, and whoefver is helping him, yells to the others, "Get the damn boat out of the way so we can cast off!"  Hopefully they get all of the stuff they need out of the boarders' boats but, if they want Daniel and his boss back before they drown or die of hypothermia, they need to go now.  When it's ready to go, Tucker screams out, "CASTING OFF!  CASTING OFF!"
Konrad Bayer
player, 1632 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sat 12 May 2012
at 17:17
  • msg #90

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Bayer helps Tucker get the boat in the water, but remains on board. Then once the boat was off and the rescue in Robert's hands, he inserts an ILLUM paraflare into his launcher and moves to the upper deck. On the way then nods to McClurg to follow Quyen and Dawid, and get on one the guns.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2756 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 12 May 2012
at 23:38
  • msg #91

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Konrad Bayer:
Bayer helps Tucker get the boat in the water, but remains on board. Then once the boat was off and the rescue in Robert's hands, he inserts an ILLUM paraflare into his launcher and moves to the upper deck. On the way then nods to McClurg to follow Quyen and Dawid, and get on one the guns.


Dawid was covering the bow arc, Minh the rear.

Subsequently, he directed McClurg to man the Dushka that was pointing most towards the shore. It was unlikely more boats would show up and if they did, they would see them from a ways off. A party could sneak up on shore, even maneuver a heavy weapon into position, so that to him was the direction of most potential threat. He also oriented the Vasilek so that it was pointing as shoreward as possible.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2528 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sun 13 May 2012
at 22:16
  • msg #92

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Fighting the creeping numbness in his arms and legs, Daniel swims cross current towards the southern shore. His passenger neither helps nor hinders his progress. She is, however, somewhat of a burden and Daniel has to work twice as hard to propel them both through the icy water.

Meanwhile, Tucker, Mariusz, and Jay, with the help of a couple of others, manhandle the Zodiac over the stern of the tug (facing downriver). The Mountain soldier, the Ghurka, and the teenaged Polish partisan hop on board the Zodiac, struggling to keep their balance in the small boat. Tucker tries to start the engine but can't get it to turn over, no matter how hard he pulls the starter chord. Mariusz offers to give it a go and somehow manages to get it coughing to life with one good yank. Once the engine's running, the trio shoves off while the rest of the security crew guards the tug against further hostile action. Tucker expertly steers the Zodiac along the line pointed out by the spotlight. The spotlight, currently unmanned, is aimed at the swimmers' last known position. Jan, watching from the lower deck, loses sight of LaRue and the woman in the inky darkness that lies outside the spotlight beam.

Craig and Jeff loot the pirate bodies before tossing them each over the side unceremoniously. Hopefully, the floating corpes won't interfere with the rescue operation currently underway.

As they motor downriver, the small boat crew fails to locate LaRue and Connolly. They're currently about 200m downriver from the Queen.

LaRue's strength is fading fast by the time his knee strikes the soft mud of the submerged foot of the riverbank. He struggles mightily the last few meters through glutinous muck to more solid ground. He lies panting on the shore, spooning his semi-conscious companion in an almost futile attempt to share warmth.

At the bow of the tug, Dawid keeps watch for any follow-on boarding parties. It's been several minutes now since the last of the pirates was gunned down and Dawid is confident that the attack is over when he spots something long and low to the water coming straight at the reinforced bow of the tug. It's about 75m out and appears to be moving with the current.


Next Moves?

Updated Tac-map: http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...pn=0.083261,0.264187
This message was last edited by the GM at 22:39, Sun 13 May 2012.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2760 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 13 May 2012
at 23:27
  • msg #93

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Cap'n Rae:
At the bow of the tug, Dawid keeps watch for any follow-on boarding parties. It's been several minutes now since the last of the pirates was gunned down and Dawid is confident that the attack is over when he spots something long and low to the water coming straight at the reinforced bow of the tug. It's about 75m out and appears to be moving with the current.


"Alert! Kapitan Bayer, unidentified object closing from the south, bearing zero degrees, range 75 metres. Drifting with the current, no sign of life."

"Griet, please direct the spotlight to bear forward so we can identify the target."
He didn't like directing the skipper, but someone would have to get on that light and bring it to bear to forward so they could see what was going on. Either her or one of her crew, it didn't matter.

"Minh, on me. Orient the Vasilek forward.

"Sutherland, man the port Dushka. Warren, starboard Dushka. Cover the bow plus the side arcs. Sutherland, that means the island, Warren, the shore."

"McClurg, shift position to cover the rear arc. Man the rear-facing weapon and maintain observation of the river and town.

"Kellerman, report to the Captain so he knows where you are. Jan, you too, when you can."


He manned the PKM, facing forward.

Dawid Piotrowski

PKM (90/100 + 2 spare belts)
Bow
Manning PKM

This message was last edited by the player at 09:50, Tue 15 May 2012.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 309 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Tue 15 May 2012
at 09:15
  • msg #94

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

On board the small dinghy, Jay crouched at the bow, scanning the water. It was murky, and he couldn't see anything. In his frustration he pulled out his flashlight and swept back and forth from bank to bank, looking for any sign of the medic or the unconscious pilot.

If he spots anything he will call out to Tuck and guide him towards the pair. Otherwise, he will keep looking.
This message was last edited by the player at 14:36, Tue 15 May 2012.
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1306 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Tue 15 May 2012
at 13:10
  • msg #95

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jan gave up in frustration with the life ring when he lost sight of Danny and Boots.  Seeing what was going on was more important so he turned to go and take charge of the searchlight.  As he made his way there though he heard Dawid yelling something about an unidentified object in the water and other instructions so he changed his mind.

"Capitaine, I get my gear," he called out.  "Back soon!"

He then quickly made his way to the cabin where he slept and retrieved his body armour, helmet, boots and NVGs, putting them on as quickly as possible.  Once he was fully dressed he then went back on deck and reported to Konrad.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1042 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Tue 15 May 2012
at 17:36
  • msg #96

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Mariusz stared out into the night, desperately trying to find the swimmers. He called out, "Can you hear us?!"
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 619 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Tue 15 May 2012
at 17:39
  • msg #97

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet switched the light around to pick up the mystery object, "Identify and deal with it quickly," she said, "we need to use the light to find the swimmers."
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1280 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Tue 15 May 2012
at 20:44
  • msg #98

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Tucker continues to steer the zodiac around at a slow pace on where he thinks the two in the water should be.  He calls to Jay and Mariusz, "They've got to be here!  Keep checking with the light and maybe towards the shoreline if you don't see them here."
Daniel Larue
player, 109 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Wed 16 May 2012
at 01:16
  • msg #99

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Connolly is a slight woman but half the Vistula seems to have soaked into her clothes and the other half is weighing down Danny's own limbs.  He forces numb hands to close around her sleeves and hauls her onto the riverbank, then collapses.  "Okay, Boss," he mutters, "at least drownin's off th' table now."

Connolly makes a noise that might be agreement, protest, or hallucination.  Danny shakes his head, spraying droplets of muck in every direction, and captures his flashlight between fingers that are turning to flippers.  In the faint blue glow of the filtered lens, he tries to examine Connolly for any obvious trauma.  He can't see any obvious injuries  but he's still not sure exactly why she went into the water in the first place.

The sputter of an outboard motor belatedly grabs Danny's attention.  He can't identify the Queen's Zod by sound but anyone else on the water tonight would already have earned himself a salvo from the deck guns; ergo, this must be friendlies.  "Hey!" he calls weakly.  He horks a gobbet of muddy phlegm into the shallows, coughs, and tries again.  "Yo!  Mari!  Over here!  West bank!"  Breaking off his attempted assessment of Connolly, he pans the flashlight's beam back and forth across the water.
This message was last edited by the player at 21:54, Wed 16 May 2012.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1634 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 16 May 2012
at 19:54
  • msg #100

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Alert! Kapitan Bayer, unidentified object closing from the south, bearing zero degrees, range 75 metres. Drifting with the current, no sign of life."


Already perched up top on the bridge deck where he was observing the man overboard situation, Bayer focuses his attention upriver, upon hearing the warning. Then turning on his image intensifiers, he'll use them to help identify whatever is heading their way.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 413 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Thu 17 May 2012
at 09:00
  • msg #101

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg #93):

Jeff found Minh already on the DSHK Dawid had called him too. This was okay with Jeff though as she seemed to be much more familiar with it than Jeff was. It wasn't so much the Soviet weapon as Jeffs general lack of fondness for automatic weapons.

Instead he wraps the sling of his rifle around his left fore-arm and uses years of practice to steady his aim against the motion of the tug. He trains his scope after the searchlight, following it out to the shape ahead.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2766 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 17 May 2012
at 09:17
  • msg #102

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Jeff D. Warren (msg #101):

Noting that no one seemed to be with him, Dawid chuckled and shook his head.

"Warren, on me, turn this Vasilek forward. Don't worry, it moves easily and I will fire it if needed."

He turned back and continued looking forward as Griet started to orient the spotlight correctly.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1043 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Thu 17 May 2012
at 17:22
  • msg #103

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"Over there on the West Bank," Mariusz cried, "head that way!"
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1281 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 17 May 2012
at 22:51
  • msg #104

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Mariusz Tokarski:
"Over there on the West Bank," Mariusz cried, "head that way!"

"All right Mari!  Good job buddy!  Guide me in and of either of you have a radio on you call the Queen and let them know we got two coming back shortly," Tucker says to Jay and Mariusz as he begins to steer the zodiac towards the shore.
Minh Quyen
player, 628 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Thu 17 May 2012
at 23:08
  • msg #105

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jeff D. Warren:
Jeff found Minh already on the DSHK Dawid had called him too. This was okay with Jeff though as she seemed to be much more familiar with it than Jeff was. It wasn't so much the Soviet weapon as Jeffs general lack of fondness for automatic weapons.


Quyen nods and waves to indicate she was alright on the gun. She then traverses it forward and readies the weapons for firiring (including making sure there was enough ammo on the current belt for at least a few bursts). Quyen then grips the two handles and peers over the top of the gun through the gunshield - waiting.

When the light is shown on the object Quyen will hold fire unless self defense becomes an issue. If that's the case she will fire short bursts using both the tracers and splash on the water to guide her rounds onto the target.

Quyen
DSHK (unknown belt)
Ready to fire

Craig Sutherland
player, 506 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Fri 18 May 2012
at 00:17
  • msg #106

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


Craig spends some time trying to pick up the object in his scope before lending a hand with the mortar.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 310 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Fri 18 May 2012
at 06:08
  • msg #107

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jay gestured to Mariusz to indicate that he had no radio, then turned his attention to the bank with his flashlight.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 415 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Fri 18 May 2012
at 08:19
  • msg #108

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In

Jeff helps Dawid with the big gun. He follows Dawids instructions closely, as he'd never even seen a Vasilisk before.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2770 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 18 May 2012
at 10:41
  • msg #109

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jeff D. Warren:
Jeff helps Dawid with the big gun. He follows Dawids instructions closely, as he'd never even seen a Vasilisk before.


"Very good, just turn it forward. It swivels. Then come here and assist me with the PKM, or stay behind the Vasilek's gun shield."
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2530 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sun 20 May 2012
at 00:45
  • msg #110

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


With the spotlight's high-intensity beam fixed firmly upon it, the approaching object is identified as a rather large floating tree trunk. The tug's reinforced bow can probably shrug off its impact with minimal fuss or bother while the Zodiac has the manouverability to avoid it (assuming they pick it up visually).

Mariusz finally spots LaRue's little flashlight jiggling about on the riverbank. Tucker turns the boat about and heads towards the spot where the rescue crew finds the soaked, shivering Pararescueman and his charge waiting. After a few minutes wrestling through the mud at the water's edge, the pair are pulled aboard and the Zodiac, now filled nearly to capacity, heads back towards the tug.

The tree trunk hits the the tug's bow a little right of center. The head of the trunk (actually it's rooty base) gets hung up on the tires slung over the tug's nose just long enough for the other end to swing around and change positions. When the roots pull free of the chainged tires, tearing one away, the trunk slides by on the starboard side. On the way, the tree smashes into the pirate's half-sunk wooden sailboat, ripping it free of the tug and dragging it along as it continues downriver.


Next Moves?
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2771 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 20 May 2012
at 00:55
  • msg #111

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #110):

"Kapitan, It's just a tree! Warren, get your hand light on it. I'll push it away if I can."

"Everyone else, maintain your sectors."


Dawid grabbed a boat-hook and used it to try and fend the tree off.
This message was last edited by the player at 07:39, Mon 21 May 2012.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1282 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Mon 21 May 2012
at 21:54
  • msg #112

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Robert makes sure that everyone is back in the boat and that they're clear of the shoreline before he turns and steers the zodiac back toewards the Queen at the best possible speed.  "Should have us back on board in a couple of minutes Danny.  You guys OK?"
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 312 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Tue 22 May 2012
at 06:11
  • msg #113

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jay helped haul the bedraggled pair on board the small craft. If there were blankets on board he would use them to wrap around the two in an attempt to warm them up a bit.

As soon as they get back to the Queen he will he get the two aboard, before helping to secure the Zodiac.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 416 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Tue 22 May 2012
at 06:18
  • msg #114

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"No sense wasting the battery.  I'll be at the crows nest."  Jeff turns from Dawid as he pushes the log away.  He returns to the crows nest and watches the incoming zodiac.  Once the passengers are onboard he resumes scanning the shoreline ahead with his scope and binoculars.  Almost time for a shift change...
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2772 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 22 May 2012
at 06:41
  • msg #115

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jeff D. Warren:
"No sense wasting the battery.  I'll be at the crows nest."  Jeff turns from Dawid as he pushes the log away.  He returns to the crows nest and watches the incoming zodiac.  Once the passengers are onboard he resumes scanning the shoreline ahead with his scope and binoculars.  Almost time for a shift change...


"Yeah, get going. This tree's not going to shoot anyone."

He looked up at where Craig was located. "Sutherland, form a detail with you, Minh, and, ah, Jan. Salvage what you can from the other Zodiac, then help with the rescue party.

"Tell McClurg to hold his position, keep watch on the stern arc.

"With me in front, McClurg covering the rear and Warren up in the crow's nest we got everywhere covered."

Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1044 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Tue 22 May 2012
at 16:36
  • msg #116

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Mariusz looked at Danny and asked, "Is there anything we can do to make the journey to the Queen better for you?"
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1307 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 23 May 2012
at 12:35
  • msg #117

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Now suitably dressed and equipped Jan ran back up on deck and made his way forward where he could keep watch down river.

"Capitaine, any orders?" he called out.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1635 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 23 May 2012
at 23:11
  • msg #118

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jan Cerny:
"Capitaine, any orders?" he called out.


Bayer looks over at the Czech in the darkness and replies quietly, "Stand down... get the men out of the water."

He then gives both shorelines a scan through his image intensifiers before watching the recovery of the inflatable from the upper deck. Once that was done and Griet was free, he confirms there was no damage to the tug and coords with her, "We'll move at first light. Can you have the boat ready thirty minutes before dawn?"
This message was last edited by the player at 23:12, Wed 23 May 2012.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 620 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Thu 24 May 2012
at 14:47
  • msg #119

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"No problem, Kaptain," Griet replied.

She got on the intercom to engineering and said, "Stand down and get some rest but we need to be at full steam at least thirty minutes before dawn."
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2531 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Thu 24 May 2012
at 23:21
  • msg #120

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


Dawid's attempt to fend off the large tree trunk meets with failure- its mass and velocity are simply too great for the force he can produce to deflect it. Jeff, deciding to head back to his nest atop the bridge, stops tracking the log with his flashlight beam. Dawid can only watch as the log reduces the pirates' wooden sailboat to splinters as it brushes by the tug. The dark traveller then continues downriver, disappearing into the inky blackness outside the dim halo of the tug's running lights.

After winning the battle against the mud of the riverbank, the small boat crew picks up LaRue and Connolly, and oblivious to the approaching danger, proceeds back towards the Queen.

No one aboard the Zodiac notices the large bower until it strikes the rubber-hulled boat head-on. Everyone is thrown forward violently and Jay, in the bows, strikes his head against wood. If it weren't for his helmet, he'd be unconsious. If he survives the encounter, he's going to have quite a headache. The Zodiac's nose collapses and is caught fast by the jagged end of the huge log. Tucker knows enough to pull the propeller out of the water- trying to push the log is only going to fold the Zodiac in half, hastening its inevitable demise. The tree rides the Zodiac's bows under and the boat begins shipping water. Everyone aboard is doused in frigid water as the river rushes aboard. The small boat is foundering as it's being carried downriver by the floating tree.


Next Moves?
Craig Sutherland
player, 507 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Fri 25 May 2012
at 08:21
  • msg #121

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


Craig has returned to the wheel house landing once the log was identified as not a threat. He continued to scan both banks for movement, unsure if any of the enemy had made it to the banks.

If he was aware of the drama unfolding he tries to help, either finding a rope he could throw or a life ring if any are present.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2773 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 25 May 2012
at 09:06
  • msg #122

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #120):

Satisfied he couldn't have done anything more to affect the outcome of the collision, Dawid got onto other things.

"Craig? Status report!"

"How's salvaging that other Zodiac coming with Jan and Minh? If we can't patch it up we can use it to patch the other boat. Plus the engine might be salvageable."

This message was last edited by the player at 09:06, Fri 25 May 2012.
Craig Sutherland
player, 508 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Fri 25 May 2012
at 09:26
  • msg #123

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg #122):

"Ok on it, we cleared the dead its still attached I believe. I'll try and get it on board."

He then went about trying to at least recover the engine if not the whole thing.
Minh Quyen
player, 630 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Fri 25 May 2012
at 23:45
  • msg #124

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Craig Sutherland:
"Ok on it, we cleared the dead its still attached I believe. I'll try and get it on board."


Quyen slings her rifle and moves to help Craig with recovering the boat engine after it was safe to stand down again. If he can't find any rope she will rush down to her where her pack is and grab the few meters she has coiled up in one of the pouches.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 621 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sat 26 May 2012
at 08:02
  • msg #125

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Once Griet had issued the stand down orders to the engine crew she moved the searchlight forward again to pick up the zodiac and guide it safely back to the Queen.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1045 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sat 26 May 2012
at 14:27
  • msg #126

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"Jesus!" Mariusz exclaimed as the log hit them. He grabbed yelled, "Try and get people out of the water."

He reached forward and tried to grab a part of the log to try and gauge its stability. If it was stable enough he intended to try and get people on to it and get them out of the killing cold of the water.

"Move it people," he urged, "we didn't get this far to get killed by a fucking tree."
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1311 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sat 26 May 2012
at 22:25
  • msg #127

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Mariusz Tokarski:
He grabbed yelled, "Try and get people out of the water."

Jan had been about to go and help Craig and Quyen with the captured zodiac and any gear on it, as Dawid had instructed, when he heard someone yelling, mostly likely Mariusz from the sound of it.  The young Pole's voice had cut across the night and the persistent sound of the river and it seemed that there was another problem with the rescue team and the people in the water.  Jan therefore changed what he had been intent on doing, slung the sling of his rifle over his shoulder and moved quickly to the nearest searchlight.

He quickly turned it on and started scanning around in the direction he had heard the yells, trying to pick out the people in the water.  He was expecting to find the zodiac they had launched trying to pull Danny and Boots aboard, not the carnage that was currently unfolding unseen.

"Keep yelling!" he called out to whoever was trying to get someone out of the water.  "Keep yelling and I will point the searchlight at the people in the river!"  He hoped that their yelling would help him pick out the right spot to shine the searchlight.

As soon as he picked out the sinking zodiac Jan started yelling updates to the other people still on the Queen so that they knew what was going on as well.
Daniel Larue
player, 111 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Sun 27 May 2012
at 01:49
  • msg #128

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Mariusz looks at Danny and asks, "Is there anything we can do to make the journey to the Queen better for you?"

He's so earnest that Danny can't help but chuckle, despite his concern for Boots and the spreading loss of sensation in his own extremities.  "Shit, man, thanks for comin' after us."  He leans - flops, really - over the side of the Zod and releases a racking series of coughs, expelling the last of the Vistula-flavored scum from his throat.  "Can you check Boots?  I couldn't find anything but I think she got whacked upside the head when she went in.  Try to keep her awake."

Curling into a fetal ball in an instinctive but futile attempt to retain warmth, Danny's taken completely by surprise when the boat suddenly folds up around the log.  "Oh, for fuck's sake," he groans disgustedly, struggling into a sitting position.  "Get ready to go for the shore, guys.  We don't wanna get carried any farther downstream..."
This message was last edited by the player at 02:24, Sun 27 May 2012.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1049 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 27 May 2012
at 06:00
  • msg #129

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"Over here!" Mariusz shouted again.

"Everyone, keep yelling!"

Mariusz looked at the situation, his mind racing. They had three casualties unlikely to be able to help themselves in the water and the zodiac had lost its integrity and was taking on filthy, near freezing water. They were fifty meters from shore, too far to get the casualties safe, and the tug was at least thirty minutes away from being of any use to them.

"Tucker," he said, "I'll try to start the engine. If it works use it to push us as close to shore as we can. Don't try to disengage from the log, just push it along, the closer we get to shore, the more we'll save."

He pointed to port to show Tucker the bank he was aiming for and then grabbed the pull string. He closed his eyes and whispered a prayer, "Holy Saint Brendan, be with me in my hour of need, let me get your Lambs safe on the shore, Amen."

He kept his wrist rigid to keep the pull smooth and fluid and bunched hie arm muscles. He held the motor firmly with his left hand and then pulled hard with his left, flicking his elbow out.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1284 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 27 May 2012
at 06:00
  • msg #130

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Tucker was going to try and steer and get them closer to the shoreline so the swim isn't so bad for them and the bank hopefully will be reachable in this cold water, however, the zodiac is too badly damaged to try anything especially with the motor out of the water.  He then yells over to Jay, "Hold on to that flashlight Jay.  Either try and start to try and signal them with it now or try if we make it to shore."  Robert reaches down to his holster and draws out the H&K pistol and fires three [3] rounds into the air and then resecures the pistol back in it's holster hoping the sounds will help give the people on the boat a direction to look for them.

TUCKER
H&K Mk23 SOCOM [9/12]

Trying to get Zodiac closer to shore and fire off three distress shots to mark their location.

This message was last edited by the player at 03:06, Mon 28 May 2012.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 622 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sun 27 May 2012
at 06:10
  • msg #131

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet heard the fuss on the prow and slowly realised that the rescue attempt had gone horribly long. She grabbed the intercom and said, "Griet to engine room. The zodiac is in trouble and we need power as soon as possible, get it done!"

"Will do Captain," Josef replied, "the engines will be on line in thirty minutes."

"We need it in fifteen," Griet urged.

"I'll give it all I've got, Captain," Josef grumbled, "but you can't alter the laws of Thermo-Dynamics. It'll take thirty minutes to make steam."

"Do what you can Chief."

"Griet to Sloeblume," she continued, "prepare for multiple severe cold casualties: everything's gone tits up."

She ran to the weather deck and yelled to Bayer, "We won't be able to move under power for at least thirty minutes! Drifting is too risky but we could gain a little mobility by kedging, swinging from anchor to anchor. It's a very risky tactic given our lack of power. It could gain us five to ten minutes when we get power or we could lose an anchor and start drifting ourselves but it's an option."
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 316 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Sun 27 May 2012
at 12:25
  • msg #132

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Boom!

Jay never saw the log, but the impact threw him forward violently. He smashed his face into something hard, and his world swam. A warm stickiness spewed over his face. His own blood, probably, but this was not the time for a detailed check. The sudden movement coupled with the stunned head tipped him over the side, and he spilled into the cold black water.

For a few seconds he sunk under the water, before the cold water revived him enough for him to realise what had happened and fight back. He kicked out, swimming back to what he hoped was the surface. He broke above the water and gasped, before being dragged back under by the current. Struggling further he broke the surface again, and managed to stay up, he glanced around, blood and dirty river water in his eyes. He couldn't see any of the others from the Zodiac, or the Queen.

He knew he had to move quickly. He was no Olympian, but he could swim okay. He let the current take him and kicked sideways towards what he thought was the nearest bank. Which side it was, he didn't know, but he had to get out of the water.

The cold water clawed at him, trying to sap his strength and will him to give up and let go on life. He resisted, gasping for breath every time his head broke the surface. He wanted to shout, but couldn't find a voice.

Determined to live, he struggled towards the bank...
Craig Sutherland
player, 510 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sun 27 May 2012
at 22:14
  • msg #133

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


As the alarm was raised Craig was half way to the pirate inflatable. He turned on the spot and was momentarily struck impotent unable to make the correct or any decision.

He saw and heard the others franticly trying to help, should he grab a rope, did he find a life ring, was there another small craft. It was Warren on top of the wheel house that finally spurned him into action. He joined him on the wheel house and grabbed the HK-69. Breaking it open he quickly checked the grenade was the correct one before taking a knee.

Muzzle pointed into the sky over were he thought the Zodiac and it stricken crew were located. He did a silent count down from three before pulling the trigger sending the Para flare into the evening sky.

Once it was away he spoke to Warren;

"We have people in the water any suggestions ?"
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2775 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 28 May 2012
at 04:35
  • msg #134

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Craig Sutherland (msg #133):

As Warren seemed to have the lookout duty covered, so Dawid made his way over to where Sutherland was located.

"If we don't have another boat to send, then they are on their own until we can throw them a line or someone else volunteers to dive in like Jason. Help me get the pirates' Zodiac on board, even if it's in poor shape."

He looked around for more safety or rescue equipment.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 417 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Mon 28 May 2012
at 22:57
  • msg #135

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"That PJ was our best swimmer and rescuer.  Anyone else who jumps in will be just as dead as the pirates."  this last point is punctuated by the large pistol still strapped to Warren's leg he used to execute the wounded.

"Flare is a good idea though for what its worth.  Except anyone who somehow missed the gunfight will now head this way."

Almost bored he adds as he picks up his binoculars when the flare ignites.  "For me, I'll be watching the shore.  Make sure those guys don't drown.  The PJ is a better doc than that woman and her questions."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2776 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 29 May 2012
at 08:44
  • msg #136

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Jeff D. Warren (msg #135):

"I agree on all accounts. Let's not fret more about what we can't change. Come, Warren and McClurg are covering watch duty."

"EVERYONE! If we make contact with hostiles, battle stations as follows: Warren in crow's nest, Nguyen, McClurg and Sutherland at the MGs they were manning before. Kel, please assist me with the Vasilek, Jan you're with the Kapitan."

"When the raft come in, Jan and Kel assist Dr. Solleblum. Let's not everyone go running down to assist, they'll call for additional help as needed."


Dawid started giving Craig and Minh a hand with recovering the zodiac.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1638 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Tue 29 May 2012
at 23:26
  • msg #137

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet Niewiadomska:
She ran to the weather deck and yelled to Bayer, "We won't be able to move under power for at least thirty minutes! Drifting is too risky but we could gain a little mobility by kedging, swinging from anchor to anchor. It's a very risky tactic given our lack of power. It could gain us five to ten minutes when we get power or we could lose an anchor and start drifting ourselves but it's an option."


Bayer curses quietly to himself, noting that he could see his breath in the cold night, which made his heart sink further. He never thought the tree was going to end up being a threat to his men and regretted not realizing that he needed to warn Robert. He was a panzergrenadier captain... not a man of the water or boats.

He then waves back at Griet and responds flatly, "Do it." He then sighs and thinks to himself, I'm glad you are here...

Bayer will remain on the bridge, ready to put himself or others to use once the boat got a little closer to the men in the water or the shore.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2536 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Wed 30 May 2012
at 03:18
  • msg #138

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


The Zodiac, shipping water and impaled on the jagged root cluster of the floating log, is carried further from the Queen. There's not much that the small boat crew can do now but hold on and hope for the best. Tucker fires three shots in the air in order to make clear the recue crew's plight. (Tucker -3 rounds)

A parachute flare pops to life overhead, illuminating the area in its dancing light. Those on board the tug can now see the rescue party- now in need of rescuing themselves- as it drifts away on the current. Below decks, the tug crew works feverishly to work up a head of steam, shovelling heaps of coal into the firebox while on the main deck, x & y raise the rear anchor in preparation for an attempt at kedging downriver. (Craig -1 paraflare)

Mariusz'a attempt to restart the Zodiac's outboard meets with success. The engine roars to life and Tucker, as instructed, dips the propeller back into the water, pulling the tiller hard over. It takes a few seconds for the propeller to gain traction before the log starts moving towards the western shore. The Zodiac, although impaled on the tree's jagged roots and badly damaged, no longer appears in danger of sinking. It's with this reassuring observation that the boat crew realizes that they are one short- Jay is no longer aboard.

Jay, alone and in the river, stuggles to reorient himself and stay afloat. Fortunately, he's not wearing any body armor, so, although his boots and other gear are dragging him down, he can keep his head above water. For a few long seconds he knows only that he's in the frigid Vistula. As be bobs along, he catches several glimpses of the lit tug, but he's not sure which direction the near shore is in. Then the parachute flare ignites overhead. He spots the dark outline of the near bank and immediately starts kicking towards it.

On board the tug, several Kommando's haul the pirates Zodiac on board. It has no engine- only oars- and is riddled with bullet, shot, and shrapnel holes. It's clearly not in proper floating condition. Others keep the drifting rescue party under observation as it creeps closer to the east bank of the river. The flare Craig launched is descending rapidly and soon it will land in the river between the tug and the log-impaled Zodiac.

The Zodiac slows as its bottom drags against the muddy riverbed just a few meters from dry land. The massive log continues to push it along, but at a much slower pace now. With the friction of the dragging rubber boat slowing the tree's leading end and acting as a pivot, the far end of the tree swings out into the current and away from the boat. In effect, the tree acts like a pole-vaulter's vaulting pole. Aware that the impaled Zodiac might be ripped from the shallows by the pull of the continuing tree, the rescue crew scrambles off the doomed inflatable boat, grabbing as much gear as they can. Almost as soon as the last person debarks, the Zodiac is pulled out of the shallows and away, disappearing into the darkness.

As the rescue party- sans Jay- struggles to get to solid ground, they fail to notice a group of armed men and boys watching them from the low bank. When Tucker finally spots them, it's too late. He counts no less than ten silhouettes forming an arc around riverbank. They've got their guns drawn and the small, wet, shivering boat crew in their sights.

"Hands up! Get your motherfucking hands up right now!"

Anyone on board the tug using any sort of vision enhancement device sees this much before the para-flare sinks, sputtering, into the river. At this point, the surrounding area sinks back into darkness, and nothing more that follows can be seen.

Jay, lies on his back on the muddy riverbank, gasping for breath. He's shivering and exhausted and his nose is clogged with snot and blood. Over the pounding in his temples he hears someone yelling in what he's pretty sure is Polish- he doesn't recognize the voice, though. He's lost his rifle but he's still got his Khukri.


Turn Summary: The party is now split. Tucker, Mariusz, LaRue, and Connolly are now on the west bank, under the guns of a group of at least 10 strangers.

Jay is about 50m upriver from them. He doesn't see anyone in his immediate vicinity.

The tug is probably 20m away from getting underway. In the meantime, it will kedge downriver, slowly closing the distance to the marooned rescue party. Those on board the tug can no longer see what's going on on the shore.


Updated Tac-map: https://maps.google.com/maps/m...pn=0.166576,0.528374


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 15:15, Wed 30 May 2012.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2777 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 30 May 2012
at 09:18
  • msg #139

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Dawid was disappointed when he saw the raft had no engine. That would have been nice, but they'd take what they could get. If the bullet holes couldn't be fixed, then maybe it could be used to patch the other boat.

"Okay, everyone, back to your battle stations for now, until we stand down or the Kapitan or Dr. Solleblum needs you for medical duty.

"Kel, you're on the gun with me. Do you have any experience with large wepaons like this?"

Minh Quyen
player, 631 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Wed 30 May 2012
at 14:57
  • msg #140

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

After helping the others pull in the pirates boat Quyen instinctively looks towards the unseen shoreline as someone opens fire. At first she mistakes the unexpected shooting for another attack again and she begins racing up the ladder to the DSHK once more... that is until the flare bursts overhead and lights up the rescue party.

Quyen then lingers on the ladder (or stairs) for a moment while she watches helplessly as the rescue party flounders in the river. She then continues up and returns to her position behind the large machinegun. The sounds of the tug's crew prepping it for action helped put her at ease a little, but not by much. Not being able to do something was painful.

Quyen will remain at her post. At this time she is unaware of the unknown men by the shore (she has no night vision) but will be ready to act when the time comes.
Craig Sutherland
player, 511 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 31 May 2012
at 09:40
  • msg #141

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


Craig helps pull in what is left of the zodiac the pirates attacked in. He dose not linger when the call to stations is given. As Tucker is with the rescue party Craig takes up the position on the port DShK.

He manoeuvres the large heavy machine gun on its mount to point up river at the new threat to the rescue party. The deck was slick with blood and water but he was able to keep his footing. With his NVG's down Craig gave a SITRIP of what he could see to anyone within air shot.

He ended with;

"I could give them a burst over their heads."
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 623 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Thu 31 May 2012
at 16:05
  • msg #142

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"Twenty minutes to steam, Kaptain," Griet called out, "do you want the spotlight deployed anywhere or are we going to play things cool?"
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2778 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 31 May 2012
at 19:41
  • msg #143

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Griet Niewiadomska (msg #142):

While Dawid wasn't about to open fire without provocation, he wasn't above reminding the strangers (who might just be towns-folk, after all) their people had friends. Friends with big guns.

Assuming Konrad doesn't preemptively countermand Griet's suggestion, he called up, "yes, shine the light on shore!"

Using the spotlight, Dawid attempted to train and aimed the Vasilek at the larger group on the western shore. It was too far to use night vision goggles, and the range also made it very hard to tell friend from foe. He had a clip of 82mm HE shells ready to go in the magazine. He really wished they had some smoke ammunition to cover their friends' retreat (and it was non-lethal), but needs must as the devil drives...

Noting the crew beginning preparations to kedge (even if he didn't quite know how or what would happen) Dawid said, "Kapitan, Griet, whatever movement we make isn't going to matter all that much for now. Keep things stable for now so I can provide effective fire support. Or, drifting with the current like that log will get us closer, too."

OOC: I am assuming that crew members are now scrambling to begin kedging. Dawid doesn't know what that is, but he knows this will make the boat more stable. I make the range at 750-800m.

In theory, drifting with the current we should go at the speed of the log, and it covered the distance in far less than 20 minutes! As well, the log seemed to be drifting closer to the west bank, which is where we need to go. When we're where we want to be or get drawn too close to shore, drop anchor.

This message was last edited by the player at 20:32, Thu 31 May 2012.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1639 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Fri 1 Jun 2012
at 04:04
  • msg #144

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet Niewiadomska:
"Twenty minutes to steam, Kaptain," Griet called out, "do you want the spotlight deployed anywhere or are we going to play things cool?"


"Kool." Bayer says quietly, observing the activity on the shore through his image intensifiers. He then says louder so that the rest can hear, "Weapons hold. Pass it on."

Bayer then lowers the optics and moves down to Griet's position where he says quietly, "If they wanted to do harm to Sergeant Tucker and his men... I think they would have done so by now when they had full surprise. Keep getting the tug ready for action, but lets not provoke or frighten them them into doing anything rash. This is in Robert's hands until we can be ready to move." He didn't say it aloud, but hoped his American friend or anyone else didn't do anything crazy.

Bayer then notes the river's edge and asks, "Griet... how close can you get us without getting stuck? Enough to disembark a shore party that can wade in?"

Following Griet's reply, Bayer moves from each battle position to the next, stopping each time to observe the shore again and keeping the Kommando's calm - but ready to unleash the full power at their disposal if things turned worse. An ILLUM para-flare is still loaded in his launcher.

OOC - Rae, does Tucker have his radio? Bayer will try to transmit if he does.
This message was last edited by the player at 04:16, Fri 01 June 2012.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2781 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 1 Jun 2012
at 05:18
  • msg #145

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #144):

Dawid nodded as Konrad inspected the forward weapons station, "Kapitan, sir, everyone is at action stations. I will make sure one will fire.

"Vasilek is loaded with fragmentation but I was wrong, cannot engage shore to rear, nor can spotlight be brought to bear.

"Suggest we release the forward anchor, so that we swing around. If we need to move, just drift with current, worked well for log!"

"Last, McClurg is on AGS-17, facing rear. Only weapon that can fire to rear. Put Jan on that one; I trust Jan but do not know this new man, McClurg."

Konrad Bayer
player, 1640 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Fri 1 Jun 2012
at 11:07
  • msg #146

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
</Blue>"Last, McClurg is on AGS-17, facing rear. Only weapon that can fire to rear. Put Jan on that one; I trust Jan but do not know this new man, McClurg."</Blue>


Bayer nods at the assessments, then on the last point motions towards Jan and says, "Yes, switch them up quietly."
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 624 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Fri 1 Jun 2012
at 16:00
  • msg #147

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"I can release the bow anchor to bring the Vasilsek to bear," Griet said, "I will not let the Queen drift in the river, it's too dangerous. Without power we could get into serious trouble. Once we have power I can get you close to the bank but not to the shore without taking depth soundings, again we risk too much by butting in blindly. Without a landing craft, I'm pretty sure we won't be able to get close enough to land a shore party unless we find a jetty or a pier."

"Do you want me to swing the boat around?"
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1312 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Fri 1 Jun 2012
at 16:44
  • msg #148

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

When Konrad nodded his agreement with Dawid's suggestion Jan quickly changed positions, moving quickly to the AGS-17 and speaking to McClurg.

"Mac, we change positions," he explained hurriedly.  "Capitaine Bayer wants you to go and join Dawid and help him."

A McClurg set off, with an encouraging pat on the shoulder from Jan, to report to Dawid the Legionnaire secured his AK nearby and then quickly checked over the AGS-17.  Once he was satisfied that it was ok he quickly flicked on his NVGs to scan around.  In only a matter of seconds he confirmed what he had though, that the distances were beyond the capabilities of his NVGs, and he turned them off again.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2783 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 2 Jun 2012
at 00:03
  • msg #149

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet Niewiadomska:
"Do you want me to swing the boat around?"


"Yes. Pardon me for saying, I believe Kapitan Bayer seems to be in accord with turning the tug to put the Vasilek and spotlight into play. I can't see the harm, so let's do that immediately. Further moves will come when we have power.

"Griet, do those on shore have a radio? Assuming they do, make contact and advise them to mark their position with flares or lights."


Dawid moved to where he could see the rear deck, at least a little. He assumed Jan had manned the Plamya without delay. "Jan, my friend, until we bring the Queen about provide cover to those on shore! If we can, we'll get them to mark their position."
This message was last edited by the player at 00:24, Sat 02 June 2012.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2541 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 2 Jun 2012
at 00:15
  • msg #150

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


By leaving the stern anchor in place and pulling up the bow anchor, the tug slowly pivots so that her bow is now pointed downriver.

A nearly out-of-breath Gryzych calls up to the bridge from the engine room through the speaking tube. "We can probably give you half power in 10 minutes."

Now that the tug is reoriented, both the bridge-mounted spotlight and the Vasilek can be brought to bear. The tug is ready to set off at once as soon as there is enough power available to make some way. Drifting with the current is a dangerous option because Griet really won't be able to steer. There are a lot of shallows and mudbanks in this part of the river (from what you could see the day before) and a large island up ahead. It's probably best to wait ten minutes so that more can be done to avoid such potentially damaging obstacles.

The spotlight is trained forward and sweeps the west bank first. On the second pass, a group of figures can be made out moving away from the river (inland and north). There looks to be about two dozen people there- if it's the rescue party, it looks like they've met some new friends. Both the Vasilek and the Dishkas have the range to reach out and touch them, but without being able to pick and choose targets, the chances of friendly fire deaths are almost certain.


Next Moves?
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2784 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 2 Jun 2012
at 00:40
  • msg #151

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #150):

Studying the tableau through binoculars, Dawid fought a sinking feeling of helplessness. The group seemed to include their friends, but they hadn't made an effort to contact the ship and were now moving away. Once they got out of sight, there would be nothing they could do to to influence the situation.

"Kapitan! Target sighted! Permission to fire warning shot, fragmentation, 200m in front of group!"

With Kel's help, Dawid carefully aimed the Vasilek at a spot that would make an impression but (hopefully) not cause casualties. He wouldn't fire without permission, but no harm in preparing!
Craig Sutherland
player, 512 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 2 Jun 2012
at 09:15
  • msg #152

Re: Ch. 18: Plock



It was an almost instantaneous realisation that his NVG's where not going to be any help, so he flicked them off. Standing behind the big gun he wondered if he would have been more effective behind his G3 and scope.

He glanced up to the top of the wheel house, he could not see Warren but he felt assured he would have the rescue team under observation. Craig grabbed the bolt handle and pulling it back slightly, checked a round was in the chamber of the DShK.

He eased it forward and resumed the wait for the order to engage or to stand down.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 625 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sat 2 Jun 2012
at 10:24
  • msg #153

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet glanced up at Warren as she focused the searchlight on the group by the waterside. She hoped that the group holding their comrades weren't affiliated to the men who Warren had calmly executed with his knife. If they were, she hoped they hadn't seen the treatment of their friends by the ship's crew. If they had, it might not go well for the unfortunate crew members on the bank.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1642 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Mon 4 Jun 2012
at 12:53
  • msg #154

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Kapitan! Target sighted! Permission to fire warning shot, fragmentation, 200m in front of group!"


Bayer lowers his image intensifiers and responds, "No. No firepower demonstrations. Nothing until we are mobile." Bayer then continues to watch. He didn't want to provoke an unidentified party who's intentions were not known yet... not while friendly troops were exposed anyways. Whoever was out there would also probably realize that we can't use our superior firepower without hitting our own people anyways.

Calling down to the main deck again, Bayer asks, "Griet... time?" He then climbs down and approaches her directly, "I know you can't beach the boat or risk navigating at night, but once we get power, I need to land a party... at least waist deep." He then looks at her for a response.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 626 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Mon 4 Jun 2012
at 13:53
  • msg #155

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet looked at the drama unfolding on shore and then heard the Kaptain's question, "I can give you half power in ten minutes," she answered, "I wouldn't want to operate much faster than that in the dark anyway. I can't guarantee how close I can get you to shore but once we're nearer I'll start shooting bursts from the bow thrusters to shift us sideways. That will let us feel where the shelving of the bank becomes too shallow for us to continue without beaching us. I'll need people at the side with the gaff hooks feeling for obstructions."

"I can then get you about four meters closer by hooking the gang plank to the crane, that way you can run out on that and if we're close enough jump to shore," She continued, "if we're not close enough I can lower it into the water and you can send someone out to judge the depth."
Konrad Bayer
player, 1643 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Mon 4 Jun 2012
at 14:00
  • msg #156

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Bayer nods at Griet's response. He then moves to find Jan and says, "Dawid will keep us covered with the main gun. I need you to muster up some men to help check the water depth."
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 627 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Mon 4 Jun 2012
at 14:08
  • msg #157

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"Tadeusz," Griet called to her deck hand, "rig the gang plank up to the derrick, we'll need to use it as an assault ramp: remember the Corvus that father showed us in that book?"
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1315 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Mon 4 Jun 2012
at 20:17
  • msg #158

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jan had been about to start moving the AGS-17 round to the prow of the boat, so that it could also fire directly in support of the men on shore, when Konrad gave him some different orders.

Konrad Bayer:
He then moves to find Jan and says, "Dawid will keep us covered with the main gun. I need you to muster up some men to help check the water depth."

"Oui mon Capitaine," replied Jan as he cast another glance round the boat, trying to remember who was still on board, settling initially on Craig on one of the DShKs.  "Craig.  With me and get hold of a boathook.  We have to check the water depth."

Jan then turned to Griet and called out to her while he picked up a boathook of his own.  "Griet, can you spare Walter to help me and Craig?"

While he waited for Griet to answer Jan turned back to Konrad with another question that would be important fairly soon.  "Capitaine, who is going ashore?  You, me, Craig and Jeff?"  He was keen to get off the boat and onto dry land where he would be considerably more use than he was at present.  Hunting down the group who, it seemed, had taken the rescue party prisoner was much more within Jan's capabilities!

For the moment though he did his bit as a less than junior deckhand, not entirely sure what he was actually doing with a boathook!
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 628 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Mon 4 Jun 2012
at 21:03
  • msg #159

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"We don't need to feel our way until we have power," Griet said, "if you help Tadeusz and Walter rig up the gang plank, when we do move, you can have both deck hands to help you. You'll need to be very careful: the river is notoriously fickle here, there could be sand bars between us and the bank. There was also a sand quarry there so we'll need to be careful of sunken barges. We might get lucky however, if the sand barges took enough of the sand away before they stopped there might be a nice bank to come up against where they've dug out all the depositions. That might make this part of the river run faster and transfer the sand to the island in front of us. Though the day we get lucky is the day I kiss Dr. Soleblume."

She remembered what her father had said about the river here. People had always battled to stop it changing fickley and they had often failed. One of his lectures had told her about the kempes, strange islands in the river that were unusual because the weren't made out of deposited sand and had been filled with massive, old growth trees. Originally folk lore had said they were the camps of the giants of the river, held there since time immemorial but later study found they were part of the land that had been cut off by the river's meanderings. Adam had shown her old charts where the island up ahead had changed in appearance over the years, waxing and waning and sometimes rejoining the land it had been sundered from centuries ago.

This wasn't the stretch of river she would have picked for night time manovures but if they were careful they should keep the boat intact even if they couldn't help their friends easily. She kicked herself mentally, only an arrogant fool would have left Warsaw with just one ship's boat. Call yourself a Captain, she thought to herself, you're still that silly spoilt girl that ran away to sea to be like her Daddy.

She idly fingered the medals of St. Jude and St. Brendan, let the sand quarriers have done us a favour, she prayed, let them have taken away enough sand to have stopped the sand bars from forming here, let us get our friends back.

She poked her head out of the window and called to Warren, "Sweep the bank we are heading for with the spotlight, the charts show evidence of sand quarrying, maybe there's a jetty."
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1316 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Mon 4 Jun 2012
at 21:19
  • msg #160

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"OK," Jan replied to Griet before moving to join Tadeusz and Walter.  Making the assumption that Walter was in charge of rigging up the extended gang plank Jan turned to him, switching to Polish to ensure that there were no misunderstandings.

"Walter.  Tell me what you need me to do?"
Konrad Bayer
player, 1644 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Mon 4 Jun 2012
at 22:13
  • msg #161

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"Cut the lights." Bayer says, before Jan gets underway.
Craig Sutherland
player, 513 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Tue 5 Jun 2012
at 00:21
  • msg #162

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


Craig lent a hand where he was needed before collecting his gear for the land rescue mission.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2544 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 5 Jun 2012
at 02:37
  • msg #163

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


Before the spotlight is cut, you see the people on shore move quickly,  disappearing into some thick foliage to the northeast. With the folks on shore out of sight, Griet shifts the spotlight beam to the near shore. It's hard to tell in the harsh glare of the spotlight but here and there it looks like some excavation of the sandy shore has taken place. Walter recollects how the defenders of Warsaw used sand and mud dredged up from the river bed to build fortifications during the siege of the city, a few years back. Since then, however, it looks like the mighty Vistula has moved quite a bit of sediment back into the spots that had been dredged out. The net result is a combination sandbank/mudflat expending past the riverbank proper about 30 feet or so at its narrowest, 50 or so at its widest.

The deck crew begins rigging the gangway to the derrick, creating a shaky but serviceable assault bridge that can extend about 18 feet past the tug's gunwhale. This leaves about 15 feet between the end of the bridge and the shallows. The tug's life rafts- small two-man rubber dingies- might make it to shore, but it would be a considerable risk. They're not designed to carry fully armed troops in heavy winter gear. There's also a couple of empty 50 gallon drums available that used to hold methanol that will float, and there's plenty of cordage aboard.

By the time the gangway "corvus" is finished, the engine room reports half power available for both of the tug's screws. With the deck crew and security force keeping careful watch on both the river ahead and the banks beyond, the tug gets underway, moving downriver at approximately 10kph.

Next Moves?
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2785 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 5 Jun 2012
at 05:08
  • msg #164

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Konrad Bayer:
Bayer nods at Griet's response. He then moves to find Jan and says, "Dawid will keep us covered with the main gun. I need you to muster up some men to help check the water depth."


"Sir!"

He kept the weapon aimed in the correct direction, while also trying to find aiming point in case the light went out. On one hand there were the lights of the town to the right, and he could see the (empty) bank to the left in his NVGs. It wasn't the best, but at least he would have a rough sector to cover.

"Well done, "Kel", thanks."
Jeff D. Warren
player, 420 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Wed 6 Jun 2012
at 05:57
  • msg #165

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Warren had been propped up, using the maximum zoom of his rifle to track the unknown group.  Unfortunately, the range was just too much to identify anyone solidly in the bad light, even with the spotlight.

"I've lost sight of the shore group.  Took off through the woods."  He is reasonably confident that if he were standing where they were at the shore, he could lead them in the right-ish direction.  But only briefly.

"Good news is the river looks calm.  Enough.  Where do you need me?"  Warren had been severely looking forward to the end of his shift.  The pirates were no big deal, but going back on shore was not something he looked forward to.  Otherwise, he helps Jan out with preparations to go ashore, assuming that he would be going.  He double checks his night vision charge, and debates swapping the sniper rifle out for an AK.  In the end he decides against it, keeping the sport rifle.
This message was last edited by the player at 05:59, Wed 06 June 2012.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1645 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 7 Jun 2012
at 16:27
  • msg #166

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jeff D. Warren:
"Good news is the river looks calm.  Enough.  Where do you need me?"


"On land." Bayer replies, giving the American the answer he wasn't hoping for.

Bayer then moves to where Jan and Craig are helping with the depth sounding and says, "Warren, Quyen, Lt.Sutherland and yourself, are to accompany me on shore." he explains to the Czech. "Get everyone kitted up when you're done here."

Once that is clear, Bayer heads to the stern mounted Vasilek, their most trusted and decisive asset on board since first leaving Krakow. Crouching next to the weapon, he silently counts the various types of 82mm rounds before saying to the NCO, "Dawid, I'm stripping as many hands as possible to get a strong presence on the ground. I need the Vasilek and one DSHK to be ready for support fire."

Then finally, Bayer confirms with Griet his intentions and waits until the landing can commence. Although, he'll leave Jan in tactical control of the section, he'll be the first one off the boat. If the gangplank can't get them all the way to the land, he will jump down into the water first without his rifle, NVGs or radio (basically his tac vest). Then if it is safe, those on board will hand it down and they can continue with that same method. They already lost some people in the river tonight... he didn't want to lose weapons and equipment too.
This message was last edited by the player at 18:08, Thu 07 June 2012.
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1317 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Thu 7 Jun 2012
at 16:31
  • msg #167

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Having helped create the assault bridge Jan reported to Konrad again.  Nodding in understanding at his orders Jan then checked his gear again, deciding to leave the LAW behind as it was hopefully overkill, and made his way back to the assault bridge.

"Griet, the end of the gangplank is about six or seven meters from the bank.  We can jump to make that shorter but how deep do you think the water will be and will we be able to wade ashore or will we get stuck in mud?"
This message was last edited by the player at 16:35, Thu 07 June 2012.
Minh Quyen
player, 632 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Thu 7 Jun 2012
at 19:15
  • msg #168

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Quyen hears her name mentioned but remains at the machinegun until the tugboat is ready to unload them. If Jan looks up she will give him a thumbs up to let him know that she is aware that she has been ordered ashore and is ready to go.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 629 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Thu 7 Jun 2012
at 19:37
  • msg #169

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"It's likely to be muddy and make life difficult," Griet said, "if I were you I'd make a quick raft out of the oil drums and some wood and send one person to shore with a rope. Then you can use the raft to ferry people ashore using the rope to guide the raft. It'll take a bit more time but everyone will get ashore safely, dry and without losing gear."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2788 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 7 Jun 2012
at 22:23
  • msg #170

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #166):

quote:
Once that is clear, Bayer heads to the stern mounted Vasilek, their most trusted and decisive asset on board since first leaving Krakow. Crouching next to the weapon, he silently counts the various types of 82mm rounds before saying to the NCO, "Dawid, I'm stripping as many hands as possible to get a strong presence on the ground. I need the Vasilek and one DSHK to be ready for support fire."


Dawid nodded in agreement. They seemed to have a quantity of ammunition.

"Yes, Kaptain. I can man the mortar myself. McClurg will man the Dushka.

"I'll take McClurg, he was a helicopter door gunner seems handy with a machinegun. Griet will relay indirect fire requests via the radio set on the bridge. Take flares to mark your position for direct fire. I guess that's about it.

"Best of luck!"


He arranged for all the radios to be on the correct frequency, and for an alternate. Further, he set up the PKM on the left bow pintle.

Instructions to McClurg:

"We're supporting the shore party, they're going to retrieve our comrades. At this time I believe the threat is to port, that is, the west or left hand side. I will keep watch here on the bow and port side, you cover the rear and starboard side from the bridge deck. When I request, man the portside Dushka to provide additional support."
This message was last edited by the player at 06:38, Fri 08 June 2012.
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1318 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Fri 8 Jun 2012
at 09:20
  • msg #171

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet Niewiadomska:
"It's likely to be muddy and make life difficult," Griet said, "if I were you I'd make a quick raft out of the oil drums and some wood and send one person to shore with a rope. Then you can use the raft to ferry people ashore using the rope to guide the raft. It'll take a bit more time but everyone will get ashore safely, dry and without losing gear."

After getting a thumbs up from Quyen and listening to Griet's answer Jan called over to Konrad.

"Capitaine.  Do we have time to make a raft or are we wading ashore?"

Griet's advice was solid but the longer they waited the further away the others would get and trying to track them in the dark was going to be slow and awkward.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1646 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Fri 8 Jun 2012
at 21:18
  • msg #172

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Best of luck!"

"Danke... thank you." Bayer says. "We won't be long."
Jan Cerny:
"Capitaine.  Do we have time to make a raft or are we wading ashore?"

"No. We move as soon as we have power." he replies after a moment of silence. "We get our feet wet... but it is it safe if we do it like I will show."
Craig Sutherland
player, 514 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 9 Jun 2012
at 05:49
  • msg #173

Re: Ch. 18: Plock



With his gear at the rail Craig went over it one final time. He had debated with himself to leave the G3, deciding against it. He did one last physical and visual check of his assault vest and PLCE webbing making sure everything he needed was in place.

This was not the first wet landing he had made in this war, a big bonus was that this one would hopefully not be under fire. As he waited for the order to move his mind wondered over memories he would rather forget.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2550 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sun 10 Jun 2012
at 02:13
  • msg #174

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


0330 hours

Using the engines (still at 1/2 output) to control and steer rather than propel the tug (the current's taking care of that), Griet edges the Queen towards the west bank. Warren lights the way with the roof-mounted spotlight.

In the meantime, Dawid arranges a short-handed tug security detail while Konrad organizes and prepares a shore-party for deployment as soon as the tug is within wading distance of dry land.

The tug moves slowly shoreward at an increasingly shallow angle until, with an odd slapping/sucking sound, it slows gradually to a full stop. Griet knows instantly that she's run up on a mudbank and she immediately cuts power. Due to the tug's low speed at the time of impact, Griet is confident that the Queen is not yet close to being stuck fast. She slowly reverses thrust on the main screws to make sure that the current doesn't push the tug any further up onto the mud bank. It's not the perfect landing but, under the circumstances, it's pretty close.

The deck crew engages the derrick and extends the makeshift "corvus" assault bridge. You see now that the riverbank here has been buttressed with a sheer-sided concrete retaining wall- a testament to the communist's regimes prewar flood control projects. The far end of the corvus just barely kisses the concrete, allowing the recovery team to set foot on dry land without getting wet first. Considering how cold it is, this is a blessing indeed.


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 21:56, Tue 12 June 2012.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1647 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sun 10 Jun 2012
at 02:51
  • msg #175

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Bayer leans over the edge and peers down into the blackness of the water and riverbank below while the last of the landing preparations are completed. Then once he's gotten the signal from Griet, he passes off his rifle and tac-vest, and makes his way onto the assault bridge. Bayer will jump the last meter to the solid ground and look for any unseen footfalls before signally for the rest to follow him.

Following the shore party's landing, Bayer places everyone in an all around defense for a listening halt and a brief co-ord meeting with Jan. "Get your lead man heading towards the village and moving at a good pace." he whispers, adding the bearing to the community that he took from his compass when he was on the Queen. "Open fire policy is self defense only. Action on any contact is to halt, go to ground, and assess."

Bayer then glances at his watch and says, "I'll be in the middle of your section. Step off time is now. Let's go get our people."
This message was last edited by the player at 02:52, Sun 10 June 2012.
Craig Sutherland
player, 515 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sun 10 Jun 2012
at 03:04
  • msg #176

Re: Ch. 18: Plock



Craig securely slung his weapon across his back as he made his way across the small bridge. He tried to clear the water as much as possible, more to keep his feet dry then any tactical reason. Once on the bank he unslung his rifle and with it at his shoulder he crawled slowly over the bank scanning for stragglers or sentry's left behind.

He lay flat as he slowly scanned the terrain in front of him.

Rescue Team
Laying flat as he scans in front

HK G3SG/1 (w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm Telescopic Sight)[20/20] w/14 magazines
L32A1 (Browning A5) 10" Barrel [4/3]
Browning HP-35 (w/ silencer) [20/20] w/2 magazines
Smoke grenade x1
Frag Grenade F1 x6 RKG-3 AT Grenade Grenade, L13A2 CS E-108 Thermite Grenade x2
Kukri
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2790 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 10 Jun 2012
at 10:57
  • msg #177

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #175):

Before Konrad and the others left, Dawid suggested the two groups use call signs along the lines of the last engagement:

Alpha: Shore Party (Konrad)
Bravo: Fire Support (Dawid)
Queen: The tug (Griet)


Technically, calls would be between the Queen and Alpha. OOC: can we rig some kind of retrans using the Queen's radio, and Dawid's hand radio? Anyone know?

If the shore party needed to split up they could add designation as needed (Alpha One, Two, etc.). That was unlikely to affect comms with the Queen.

"Try and find a wharf! I'd love to unload the Ural, get it back on land, again. Again, good luck."
Jeff D. Warren
player, 422 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Sun 10 Jun 2012
at 19:00
  • msg #178

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jeff jumps the gap and lands on shore dry.  Once there he moves 10 meters off into the woodline until everyone is ashore.  Satisfied that there are no contacts in close proximity, he moves back to Konrad.

"Order of march?"


Jeff Warren
On Shore
SAKO TRG-21 [10/10] + 5
SOCOM Mk.23 [12/12] + 2

Jan Cerny
NPC, 1320 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Mon 11 Jun 2012
at 22:08
  • msg #179

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

After he'd made it ashore and was in the all-round defence position Jan responded to Konrad's question.  "OK, I will take point, then Craig, then the Capitaine, then Quyen and then Jeff bringing up the rear."

He then quickly conducted a radio check before fixing his NVGs over his eyes and turning them on.  He then set off in the direction that Konrad had indicated, setting a good pace initially to try to catch up with their missing friends.

As he moved he looked for a recently travelled path alongside the river.  The men who they were trying to follow had seemed to be in quite a sizeable group so there were bound to be signs of their passing on the route they had taken, even though they would be hard to spot in the dark.  Trampled grass, boot prints in the mud or something like that.  Jan had some experience of tracking, though he was more concerned with finding the right route rather than working out details of their targets.

He also kept his rifle ready, though he intended to follow Konrad's orders and stop and go to ground if he spotted anything vaguely threatening.  The lack of firing when the others had been captured or rescued or whatever it was that had happened made it unclear whether Jan was walking everyone into a violent confrontation or not!


Jan
AK-74 Assault Rifle (30/30 - 30rnd mag x11) - carried
BG-15 Grenade Launcher (1/1 HE - HE x19) - underslung on AK-74
P226 Pistol (15/15 - 15rnd mag x4) - holster
Frag grenade x2 - webbing pouch
Smoke grenade x2 - webbing pouch
AN/PVS-5 NVGs - worn

Minh Quyen
player, 633 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Tue 12 Jun 2012
at 01:58
  • msg #180

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jan Cerny:
After he'd made it ashore and was in the all-round defence position Jan responded to Konrad's question.  "OK, I will take point, then Craig, then the Capitaine, then Quyen and then Jeff bringing up the rear."


"Understood." Quyen whispers back with a nod.

Minh then waited and covered her arcs until it was time to move. She didn't have NVGs like most of the others but didn't mind the equipment deficiency. Her eyes had gotten used to the night since the pirate attack and she rather liked using just her own natural senses, all of them, to help keep alert for any trouble. On the move she glided throught the riverside grasses silently, not burdened down with heavy and bulky webbing and body armor.

If Quyen spots anything (on the flanks) she will tap the person ahead and point, and then quietly lower herself into cover.
This message was lightly edited by the player at 01:59, Tue 12 June 2012.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2552 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 12 Jun 2012
at 21:01
  • msg #181

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


The recovery team regroups on shore and sets out after the inaptly named rescue party. Jan has little problem finding the spot where the strangers presumably captured his friends. The soft earth near the bank is pitted with footprints and the dead grass that borders it is smashed down by many booted feet. It isn't too hard to follow the trail for a bit, but eventually, Jan loses it. It's too dark and the nearly-frozen earth beneath the tall, dormant overgrowth is relatively clear of grass, leaving little sign of the passage of even a large group. The best that Jan can do is follow the azimuth he believes the captors were taking and keep his eyes open for positive spoor supporting his hunch.

Meanwhile, back on the tug, the security forces keeps a close eye on the near (west) bank. McClurg, an accomplished machinegunner, keeps watch on the tug's unengaged side from behind the gun shield of the starboard Dishka. Dawid keeps an eye on the near shore, watching the recovery team move up towards the spot where the rescue party had set foot on shore. They linger for a while, picking up the trail, before disappearing into some brush and trees to the northeast.

The recovery team moves slowly and cautiously, aware that the strangers they are attempting to follow may have set up an ambush along their backtrail.

After advancing probably 200m or so, Jan stops the patrol. He hears movement up ahead- someone or something is moving noisily through the brush and it sounds like it's coming straight for them.


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 21:53, Tue 12 June 2012.
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1322 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 13 Jun 2012
at 11:27
  • msg #182

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

After signalling to the rest of the recovery patrol that he could hear some men approaching from the direction he had guessed the rescue party had been taken, Jan ducked into cover on the land side of the path.  He positioned himself so that if the enemy fled away from the path they would be blocked on one side by the recovery group and on the other side by the river, after a short distance.

Jan then aimed his rifle, ready to fire if necessary but intending on issuing a challenge once the approaching group were in the middle of the kill zone.  As the main Polish speaker amongst the recovery group he was conscious that he would need to ensure that the encounter didn't immediately turn bloody!

There was also the chance that the approaching group was actually the rescue party returning, though he would have expected many of them to move a lot more quietly!


Jan
Lying prone on the landward side of the path.
Covering the approaching group, intending on calling out a warning to halt and surrender once they are in the middle of the kill zone.
AK-74 Assault Rifle (30/30 - 30rnd mag x11) - carried
BG-15 Grenade Launcher (1/1 HE - HE x19) - underslung on AK-74
P226 Pistol (15/15 - 15rnd mag x4) - holster
Frag grenade x2 - webbing pouch
Smoke grenade x2 - webbing pouch
AN/PVS-5 NVGs - worn

Griet Niewiadomska
player, 635 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Wed 13 Jun 2012
at 15:08
  • msg #183

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet continued to man the bridge in order to keep a careful watch and run the radio relay. She used the intercom to speak with engineering, "Good job people, leave one person on the engines and get some rest in shifts."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2794 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 14 Jun 2012
at 03:25
  • msg #184

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Griet Niewiadomska (msg # 183):

Satisfied the bow and port sectors were covered, Dawid walked over and looked up, making sure McClurg was on his arc.

Getting back to the Vasilek, he used the intercom to call up to Griet, "is there some way we can rig up this speaker and microphone to transmit via the ship's radio set? That way I could receive coordinates for fire missions without the extra step. Less chance for a mistake."
Jeff D. Warren
player, 423 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Thu 14 Jun 2012
at 06:07
  • msg #185

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jeff freezes when Jan signals.  He slowly and carefully lowers himself down, taking the time to shift himself to the rear.  He did not want to be snuck up on.


Jeff Warren
Covering Rear

Griet Niewiadomska
player, 636 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Thu 14 Jun 2012
at 15:20
  • msg #186

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet replied to Dawid, "Not that I know of, the boat's radio is a push to speak system, it only transmits or recieves. There might be a way of doing it but not one that I can rig up. At least the intercom's better than yelling."
Konrad Bayer
player, 1648 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Fri 15 Jun 2012
at 01:52
  • msg #187

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jan Cerny:
After signalling to the rest of the recovery patrol...

Bayer catches the signal and hastily passes it on the rest of the patrol beside him. He then takes cover like the rest, scurrying into an somewhat extended line, but still roughly in the middle of the group. Bayer then turns on his night vision goggles and whispers into his radio, "Jan, one clear challenge... make it count."

Bayer then levels his weapon in the direction of the approaching party and flips the selector lever to automatic just in case Jan's challenge is met with gunfire. Inside of his launcher sits an ILLUM paraflare.
This message was last edited by the player at 02:00, Fri 15 June 2012.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2555 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 16 Jun 2012
at 16:49
  • msg #188

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


As the noise of breaking brush draws nearer, Jan calls out a challenge.

"Halt! Who goes there?"

It's followed by a few seconds of silence. Whoever or whatever was making the racket has stopped. The rest of the recovery team is primed and tense, ready to lash the area up ahead with fire should the need become apparent.

Then, out of the darkness comes a somewhat slurred response.

"Ith Jay! Don't thoot!"


Next Moves?
Konrad Bayer
player, 1649 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sat 16 Jun 2012
at 17:19
  • msg #189

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Still positioned in the hasty ambush, Bayer responds, "Are you alone?" If Jay is by himself, Bayer will call back to instruct him to advance closer. However, if he is not alone, regardless of who is with him (friendly or not), Bayer will follow the usual method and instruct only Jay to approach him and the rest of the group.
This message was last edited by the player at 17:21, Sat 16 June 2012.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2795 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 16 Jun 2012
at 18:09
  • msg #190

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet Niewiadomska:
Griet replied to Dawid, "Not that I know of, the boat's radio is a push to speak system, it only transmits or recieves. There might be a way of doing it but not one that I can rig up. At least the intercom's better than yelling."


Dawid clicked on the intercom.

"Understood. Well, maybe we can rig up a speaker down here, so at least I can hear the incoming instructions. So that we don't drop explosives on the wrong person."
Minh Quyen
player, 634 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Sat 16 Jun 2012
at 20:49
  • msg #191

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Quyen remains motionless and keeps her arcs covered. The ground is cold but she is so focused on what was happening that she barely feels her body heat draining away. Quyen listens to the natural sounds of the night and those of Jay, and tries to hear anything else that might help alert them to more might be out there. If any shooting does break out Minh will try to engage only muzzle flashes and not just any shadowy figure that enters her view.
Craig Sutherland
player, 516 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 16 Jun 2012
at 22:10
  • msg #192

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


Craig had slung his rifle and now had the short barrel shotgun covering the potential ambush. Buckshot was always good in a pinch and had discourage further attack before.

He doubted Jay would be a willing participate in any enemy action but you cant be sure in these mad times.

Rescue Team
Second in line taking a knee


L32A1 (Browning A5) 10" Barrel [4/3]00 Buckshot

Griet Niewiadomska
player, 637 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sun 17 Jun 2012
at 07:40
  • msg #193

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"That should be possible," Griet said, "the intercom system was rigged up using old telecomms gear so there should be a way of rigging up a duplex system and getting you a headset for hands free work. If one of the fly boys knows electronics I'll get them on it."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2796 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 17 Jun 2012
at 09:18
  • msg #194

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet Niewiadomska:
"That should be possible," Griet said, "the intercom system was rigged up using old telecomms gear so there should be a way of rigging up a duplex system and getting you a headset for hands free work. If one of the fly boys knows electronics I'll get them on it."


"I have the impression that one of them, not McClurg but Kellerman, is a mechanic. Try him. Thanks!"
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1324 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sun 17 Jun 2012
at 10:32
  • msg #195

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

When Jay called out Jan felt a sense of relief!  At least one of the missing troops looked to have escaped and with a bit of luck he would know what had happened to the others!  There was even a chance that he had been released as a messenger by whomever had taken the others prisoner and they could get more of an idea as to what the hell was going on!

Jan continued scanning into the dark in the direction of the voice however, using his NVGs to peer into the gloom in an attempt to pick out any forms.  Jay had been making a lot of noise compared to what he usually made so Jan suspected that he wasn't alone.

Though he held his rifle ready to fire he kept his finger away from the trigger, conscious that it was still a confused situation.


Jan
Lying prone on the landward side of the path.
Scanning into the dark, trying to spot Jay and anyone with him.
AK-74 Assault Rifle (30/30 - 30rnd mag x11) - carried
BG-15 Grenade Launcher (1/1 HE - HE x19) - underslung on AK-74
P226 Pistol (15/15 - 15rnd mag x4) - holster
Frag grenade x2 - webbing pouch
Smoke grenade x2 - webbing pouch
AN/PVS-5 NVGs - worn

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 332 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Mon 18 Jun 2012
at 08:36
  • msg #196

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jay stumbled down the trail, trying to be quiet but probably with as much subtlety as a rogue elephant. The cold was biting deep, and he knew he couldn't continue for much longer. Suddenly he heard a voice ahead. He paused. Was the voice familiar? It sounded like they had said something in English, but couldn't be certain.

He decided to chance it. If they weren't friendlies then he would either be captured or dead, either option seeming to be better than his current predicament. He called out, Is Jay, d d d don shoot."

He stumbled forward pressing on until he could see who called. Suddenly faces appeared in the dark, and he recognised the first two as Jan and Craig. He pressed on, before eventually collapsing at Jan's feet. He looked up at the legionnaire, and started speaking. The words were jumbled, an ugly mess of English and Nepali, complicated by his shivering body and chattering teeth. It was clear that his clothing was soaked through, and his face was coated with mud, with a mess of snot and blood running from his nose. It wasn't clear what he was saying, but Jan and Craig managed to snatch some of the English words, and Craig may get some of the Nepali ones as well.

"No capture.... Others taken.... Follow.... Sneaky sneaky.... No soldier.... Fire...."

As he rambled he gestured down the path he had appeared from. As he spoke his eyes started to close, his body wracked by uncontrollable shivering. Any further speech was incomprehensible.
Craig Sutherland
player, 517 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 18 Jun 2012
at 10:02
  • msg #197

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Mrityunjay Byanjankar (msg # 196):

Craig stripped off his own jacket and wrapped the Gurkha in it after quickly stripping off his top clothes. He was sure those around him knew what was going on but he said;

"He going into severe hypothermia, he needs to get back to the boat. Do we have any other dry clothes ?"
Konrad Bayer
player, 1650 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Mon 18 Jun 2012
at 11:57
  • msg #198

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Once it was clear Jay was alone, Bayer places his weapon on safe and gets up off the cold ground. He didn't want to keep the man around long, so he kept his interrogation short and just to confirm what was already suspected. "Which way did they go Jay? The village?" If anything else could be gained from him, Griet and Dawid could always relay what else he knew once he was safe on board the tug again.

Bayer then faces the rest of his team, but unsure of what vital equipment they brought with them from the Queen, decides against selecting someone for the task at hand. Instead he asks openly, "I need a volunteer to take Jay back. If we don't catch up to Tucker's group we will wait for you outside of the village, for you to link back up with us. For that, you will need a radio and night vision." Bayer then looks around at the dark silhouettes for someone to quickly step forward.
This message was last edited by the player at 11:58, Mon 18 June 2012.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 334 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Mon 18 Jun 2012
at 12:35
  • msg #199

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg # 198):

Jay could vaguely make out the sound of someone else talking. He gestured again, pointing down the path from which he had emerged. "Vi... Vi... Hou... Fire..." He then muttered a few more words in Nepali.
Craig Sutherland
player, 518 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 18 Jun 2012
at 19:35
  • msg #200

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg # 198):

"I will take him Captain, he keeps saying something about a Tiger, Guard and a child though.

With that he tries to rouse Jay enough to start walking towards the boat and gives those on the tug a heads up to prep for a causality.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1651 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Mon 18 Jun 2012
at 19:50
  • msg #201

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Craig Sutherland:
"I will take him Captain, he keeps saying something about a Tiger, Guard and a child though.


Appreciating that was able to get a volunteer, Bayer nods and expresses his thanks, "Very good... thank you."

He then thinks over what Craig had told him, and says, "I see. Okay... well we will try to make sense of that warning as we move on. You two get moving though. Once you've dropped him off at the boat, radio to me so I can let you know how to link back up with us. Good luck."

With that, Bayer turns to Jan and says, "Time to move."
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 335 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Tue 19 Jun 2012
at 09:02
  • msg #202

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jay accepted Craig's offer of a hand. With no rifle, body armour or helmet (all left on Queen) it would be easy for Craig to support him, although the sodden clothing would weigh him down.
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1325 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Tue 19 Jun 2012
at 12:46
  • msg #203

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

The state of Jay explained fully why the normally stealthy Gurkha had been making so much noise.  Because of his medical training Jan briefly considered volunteering to take Jay back to the Queen but in the end Craig beat him to it.  Anneka would be able to look after him and Jan was sure that Craig would get the Gurkha there, even if he had to carry the little man!

"Craig, there is spare dry clothing in my backpack if you need some for him," Jan commented to Craig and Jay before turning back to the path that Jay had come along and focussing on finding the others.  From what Jay had said it sounded like the others had been taken prisoner by some armed locals rather than a military unit but Jan wasn't sure if that was a good thing or not!

Nodding at Konrad's instruction Jan asked a quick question before setting off.  "Jay made a lot of noise coming here so can we take the risk of moving quickly for a little while?"

Whatever the answer from his commander Jan set off at the prescribed pace, trying to follow Jay's muddy tracks initially, unless they started to deviate from the main path that ran parallel to the riverbank.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1652 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Tue 19 Jun 2012
at 13:10
  • msg #204

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"Yes." Bayer replies. "Just keep alert."
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1327 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Tue 19 Jun 2012
at 14:00
  • msg #205

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"Oui mon Capitaine," replied Jan as he set off at a good pace to start with, the now slightly smaller patrol trailing after him.
Minh Quyen
player, 635 posts
Tue 19 Jun 2012
at 18:00
  • [deleted]
  • msg #206

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

This message was deleted by the player at 18:01, Tue 19 June 2012.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2559 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Wed 20 Jun 2012
at 00:41
  • msg #207

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


With the arrival of the nearly hypothermic Jay, the already-small recovery team is forced to diminish itself. Craig puts Jay's arm around his shoulders and starts back for the Queen. Jan takes the remainder of the team and starts following Jay's fresh tracks back towards the reported camp site.

Jan's gone about 200m when an AK barks from the darkness up ahead. A bullet passes millimeters from the left side of Jan's head, close enough that he can feel it. Someone's opened fire on the recovery team at a range of about 50m.

Back on the Queen, Dawid sees movement in the dark off the port bow. A few seconds later he hears the report of an AKM firing on full automatic.


Next Moves?
This message was lightly edited by the GM at 02:19, Wed 20 June 2012.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1653 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 20 Jun 2012
at 01:43
  • msg #208

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"Kover! Kover!" Bayer shouts, stepping to the side and dropping into the prone.

With his options limited by the fact that their own people were stumbling around out here, Bayer opts not to immediately seize the initiative and counterattack the unidentified shooter. "Jan! Break contact! Fire and movement... withdraw now!"

Then while Jan coordinated his small team, Bayer depresses the transmit switch on his radio and reports, "Bravo! Alpha! Contact... standby... over."

Bayer
G36/HK69 (30/30 + 1 ILLUM)
Going prone

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2798 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 20 Jun 2012
at 05:39
  • msg #209

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg # 208):

Dawid heard the pops of distinctive AK fire. It could be their own personnel, perhaps hostiles.

Getting down behind the gunshield, he aimed the Vasilek in the direction of the movement but held his fire pending instruction, which he assumes will be forthcoming soon.

"Griet, contact off port bow. Spotlight? Also, can you have someone find the spare radio from ship stores and tune it to the team channel? Thanks!"

"McClurg, hold position on starboard for now!"


OOC: It occurs to me we have a spare radio that we can use put at the bow weapon station for fire mission requests. Also, do we want to dispense with the Konrad-Griet-Dawid "telephone" and assume she's relaying instructions back and forth?
Craig Sutherland
player, 519 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Wed 20 Jun 2012
at 06:33
  • msg #210

Re: Ch. 18: Plock



Craig made sure to radio ahead so there was no "Blue on Blue" action once they where closer to the tug. He still held the shotgun in his right hand as he moved forward with Jay.

He heard the gun fire but decided he was in no position to help so he kept a fast pace while looking for enemy soldiers trying to sneak up on the groups rear.

Rescue Party
Moving Jay to boat


L32A1 (Browning A5) 10" Barrel [4/3] 00 Buckshot
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 337 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Wed 20 Jun 2012
at 07:09
  • msg #211

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jay stumbled along, grateful of the support given by Craig. As he moved he vaguely heard gunfire, but couldn't be certain what was happening.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 424 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Wed 20 Jun 2012
at 07:40
  • msg #212

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jeff ducks off to the side and drops to a knee.  He flips down his night vision and scans the last position of the enemy.  He counts on his own ability to blend in to keep him safe.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 638 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Wed 20 Jun 2012
at 14:59
  • msg #213

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet turned the spotlight to try and pick up the movement and then got on the intercom and said, "Anneka, can you bring up the spare radio from the stores please?"
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2799 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 20 Jun 2012
at 18:58
  • msg #214

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet Niewiadomska:
Griet turned the spotlight to try and pick up the movement and then got on the intercom and said, "Anneka, can you bring up the spare radio from the stores please?"


Hearing the crackle of Konrad's voice over the bridge radio, but unable to make out what was said, Dawid called up from the bow, "hey, what's going on with Alpha?"

OOC: Just a reminder that Alpha (Konrad) is calling Bravo (Dawid). Until there's a radio at the bow, we kind of have to work together on radio transmissions.
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1328 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 20 Jun 2012
at 20:52
  • msg #215

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"Pull back!" Jan yelled as he quickly dropped flat to the ground, just off the left hand side of the path.  He then flicked the selector switch on his AK to Full Auto and fired two five round bursts in the rough direction of where the shooting had come from.  He wasn't really concerned about hitting anything, more with just putting some rounds down range in the rough direction of whoever had been shooting at him!

He then started backwards crawling, trying to get into some cover before pulling back fully away from the contact.


Jan
Lying prone on the landward side of the path.
Dropping prone, firing 2x 5rnd bursts (suppressive fire) in the rough direction of the attackers and then backwards crawling away from the contact
AK-74 Assault Rifle (30/30 - 30rnd mag x11) - carried
BG-15 Grenade Launcher (1/1 HE - HE x19) - underslung on AK-74
P226 Pistol (15/15 - 15rnd mag x4) - holster
Frag grenade x2 - webbing pouch
Smoke grenade x2 - webbing pouch
AN/PVS-5 NVGs - worn

Griet Niewiadomska
player, 639 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Thu 21 Jun 2012
at 15:04
  • msg #216

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"They've had a contact too," Griet replied to Dawid.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2801 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 21 Jun 2012
at 20:21
  • msg #217

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet Niewiadomska:
"They've had a contact too," Griet replied to Dawid.


He replied through the intercom, "understood. Are they saying anything? If they are calling for "Bravo" they are calling for me. You are going to have to reply for me for now and relay any messages, until we get the other radio set up."
This message was lightly edited by the GM at 00:46, Fri 22 June 2012.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2562 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Fri 22 Jun 2012
at 01:02
  • msg #218

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


While the rest of the patrol hits the cold earth, Jan drops and fires a couple of bursts at the likely source of the hostile fire. He's answered by another burst of fire. It's impossible to tell whether it's from the same shooter or another. It's well over the heads of the recovery team. Considering the hostile force's poor marksmanship and the darkness which envelops the area, it shouldn't be too hard to break contact and pull back towards the tug. (Jan -10 rounds)

As the recovery team prepares to withdraw, a light comes on from the riverbank well behind them. The team is on the very edge of the area illuminated but, should someone rise, he or she would be backlit nicely for whoever is shooting from the treeline to the north, northeast.

Griet turns on the tug's spotlight and directs the powerful beam towards the area indicated by Dawid. Two figures, one supporting the other, are caught in the wash of light. They pause and one of them holds up his hand to shield his eyes from the powerful light. After a couple of seconds, Dawid and Griet positively identify Craig; by the size of other fellow (draped in a poncho) Craig's companion is most likely Jay.

Despite being focused on the area illuminated by the spotlight, David eyes are drawn to something on the river to the north. Whether it was movement, a shadow (a relative condition in the darkness), and/or a brief flash of light that catches his eye is moot- there's another boat on the river. While Dawid tries to get a grip on the dynamic tactical situation, Anneka arrives with the spare radio.


Updated tac-map: https://maps.google.com/maps/m...7&mid=1340318965


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 01:02, Fri 22 June 2012.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1655 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Fri 22 Jun 2012
at 01:42
  • msg #219

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"Queen! Alpha! Turn off the light! Over!" Bayer calls into his radio. Then as soon as it goes out (if it does), he will fire a short burst towards the unknown shooters (aiming high) and shout to the Kommandos, "Move now!"
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2802 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 22 Jun 2012
at 02:00
  • msg #220

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg # 219):

Dawid thanked Anneka for the radio, while making a note of Craig and Jay's position.

He then transmitted, "this is Bravo calling Alpha. Have taken a bearing from two friendlies on shore. Direct us onto your target using a bearing from them, or ."

Realising they didn't need the light off so much as it could be directed to another use, he used the bridge intercom. "Griet, we have a boat on the river. North of us, azimuth approximately 350 degrees. Direct the light onto that."

"McClurg! I need you to man the port side weapon!"


He used his NVGs to try and spot anything on the new vessel approaching.
This message was last edited by the player at 14:11, Fri 22 June 2012.
Craig Sutherland
player, 520 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Fri 22 Jun 2012
at 08:54
  • msg #221

Re: Ch. 18: Plock



"Keep moving Jay one foot after the other, we are nearly there."

He sighted the tug or they sighted them first either way they knew they were coming in so the chance of a DShK hair cut was lesioned. Once they had been IDeand the light was off them Craig continued forward to the bank. There he waited for some sign from the tug or a way to cross.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 338 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Fri 22 Jun 2012
at 09:24
  • msg #222

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jay stumbled on. It was dark, then bright light, then dark again. He just kept going in the direction he was being guided in. He tired to speak, but couldn't get any words out.
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1329 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Fri 22 Jun 2012
at 10:59
  • msg #223

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

After firing his bursts Jan ducked down low again and continued crawling backwards until he reached a solid looking tree.  He then squirmed behind the tree and pushed himself up into a crouched position while hoping that the tree was solid enough to stop a round.

As Konrad continued barking orders, and then fired a burst himself, Jan used the opportunity to quickly run back a little further, aiming for a tree off a few paces to one side of Konrad, and running at a crouch, trying to stay as low as possible while he moved.  Once there he ducked into cover again and then turned to face the enemy shooter.  He studied the area though his NVGs, trying to spot the man, ready to fire a couple of double taps at anything that looked like a clear target.


Jan
Moving further back away from the contact and then getting into a firing position about level with Konrad.  From there he will scan for the shooter and fire 4x single shots (the first one aimed if possible) at a clear target
AK-74 Assault Rifle (20/30 - 30rnd mag x11) - carried
BG-15 Grenade Launcher (1/1 HE - HE x19) - underslung on AK-74
P226 Pistol (15/15 - 15rnd mag x4) - holster
Frag grenade x2 - webbing pouch
Smoke grenade x2 - webbing pouch
AN/PVS-5 NVGs - worn

Griet Niewiadomska
player, 640 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Fri 22 Jun 2012
at 15:08
  • msg #224

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet turned the light out as Bayer had instructed and then used the radio to say, "Alpha, this is Queen, we have something in the water 350ms down river, should I illuminate it?"
Konrad Bayer
player, 1656 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Fri 22 Jun 2012
at 15:13
  • msg #225

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"Alpha... Yes." Bayer replies over the net. "Use how you need but don't illuminate the shore. Over." He then rises and takes a quick, low crouched bound back the way they came.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 641 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Fri 22 Jun 2012
at 15:18
  • msg #226

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"Roger that," Griet replied and switched the spotlight to sweep the river and try to pick up whatever Dawid had seen.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2564 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sun 24 Jun 2012
at 00:25
  • msg #227

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


Griet fixes the unidentified boat in the beam of the Queen's spotlight. It's right at the edge of the powerful light's range but you can see that the vessel is a large rowboat. It appears to have a relatively large outboard engine, but it doesn't appear to be under power at the moment. It's moving from left to right (west to east) heading roughly towards the large island that splits the Vistula here. The boat looks like it's carrying a load of at least half-a-dozen passengers.

Meanwhile, on shore, after exchanging a couple more bursts of inneffective fire, the recovery team succeeds in breaking contact with the hostile shooter/s (they're fairly certain there were two of them at one point). (Jan- 4 rounds)


Next Moves?
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2804 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 24 Jun 2012
at 14:00
  • msg #228

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet Niewiadomska:
"Roger that," Griet replied and switched the spotlight to sweep the river and try to pick up whatever Dawid had seen.


Dawid said over the intercom, "ha, yes, what I said. Ok, hold on..." He peered into the darkness.

"Bravo calling Alpha. One boat in the river, rowing from west to east. Range, 350 metres. Heading towards island in the river."

As this craft likely held their friends, he didn't ask to engage it.
Minh Quyen
player, 636 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Mon 25 Jun 2012
at 11:58
  • msg #229

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Quyen fires two bursts while pulling back but like the others she intentionally aims just in case it is their own people. Unhindered by any heavy gear allows her to bound and crawl quickly and she is soon out of the way of danger. Then once they broke contact and were reunited further back she removes the partially empty magazine and replaces a new one - locking it into place with a click.

"Everyone okay?" she whispers.

Quyen will then cover the riverside flank until the word is given to move out again. If anyone comes at her through the brush she will challenge once and then fire on automatic if she suspects whoever it is to be anyone but a Kommando.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 426 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Wed 27 Jun 2012
at 05:22
  • msg #230

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jeff checks himself over quickly in case he missed something.  From there he continues to scan the woods, moving as little as possible.  The spotlight had forced him to flip up his goggles, and only now was his vision starting to come back.

"Jan, next moves?"  He was considering slipping off to do some seperate recce.
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1331 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 27 Jun 2012
at 13:16
  • msg #231

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Now they had successfully broken contact with the pair of shooters who had engaged them Jan turned to Konrad to work out what to do next.  "Capitaine.  What are your orders?  Are we going to hunt down and take out these two who block the path or withdraw back to the boat?"

He was conscious of the reports he'd heard over the radio.

"If the people who take the others prisoner are in the boat that Dawid can see then they either leave two men behind or they have second boat.  I say we hunt them down and kill or capture them!  We can easily try to flank them but they will know the ground better than us so is risky.  Jeff.  Quyen.  What do you think?"

While he spoke he kept focussed on the direction of the shooters, just in case they were stupid enough to follow up!


Jan
Discussing what to do next while keeping alert and watching in the direction of the shooters
AK-74 Assault Rifle (16/30 - 30rnd mag x11) - carried
BG-15 Grenade Launcher (1/1 HE - HE x19) - underslung on AK-74
P226 Pistol (15/15 - 15rnd mag x4) - holster
Frag grenade x2 - webbing pouch
Smoke grenade x2 - webbing pouch
AN/PVS-5 NVGs - worn

Craig Sutherland
player, 521 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 30 Jun 2012
at 02:18
  • msg #232

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


Clicking the transmit button on his radio;

"Bravo this is Delta Two, requesting pick up of one causality. Signalling now."

He takes his torch and turns it on and off several times, then stops waiting for a acknowledgement from the tug.
This message was last edited by the player at 02:18, Sat 30 June 2012.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1657 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sat 30 Jun 2012
at 02:32
  • msg #233

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Bayer responds to the Queen over the net, speaking softly into the handset, "Sunray roger. Handle it... and inform me of any developments asap. We are continuing. Over."

Jan Cerny:
Now they had successfully broken contact with the pair of shooters who had engaged them Jan turned to Konrad to work out what to do next.  "Capitaine.  What are your orders?  Are we going to hunt down and take out these two who block the path or withdraw back to the boat?"


"No withdraw." Bayer whispers quickly. He hadn't made up his mind fully on what to do next, but he wasn't ready to call of the pursuit yet. He simply couldn't shake the possibility from his mind that their ambushers were from Robert's group. Those shots that snapped past them were fairly accurate and something that either decent marksmen or shooters with night optics ought to be able to accomplish... or he was just wrong of course.

Bayer then then mulls over his options and nods, "Lead us in Jan. Get around them if you can, but take us in quietly this time." He then says, "If we miss them... get us back on track to the village. Dawid and Griet can handle whatever is on the river."

During the next few moments, Bayer will remain ready to drop to cover. If they come across anyone, Bayer will shout "Tucker" and "Kommando" as loud as possible.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2568 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 30 Jun 2012
at 18:06
  • msg #234

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


Like a deer on the highway, the small rowboat seems to freeze in the tug's powerful spotlight. There's motion on board, although the boat is too far off to tell what its nature is- it looks, however, like the rowers have stopped pulling. Dawid is fairly certain that he's picked out at least one weapon aboard.

Craig and his casualty appear on the riverbank. The casualty looks like he/she is having difficulty walking on his/her own. If someone can be spared, Craig probably needs a hand getting his charge across the narrow corvus and on to the tug.

Meanwhile, Konrad orders the recovery team's point man, Jan, to attempt to lead the group around the pair of shooters who'd foiled the first attempt at reaching the hamlet that Konrad concludes probably serves as the base camp of whoever took the Kommando's rescue party captive when they washed ashore.


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 23:55, Sat 08 Apr 2017.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2805 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 1 Jul 2012
at 02:01
  • msg #235

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg # 234):

He held his fire. In this situation Dawid was probably within his rights to open fire without asking permission first if the boat was in danger. As it was, he felt there wasn't cause to fire, especially if there was their own people on board and in danger.

"Bravo calling Delta, acknowledged.

"Bravo calling Alpha... Waiting for casualty to board. I also see one armed person in boat, maybe more. Boat was heading to island, boat is now stopped. Am ordering Griet to close and capture boat unless you advise against.""


Intercom: "Griet, prepare to receive Sutherland plus one casualty. Look out for signal on shore.

"Then cast off and intercept that boat in river. Alpha is informed of this decision. Please acknowledge these instructions."

Griet Niewiadomska
player, 642 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sun 1 Jul 2012
at 07:11
  • msg #236

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet looked over at the gunner and said, "This stretch of the river is notoriously dangerous, the course used to change almost daily before the war, what it's like now is anybody's guess. If we try to move during the darkness we might get grounded and if that happens we're screwed."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2806 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 1 Jul 2012
at 15:19
  • msg #237

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Griet Niewiadomska (msg # 236):

"Understood, you are in charge of operating the boat. If you don't think we can get there safely, that is that. But we came in very close to the bank, I would think that's a more dangerous place than the middle of the river?"

Realising she was right he sighed in frustration, looking out at the rowboat caught in the beam of light. It was perhaps an opportunity they were losing, perhaps not, but Griet was right and the safety of the tug was very much her call to make.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 340 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Sun 1 Jul 2012
at 21:14
  • msg #238

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jay, despite his slight build, was becoming a dead weight to Craig, and was struggling to keep his feet. Much longer and he would probably pass out. He did his best to keep going, but knew he couldn't last much longer.
This message was last edited by the player at 21:15, Sun 01 July 2012.
Craig Sutherland
player, 522 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 2 Jul 2012
at 09:00
  • msg #239

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


Craig crouches on the bank waiting for help across the corvus. He makes sure his jacket is done up on Jay and gives the guy a rub trying to get the blood moving. He has been in this situation before and knows the feeling. Actually as he thinks back they did this to him in training, probably not this bad but who knows.

Craig gave a quick SITREP to the most senior person before he retrieved his jacket and began to return to the rescue party. Craig uses his radio to warn the rescue party he was returning as he changed the first round in his shotgun for a flechette shell.

He moved twenty meters up the bank before striking inland in a low crouch. He took it slow with his shotgun in hand, stopping every ten or so steps to listen and look.
This message was last edited by the player at 19:49, Mon 02 July 2012.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2807 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 2 Jul 2012
at 09:29
  • msg #240

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Craig Sutherland (msg # 239):

Dawid called for some crew to come help him bring Jay across.

"It's all right, soon you will be safe and warm, my friend!"

Also, he repositioned McClurg to continue covering the boat with the closest facing Dushka.
This message was last edited by the player at 01:47, Tue 03 July 2012.
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1332 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Mon 2 Jul 2012
at 16:50
  • msg #241

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Konrad Bayer:
Bayer then then mulls over his options and nods, "Lead us in Jan. Get around them if you can, but take us in quietly this time." He then says, "If we miss them... get us back on track to the village. Dawid and Griet can handle whatever is on the river."

Before leading the recovery team around the shooters Jan made a comment to Konrad rather stating the obvious.  "Capitaine.  Craig may try to come back and join us.  He should stay on the boat now as finding us in the dark will now be dangerous."  As he spoke he reloaded his AK with a fresh mag, just in case it all kicked off again.

He then lead the four of them off inland, trying to loop around the area from which they had been fired at.  Though he used his NVGs he made as much use of his hearing, taking it slow as Konrad had instructed and listening for anything odd in the night.  Hopefully one or other of the shooters would make the mistake of moving or talking and they would give themselves away.  If they didn't Jan hoped that the route he picked would allow the recovery team to bypass the shooters and uncover whatever it was that they had been blocking them from approaching.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2572 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Mon 2 Jul 2012
at 21:42
  • msg #242

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


Anneka crosses the corvus and takes Jay from Craig. She helps the woozy Ghurka get back aboard the tug and takes him to the tug's small sickbay. With clinical dispassion, she disrobes Jay and wraps the naked man in a warm woolen blanket. There's a steam pipe running through the small room as well, so Jay starts to thaw out almost immediately. With Jay resting in the sick bay's lone cot, Anneka goes and gets some reheated broth from the galley to warm Jay's insides.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1658 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Tue 3 Jul 2012
at 00:26
  • msg #243

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jan Cerny:
Before leading the recovery team around the shooters Jan made a comment to Konrad rather stating the obvious.  "Capitaine.  Craig may try to come back and join us.  He should stay on the boat now as finding us in the dark will now be dangerous."


Bayer replies quietly, "Ja I know... but I have concerns too but want boots on the ground." He then says, "I made sure who we sent back had a radio and night optics, and Lt.Sutherland will manage."

"We just need to maintain good coordination."
he adds, before setting off.
This message was last edited by the player at 00:26, Tue 03 July 2012.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 343 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Tue 3 Jul 2012
at 06:23
  • msg #244

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jay was vaguely aware of the harsh Israeli woman's hands clawing at his clothing, rapidly peeling off layers of sodden clothing. In another world it might ave been considered erotic, but right now he was just glad to be rid of the clothes that had been biting at him.

Jay lay still, trying to absorb the warmth from the steam pipe. The coarse woollen blanket itched his private parts, but right now he didn't much care.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2574 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Wed 4 Jul 2012
at 03:21
  • msg #245

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


Jan leads the recovery team inland, slowly moving through the lank, dead rushes in an attempt to circumvent the shooters who held up the first attempt at reaching the presumed camp where they hope to find the beached rescue team. It's hard to be silent in the dark and dense vegitation, but the team comes fairly close. Having functioning NVGs helps as well. It's slow going, but Jan arrives roughly even with the furthest point of the team's earlier progress without drawing any fire or sensing an audience.

Craig is not too far behind, but he's effectively on his own. He does his best to pick up the rest of the team's trail. This is difficult because of the multiple lanes of stomped-down underbrush now crisscrossing the area. It would take a trained tracker of American Indian descent* to find the right path to follow in the dark.

Back on board the tug, Dawid, Griet and the rest of the crew above decks watch the small boat at the edge of the spotlight beam. It's no longer moving towards the large midchannel island. Instead, it's moving slowly away, possibly drifting with the current. It's also visibly rocking back and forth quite a bit. Unless the tug starts to move forward in pursuit soon, the small boat will soon be lost from view.

MacClurg, tracking the odd boat from his position behind the starboard Dushka calls out, "Should I fire a warning shot?"

Belowdecks, Jay is starting to feel much better. In fact, he's starting to feel a little too warm. Anneka returns with a mug of warm broth, hands it to Jay and says, "If you can, try to drink this. But drink it slowly, alright?"


Next Moves?


Updated tac-map: https://maps.google.com/maps/m...pn=0.010113,0.033023


*Anyone, anyone?
This message was last edited by the GM at 19:11, Wed 04 July 2012.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 344 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Wed 4 Jul 2012
at 09:02
  • msg #246

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jay sat up, the warmth of the pipes and the blanket helping him regain some semblence of coherent thought. He took the proffered mug and sipped at it. The hot liquid stung his lips, but he eventually managed to take a few sips. The broth ran down his throat, and he felt the warming effect in his stomach.

As he held the mug he realised that although he could taste the broth, he couldn't smell it. His nose was still blocked with a mix of blood and snot. He wiped at it with the back of his hand to no effect, and so looked around for something to use. He located an old rag that had been used for cleaning the pipes. It was dirty, but would do. He blew his nose into the rag, emptying a disgusting mess from his nasal passages. An attractive sight he was not, but he was starting to feel better.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2810 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 4 Jul 2012
at 10:22
  • msg #247

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg # 245):

quote:
MacClurg, tracking the odd boat from his position behind the starboard Dushka calls out, "Should I fire a warning shot?"


Dawid called up, "yes, fire a short burst over their heads."

He then used the intercom, "Griet, use the loudspeaker and order that small boat to come to us. However, I think there is some struggle going on there. Fighting. If those are our people over there, we may not get a better chance to rescue them. Would you not reconsider taking the tug to where that boat is to help them out, if that's indeed them?"
This message was last edited by the player at 13:07, Wed 04 July 2012.
Minh Quyen
player, 638 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Wed 4 Jul 2012
at 13:03
  • msg #248

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Quyen set off again with her group. She moved quietly and lightly as much as it was possible with the dense vegetation. Her smaller frame and lack of personal gear made it a little easier than the others to squeeze in and under the branches sometimes so for that she was a little thankful. Unlike the others she also didn't have NVGS either but her natural night vision aided by the moon and stars was still pretty good. She thought so anyways.
This message was last edited by the player at 13:12, Wed 04 July 2012.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 643 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Wed 4 Jul 2012
at 15:28
  • msg #249

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet did her best to keep the spotlight fixed on the fleeing boat and hoped that the loud-speaker would carry that far, "In the boat! We have you under our guns. Start rowing toward us or we will fire on you."

She had been holding the boat against the current and carefully adjusted the screw and thrusters to give them enough forward motion to keep them in range of the boat. She switched off the loud speaker and called to Dawid, "I'll try and keep the row boat in range of the light but I can't risk much more than this, even then if I touch something I'm stopping. Put someone in the prow with a gaff-rail to probe ahead of us."
Anneka Soleblume
NPC, 1567 posts
Major
Israeli Medical Officer
Wed 4 Jul 2012
at 21:29
  • msg #250

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Mrityunjay Byanjankar (msg # 246):

Anneka does not seem a bit put-off by Jay's nasal expulsions.

"Here, let me take a look." she says, gently poking and prodding at the damaged proboscus.

"It's not broken. If it starts bleeding again, just apply pressure until it stops. Don't tilt your head back, though. I'll get you some ice for the swelling."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2811 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 4 Jul 2012
at 23:09
  • msg #251

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Griet Niewiadomska (msg # 249):

Hearing the pitch of the remaining engine change, Dawid replied, "I understand, thanks for taking the risk."
Craig Sutherland
player, 524 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 5 Jul 2012
at 00:31
  • msg #252

Re: Ch. 18: Plock



Craig continued to move parallel to the riverbank keeping the rescue party to his left, or so he hoped. Every 20 or so paces or if anything caught his eye he stopped, crouched, listened and looked. He tried to stay low with his shotgun at his shoulder as he moved trying to make a minimum of sound.

Even though the terrain was not helping his tracking, he did try to keep and eye out for obvious signs someone had passed.
This message was last edited by the player at 00:34, Thu 05 July 2012.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1662 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 5 Jul 2012
at 01:50
  • msg #253

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Bayer leans in close to Jan and whispers, "Shift left... flank man to twenty five meters... towards the road." He then points off into the darkness to where the faint outline of a battered road is barely visible.

He then toggles his radio and speaking just as quietly, says, "Craig... Bayer. West of you there is a road. Move close to road, then north until you find us. Will radio when hear or see you. Kopy? Over."

OOC - Bayer's instructions aren't to go onto the road, just a little closer than they are.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2579 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Thu 5 Jul 2012
at 16:45
  • msg #254

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


Jan pauses for a couple of minutes until Craig navigates his way back to the recovery team. While they wait, the rest of the recovery team looks and listens trying to determine if another potential ambush lies in wait. Just before Craig arrives, the team hears a short burst of what sounds like heavy machinegun fire coming from the river. (OOC: Craig has rejoined the recovery team.)

Back on board the tug, the noise level rises as Griet powers up the engines and reverses thrust, pulling the Queen off of the mud packed against the concrete dike that shores up the riverbank here. Careful not to hit the small boat receding into the darkness downriver, MacClurg fires a short burst across its bows. He's relieved to see the tracer pass just in front of the target. With his firing platform starting to move, the skilled machinegunner was worried that he might have hit the boat he was just trying to startle.

Once the tug is off the mudbank, Griet steers her away from the shore and, maintaining a cautiously slow speed (just a couple of knots faster than the current), towards the fleeing rowboat. The tug's spotlight is still on, as much to reveal any further obstacles as it to track the Queen's prey.


Next Moves?
Minh Quyen
player, 639 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Fri 6 Jul 2012
at 00:32
  • msg #255

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Quyen hunkers down in the brush and covers her arcs. Exhaling deeply she watches the moonlight capture her breath. She still only had her civilian Aidas track top and a army sweater over top. She would have to bug Konrad about getting better clothing for the winter again later.

When her team is ready to move again or there are any change in orders she will close in. Until then though she is satisfied with keeping watch out on the flank.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2812 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 6 Jul 2012
at 01:02
  • msg #256

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg # 254):

Dawid kept the Vasilek oriented off to the port bow. He would lose the bearing he took on Craig/Jay, but if the Kaptain wanted heavy fire support from the tug he could mark his own position and direct fire from that point. He'd already advised Konrad they were moving, so he avoided using the radio again to state the obvious.

"McClurg, continue covering the boat. I really don't know what else you can do if precision is required."

For his part, he checked that the PKM was loaded and settled on the starboard bow pintle, to quickly provide extra firepower to that quarter if needed.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 345 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Fri 6 Jul 2012
at 10:36
  • msg #257

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Warmed by the broth and blanket, and with a cooling ice pack on his battered nose, Jay tried to update Anneka on the situation, from what he knew. His head was still a bit foggy, but he did his ramlbing best. "I no capture, I fall off small boat, in river. Other take by people, not soldier, young people, children with strange clothes, dress like animal. They take to village, I follow. Not know number, maybe ten. They get fire and food, then talk, but I no understand. After... not sure, I come here."

It was clear that his memory of getting back to the boat was pretty fuzzy, and some of what he said didn't seem to make sense.

He brightened slightly, and looked the doctor in the face. "I leave trail, sign. Craig-ji, he follow sign."

Jay then looked around for his pack, which contained his spare clothing. He couldn't remember where he had left it.
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1334 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Fri 6 Jul 2012
at 12:05
  • msg #258

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jan practiced staying still and listening while they waited for Craig to re-join them - he had done it many times before and was used to the cramp that built up in his muscles.  He was pleased when the Royal Marine linked up with them again because, as well as adding another gun to their small patrol, it meant that Jay was safely back on the boat and that was one piece of good news.  He just hoped that they could rescue the others before anything really bad happened!

At the sound of the heavy machine gun firing, from the direction of the river by the sound of it, Jan stayed still and kept looking and listening.  It was quite possible that inexperienced militia would be spooked by the sound of the boat's weapons opening up and that they would give away their positions as a result.  Jan looked for movement and listened for unusual sounds in the darkness, just in case the shooters they had encountered were panicked at all.

If nothing was spotted then Jan started to follow Konrad's orders and moved forward along the route that the Panzergrenadier had picked out.  He walked slowly at a crouch, pausing frequently to listen as well as scan around, conscious that there were at least two riflemen out there and that there was a huge risk that he could lead the team into another ambush.  He kept his AK-74 tight in his shoulder, ready to fire a pair of double taps at anyone who fired at him.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 427 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Sat 7 Jul 2012
at 08:09
  • msg #259

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jeff flashes a barely perceivable nod in the darkness.  He slings his rifle and draws his silenced SOCOM.  "Roger, flanking.  I'll be in radio contact."

Moving slowly but purposefully, he moves wide around trying to flank the target.  He is listening intently for any indication of where the shooter was.  If possible he will try to get behind him and capture the shooter, or ID him if its a friendly.  If it's not possible though, Jeff will put a double tap into the hostile.


Jeff Warren
Flanking the shooter
Mk.23 SOCOM [15/15]

Griet Niewiadomska
player, 644 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sat 7 Jul 2012
at 08:34
  • msg #260

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet was sweating despite the chill of the night. Moving the Queen in the dark and on one of the most notoriously treacherous stretches of the Wistula was stretching her skills and endurance to the limit.

She looked over at McClurg and called out,"I'm having to react to the river very quickly by making micro-adjustments using the thrusters. I cannot guarantee you a stable firing platform so take that into account when you decide on shot placement. I'd advise a very  wide margin of error even if that makes the shots irrelevant to their purpose."
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2580 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 7 Jul 2012
at 20:52
  • msg #261

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


Craig rejoins the recovery team and Jan leads them north along the cracked and weed-choked road towards the suspected enemy camp sight. Warren decides to go a-hunting on his own and he breaks off from the rest of the team to try to flank the estimated position of the original shooter[s]. Using his training and his NVGs, he moves quickly and quietly. As he heads northeast in an attempt to curl around behind the shooters, he sees a structure through the trees, about 80m to his northwest. Warren stops and slowly sinks into the long dead grass to observe the area. There's movement around the structure- several armed figures, vigilent and agitated. They haven't seen Warren yet, but if he continues to move, there's a good chance that they could spot him. He's also aware that there are sentries- the shooter[s] who announced their presence earlier- in the area. Warren is now stuck, on his own, between two alert and hostile groups.

Jan, meanwhile, leads the rest of the group north. Craig is the first to spot the campsite. As the team stops to observe and plot their next move, someone at the campsite takes note of their presence. Alerting his comrades with a shrill shout (it sounds like a pre-pubescent boy), the alert sentry unleashes a long burst at the interlopers. All ten or so rounds go high over the recovery team's heads. Like a hornets' nest hit by a tossed stone, the campsite springs to life. People are rushing about everywhere. Half-a-dozen people fire wildly into the darkness. Others are running here and there in all directions. It's a scene of strange and violent chaos.

Back on the tug, Griet steers towards the center of the channel, trying to get to deeper water. This increases the angle between the starboard Dishka and the target, effectively screening MacClurg off from the receding shape of the rowboat, which is now almost beyond the range of the tug's spotlight beam.

"I lost 'em! You want me to move to the port MG?" MacClurg shouts.

A strange, shimering golden halo suddenly appears above the small boat. The cirular moving shape glows oddly producing no sound (at least as far as the folks on the tug can hear). What this strange apparition is, or what it means, is anyone's guess at this point.

From the western shore, the tug crew hears multiple bursts of AK fire. None of it appears to be directed at the Queen.


Updated tac-map: https://maps.google.com/maps/m...pn=0.005056,0.016512


Next Moves?
Konrad Bayer
player, 1663 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sat 7 Jul 2012
at 21:43
  • msg #262

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Bayer has had enough of this bullshit for one night. Dropping flat to the ground, he shouts, "Rapid fire!" A sliver of humanity that still existed within him however, spoke up for those open in front of him that are not an immediate threat to his men, "Target the shooters!" Hopefully they could win the firefight without too much killing, but at this point, Bayer just wanted all of his people back on board the tug and in one piece... and Tucker's men were not here.

Bayer will target any visible target or muzzle flash and fire three quick shots at each one before moving to the next.

Bayer
G36/HK69 (30/30 + 1 ILLUM)
Lying prone & firing 3 rounds at each target
Alpha Team

This message was last edited by the player at 21:44, Sat 07 July 2012.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 645 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sat 7 Jul 2012
at 21:52
  • msg #263

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet spoke to the American gunner, "Good idea, do it."

She risked a quick call to Bayer, "Sunray this is Queen, am pulling into the main channel to try to pick up the boat we reported. If you need our support urgently, squelch once and I'll return now. Otherwise we'll be about three hundred meters further out for at least ten minutes."

She continued to ease the tug along unless she heard the squelch and if that happened she would immediately start making for shore once more.
Craig Sutherland
player, 525 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 7 Jul 2012
at 23:19
  • msg #264

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


From his kneeing position Craig watches as the camp bursts into life. He aims his shotgun at a cluster of muzzle bursts before sending the cone of flechettes towards their target. He then drops to his stomach and unloads the additional buckshot rounds at three different muzzle flashes.

Getting low firing as he goes.
Rescue Team

L32A1 (Browning A5) 10" Barrel [4/3]
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2584 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 7 Jul 2012
at 23:27
  • msg #265

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


MacClurg, using the forward elevated walkway to shift over to the portside HMG, notes the flickering halo above the small boat before it wobbles to a stop and disappears.

With a hopeful urgency, MacLurg shouts, "I think it's LaRue in the boat! That was a PJ signalling technique!"
This message was last edited by the GM at 23:27, Sat 07 July 2012.
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1335 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sun 8 Jul 2012
at 08:22
  • msg #266

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

When the ill trained locals started firing haphazardly in their direction Jan dropped into a prone position, brought his rifle tight into his shoulder and started scanning around for targets.  Their fire might be disorganised and ineffective at present but they obviously had plenty of ammunition to spray around and there was always the chance that they would get lucky and hit someone.  And a lucky shot was just as painful as an accurately fired one!

When Konrad's ordered everyone to open fire Jan immediately responded, picking first one shooter and firing a quick double tap at him and then switching targets to a second man and firing a pair of rounds at him as well.  He instinctively went for the targets that were armed and firing, looking to reduce the enemy numbers as quickly as possible.  With a bit of luck those enemy that were running around wildly would either just get in the way of those that were shooting or would just flee into the night.  Continuing to panic the enemy seemed to be a good idea!

Jan also kept alert for any sign of a heavy weapon, specifically anything larger than an AK.  That would be the greatest threat.


Jan
Firing 2x quick shots @ target #1 and then 2x quick shots @ target #2.  Looking for any sign of heavy weapons while he fires.
AK-74 Assault Rifle (30/30 - 30rnd mag x11) - carried
BG-15 Grenade Launcher (1/1 HE - HE x19) - underslung on AK-74
P226 Pistol (15/15 - 15rnd mag x4) - holster
Frag grenade x2 - webbing pouch
Smoke grenade x2 - webbing pouch
AN/PVS-5 NVGs - worn

Griet Niewiadomska
player, 646 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sun 8 Jul 2012
at 09:16
  • msg #267

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet held the boat for a second, "Sunray to Queen, update: the boat appears to have at least one of our people on it. They are also in a position to signal us."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2813 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 8 Jul 2012
at 16:26
  • msg #268

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Griet Niewiadomska (msg # 267):

Hearing the gunfire Dawid grunted. "Huh."

He accessed the intercom, "Griet, I'm sure the Kapitan appreciates being updated on every latest development, but he may have, ah, other things on his mind. The Kaptain already knows what's going on. If it's an emergency, I'll update him.

"Otherwise, please stay off the channel. That's an order.

"In the mean time, your instructions to McClurg are quite fine, no need to change them."

Cap'n Rae
GM, 2586 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Mon 9 Jul 2012
at 17:21
  • msg #269

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


The River Queen continues to move towards the small boat. The golden halo has not reappeared above it. Instead, a high pitched growl reaches the tug over the dark waters of the Vistula. The small boat makes a looping turn and starts coming straight at the Queen. The two vessels are closing fast. The small boat reenters the beam of the tug's spotlight, illuminating its crew. There appear to be six or seven people aboard, at least a couple of them armed. MacClurg attempts to bring the port Dishka to bear on the approaching vessel but, since it is now coming straight at the tug's rounded bow, he can't quite do so- the HMG's traverse doesn't move that far.

"I don't have a shot!" MacClurg shouts, trying to positively identify the small boat crew as either friend or foe.

While Dawid and Griet discuss command and control issues via the tug's intercom, the recovery team engages in a confused firefight with an unidentified force on the western shore.

Konrad signals the recovery team to open fire by setting the example. Dropping prone, he fires three shots at the first winking muzzle flash he can get a bead on. The flash does not reappear. Konrad repeats the process, with similar results. This time, however, he sees his target drop. (Konrad -6 shots)

Craig sinks to his knee and fires a flechette round at the nearest muzzle flash. He sees the vague, darkened form stagger and fall, indicating a probably hit. Craig lowers himself to the prone and fires off three more rounds from his semi-automatic shotgun. At this range (80-100m), even with flechette shells, its unlikely that he is going to achieve a killing strike. (Craig -4 rounds)

Jan, closest to the hostile force, picks out a sillhouette instead of a muzzle flash. Taking aim, he squeezes off a double tap, and the target shape crumples roughly to the ground. He picks out a muzzle flash and repeats the process. This time, he can't be sure of the results. (Jan -4 rounds)

While her comrades return fire, Minh crawls into a position where she can engage the enemy without firing through her own squadmates. She settles on a crater-like depression at the side of the road a couple of meters to the right of Craig and begins looking for a definite target.

The team is still taking fire, but not half as much now. Darting figures shout back and forth in Polish, their voices startlingly youthful. Several people are shouting all kinds of things. "Let's go!" "Get 'em!" "Come on!" "This way!" "Run!" "Shoot!" "Get Pawel!" "This way!" "Help me!" "Over there!" "Wawel is hit!" "Look at that light!" "Let's get outta here!" "My leg!" "Get the motherfuckers!" "Run!" "Where's the Wolf?" "Gah!" "Give me more bullets!"One or two others scream out in pain. It seems as if no one is really in command here. There's very little coordination that you can make out.

Warren, alone on the recovery team's far right flank, is aware of the precariousness of his position. The rest of the team appears to be engaging the swarming campsite. Warren's bigger concern are the two pickets the team was trying to circumvent. Before the firefight kicked off, Warren was fairly sure he'd found their position, based more on sound than on a visual sighting. He's close so he decides to continue stalking the sentries before joining in on the fusilade on the camp building. As it turns out, they come to him. He's almost startled by the sound of brush breaking just a couple meters away. A dark form bursts from the underbrush, so close that it almost collides with the muzzle of Warren's silenced pistol. Warren squeezes off two rounds at point-blank range; the heavy slugs slam into the sentry's torso, quite literally stopping him dead in his tracks. The sentry drops to the ground nearly at Warren's feet. A second figure appears a right behind the first. This one pulls up a few meters from his dead partner, hesitating a second before pointing his rifle at the apparation in the weeds. Warren fires first, killing his opponent with another well-placed pair of .45 rounds. (Warren -4 pistol rounds)


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 23:29, Mon 09 July 2012.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 647 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Mon 9 Jul 2012
at 17:35
  • msg #270

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"Dawid," Griet called, "when the boat is about a hundred meters away I would like to put the Queen broadside to it to allow McClurg to cover its approach. I'll do it so the prow is pointing toward the land skirmish should you need to use the mortar. Is that acceptable?"
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2815 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 10 Jul 2012
at 01:05
  • msg #271

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Griet Niewiadomska (msg # 270):

Sounds of a firefight off the port side reached them, echoing off the water. Obviously, Konrad was a little busy right now.

"Great, got it, starboard broadside. Please verbally challenge the boat at 100m metres separation."

Dawid called out, "McClurg! On starboard Dushka! Hold fire on my order or if you see an RPG!"

He swung the Vasilek so that it was oriented forward. If the land element needed fire support, he could use a high-angle shot to clear the bow. Then, he manned the PKM, which was already on the starboard pintle, fastening his helmet and vest, getting low behind the gunwale and aiming at the approaching boat over open sights.

Now the approaching boat was in the sights of 2 MGs, the starboard Dushka above on the bridge and the PKM on the starboard bow.
This message was last edited by the player at 02:19, Tue 10 July 2012.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 432 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Tue 10 Jul 2012
at 05:32
  • msg #272

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg # 271):

Jeff has no doubt the sentries are done for. Even so, he puts a knee on the wind pipe of the closer one to silence any last gasps. Hoping the firefight had masked his shots, he continues to wait and listen for more sentries.

If its clear, he'll key his radio and report in a very low voice. "Ghost here. Eastern sentries  neutralized."

Jeff also takes a moment to lean in closer to his new victims and examining who it was he had just killed.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 347 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Tue 10 Jul 2012
at 08:49
  • msg #273

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

After some searching, Jay found his pack. He quickly put on fresh(ish) underwear and a t-shirt, followed by spare trousers and a pullover. He debated putting socks on, but reasoned that as his boots were still soaked and covered in mud he wouldn't be putting them back on yet, so the fresh socks would only get wet. Better to save them for later. So, in bare feet, once he had finished getting dressed, he headed out on to the deck and went up to the bridge.

Finding Griet at the helm, he spoke to her quickly, "Feel better, where you need me?"

OOC - Jay is now dressed but in bare feet, and is unarmed as his webbing is wet & dirty, waiting to be cleaned, and his rifle and body armour are somewhere on deck.

Craig Sutherland
player, 526 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Tue 10 Jul 2012
at 08:59
  • msg #274

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


Once he had exhausted the ammunition in his shotgun Craig placed it next to him as he spun his G3 on its sling. He pops the bipod with a flick as he brings the battle rifle to bear.

Once its at his shoulder he flicks the selector to full-auto and begins to fire bursts towards any muzzle flashes or other targets.


Rescue Team
Firing bursts (5 rounds each)



HK G3SG/1 (w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm Telescopic Sight)[20/20]
This message was last edited by the player at 09:01, Tue 10 July 2012.
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1338 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Tue 10 Jul 2012
at 10:50
  • msg #275

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"They are a disorganised rabble!" Jan announced to the others around him.  "Keep hitting them hard and they will break and flee!"

To emphasise the point he picked out another target, hopefully someone who was actually firing a gun, and fired a quick double tap at them.  He then yelled something in Polish, aiming to add to the confusion in front of him and making use of Jeff's report.  "Wilk, zróbmy do ucieczki! Istnieje zbyt wiele z nich i tam są bardziej schodzili z drogi!"*

He continued firing though, picking out a second target and firing a pair of quick shots at him.


Jan
Firing 2x quick shots at a target, yelling something in Polish designed to further confuse the enemy and then firing 2x quick shots at a different target.
AK-74 Assault Rifle (26/30 - 30rnd mag x11) - carried
BG-15 Grenade Launcher (1/1 HE - HE x19) - underslung on AK-74
P226 Pistol (15/15 - 15rnd mag x4) - holster
Frag grenade x2 - webbing pouch
Smoke grenade x2 - webbing pouch
AN/PVS-5 NVGs - worn

*Note: For those that speak Polish this should translate as
"Wolf, let's make a run for it!  There are too many of them and there are more coming down the road!"  (Jan speaks a lot better Polish than I do.... <G>)
This message was last edited by the player at 14:48, Tue 10 July 2012.
Minh Quyen
player, 640 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Tue 10 Jul 2012
at 14:03
  • msg #276

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Now in good cover Quyen selects one of the muzzle flashes flickering in the darkness. She then fires a steady series of shots until it is no longer visible before. Just to be sure there isn't anything coming up on them in the confusion Quyen will give the area around them a quick look before moving on to the next target.

Quyen
Ak74 (30/30)
Firing single shots at muzzle flashes

Griet Niewiadomska
player, 648 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Tue 10 Jul 2012
at 17:41
  • msg #277

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet looked down at the controls and mentally rehearsed the move she had proposed. When the boat was about a two hundred meters out she would swing the boat broadside to the current so McClurg could cover the advancing boat with the starboard Dushka. This would still let Dawid use the mortar to support the land based element if he needed to. Once she had completed the move she would challenge the boat.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1667 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 11 Jul 2012
at 13:46
  • msg #278

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Bayer rolls to the side, putting a little distance between him and the last placed he fired from just in case anyone was about to put any rounds downrange onto his muzzle flashes. He then selects a random target and fires two well spaced (aimed) shots.

In another moment (after his teammates fired a few more rounds), Bayer will shout over the noise, "Cease fire cease fire." and assess the situation from there. If he was lucky the hostiles that could run would do so and the rest could be scooped up as prisoners. If there are still enemy shooters, he will order the fire to continue.

Bayer
G36/HK69 (24/30 + ILLUM)
Adjusting fire position, double tap, wait, then shout

This message was last edited by the player at 13:47, Wed 11 July 2012.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2589 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Thu 12 Jul 2012
at 01:05
  • msg #279

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


The chaos at the camp continues as the Kommandos pepper its defenders with aimed fire. The few defenders still shooting back are soon neutralized or suppressed. Jan's attempt at sowing additional confusion by yelling additional orders is not very effective. His voice is much lower, and his Polish rustier, than the defenders' and his ruse is answered by an emphatic teenaged, "Fuck off!" Still, it's clear that the accuracy of the Kommando's fire has broken the will of the defenders. They scatter and run from the field, from the diminishing volume of the screaming, taking their wounded with them. Konrad, correctly reading the tactical situation, calls a halt to the Kommando's fire. They lay and watch the enemy disappear into the darkness to the north. Rather oddly, a couple of the receding figures look like large, upright dear, complete with antlers. One or two of the fleeing enemy turn and spray wild bursts of fire towards the road. Most of it doesn't come close to the Kommando, all of whom are laying prone in the weeds. (Minh -3 rounds, Korad -2 rounds, Jan -2 rounds, Craig -5 rounds)

Warren, alone on the recovery team's far right flank stoops to examine the dead sentries. Both look to be barely past puberty. They're dressed in a mix of civilian clothing and roughly cured animal pelts. One of them wears what looks to be a small dog or fox skull around his neck on a long leather thong. The other has a raven's wing fastened to the top of his squirrel skin cap.


After a minute or two, sound and movement around the campsite ceases. The center of the camp is a large, roofless structure about 80m to the north. From their prone positions, not a whole lot can be seen by the recovery team.

The area just north of the structure is dimly lit by the tug's spotlight.




On board the Krolowa, MacClurg mutters something under his breath as he runs from the port side HMG back to the starboard side HMG. Dawid keeps a close eye on the approaching small boat from behind his PKM. It's closing fast, its high-pitched engine driving it against the current towards the tug. A figure stands in the bows, swinging a glowing object around his head like some sort of futuristic sling. At about 200m, Griet reverses the port side screw and turns the wheel hard to port. The tug swings on its central axis, bringing its starboard broadside to bear on the small boat. The spotlight beam also swings left, slaved to the nose of the boat. Before Walter or Griet can fix it back on the boat, MacClurg shouts,

"LaRue, you sweet sonnofabitch, quit dicking around and get your silly ass back on board!"


Next Moves?

Map on the way... (If you can't wait, use the link in the maps notice.)
This message was last edited by the GM at 01:07, Thu 12 July 2012.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2817 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 12 Jul 2012
at 01:26
  • msg #280

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg # 279):

Down on the bow, Dawid chuckled quietly about McClurg being busier than an 1-legged man in an ass-kicking contest. He cheered when McClurg identified LaRue.

"Danny! You sonafapig! We were coming to get you! Honestly! Where are the others?"

Konrad would probably appreciate being updated at this point, but he wanted as much information as possible before transmitting.
Daniel Larue
player, 138 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Thu 12 Jul 2012
at 03:11
  • msg #281

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Danny gratefully lets the tethered chemlight drop to the end of its cord when Mac and Dawid recognize him. "Ahoy the Queen!  Dave, I've got Mariusz, Tucker, and the major here, and four prisoners. The major's lightly concussed and borderline hypothermic and a couple of the prisoners are in bad shape too. Drop us a line so we can tie up and unload, and I'll pick up my gear and go back out to look for Jay."

As the boat crew begins the process of docking with the much larger tug, Danny turns to Connolly and says quietly, "Boss, before you go back on board, is there anything we need to know about what happened when you went over the side?"
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2818 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 12 Jul 2012
at 08:00
  • msg #282

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Daniel Larue:
Danny gratefully lets the tethered chemlight drop to the end of its cord when Mac and Dawid recognize him. "Ahoy the Queen!  Dave, I've got Mariusz, Tucker, and the major here, and four prisoners. The major's lightly concussed and borderline hypothermic and a couple of the prisoners are in bad shape too. Drop us a line so we can tie up and unload, and I'll pick up my gear and go back out to look for Jay."


"Here! Take this! Good thing, subduing those people, you did all the work."

He threw them down a line to help secure the boat.

"You do not need to worry. Jay is already here. You have your friend and the others from the raft? Good, everyone seems accounted for?"
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1341 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Thu 12 Jul 2012
at 13:20
  • msg #283

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Having ceased fire Jan continues to watch the campsite ahead, ready just in case there are some die hard stragglers who haven't fled.  In particular he keeps listening for any sounds of wounded moaning or others moving around in the dark.

"Capitaine," he mutters to Konrad, asking the obvious question.  "Are we sweeping the campsite for any salvage?"
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 649 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Thu 12 Jul 2012
at 14:50
  • msg #284

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet waited for the boat to be tied up and emptied and then she called out, "We're ready to head back to shore if you want us to."
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2592 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Thu 12 Jul 2012
at 17:13
  • msg #285

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Daniel Larue:
As the boat crew begins the process of docking with the much larger tug, Danny turns to Connolly and says quietly, "Boss, before you go back on board, is there anything we need to know about what happened when you went over the side?"


Connolly slowly shakes her head, as if to gently clear away a few more cobwebs.

"Not really. I remember hearing shouting and gunshots, and getting up, and then... that's it until I woke up freezing cold and wet."
This message was last edited by the GM at 17:15, Thu 12 July 2012.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1668 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 12 Jul 2012
at 17:42
  • msg #286

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jan Cerny:
"Capitaine," he mutters to Konrad, asking the obvious question.  "Are we sweeping the campsite for any salvage?"


Bayer flicks the safely lever on his rifle and glances over to Jan lying close by, "Ja, advance when ready... fire in self defense only." He then rises up off the cold ground and shakes the damp leaves off of his uniform while he waits for the squad to move forward.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 650 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Thu 12 Jul 2012
at 19:30
  • msg #287

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet looked over and saw that the little Nepalese warrior was thawing out, "Jay," she said, "I can either use you on the port Dushka or up on the roof to act as the searchlight operator and marksman. Which would you rather?"

She used the intercom to Dawid, "I'll keep us a little away from the bank and prow on to the area of operation so we can use both Dushkas We have a boat now so we don't need to make shore unless you feel it is necessary."
Craig Sutherland
player, 527 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 12 Jul 2012
at 19:57
  • msg #288

Re: Ch. 18: Plock



Using his right thumb Craig turns the selector back to semi auto.He then fires on any muzzle flashes as the others ready themselves for an advance. He wanted to clear the board of all obvious threats regardless of if their fire was accurate or not.


HK G3SG/1 (w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm Telescopic Sight)[15/20]
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1344 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Thu 12 Jul 2012
at 21:21
  • msg #289

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

At Konrad's orders Jan pushed himself up from where he had been lying prone on the ground and started to move forward, scanning around as he walked.  Periodically he paused and crouched down, looking for any signs of any threats.  If he saw any he fired a double tap at them, not taking any risks.

Sweeping through the campsite he initially removed weapons from dead and dying bodies, gathering them in a pile away from any wounded.  Once they were certain that there were no threats left Jan started searching bodies and gathering anything of value for transport back to the boat, even if it was something that might be useable for trade later.  Though they had a vast amount of gold each Jan still gathered things up through force of habit.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2819 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 12 Jul 2012
at 21:49
  • msg #290

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet Niewiadomska:
She used the intercom to Dawid, "I'll keep us a little away from the bank and prow on to the area of operation so we can use both Dushkas We have a boat now so we don't need to make shore unless you feel it is necessary."


Getting back to the intercom he replied, "agreed, no need to push our luck getting close to shore now we have a boat to ferry people. Anchor anywhere you think is safe."
Daniel Larue
player, 139 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Thu 12 Jul 2012
at 22:35
  • msg #291

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Cap'n Rae:
Connolly slowly shakes her head, as if to gently clear away a few more cobwebs.

"Not really. I remember hearing shouting and gunshots, and getting up, and then... that's it until I woke up freezing cold and wet."


"Okay.  Just checkin'."  Danny looks up at the Queen's superstructure, thinking dark thoughts about why someone might go over the rail after the end of the fight.

As soon as the newly-appropriated rowboat is secured to the tug, Danny clambers over the railing, assists Connolly on board, and makes sure the major goes straight to the custody and care of the... other major.  He then hauls the prisoners aboard, giving each one a thorough pat-down search before tying him to the aft railing, away from any sensitive equipment.

Once the prisoners are secured and under someone else's guns (even if it's only Kel, who is a lousy shot but knows not to get too close to EPWs), Danny helps Mariusz and Tuck back onto the Queen.  "Mari," he says, considering the squelch of of eyeball under fingernails, "you wanna go wash up and give the doctor a hand with the major and the prisoners?"  He turns to Tuck and nods in the general direction of the prisoners.  "I think these assholes are under control for now.  Let's gear up and go get the rest of our guys back.  Unless," he glances over his shoulder at Dawid's approach, "your favorite Pole has other orders."
This message was last edited by the player at 22:38, Thu 12 July 2012.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2820 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 12 Jul 2012
at 22:51
  • msg #292

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Daniel Larue (msg # 291):

Suddenly tired, Dawid sighed and lit a cigarette, offering the pack Jan gave him to the new arrivals (the non-prisoner ones). He figured the woman might be the "Major" that LaRue was talking about.

"So, are we all accounted for? Once I know, I will radio the Kaptain to update him. What was your friend doing in the water? Introductions?

"As for instructions, we are to provide fire support for the shore party, and we're free to do that now so I'm happy. Maybe we'll get something else to do."

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1312 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 12 Jul 2012
at 23:07
  • msg #293

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Daniel Larue:
As soon as the newly-appropriated rowboat is secured to the tug, Danny clambers over the railing, assists Connolly on board, and makes sure the major goes straight to the custody and care of the... other major.  He then hauls the prisoners aboard, giving each one a thorough pat-down search before tying him to the aft railing, away from any sensitive equipment.

Once the prisoners are secured and under someone else's guns (even if it's only Kel, who is a lousy shot but knows not to get too close to EPWs), Danny helps Mariusz and Tuck back onto the Queen.  "Mari," he says, considering the squelch of of eyeball under fingernails, "you wanna go wash up and give the doctor a hand with the major and the prisoners?"  He turns to Tuck and nods in the general direction of the prisoners.  "I think these assholes are under control for now.  Let's gear up and go get the rest of our guys back.  Unless," he glances over his shoulder at Dawid's approach, "your favorite Pole has other orders."

Robert helps out with getting friendlies and EPW's off the small boat and secured on the Queen.  Tucker nods to Mari that he should take care of his eye and to help out where Danny instructed him to do.  "I think the war between me and Dawid is over. We may not be the best of friends but, I think we have a new found respect for each other.  We got it off our chests before we got to Warsaw.  I don't have a problem with him issuing standing orders by Konrad," Tucker says in a lowered voice before Dawid approaches.  "We'll get our gear Dawid.  Where do you want us to post up?  Danny asked Mari to get his eye checked out and cleaned up and to help Soleblume with the wounded and Major Connolly if there's no objections?"
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2821 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 13 Jul 2012
at 00:08
  • msg #294

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg # 293):

He replied to Tucker, "no objections. For staffing, I think we have you, Sgt. LaRue, Kel, McClurg and Jay to work with for now. Everyone else is ashore. So let's say you get on the other Dushka, Jay is lookout, Larue helps the Doctor, Kel helps me turn the Vasilek around and operates the shore radio in case we get a fire request.

"When we need to use the captured boat for picking up the shore party, you can decide who goes. Oh, and before that, is everyone accounted for? Once I know that we can contact the Kaptain. Then, please tell me what happened there? Larue, what happened with you, where did you go?"


OOC: Have I missed anyone? What is the NPC boat crew doing right now? Sorry to rattle off assignments, I just would like to get that out of the way ASAP. As well, I'm going to read the "Captives" thread at some time but it wouldn't hurt to have the Cole's Notes versions from the PCs!
This message was last edited by the player at 00:28, Fri 13 July 2012.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1313 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Fri 13 Jul 2012
at 00:40
  • msg #295

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg # 293):

He replied to Tucker, "no objections. For staffing, I think we have you, Sgt. LaRue, Kel, McClurg and Jay to work with for now. Everyone else is ashore. So let's say you get on the other Dushka, Jay is lookout, Larue helps the Doctor, Kel helps me turn the Vasilek around and operates the shore radio in case we get a fire request.

"When we need to use the captured boat for picking up the shore party, you can decide who goes. Oh, and before that, is everyone accounted for? Once I know that we can contact the Kaptain. Then, please tell me what happened there? Larue, what happened with you, where did you go?"

"I'll get my gear then and post up on the Dushka.

You know we went out to get Danny and Connoly in the zodiac and we hit the tree that was coming down the river.  Totally fucked up the raft and we had to get out and make for shore and in the process we lost Jay who has made it back aboard safely we now understand.  Those of us who got ashore we captured by these kids who got the drop on us because we came off so unprepared and we were worried for the safety of Major Connolly.  Kids took us and told us we were to go to Plock to see their 'Queen'.  We were on our way there and we saw a chance to escape and it paid off.  Pretty much it in a nutshell Dawid.

What's Konrad and the others doing?  Looking for us?"

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 351 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Fri 13 Jul 2012
at 06:23
  • msg #296

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jay agreed to do lookout duties. He hurried back to the deck and retrieved his rifle. In the dark he couldn't locate his helmet and body armour, they would have to wait for now. At least he had a weapon with a full mag and 40mm grenade.

He headed to the top of the boat and found the lookout post. He quickly settled in and kept his eyes open.

Hopefully, once relieved, he would have the chance to clean and dry his kit, and check the status of his webbing and the gear on it.
This message was last edited by the player at 12:13, Fri 13 July 2012.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 433 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Fri 13 Jul 2012
at 06:39
  • msg #297

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

A fuckin' pipsqueak.  Dumbass kids.

Jeff rarely showed emotion at killing, but he was genuinely mad at his latest kills.  That is until he saw the shadowy figure in the camp with the SKS.

In a blur of motions, Jeff holsters his pistol and keys his radio.  "Ghost engaging sniper by the building."

With his new sniper rifle up and in his hands, he exhales a half breath, settles the crosshair on the man with the raised weapon, and squeezes the trigger.


Jeff Warren
Shooting SKS/Mosin Nagant guy by building (kneeling if visibility allows, but standing if need be)
SAKO TRG-21 [10/10]

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2822 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 13 Jul 2012
at 06:46
  • msg #298

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
"I'll get my gear then and post up on the Dushka.

You know we went out to get Danny and Connoly in the zodiac and we hit the tree that was coming down the river.  Totally fucked up the raft and we had to get out and make for shore and in the process we lost Jay who has made it back aboard safely we now understand.  Those of us who got ashore we captured by these kids who got the drop on us because we came off so unprepared and we were worried for the safety of Major Connolly.  Kids took us and told us we were to go to Plock to see their 'Queen'.  We were on our way there and we saw a chance to escape and it paid off.  Pretty much it in a nutshell Dawid.

What's Konrad and the others doing?  Looking for us?"


"Yes, looking for you. Good everyone's accounted for. Glad you guys were able to free yourselves, travelling on the river at night in the tug is a real terror. Plus now we have a boat! That crane thing made a good bridge but we had do get in so close. If you can think of anything else, let me know."

He used the intercom, "Griet, please inform the Kapitan that everyone's accounted for now and mostly uninjured. They were being taken to see a "Queen" in Plock, but freed themselves. We now have a small craft. Thanks!"
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1345 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Fri 13 Jul 2012
at 09:59
  • msg #299

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jeff D. Warren:
In a blur of motions, Jeff holsters his pistol and keys his radio.  "Ghost engaging sniper by the building."

Hearing this transmission from Jeff, Jan immediately dropped and rolled to his left, barking out an order as he did so.  "Cover!  Sniper!" he yelled, repeating the warning the CIA man had given.

Once he was lying prone again Jan brought his rifle up to his shoulder and started looking around for a target.  "Jeff says there is a sniper by the building!" he informed those who didn't have a radio.

If he spotted the sniper Jeff was talking about then Jan rapid fired his rifle at him, trying to disrupt the sniper's aim as much as trying to hit him.


Jan
Getting into cover, looking for the sniper and firing 4x quick shots at him if he spots him
AK-74 Assault Rifle (24/30 - 30rnd mag x11) - carried
BG-15 Grenade Launcher (1/1 HE - HE x19) - underslung on AK-74
P226 Pistol (15/15 - 15rnd mag x4) - holster
Frag grenade x2 - webbing pouch
Smoke grenade x2 - webbing pouch
AN/PVS-5 NVGs - worn

Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1080 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Fri 13 Jul 2012
at 15:18
  • msg #300

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Mariusz nodded, he went below decks to the sick bay and said to Anneka, "I've been sent down to help you. The Major has hypothermia but is responding and one of our captives has an injured eye."

He started to wash his hands, "I think I popped the eyeball but I'm not sure."
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 651 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Fri 13 Jul 2012
at 15:21
  • msg #301

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"Roger that," Griet called to Dawid.

"Queen to Sunray," she said, "we have retrieved the missing crew members, the Major has hypothermia but every one else is OK. We have four prisoners, one wounded. We have also captured a small boat so we can pick you up whenever you want. Additional information is that the captives were being taken to see a Queen on the island before Plock. This may be a long night."
Konrad Bayer
player, 1669 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sat 14 Jul 2012
at 00:24
  • msg #302

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Bayer drops back down to the cold ground and shouts, "One hundred front! Building! Rapid fire!" He then quickly levels his rifle towards the structure and squeezes off four quick shots towards it - and expecting all of his teammates to do likewise.

Bayer
G36/HK69 (22/30 + ILLUM)
Suppressive fire on building

Daniel Larue
player, 140 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Sat 14 Jul 2012
at 00:52
  • msg #303

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Danny glances around to ensure Mariusz is out of earshot, then steps closer to Tuck and Dawid.  "Mariusz kinda had a rough time when we decided to make our break out there."  He nods in the direction of the river.  "I asked him to go wash up and help the doctor because I figured he needed the chance to catch his breath.  We're also gonna need someone to keep a gun on the prisoners.  If it's okay with you two, I'll handle them until Mari's got his second wind, then we can start on their treatment.Assuming we don't have casualties arriving from shore.
This message was last edited by the player at 01:02, Sat 14 July 2012.
Minh Quyen
player, 641 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Sat 14 Jul 2012
at 01:02
  • msg #304

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Konrad Bayer:
"One hundred front! Building! Rapid fire!"


Quyen had just locked the bayonet onto the end of her rifle when she heard the alarm from Jan and the orders to fire from Konrad. She then drops to one knee and fires two bursts at the house on automatic fire. Quyen will then lower herself back into the prone position.

M.Quyen
Ak74 (17/30)
Rescue Team
Shooting 2 burst at the house

Craig Sutherland
player, 528 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 14 Jul 2012
at 03:14
  • msg #305

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg # 302):

The G3SG turns easily on its bipod as Konrad calls the new threat. Using his right thumb he flicks the selector to auto and fires a burst to the left of the building traversing it across and hopefully putting the last couple of rounds into the house itself.

Rescue Team
Firing on Building


HK G3SG/1 (w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm Telescopic Sight)[20/20]
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2823 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 14 Jul 2012
at 03:45
  • msg #306

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Daniel Larue:
Danny glances around to ensure Mariusz is out of earshot, then steps closer to Tuck and Dawid.  "Mariusz kinda had a rough time when we decided to make our break out there."  He nods in the direction of the river.  "I asked him to go wash up and help the doctor because I figured he needed the chance to catch his breath.  We're also gonna need someone to keep a gun on the prisoners.  If it's okay with you two, I'll handle them until Mari's got his second wind, then we can start on their treatment.Assuming we don't have casualties arriving from shore.


"Yes, please see to the prisoners, question them if you can. Gently. When Warren gets here we can decide who's been most cooperative.

"Major Solleblum shouldn't need much assistance rendering aid unless she operates. "


OOC: ha! Right, prisoners.
This message was last edited by the player at 03:46, Sat 14 July 2012.
Anneka Soleblume
NPC, 1568 posts
Major
Israeli Medical Officer
Sat 14 Jul 2012
at 22:51
  • msg #307

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Mariusz Tokarski:
Mariusz nodded, he went below decks to the sick bay and said to Anneka, "I've been sent down to help you. The Major has hypothermia but is responding and one of our captives has an injured eye."


"Another hypothermia case? Alright, show her in."

Anneka examines Major Connolly and determines that she is no longer hypothermic. She is, however, still suffering some lingering symptoms from a rather serious concussion. After the examination, Anneka takes Mariusz outside into the narrow hall and speaks to him quietly,

"She's had a bad concussion. Hopefully, there's no swelling of the brain. There's not much I could do for that. If you can stay here and keep an eye on her, or fetch someone else who can, I'll go check on the prisoners. She shouldn't sleep. Try to engage her in conversation. Someone needs to come and get me immediately if she loses consciousness or starts slurring her speech- anything unusual like that."
This message was last edited by the player at 23:31, Sat 14 July 2012.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2594 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 14 Jul 2012
at 23:30
  • msg #308

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


Warren sights in on the partially concealed shooter at the southeast corner of the camp building and squeezes the trigger. The young man drops his rifle, doubles over, and falls backwards. His startled companion pulls him back out of sight. Minh, Konrad, and Jan attempt to suppress any unseen enemy, or put them to flight, with a brief but sharp fusilade directed at the area around camp building. After a couple of seconds of shooting, there is no return fire. (Konrad -4 rounds, Minh -10 rounds, Craig -10 rounds)

With the camp building and its environs seemingly evacuated, the recovery team begins moving cautiously forward to investigate, while Warren provides overwatch with his sniper rifle. Warren sees no further sign of any stay-behind teams. Switching between his NVGs and day sights on his weapon is starting to adversely affect his vision.

The recovery team comes across a body, about 15m short of the structure. It appears to be a teenaged boy, dressed mostly in greasy animal furs, his hat adorned by a badly stuffed hawk. A battered old AK is draped across his lap. The team pushes on, entering the camp through a large gap in the faded whitewashed wall. They emerge into a chaotic collection of tents and lean-tos, crudely constructed of materials both natural and man-made. A sickly melange assails the team's nostrils- despite its excellent ventilation (there's no roof), the place smells like a rarely cleaned boys gym locker room in which someone has stashed a couple of large, four-day-old dead dogs. Poorly cleaned animal skins are hung up all around the camp- dog, deer, rabbit, and who knows what else. There's not much here of use, unless you're in the market for disgusting furs or battered, hard-used camping equipment.

Aboard the Krolowa, the security crew makes preparations to provide fire support for the recovery team should it be required. Griet holds station in the middle of the channel. Keeping the big vessel in the same spot is a challenge, given the strong current. It takes nearly all of her concentration, but the Queen stays rooted to the spot.

The tug crew secure the newly acquired small boat to the Queen's railing- it will be ready for immediate use, if and when needed.

Danny watches the young prisoners, who huddle by the aft railing. They look utterly defeated. The older boy, who seemed to be the de facto camp commandant, is in a lot of pain. On his knees, he leans his head against the railing, bound hands glued to his ruined eye, whimpering and moaning. The others looked confused and scared, the piss and vinegar on display earlier almost completely neutralized by their recent bad turn of fortune.


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 00:13, Sun 15 July 2012.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1314 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sat 14 Jul 2012
at 23:38
  • msg #309

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Daniel Larue:
Danny glances around to ensure Mariusz is out of earshot, then steps closer to Tuck and Dawid.  "Mariusz kinda had a rough time when we decided to make our break out there."  He nods in the direction of the river.  "I asked him to go wash up and help the doctor because I figured he needed the chance to catch his breath.  We're also gonna need someone to keep a gun on the prisoners.  If it's okay with you two, I'll handle them until Mari's got his second wind, then we can start on their treatment.Assuming we don't have casualties arriving from shore.

"I'd rather not have them hurt anymore in case we can deal them back to their Queen and besides, they only really talked real tough to us and never did any real damage to us.  It might get us somewhere if we have to deal.  I'm not into killing kids unless they shoot first."
Konrad Bayer
player, 1670 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sun 15 Jul 2012
at 01:09
  • msg #310

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet Niewiadomska:
"Queen to Sunray," she said, "we have retrieved the missing crew members, the Major has hypothermia but every one else is OK. We have four prisoners, one wounded. We have also captured a small boat so we can pick you up whenever you want. Additional information is that the captives were being taken to see a Queen on the island before Plock. This may be a long night."


While Jan and the rest of the group secure the perimeter and look around, Bayer gets on the radio to acknowledge the previous transmission sent to him, "Sunray, roger your last." He then says, "We are going to stay put for a while and recce the shoreline before you head downstream at dawn. See what you can learn from the prisoners and keep me posted on any updates. Try to find out where there are any ahh... people are out here. Oh, and get Robert's half of the security team rested up and ready to go again. Anticipate no move for two hours. Over."

Bayer then squats down with his back against the building and digs out his map, compass, and flashlight. "Jan.. over here." he says quietly, cupping his hand around the light to limit the shine as he scans the map. When the NCO arrives, Bayer says, "Once Warren gets here, I want you to take us along the river. I want to get eyes on that island before the tug gets underway and into this narrow channel. That well be less than an hour to cover."
This message was last edited by the player at 04:34, Sun 15 July 2012.
Daniel Larue
player, 141 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Sun 15 Jul 2012
at 01:29
  • msg #311

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Danny looks up from resetting the hook-and-loop of his armor's cutaway strip.  Later, he'll have to re-balance his entire load to get it to ride comfortably across his shoulders, but he'll be happy for now if he just can get the ballistic panels to sit in the right spots.  "Dude," he says slowly to Tuck, "you know I've got a son older than these guys, right?  We're on the same page.  I ain't gonna pull a Warren here."  He shrugs into the vest, tightens down the adjustment straps, and chamber-checks his pistol before returning it to its holster.  "Don't expect I'll get much out of 'em, though.  My Polish kinda sucks."
This message was last edited by the player at 01:36, Sun 15 July 2012.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1081 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 15 Jul 2012
at 08:37
  • msg #312

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"I'll look after her, Major," Mariusz said.

He returned to the sickbay and sat opposite Major Connolly, he smiled awkwardly wondering exactly how to engage an older woman who had been through Hell in conversation. He wracked his brain for a moment and then said, "So, how did you first meet LaRue? He seems mental."
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1346 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sun 15 Jul 2012
at 21:39
  • msg #313

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jan was slightly disturbed by the youth of the body they found and the situation that they had encountered.  He had come across child soldiers before, particularly in Africa, but nothing like the out of control chaos that the camp represented, something like Lord of the Flies with guns!  He was guessing but it seemed like a bunch of kids gone wild with no clue as to what the hell they were doing and that was just a recipe for disaster!

At Konrad's instructions Jan waited until Jeff had joined them before leading the small patrol in the direction the Hauptmann had indicated.
Craig Sutherland
player, 529 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 16 Jul 2012
at 00:29
  • msg #314

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


Once the cease fire is called Craig slings his G3 and quickly reloads his shotgun with a full load of four shells of buckshot. He scans the undergrowth around the margins of the camp for any strays or returnees.

He is some what dismayed at the age of the combatants they had just successfully engaged. It was just like Africa, feral kids with an AK and an attitude beyond their years. Still anyone with an assault rifle was still a threat.

Once they had the camp secured Craig would help with the search for anything useful. He would also help with the search of the bodies.



Rescue Team
Securing the camp and searching for booty

L32A1 (Browning A5) 10" Barrel [4/3]
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2598 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Mon 16 Jul 2012
at 01:00
  • msg #315

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Mariusz Tokarski:
He returned to the sickbay and sat opposite Major Connolly, he smiled awkwardly wondering exactly how to engage an older woman who had been through Hell in conversation. He wracked his brain for a moment and then said, "So, how did you first meet LaRue? He seems mental."


"Yeah, he's a character. Good people, though. We were crew on the same Jolly Green Giant- an Air Force search and rescue helicopter. Big one. Looks kinda like a giant, morbidly obese grasshopper. Lots of sensors for night flying; lots of machineguns for AA suppression."

She pauses, giving Mariusz the impression that she believes that she may have said too much. She smiles and then asks,

"What's your story?"
This message was last edited by the GM at 01:01, Mon 16 July 2012.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 354 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Mon 16 Jul 2012
at 10:58
  • msg #316

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jay stayed quiet in the lookout post, scanning all directions for any signs of a threat. With bare feet, the cold was starting to return. Hopefully the rescue party would return soon and he could get back to the warmth.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1317 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Mon 16 Jul 2012
at 13:42
  • msg #317

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Daniel Larue:
Danny looks up from resetting the hook-and-loop of his armor's cutaway strip.  Later, he'll have to re-balance his entire load to get it to ride comfortably across his shoulders, but he'll be happy for now if he just can get the ballistic panels to sit in the right spots.  "Dude," he says slowly to Tuck, "you know I've got a son older than these guys, right?  We're on the same page.  I ain't gonna pull a Warren here."  He shrugs into the vest, tightens down the adjustment straps, and chamber-checks his pistol before returning it to its holster.  "Don't expect I'll get much out of 'em, though.  My Polish kinda sucks."

Starting to gear back up with the load he had when they were repelling boarders, Robert continues to talk to Danny before he goes to man the Dushka.  "Glad I don't have any kids that I know of.  Had some girls I was close with but the constant deployments I went through didn't make them anything solid and mostly kept women away from my lifestyle.  I guess for the better.  Only had family, which is the important thing.  Pretty sure they're all gone now.  I'd like to think otherwise but c'mon Danny, likelihood of them being alive are pretty slim.    That's why I'm here on the Queen with the others.  I've got something to make me get out of the rack in the morning.  It's not a wonderful life, I mean we got food and a roof over our heads and a sort of dysfunctional family."

Tucker stops and focuses on the now, "My Polish is ass too.  We need one of the locals to help or one of the Intel people to get what we need.  Little kids fighting like adults.  Fuckin' wars got this whole world fucked up.  I have a little respect for 'em giving it a shot at it.  If they had real training, we might be the one's in the boat still heading towards Plock!"
This message was last edited by the player at 13:45, Mon 16 July 2012.
Daniel Larue
player, 143 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Mon 16 Jul 2012
at 23:04
  • msg #318

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Finally giving up on further adjustments, Danny bounces on his toes a few times to settle his vest into place, then slings his aid bag cross-body and picks up Winona.  "Yeah, a lotta guys in the squadron traveled light.  Just ask Kel - dude's been divorced three times.  But Julia's stuck with me for twenty-one years, so I kinda owe it to her and the kids to get back to the Dakota Territory."

He drops the carbine's magazine and pulls the charging handle.  The chambered round spins out in a moonlit flicker of brass.  He catches it on the fly and critically inspects it before thumbing it back into the magazine.  His hands work through a function check as he continues, "Besides, my daughter's got fifty bucks that says she'll get home from Iran before I get back from here, and ain't no way I'm losing that."

Satisfied with the function check, he rotates the charging handle back to SAFE.  Winona's magazine goes back in with a comforting click.  He gives it a tug to ensure it's seated and pulls the charging handle again to re-chamber the first round, then settles the sling over his head.  "Aaanyway."  He nods at the prisoners.  "Coffee break's over.  Back to standing on our heads.  Hey, do me a favor and make sure Jay's okay up there, willya?"
This message was last edited by the player at 02:13, Tue 17 July 2012.
Minh Quyen
player, 642 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Tue 17 Jul 2012
at 13:50
  • msg #319

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Quyen holds one hand across her face when the vile smell of rotting animals suddenly hits her. She then stifles the queasy feeling and checks around the camp area for anything valuable or worthy of mentioning to the others. Then while the Hauptmann sorts out their next move Quyen removes the nearly empty magazine and replaces it with a full one.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1082 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Tue 17 Jul 2012
at 14:59
  • msg #320

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Mariusz smiled wanly, "I was a kid in Warsaw before the war," he said, "my parents were teachers. We took to the roads as refugees when the Allies besieged the city and my parents were killed on the march. I scraped a living for a while before getting picked up by a local warlord. He wanted to castrate me to use as a guard for his wife. I wasn't very happy about that so I ran. I was starving to death when a monk called Brother Stanislaw found me. He was running a pro-NATO partisan band. They fed me up and I acted as a runner for them: one day a cell I was visiting got busted, I was able to shoot my way out and I became a fighter. I was the ammo bearer for an RPGer called Bear. He was a mad fucker but kind in his own way. Slowly the band died in ones and twos until the CIA decided we needed to join this boat. Bear died as we fought our way to it."

He looked down, "Brother Stan died when a soldier went mental and threw a grenade: he died to save us. Now, I fight for the Queen, it's home."
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2599 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 17 Jul 2012
at 17:03
  • msg #321

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


The prisoners have started whispering to one another- just a few quiet words every few seconds or so. Unfortunately, the two guards, LaRue and Tucker, can't understand what the kids are saying. Anneka arrives to provide medical care to the oldest boy- about 16, by her estimates.

Addressing Tucker and LaRue, she says, "I need him separated from the others before I can safely work on him."

Mariusz and Connolly get acquainted in the sick bay. Connelly seems to take a genuine interest in the boy's tragic history. Her speech is crisp and lucid- she seems fine to Mariusz but, of course, he's no doctor.

The rest of the security team keep watch. As the recovery team begins moving north on foot, keeping close to the river, Griet slowly pushes the tug forward, trying to keep pace. The current tries to push the tug ahead faster. It's like an adult walking beside a toddler- it takes more effort to move at a walking pace than it would for the tug to move at a more typical speed. It is, however, still very dark so moving very slowly is not a bad idea. The spotlight helps, but, in addition to ruining its passengers' night vision, it also let's anyone close to the river know that someone's coming.

As both the shore party and the tug move north, they approach a large midchannel island. There are a couple of smaller islands, or very large sandbanks, at the downriver tip of the island. Years of government neglect have allowed these smaller islands to grow unchecked, narrowing the western channel to about 200m- the eastern channel looks nigh on unnavigable. The security team is on high alert.

OOC: Who is on the portside Dishka?

As the recovery team finishes its cursory search of the filthy camp, they hear what sounds like a motorcycle engine cough to life- it seems to be originating from the north somewhere. The high-pitched, growling whine of the motorcycle engine quickly recedes into the night. Having found nothing of value or interest, the team leaves the camp structure and begins to move north, keeping roughly parallel to the river and near enough the bank that they can see the Krolowa. The well-lit tug, travelling more or less alongside them, about 100m off of the west bank, is a comforting presence. Diffused light from the tug's spotlight beam (which is pointed at the river directly ahead of it) provides a little extra illumination, but it's uneven- the area near the shore is lit like twilight while the more inland terrain is cast in darker shadow. The numerous trees near the west bank also cast long shadows across the path of the ground force.

The team moves about 100m north from the campsite, finding a few signs of hasty passage, including at least one blood trail. The shoreline is fairly heavily wooded here, providing anyone who would care to ambush the team plenty of cover and concealment. They almost walk into another ambush. Jan and Craig, the inner workings of their inner ears damaged by long years of blaring firefights, fail to detect it. Minh and Konrad, however, hear hushed voices up ahead. Konrad hisses to get Jan and Craig's attention, signalling them to get down. And not a moment too soon- an AK opens up from across a small clearing. The fire is, once again, high, producing a rain of tree bark and small branches. It's most likely just one or two shooters- considering the opposition, it's probably either a couple of more tactically saavy kids trying to buy time for their cohort to retreat, or it's a couple of hotheaded kids too brave (or stupid) to give up the fight. It occurs to Konrad that this sort of thing could happen all night long.

OOC: Make sure to keep track of your ammo- both on your charsheet and in your virtual magazine.


Updated tac-map: https://maps.google.com/maps/m...pn=0.002528,0.008256


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 17:40, Tue 17 July 2012.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2828 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 18 Jul 2012
at 19:34
  • msg #322

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Dawid made a quick check to make sure everyone was at their positions.

"Hey, Tucker! You're on portside Dushka?"
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1348 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 18 Jul 2012
at 20:26
  • msg #323

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"Putain de merde!" Jan muttered to himself as he ducked down, moved a couple of paces to his left and then went prone.  He was annoyed with himself for missing the latest pair of amateur ambushers - he was the professional and he should have spotted them before they were able to spring their attack.  Bring his rifle up to his shoulder Jan quickly fired a double tap in the direction of whomever was firing at them.  These kids didn't really seem to know what they were doing and simply engaging them had been enough to panic them previously.

"Capitaine," he called to Konrad, the frustration clear in his voice.  "These idiots will never learn!  What are your orders?  We will have to kill them all I think!"

He then fired a second double tap at any target he could see, even if it was just some muzzle flashes.


Jan
Getting into cover, going prone and firing 4x quick shots at any targets he can see - if he can't see a target he will fire anyway at the muzzle flashes
AK-74 Assault Rifle (20/30 - 30rnd mag x11) - carried
BG-15 Grenade Launcher (1/1 HE - HE x19) - underslung on AK-74
P226 Pistol (15/15 - 15rnd mag x4) - holster
Frag grenade x2 - webbing pouch
Smoke grenade x2 - webbing pouch
AN/PVS-5 NVGs - worn

Daniel Larue
player, 145 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Wed 18 Jul 2012
at 21:35
  • msg #324

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Danny nods perfunctorily to Anneka.  "Ma'am."  He double-checks Winona's selector and slings the carbine across his back, then ensures the retaining straps on his grenade pouches and holster are fastened down.  Once he's secured all his weapons against a grab attempt, he moves in on the injured teen's blind side.

"No fight," he says sternly in Polish.  "Doctors."   He unties the boy from the railing, then takes a firm grip on a bicep and moves the kid away from his comrades.  "Sit," he orders, pushing the boy toward a nearby coil of mooring rope.  He tilts his head toward Anneka in a silent interrogative - Good enough? - then, as she takes charge of her new patient, steps back and unslings Winona.

Danny
Prisoner management
Winona [30/30 + 6 magazines] - low ready, SAFE
CZ 75 [15/15 + 2 magazines] - holstered, SAFE
AN-M8 HC smoke grenade x2 - on vest
AN-M18 red smoke grenade x1 - on vest

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1319 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Wed 18 Jul 2012
at 23:57
  • msg #325

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
Dawid made a quick check to make sure everyone was at their positions.

"Hey, Tucker! You're on portside Dushka?"

He wasn't trying to disobey an order, Tucker just got caught up talking with Danny and then hurries off to the portside Duska.  "I'm on it Dawid, just give me one mike to get settled in!"  Robert hurries to make the heavy machine-gun ready for action and then signals him when he's ready.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 437 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Thu 19 Jul 2012
at 00:06
  • msg #326

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Having long since swapped off his night vision to save his battery and his eyes, Jeff ducks behind a tree at the rounds incoming.  "Believe we're about to have a long night." he says dryly into the night.

He waits for Jans outburst, then tries to catch Konrads attention.  He tilts his head towards the bush to their side, indicating his desire to flank again.  At least this time he'd give them the common courtesy of an input.  Jeff was surprised he hadn't been at least a little chastised earlier.  Maybe rank had something to do with it.
This message was last edited by the GM at 20:14, Fri 20 July 2012.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 357 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Thu 19 Jul 2012
at 10:08
  • msg #327

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jay maintained his vigil from the lookout post, but with no binoculars or night vision gear he couldn't see much. He strained his senses, eyes and ears burning to locate any possible threats.

As he stayed still the cold gradually returned, eager to finish the job it had started earlier in the dark water. With no boots on, the cold, damp metal and wood of the Queen leeched the energy from his feet. His teeth started to chatter again. He clamped his mouth closed in a vain attempt to fight the encroaching cold, but knew that pretty soon he would be powerless to fight it.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1083 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Thu 19 Jul 2012
at 18:29
  • msg #328

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Mariusz fell silent, realising he was talking a lot about himself. He resorted to his final conversational gambit with inscrutable foreigners: it had worked with Jay so maybe it would work here, "I know you're a big shot pilot and all and i'm not being sexist or anything, but do you cook? I ask everyone that, if you do, what's your favourite recipe?"
Craig Sutherland
player, 530 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Fri 20 Jul 2012
at 02:28
  • msg #329

Re: Ch. 18: Plock



Craig gives a short jump as the AK's open up. Having just moved out of their field of fire he hugs the ground. He rolls slightly onto one elbow bringing his shot gun up to bear on the new threat.

He holds his fire as the others put rounds down range. If other shooters engage Craig will fire his shotgun at the new threat. His head wound had made a real difference to his hearing, it hopefully had not affected his balance as well.


Rescue Squad
Holding Fire, engaging any additional threats

L32A1 (Browning A5) 10" Barrel [4/3] 00 Buckshot
This message was last edited by the player at 03:17, Fri 20 July 2012.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1674 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Fri 20 Jul 2012
at 03:15
  • msg #330

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"Fuck off... ve'are coming through!" Bayer bellows loudly after dropping to the ground. He then turns and shouts angrily to Jan, "Tell them to back off and let us through or we will kill everything in our path... including their friends on the boat. They have thirty seconds to clear off for good! No more warnings."

Bayer then turns in the other direction towards Warren and waves him off to the flank, "Thirty seconds and we're fighting through." he says.

Still keeping low, Bayer then unhooks his radio handset and says impatiently, "Griet... Griet... I need you to get one of those prisoners on the loudspeaker for ahh... proof of life. Get them singing, or crying, for a minute then off. Over." He didn't take the time to explain the reasons and hope she understood what he was asking for.
This message was last edited by the player at 03:27, Fri 20 July 2012.
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1349 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Fri 20 Jul 2012
at 12:46
  • msg #331

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jan followed Konrad's instructions, yelling at the shooters ahead of them.  "Wycofać lub zabijemy was wszystkich! Mamy do niewoli swoich kolegów na łodzi. Masz trzydzieści sekund, aby uzyskać z naszej drodze lub zaczniemy zabijać je, jak dobrze!" *

He hoped that they would see sense and withdraw but he suspected that they wouldn't.


*Note: This should translate as: "Back off or we will kill all of you!  We have captured your comrades on the boat.  You have thirty seconds to get out of our way or we will start killing them as well!"
Minh Quyen
player, 643 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Fri 20 Jul 2012
at 14:54
  • msg #332

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Quyen instinctively squeezes off two quick shots towards the shooter then holds her fire when she realizes Konrad and Jan were trying to give the locals a last warning. While the clock ticks Quyen crab-crawls off to the side a little and nestles up against a sizable tree for cover. She then leans out just enough to fire her weapon and waits to reengage or advance.

Quyen
AK74 (28-30)
Firing 2 shots then seeking good cover

Griet Niewiadomska
player, 652 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Fri 20 Jul 2012
at 15:29
  • msg #333

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"Roger that, Sunray," Griet said.

She called down to Danny, "Get two of the prisoners up here as soon as you can."

She pulled her pistol from its holster and chambered a round whilst she waited for Danny to bring up the people she had called for.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2601 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Fri 20 Jul 2012
at 20:37
  • msg #334

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


The landing team hit the dirt as rounds buzz overhead. Fortunately for Konrad, Jan, Craig, Minh, and Jeff, the marksmanship of these wild boys is atrocious. Jan, Craig, and Minh instinctively return fire, each squeezing off a couple of rounds towards the source of the enemy gunman (or gunkid). (Jan, Craig, & Minh -2 rounds each)

Jan follows up his fire with a shouted threat. It draws another burst of gunfire, this one even more innacurate. Apparently, the shooter doesn't believe him. As Warren moves west in a another attempt to flank the delaying force, Konrad preps the rest of the team for a frontal assault.

On the tug, from behind the HMG's gun shield, Tucker sees the brief orange strobe of muzzle flashes blinking from behind a stand of trees about 30m inshore- a single muzzle flash to his right (north) and two or three serparate muzzle flashes to the left (south). Although he assumes that the southern shooters are hsi fellow Kommandos, he can't quite be sure. Both sets are well within range of his Dishka, but the chances of a blue-on-blue incident are very real without proper target identification.

While Anneka tends to the eldest boy's horrific eye injury, Danny selects and escorts one of the younger boys- the rower Connolly clubbed unconscious seems the most frightened and therefore, most likely compliant- to the tug's bridge. Walter takes over the con while Griet directs the young prisoner's loudspeaker-projected performance. The boy, concussed, scared, and now alone, complies fully, his high-pitched prepubescent voice ringing across the dark water towards the west bank. His childishness is belied by the slight smile that registers in his eyes as he hears his amplified voice project from the tug's powerful loudspeaker. Griet instructs the boy to repeat the message, and he does, with even more gusto the second time around.

Back on dry land, the enemy firing stops shortly after the message begins. It's hard to make out the first time, but it's much louder and clearer the second time. When the broadcast ends, Konrad hears brush breaking- it sounds like the shooter has decided he'd be best off following directions and leaving the area. Whether this means the way forward is now clear, however, is not certain.


Next Moves?
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 358 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Sat 21 Jul 2012
at 11:54
  • msg #335

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jay scanned around. The firefight seemed to be a pretty one sided affair, so he decided that he of more use looking the other way, in case another surprise was waiting for them. As he did so he flexed his toes in an effort to fight off the cold.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1321 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sat 21 Jul 2012
at 14:05
  • msg #336

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Cap'n Rae:
On the tug, from behind the HMG's gun shield, Tucker sees the brief orange strobe of muzzle flashes blinking from behind a stand of trees about 30m inshore- a single muzzle flash to his right (north) and two or three serparate muzzle flashes to the left (south). Although he assumes that the southern shooters are hsi fellow Kommandos, he can't quite be sure. Both sets are well within range of his Dishka, but the chances of a blue-on-blue incident are very real without proper target identification.

Tucker watches the flashes of the gunfight on the shoreline and calls out what he sees out of habit even though others are probably seeing the same thing.  "CONTACT!  MUST BE OUR GUYS ON THE SHORLINE.  NO AVAILABLE THREATS TO ENGAGE!"

TUCKER
Portside Dushka

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2830 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 21 Jul 2012
at 19:04
  • msg #337

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg # 336):

Dawid aimed the Vasilek in that direction but held his fire.

"Hold fire! We wait until requested, or at least shore party marks their position. I have the Kaptain a couple flares for that purpose."

Konrad Bayer
player, 1677 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sun 22 Jul 2012
at 03:56
  • msg #338

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"Everyone okay?" Bayer asks, looking around and placing his weapon back on safe. He then toggles his radio and says, "Queen, this is Sunray. We are getting some minor harassment but contact is now broken... and maybe clear from this point. Appreciate the speed of your assistance. Situation unchanged for your call sign? Over."

Bayer then looks to Jan and asks, "What do you think?"
Craig Sutherland
player, 531 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sun 22 Jul 2012
at 06:42
  • msg #339

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg # 338):

"Its either a tactical retreat or they have something bigger planned. Let hope they are running, arms raided into the woods."

He reloaded his shotgun and unslung his rifle.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 653 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sun 22 Jul 2012
at 09:49
  • msg #340

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"Queen to Sunray, we are fine and en route to your position."

She called out to Dawid, "Dawid, do you want to organise a crew for the ship's boat? I can do it if you're too busy."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2831 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 22 Jul 2012
at 10:35
  • msg #341

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Griet Niewiadomska (msg # 340):

"Thanks, Tucker's already delegated to organise that but if you want to, I appreciate it. Maybe he and Jay? Or, they've done their part tonight, but I can't think who else can go. You and I are needed here."
This message was last edited by the player at 21:13, Sun 22 July 2012.
Daniel Larue
player, 146 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Sun 22 Jul 2012
at 15:13
  • msg #342

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"I can handle the boat better than I can handle Tucker's Dishka," Danny advises Griet.  He glances over at the prisoner, who seems to be enjoying himself far too much.  "I'll put this guy back with the other Lost Boys and get Kel to guard the doctor while she finishes with them."
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1350 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sun 22 Jul 2012
at 20:10
  • msg #343

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jan thought for a moment about Konrad's question and Craig's comment while he changed the mag in his AK for a fresh one.  Eventually a nasty grin came over his face as he replied.

"I think we demonstrate just how much more dangerous we are than them.  I say we mark our position to the Queen with a torch and then get one of the machine gunners on the Queen to spray the bank ahead of us.  These idiots are amateurs and 12.7mm rounds flying around is going to scare the hell out of them even more.  If it provokes fire in return then we have our answer.  If it does not provoke fire in return then we continue on with our slow pace patrol."

He scratched at an itch on his chin.  "Either that or we give up on the bank and get back on the boat," he added with a Gallic shrug.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1678 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sun 22 Jul 2012
at 23:47
  • msg #344

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Bayer nods to Craig and then turns to Jan and agrees to his suggestion, "Alright, a firepower demonstration might help ehh... convince them to keep running."

Bayer then toggles his radio and says, "Queen, Sunray. Request spec-fire from machine gun. 800 mils right of my signal to 1200 mils, six bursts into the treeline. Standby by for signal. Over." He then pulls out his flashlight and moves to a position where the tug could see his light - which he flashes in three times (keeping his hands cupped around it to limit it's exposure) until Griet or Dawid acknowledge seeing it.

While they wait, he replies to Jan, "No... we're on land now. There was a miscommunication and this wasn't exactly the plan, so lets make the best of it."
This message was last edited by the player at 23:48, Sun 22 July 2012.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 439 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Tue 24 Jul 2012
at 06:14
  • msg #345

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jeff raises an eyebrow at the show of force.  It was bold, but he would have gone with leveling the castle they spoke of.

Nonetheless, he slowly lowers himself to the ground.  Better safe than sorry.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 654 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Tue 24 Jul 2012
at 08:20
  • msg #346

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"OK," Griet said, "Danny and Jay take the boat, try not to get captured this time, I want that boat for the tug. Two should be enough, don't you think?"
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2832 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 24 Jul 2012
at 08:47
  • msg #347

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg # 344):

Dawid relayed the fire information from Konrad to Tucker, indicating the area where the fire of the portside Dushka should be directed.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2602 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 24 Jul 2012
at 17:19
  • msg #348

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


Danny returns the young boy to his companions chained to the taffrail where he finds Anneka wrapping a bandage around the injured teenager's head. On the way, Danny grabs Kel and hands over prisoner guard duty so that he and Jay can prep the captured boat for use in the immediate future. Jay returns to where he keeps his pack and changes into some dry socks. Besides his sore face, he's feeling much better. The small boat is still tied to the tug's starboard quarter, its bows facing aft.

Dawid relayed Konrad's fire support request to Tucker (NPC'ed) who spots the Kommando leader's signal flashes blinking purposefully on the west bank. He aims well to the right of the light and squeezes off the first of six five-round bursts. The tracers race off into the darkness, the heavy rounds tearing through the trees and brush ahead of Konrad's shore team. Regardless of whether the fire causes any casualties among prospective enemy holding parties, it's an impressive demonstration of force. Hopefully, this display, coupled with the young prisoner's psyops broadcast, will discourage anyone else from attempting to ambush the shore team. (30 rounds of 12.7mm subtracted from stores)

After Tucker fires the last burst. Konrad orders Jan to lead the team forward, following the riverbank in its northern course. They soon come across a small pile of empty shell casings, a small fur pelt, and a couple of fallen sapplings, the latter victims of Tucker's HMG fire. In the dark, no further sign of the enemy is detected. The team moves slowly and cautiously, while the tug works hard to keep pace against the current (which moves much faster than the shore team).

As both parties move north, a large wooded island looms up on the tug's starboard side. McClurg keeps a close eye on treeline from behind the starboard HMG. The western channel narrows onsiderably ahead, offering a hostile force an opportunity to ambush the approaching tug, firing on it from both banks.

The shore team arrives at the edge of a seemingly abandoned hamlet. A badly deteriorated dirt road runs parralel to the riverbank, leading into the collection of dilapidated buildings. This would be a logical spot for another ambush. Despite the growing potential for ambush for both the shore team and tug, no hostile forces have yet been spotted. It's dark, and cold, and daylight is still at least four hours off. In addition, a few of the Kommandos (those captured) are aware that the rag-tag force of child "beasties" that have just been driven off are allegedly part of a larger force ("sportos" and "supers" were also mentioned by the beasties' leader back at the campsite) commanded by some kind of "queen" operating out of Plock, a city which is only a few short kilometers downriver.

Updated tac-map: https://maps.google.com/maps/m...pn=0.080842,0.264187

*XP has been awarded for the recent engagement.


Next Moves?
Daniel Larue
player, 147 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Wed 25 Jul 2012
at 00:51
  • msg #349

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Looking down from the deck of the Queen, Danny skeptically surveys the newly-captured small craft.  "I dub thee 'Vistula Stepdaughter,'" he mutters, then grabs a bucket, swings his legs over the rail, and gingerly lowers himself into the boat.

Using both his flashlight and the fading glow of his chemlight, he gives the vessel a quick assessment, starting with general structural integrity and finishing with the engine and fuel supply.  He spends a few careful minutes on the latter, popping off the cowling and subjecting the outboard to as much scrutiny as his rusty mechanical skills can bring to bear.  Once he's done with that task, he dips a few bucketfuls of frigid water from the river and sluices the seats and gunwales clean of the worst clots of blood and Mariusz' most recent meal, then bails out the accumulated water and muck.

When he's convinced that the boat is as seaworthy as he can make it, he hauls himself back aboard the tug for the conversation he's been avoiding.  "Jay," he begins, looking around to ensure Kel and Anneka are out of earshot.  "Dude, I am so sorry I didn't come after you when the Zodiac got hit.  I was too focused on the major and by the time I realized you were gone I had no idea where to start looking for you.  I profoundly fucked that shit up, man.  I'm really glad you're okay."

Danny
Preparing to set sail for fail
Winona [30/30 + 6 magazines] - slung, SAFE
CZ 75 [15/15 + 2 magazines] - holstered, SAFE
AN-M8 HC smoke grenade x2 - on vest
AN-M18 red smoke grenade x1 - on vest

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 359 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Wed 25 Jul 2012
at 08:51
  • msg #350

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jay was reluctant to get back on board a small vessel so quickly, but he did as he was told. Prior to setting off he put on fresh socks and pulled his damp boots back on over them. He also retrieved two magazines from his soggy, mud-caked webbing and shook the water out of them before stuffing them in his pockets.

Heading back outside, he clambered back into the boat with Danny. Again, he had left his helmet and armour on the Queen, but now had his rifle with the two spare mags. He sat at the bow, leaving Danny free to drive.

Daniel Larue:
"Jay," he begins, looking around to ensure Kel and Anneka are out of earshot.  "Dude, I am so sorry I didn't come after you when the Zodiac got hit.  I was too focused on the major and by the time I realized you were gone I had no idea where to start looking for you.  I profoundly fucked that shit up, man.  I'm really glad you're okay."


Jay looked over at the medic. "No worry, I good. I fall in water then follow you to camp. I go sneaky sneaky, but too cold, so come back to Queen. You do right, look after Major, she maybe sick."

He gave him a reassuring smile, his white teeth standing out in the darkness. Jay had not yet had a chance to wash, so his face was still largely caked in dried mud from his camouflage attempts. He looked quite a sight.

OOC - Jay is okay for now but will need rest and warmth soon. Also, he only has his AK74 with 2 spare mags and the GL with 1 grenade loaded. His webbing is on the boat, caked in mud and soaked with river water. It, along with his other clothes, needs a good clean and dry before it can be used again.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1679 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 25 Jul 2012
at 16:54
  • msg #351

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Bayer pauses and scans the area with his image intensifiers and listens to the sounds of the night to reveal anything. He then crouches down and toggles the radio transmit switch, giving his teammates an opportunity to speak up before he continues. He then says, "Queen. Sunray. Anything? We're quiet here, but I'm still concerned about the channel. Over."

He then turns back to his companions and says, "What do you think? I'm ready to push on and clear the left bank while the tug holds back."
Minh Quyen
player, 644 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Wed 25 Jul 2012
at 17:20
  • msg #352

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Konrad Bayer:
He then turns back to his companions and says, "What do you think? I'm ready to push on and clear the left bank while the tug holds back."


"Okay with that." Quyen whispers back.

Quyen then crouches down and watches the hamlet and flanks while things get sorted out and they start moving again. Moving again meant a little bit of warmth too... which is what she wanted just as much as anything else. The chill of the night sank through her light clothing and into her bones. Dammit...
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2834 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 25 Jul 2012
at 20:30
  • msg #353

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Konrad Bayer:
Bayer pauses and scans the area with his image intensifiers and listens to the sounds of the night to reveal anything. He then crouches down and toggles the radio transmit switch, giving his teammates an opportunity to speak up before he continues. He then says, "Queen. Sunray. Anything? We're quiet here, but I'm still concerned about the channel. Over."

He then turns back to his companions and says, "What do you think? I'm ready to push on and clear the left bank while the tug holds back."


Dawid aimed the Vasilek at the left bank, but swivelled it to the right to cover the island. It seemed that was where the boat was originally heading.

The radio crackled, Konrad was talking directly to Griet so he clarified she could take the lead there on the intercom. "Griet, I'm concentrating on the island and can't take care of comms right now. If you could handle that I would appreciate it, please pass on information about the Queen, castle, and so on."
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 655 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Wed 25 Jul 2012
at 21:48
  • msg #354

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"Will do," Griet replied, "Queen to Sunray. Have a boat ready to pick you up if you need it. Intel we have is that there are at least three groups of youths in feral tribes. They report to a "Queen" who is supposedly in a castle on the island before Plock. I know of no island although the German name for these island is something about forts. This part of the river is notoriously changeable and I've risked a lot getting this far. We'll be riding our luck if we continue at night but we've been doing that since you got on board and we're still here. We can pick you up or support you as you wish. My suggestion would be to get back here, warm up and deal with things in daylight but I can see problems with losing operational tempo. We'll do what you want Sir."
Konrad Bayer
player, 1680 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 25 Jul 2012
at 21:56
  • msg #355

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"Sunray, roger." Bayer replies quietly over the radio. "Advice noted... but we push on and keep up the momentum. I don't want to lose the initiative. Plus, we own the night and it's our best strength against their numbers. Waiting until day loses that edge and gives them time to recover." He then gives those around him a look to gauge their responses and finishes the broadcast, "Move at your own speed, safely, and focus on the island. We'll clear the shore and link up with you downriver. I want to be clear of Plock by dawn. Sunray out."
This message was last edited by the player at 21:57, Wed 25 July 2012.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 656 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Wed 25 Jul 2012
at 22:38
  • msg #356

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"Roger that Sunray," Griet replied, "we will try to bypass Polck whilst supporting you as much as we can."

"Dawid," she called over the intercom, "the Kaptain wants to move down the bank and wants us to bypass Polck, dealing with the Queen if it arises. I need the launch manned ready to use if we need to pick up the shore party and I need the spotlight focused in front of us. That's going to light you up like a Christmas tree and make us an easy target for shore fire. If we come under fire I'll cut the light and stop in situ but you'll still be under fire with no night vision. Adjust accordingly. If you need the Queen anywhere, tell me and I'll do my best to do it."

She rubbed her hands on her trousers and stood up from the helmsman's seat. She let her body tune to the vibration of the tug and the pull of the river as she felt her way through the darkness. Her senses were alert, trying to pick up danger before it met the brave craft. She picked up the intercom and said, "Engineering, I want all water pumped into the bow tanks, once you've done that shift what ballast you can, I want her running nose down so if we hit anything the bows will take the hit and leave the screws intact."

She focused the light about fifty meters in front of the boat, just enough time to react at this speed and she endeavored to keep on the outside of the bend to find the deepest water. Many of her ways of reading the river were useless in the darkness so she had to rely on the feel of the boat and the tell tale signs she could see. Arrowheads downstream would indicate channels of deep water converging, the funnels beloved of canoeists, the same thing facing upstream would herald an underwater obstruction like a snag or a rock or wreck. Still water, which often signified deep channels was nearly impossible to detect at night, especially when the channel was splitting around an island.

She also kept an eye out for debris collecting in the water, she recalled from the intel that the boys felt the boat wouldn't pass the bridges without the Queen's say so, that might mean an underwater chain and such a barrier would gather some tell tale debris.

She called to Dawid again, "When we get near the bridge I suggest we rake it with suppressive fire: the Queen may have forces on it waiting to ambush us."

She clicked off the transmit button and held the wheel lightly to be responsive to any variations in the tug's progress.

"Holy Saint Brendan," she spoke softly to herself, "be with us in our hour of need and guide me safely through this ordeal. Let me not forget the face of my father."

Trying to become one with the Queen, Griet guided her into the darkness.
Daniel Larue
player, 148 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Thu 26 Jul 2012
at 00:23
  • msg #357

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jay looks over at the PJ.  "No worry, I good. I fall in water then follow you to camp. I go sneaky sneaky, but too cold, so come back to Queen. You do right, look after Major, she maybe sick."  He smiles reassuringly, teeth gleaming through the coating of mud.

Danny nods.  "Yeah, dude, if we'd know you were out there being sneaky-sneaky, we might not have tried to hard to escape!  Though, hey, free replacement boat."  He pats the side of the Stepdaughter, then pauses as he hears the Queen's trim pumps start up.  "Queen, Coyote," he murmurs into his radio.  "Do you want us to move out ahead of you and take depth soundings?  Over."
This message was last edited by the player at 00:27, Thu 26 July 2012.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 657 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Thu 26 Jul 2012
at 08:18
  • msg #358

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet nodded at Danny's suggestion, "I'd thought of that, it would be useful but it's going to put you in a small boat in the middle of a spotlight with one of you taking soundings and the other operating the outboard and keeping an eye on us. I thought it was too risky to ask but if you've thought of it and are willing to take the risks I'll support it. The Queen is precious to me but if she gets hurt we can fix her, it's not the same with people."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2836 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 26 Jul 2012
at 10:50
  • msg #359

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Griet Niewiadomska (msg # 356):

"Sounds good."

"Don't cut the light if we come under fire, track the target instead. Being able to see our targets is crucial, and we can take fire better than the launch so let's be the more juice-filled target.

"Understood. If I see anything worthwhile on the bridge, they'll get some fragmentation to suppress them. I guess that's it, let's get moving."

This message was last edited by the player at 11:08, Thu 26 July 2012.
Daniel Larue
player, 149 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Thu 26 Jul 2012
at 19:42
  • msg #360

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Danny snorts to himself before keying his mic again. "So point the light at the shore, not us. I have NVGs and oars. No need to make light or noise."

He releases the transmit switch and looks over at Jay. "Sorry, didn't mean to volunteer you too. I understand if you think this is a bad idea."
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 658 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Thu 26 Jul 2012
at 19:55
  • msg #361

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"That's even more risky than the spotlight," Griet said, "you'll have no mobility and we won't be able to see you, any mistakes and the first thing we'll know is the crunching sound as we run over you. Also, how do you intend to keep far enough ahead of us to take soundings using the oars alone? If you've got sensible answers for those questions, it's a viable option."
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1353 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Thu 26 Jul 2012
at 22:02
  • msg #362

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jan nodded in agreement with Konrad's assessment of the situation and his plan.  Keep pushing these youths and they would run - they were disorganised kids playing at soldiers and it would take them quite a while to recover their morale and become effective again.  Some individuals might pose a problem but they would be the exception, though this Queen in a Castle might be a different matter.

One thing bothered him slightly though, an English word he hadn't understood.  "What does feral mean?" Jan asked quietly before he started to lead the shore party forward, AK held ready to open up if he spotted anything.  He wasn't taking any chances now.  If he spotted anything remotely threatening then he intended to start firing a number of quick shots at it.  Startling the enemy seemed to have been very effective so far.
Craig Sutherland
player, 532 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Fri 27 Jul 2012
at 07:27
  • msg #363

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


Craig covered his sector as he waited for the signal to move out. He rubbed his hands trying to get some warmth into them as he watched the surrounding scrub. When Konrad gave his assessment Craig gave him a thumbs up to signal his agreement.

Once they moved off again Craig would put his G3 at his shoulder and push forward aggressively.
This message was last edited by the player at 08:42, Fri 27 July 2012.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 361 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Fri 27 Jul 2012
at 07:32
  • msg #364

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Daniel Larue (msg # 360):

Jay shrugged his shoulders. Right now he would rather be sat by a warm stove with a large mug of tea, but that wasn't going to happen anytime soon, so for now he was happy enough to follow instructions.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2837 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 27 Jul 2012
at 07:39
  • msg #365

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet Niewiadomska:
"That's even more risky than the spotlight," Griet said, "you'll have no mobility and we won't be able to see you, any mistakes and the first thing we'll know is the crunching sound as we run over you. Also, how do you intend to keep far enough ahead of us to take soundings using the oars alone? If you've got sensible answers for those questions, it's a viable option."


He added his opinion to the back-and-forth over the radio.

"You can borrow my Russian night-goggles to help navigate."

"The current is running swift, even with oars they'll make at least 4-5 knots, I think?"

Griet Niewiadomska
player, 660 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Fri 27 Jul 2012
at 07:50
  • msg #366

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"The current isn't that fast but the night vision would help," Griet agreed, "people just need to remember that whilst the Queen is mobile, physics and momentum still apply. It takes a while to change and if anything unexpected happens, chances are the boat will be ploughed under by two hundred tons of slowing tug. We are attempting the most dangerous manouvres possible here so I'm just pointing out that we need to prepare for contingencies because I'd rather not lose the launch after just acquiring it. If you want to do it, I'll do my best to not crush you but be aware it's a distinct possibility."

She waited to see what everyone would decide and then tried her best to get the Queen through the ordeal without killing any of her own crew.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2603 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Fri 27 Jul 2012
at 17:14
  • msg #367

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


While on board the tug, Danny and Jay prepare to play pathfinder in the newly acquired small boat, Konrad orders the shore team to maintain the initiative and continue to press forward. Jan leads the way, taking the group into the ruined hamlet. They move among the piles of debris that used to be simple homes, looking for any tell-tale signs of impending ambush. Night vision devices give the team an advantage that their young antagonists most likely don't share. The green tinged viewscape reveals nothing but cold destruction and rot. It seems that someone is attempting to shadow the team, staying just out of sight up ahead. It's more of a feeling of being watched, reinforced by fleeting sounds of movement. Still, the group pushes forward, clearing the dead settlement and moving into the riverside wilderness beyong. In two hours, they cover a little more than two kilometers.

Meanwhile, on board the Krolowa, the newly christened Stepdaughter is launched. It drifts ahead of the tug on the swift current. Danny does his best to take soundings in the bows while Jay gets his body temperature up at the oars. The channel here, although narrow, is deep enough that there is no danger of the Krolowa running aground so long as she stays in its middle, equadistant from both the western and eastern riverbanks. The tug crew shifts water balast forward and the Krolowa's nose dips perceptibly as she follows the small boat. Despite the almost palpable threat of ambush in the narrows, the tug is not attacked. Ironically, she burns fuel trying to move more slowly than the currently unpowered (or, rather, Ghurka-powered) rowboat.

The tug makes it safely past the mid-channel island. Here, the channel widens as the forks of the Vistula reunite just past the island's northern tip. There's more room for manouver here, and it follows that the chance of running aground has dimished as well. However, a sandbank glows white against the dark water just off the western edge of the river, forcing the tug to proceed closer to the east bank.

About a kilometer ahead, on the right, the yellow lights of an inhabited settlement flicker in the darkness. Part of the city appears to float above the rest. A low hill buts up against the river. Walter identifies the landmark as Tum hill. Atop this hill stands the remains of a large late medieval church, possibly the "castle" the prisoners spoke of. It commands a dominating view of the river that runs just beneath its walls. Walter explains that Plock was heavily bombed by NATO forces earlier in the war, it's large petrochemical plant more or less destroyed, releasing dangerous quantities of highly toxic smoke into the surrounding countryside. Many of the civilians who did not flee the initial fighting were overcome and killed by the caustic fumes. The city was abandoned for over a year before refugees started to return home. The last time Walter passed this way, about a year ago, there were only a couple of hundred people living in Plock. By the number of lights you can see glimmering in the vicinity of the city, it looks like at least double that number of people currently inhabit the city. And the fact that there are lights on at all indicate that they've heard the ruckus you helped create earlier in the night and are now awake and alert.

It's about an hour before dawn.

Updated tac-map: https://maps.google.com/maps/m...pn=0.040413,0.132093

OOC: Please note that the near bridge did/does not exist in the game timeline.


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 17:16, Fri 27 July 2012.
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1355 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sun 29 Jul 2012
at 13:18
  • msg #368

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Pausing briefly in the darkness Jan reported to Konrad.  "Capitaine we have at least one person in front of us who keeps retreating as we advance," he said quietly.  "Do you want to start hunting him or just keep advancing along the riverbank?"

He kept scanning around trying to spot whether the person in front of them was trying to lead them into an ambush.  Fatigue was starting to catch up with him though and he felt tired, despite the restful couple of weeks that he had had in Gora Kalwaria before leaving on this leg of their journey.
This message was last edited by the player at 13:19, Sun 29 July 2012.
Daniel Larue
player, 152 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Sun 29 Jul 2012
at 23:15
  • msg #369

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Crouching in the bow of the Stepdaughter, Danny reels in his dripping sounding line, counting off knotted intervals.  "Queen, Coyote," he murmurs into his radio, "depth is eight meters.  Sandbar to port, range four-zero meters.  You should be fine down the center."

Once he hears Griet's acknowledgement, he looks back at his Nepali outboard motor.  "Hey, man, tag out.  My turn to row."  He carefully trades places with Jay, then unbuckles his helmet and offers it and the attached NVGs to the Gurkha.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2841 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 30 Jul 2012
at 00:29
  • msg #370

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg # 367):

Dawid aimed the Vasilek in the general direction of the castle/church.
Anneka Soleblume
NPC, 1569 posts
Major
Israeli Medical Officer
Mon 30 Jul 2012
at 00:51
  • msg #371

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


Anneka left the prisoners under Kel's watchful eye and made her way forward to the Vasilek "gun tub".

"Dawid? I know you are busy, but I have some news that may interest you. One of the boys brought aboard is injured. As I was treating him, he made a comment about 'the royal doctor' back in Plock. I pressed for details and he told me that this doctor- a woman, and pediatrician by the sound of it- joined the community only a few weeks ago and that she came from Warsaw. That's all I could get out of him. I remember that your sister was a doctor in Warsaw and that she was traded down the river for some artillery shells. Is she a pediatrician? I thought you should know."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2842 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 30 Jul 2012
at 05:39
  • msg #372

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Anneka Soleblume:
Anneka left the prisoners under Kel's watchful eye and made her way forward to the Vasilek "gun tub".

"Dawid? I know you are busy, but I have some news that may interest you. One of the boys brought aboard is injured. As I was treating him, he made a comment about 'the royal doctor' back in Plock. I pressed for details and he told me that this doctor- a woman, and pediatrician by the sound of it- joined the community only a few weeks ago and that she came from Warsaw. That's all I could get out of him. I remember that your sister was a doctor in Warsaw and that she was traded down the river for some artillery shells. Is she a pediatrician? I thought you should know."


"Wow, that makes a lot of sense. She was a pediatrician, yes.

"If she was traded down river by the Baron, I hope for the people who've got her she's a free woman now. If not, they are all dead men. I'll update the Kaptain."


He keyed the radio.

"Eagle calling Sunray."

"We have intelligence from one of the prisoners that there is a doctor in Plock. Much like how the Baron traded my sister downstream for some artillery shells. Request permission to investigate."

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 362 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Mon 30 Jul 2012
at 06:59
  • msg #373

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Daniel Larue (msg # 369):

Jay's first real experience of rowing a boat was an interesting one. He had seen it before, and had the odd go here and there, but never for real. He had managed pretty well under Danny's instruction, but it was a tiring task.

When the time came to swap he was happy at first, but then realised that he was out of his depth (pardon the pun) when it came to taking soundings. Hopefully Danny wouldn't ask him to take any.

He slipped on the helmet and adjusted the NVGs, quickly becoming accustomed to the cold green images. He gave Danny a thumbs up to indicate he was ready, and took his place at the bow, rife in hand. As he huddled down, the sweat started to settle on his back, and the cold inched it's way back in...
Konrad Bayer
player, 1681 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Mon 30 Jul 2012
at 11:43
  • msg #374

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jan Cerny:
"Do you want to start hunting him or just keep advancing along the riverbank?"


Bayer stops and scans the area with his NOD then whispers back, "Let him be. I expect them to shadow us until we clear out of their territory." He then adds while continuing signalling for the advance to continue, "If they bump up the numbers... we will take action."

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Eagle calling Sunray."

"We have intelligence from one of the prisoners that there is a doctor in Plock. Much like how the Baron traded my sister downstream for some artillery shells. Request permission to investigate."


Bayer slows, but keeps moving while responding to Dawid over the radio, "Sunray. Send over." Bayer then thinks for a moment. He didn't want to get drawn into any lord of the flies nonsense here, even if it was tempting, but he did give his word - and checking was the right thing to do anyways. Bayer then toggles the transmit button and says, "Sunray. Roger. Do you have any contact on your end for a parlay? We have contact here. Over."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2843 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 31 Jul 2012
at 09:59
  • msg #375

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Konrad Bayer:
Bayer slows, but keeps moving while responding to Dawid over the radio, "Sunray. Send over." Bayer then thinks for a moment. He didn't want to get drawn into any lord of the flies nonsense here, even if it was tempting, but he did give his word - and checking was the right thing to do anyways. Bayer then toggles the transmit button and says, "Sunray. Roger. Do you have any contact on your end for a parlay? We have contact here. Over."


"Negative. All we have right now is unverified information from a prisoner about a doctor in town, and what we heard in Warszawa about the Baron selling Urzula for some artillery shells. If the chemical plant made and stockpiled such ammunition, that would make sense. I would like question the prisoner further, if you don't mind the Vasilek being unmanned for a while. As this will affect your safety I should like your blessing first."
Craig Sutherland
player, 534 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Tue 31 Jul 2012
at 23:58
  • msg #376

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


Hunkered down in the grass, Craig tried to get a bead on their watcher. Things like this never worked out especially if the little bugger had a radio and friends.

He scanned left to right with his rifle looking for any tell tale signs, vegetation movement, noise or a flash of equipment.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1323 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Wed 1 Aug 2012
at 00:37
  • msg #377

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Finally all kitted up in his body armor and gear, Tucker keeps watch on the port side Duska for any threats.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1682 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 1 Aug 2012
at 13:07
  • msg #378

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Negative. I would like question the prisoner further, if you don't mind the Vasilek being unmanned for a while. As this will affect your safety I should like your blessing first."


Bayer takes another look at their distant escort and replies, "Sunray. Roger. We are under observation but nothing suspicious at this time. Maintain machinegun overwatch. Over."

Bayer then signals for Jan to keep moving, but a little closer to the shore.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 441 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Wed 1 Aug 2012
at 18:16
  • msg #379

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jeff makes a surprisingly diplomatic suggestion "Perhaps we should call out to him.  Best way to get in contact if you mean to negotiate without shooting more children."

Jeff lets Konrad consider this for a moment and then changes tactics.  "Or I could go grab him."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2845 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 1 Aug 2012
at 20:55
  • msg #380

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg # 378):

"Understood."

He waited for Konrad to finish the conversation (per protocol the commander always gets the last word) and then Dawid used the intercom to call Griet and inform her the forward gun tub was unmanned because he was going to talk to the prisoners. He could return immediately if a call for fire was received.

After, he kindly and gently questioned the prisoners one at a time away from the others. He ignored anyone who showed him attitude, and instead showed sympathy and understanding (perhaps faked) towards any "weak" link. He asked about his sister, describing her and trying to get a timeline. As well, he asked about this "Queen", hoping they were not the same person.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2607 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sun 12 Aug 2012
at 00:13
  • msg #381

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


Dawid singles out the boy who'd already been chosen to speak to his comrades on shore via the tug's loudspeaker, and takes him to a cabin for a little chat. Whether it's the warmth of the cabin, or Dawid's good cop approach, the boy responds favorably, volunteering a good deal of information about the situation in Plock.

Dawid learns much from the interview. The doctor mentioned by the others is, beyond a reasonable doubt, Dawid's sister, Urzula. It's not clear whether she serves this Queen of Plock willingly, but it is clear that she and the Queen are not one and the same. Although having been in Plock for only a short time- the boy's sense of time is fairly loose- Urzula seems to be much loved by the boys of the Queen's army. It sounds like she's healed many a wound and cured many an illness in the time she's operated in her present capacity.

The size of this army is hard to determine. The boy says thousands, but, once again, his number sense doesn't seem very well developed, so the accuracy of the figure seems objectively doubtful. The army is divided into several "companies" of a "couple hundred". Each company has a colorful title and a corresponding mode of dress that sets it apart from the others. There appears to be a fairly good-natured competition between these companies for the Queen's favor. There's the "Beasties" of whom the boy is one. There are also "Monsters", "Sportos", "Supers", and "Kung Fus". Each company is led by a cadre of older boys, the bulk of each unit consisting of boys ranging in age from fourteen to eight. The teenager with the wrecked eye currently tied to the aft railing is the sub-commander of the Beasties.

This rag-tag child army has apparently defeated all efforts of any of the surrounding powers- government and marauder (apparently including the now defunct Vistula Korsairs)- from annexing plock. "Everybody knows we're not to be fucked with." the boy proudly proclaims. The Queen's army not only defends Plock and its growing community of small farmers, it also mounts occasional raids to secure needed resources and new recruits.  The Queen's army is well equipped with small arms but does not appear to have much in the way of heavy weapons. The boy doesn't seem to know much in the way of military tactics. It sounds like their martial success is more due to their shocking appearance and near suicidal bravery than anything else.

The boy- his name is Petr- is upset that his Beasties have been deprived of their trophy of prisoners. Having so recently gone from captor to captive himself, Petr worries that he and his entire unit will now no doubt become the subjects of ridicule for the rest of the army.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2847 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 12 Aug 2012
at 05:56
  • msg #382

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg # 381):

He was considerably relieved that Urzula was not the "Queen". It would be out of character for her, but stranger things have happened to peoples' minds and souls under the circumstances. She was not the warlord but some kind of mother-figure for these child warriors. If he was more familiar with Peter Pan he would have made the comparison to her being the "Wendy" to these murderous "Lost Boys".

Trying to raise the boy's spirit he said, "oh, I should imagine things will look up for you, soon. If our "Queen" (the boat) and your Queen can work together, we'd be powerful indeed!"

Dawid imagined that the other Queen's successes were a combination of brainwashed child-soldiers triumphing over disorganised farmers' militias and bandits, a lack of interest from competent groups and simple lies and disinformation about the true situation. Or, maybe these deadly children did have an enviable record of success!

He tried to get more details about Urzula and her location out of the child. It was obvious she was well-loved. "So, where is the Doctor Lady you all love so much staying? I love her too, she is my sister. I wish to see her very much."

This was a complicated situation. Should they try and rescue her, it probably couldn't be the "wrecking crew" approach that had worked so well for them in the past. Fortunately, the Kommando was capable in many different ways. He was confident they'd be able to rescue Urzula, perhaps free Plock from the Queen as well!
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1357 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Mon 13 Aug 2012
at 22:18
  • msg #383

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jeff D. Warren:
Jeff makes a surprisingly diplomatic suggestion "Perhaps we should call out to him.  Best way to get in contact if you mean to negotiate without shooting more children."

Jeff lets Konrad consider this for a moment and then changes tactics.  "Or I could go grab him."

Conscious of the need for more intel about Plock Jan nodded in agreement with Jeff's suggestion.  He understood Konrad's comment about expecting the enemy to shadow the land patrol's movements but he didn't like being observed when there was a chance to avoid it.

"Capitaine.  Grabbing the boy in front of us could be a good idea.  If we leave Jeff here and head westwards for a hundred meters or so to get further inland that will force our observer to move parallel with us and Jeff can then sneak in behind him.  What do you think?"
Konrad Bayer
player, 1684 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sun 19 Aug 2012
at 17:59
  • msg #384

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Bayer stops and scans with his NOD then thinks for a moment, "I'd like to leave him. Dawid is working on establishing contact with the locals and aggressive moves might ruin any progress."
Craig Sutherland
player, 536 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 20 Aug 2012
at 00:34
  • msg #385

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Konrad Bayer:
Bayer stops and scans with his NOD then thinks for a moment, "I'd like to leave him. Dawid is working on establishing contact with the locals and aggressive moves might ruin any progress."


Having overheard the change in stance Craig lowers his rifle slightly, but still keeps it at his shoulder. He was finding their observer harder then he thought so he wasn't that fussed at stopping.

He continued to scan his assigned sector as the discussion for their next move took place. Any obvious threats and he would engage with automatic fire.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 364 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Mon 20 Aug 2012
at 07:41
  • msg #386

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jay continued to scan the area for anything of interest.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 661 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Mon 20 Aug 2012
at 09:40
  • msg #387

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet sat back in her chair after an exhausting session of piloting the boat through a sandbank strewn river in the dark. The night vision goggles and LaRue's soundings had helped but it had been draining nonetheless.

She looked out into the darkness and hoped that the shore party would be back soon, it looked as if they'd have an interesting day ahead of them.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1086 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Mon 20 Aug 2012
at 09:43
  • msg #388

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Mariusz kept a close watch on Connolly and at the same time gathered together the gear that he'd left at his bunk when the raiders had attacked. He collected his rifle from where he'd left that when manning the zodiac and then got properly dressed for teh potential combat that the day might bring.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1325 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Mon 20 Aug 2012
at 13:01
  • msg #389

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Tucker remained vigilant on the port-side Dushka and kept watch on his sector.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2849 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 20 Aug 2012
at 16:52
  • msg #390

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Dawid relayed the information to Konrad.

They didn't quite know enough to make a detailed plan, but they knew a few things.

"Griet, kindly take over boat operations for the mean time. My apologies, I should have handed that over when I was otherwise engaged."

After, he returned to questioning the lad, first seeing if there was any sweets or hot chocolate to be had, perhaps from someone's MRE pack?

OOC: He asks around, etc.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 662 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Mon 20 Aug 2012
at 18:00
  • msg #391

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"Not an issue," Griet said, "if you get tied up I slide in and maintain the status quo. If a major incident had occurred I'd have called you for the final decision. At the moment I have everyone on a sentry holding pattern to see what the shore party want to do."
Daniel Larue
player, 154 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Tue 28 Aug 2012
at 02:22
  • msg #392

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Danny suppresses a yawn and glances at the eastern sky.  "Coyote to Sunray and Queen," he murmurs into his radio.  "We're runnin' out of night here.  Request permission to discontinue sounding mission and RTB.  We can recover the shore party if that's necessary.  Over."
This message was last edited by the player at 02:23, Tue 28 Aug 2012.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 663 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Tue 28 Aug 2012
at 15:51
  • msg #393

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"Queen to Coyote," Griet replied over the radio, "come in and good job. I'll contact Sunray to see if they want pick up."

She looked down at Dawid and asked, "I've told the boat to come in as light is coming, should we call Sunray to see if he wants pick-up?"
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2851 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 29 Aug 2012
at 08:14
  • msg #394

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Griet Niewiadomska (msg # 393):

Still talking to the boy, Dawid seemed energised at the prospect of potentially being reunited with one of his family. He pulled himself out and focused on what Griet was saying.

"I agree, that's good thinking. Whatever's going to happen tonight has already happened, it's time to get together and plan our next move."

Griet Niewiadomska
player, 664 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Wed 29 Aug 2012
at 08:30
  • msg #395

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"I'm on it," Griet said.

She returned to the radio and said, "Queen to Sunray, Coyote is returning to us, do you want it to sweep by and pick you up?"
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2611 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Mon 3 Sep 2012
at 19:16
  • msg #396

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


The sun rose, bathing the eastern horizon in pupil-shrinking yellow light. The Queen held station mid-channel, with Plock about ten degrees to starboard of her rounded bow, and a little over a kilometer ahead. The city was dominated by a low hill that sloped down sharply into the Vistula. It was crowned with a red-brick structure that, according the Walter, used to be a large gothic church. The ruin had a commanding view of the river- a couple of heavy machine guns could dominate the river approaches. According to your prisoners, the town's youthful mortar squad had become quite adapt at dropping 60mm mortar bombs into the Vistula below the church. Through binoculars, the tug's security force, now reunited aboard the Queen, could see movement atop the hill. Plock was awake and alert. Smoke from half a dozen cooking fires rose to mingle above the battered remains of the small former industrial city.

A small boat, about ten meters in length with an outhouse-like conning station, put off from the east bank and puttered against the current towards the almost stationary tug. In the bows of the boat crouched two boys, both masked and caped, and carrying rifles. According to your intel, you surmise that these lads must be part of the Plock Queen's "Supers" militia company.


Next Moves?
Craig Sutherland
player, 538 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Tue 4 Sep 2012
at 09:15
  • msg #397

Re: Ch. 18: Plock



Once back at the tug Craig takes up his position on the AGS, he couldn't remember what rotation they where on for the heavy weapons so if someone else puts their hand up he will take up the top of the wheel house.

He lines up the new threat when it is first spotted. If they open fire he will walk a burst into them.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1686 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Tue 4 Sep 2012
at 16:37
  • msg #398

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Once he was back on the boat, Bayer checked on those who fell overboard or had a equally rough time last night. He also took a moment to speak with Tucker to get a more thorough description of what happened to his group and a tally of any weapons or special equipment that might have been lost. Bayer then made his way up to the bridge and took up his usual position.

After studying the town and approaching boat through his binoculars, Bayer stepped out and called down to Dawid below, near the mortar, "You can deal with them. Do what you can about getting an audience with the doctor." He then says, "If they have any intention to interfere with this boat from heading downriver or forcing us to pay a tax though, you can tell these boys they are going to be disappointed."

Bayer then calls out to the others, "Stand to. Stand to. Fire in self defense or on command only."
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1331 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Tue 4 Sep 2012
at 21:44
  • msg #399

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg # 398):

Tucker greets Konrad with a handshake and takes the time to add his input on his brief captivity.  "Kind of feel like an asshole getting captured by a bunch of kids.  I mean, we weren't supposed to make land and we certainly didn't see losing the zodiac like we did but, I don't think that those kids did anything we wouldn't have.  They made a lot of threats to try and keep us in line, like any captor would but, they really didn't treat us badly as they could've.  Took us a little bit to make a move on them and they pretty much complied when we got the upper hand.  We figured they were worth more alive to us than dead plus, they might be a good bargaining chip to meet this 'Queen' they talked about or get us by Plock."
Daniel Larue
player, 158 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Wed 5 Sep 2012
at 00:33
  • msg #400

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Once everyone's back aboard the Queen, Danny takes another look at Jay under better lighting and promptly sends the Gurkha below decks to change clothes and warm up.  After checking in on Maruisz and Connolly, he forms up on Tuck in case Konrad wants any supplementary information from him.
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1362 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 5 Sep 2012
at 13:36
  • msg #401

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Once Jan was back on the Queen he turned off both his radio and NVGs and then returned to the cabin where his sleeping bag was laid out and got himself fully dressed with all his weapons and other gear that he carried as standard.  He then made his way back up on deck and took his assigned spot on a machinegun before quickly lighting up one of his precious cigarettes and savouring it.

"Has Mariusz made any coffee yet today?" he called over between puffs to the others around him, ever hopeful.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 371 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Wed 5 Sep 2012
at 13:41
  • msg #402

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

After checking with Danny, Jay headed below decks. He didn't have much left in terms of clean, dry clothes, but he made a few adjustments to rotate his gear.

His gear that came out of the river was pretty muddy and still sodden. He did his best to shake off all of the mud from the clothing and hung it to dry, finding warm spots inside the boat to accelerate the process.

His webbing came next. Going back on deck he scooped a bucket of river water up and used that to wash the mud out of his webbing. Once sorted he shook the excess water off, and hung it up as well. He went through all of the other items, checking and cleaning them all one by one. It was time-consuming, but needed to be done properly.

As he went through his gear he realised that some of it might be damaged. He checked his flashlight and IR goggles, as well as his Makarov pistol. Everything else seemed to be okay, apart from his binoculars which were at the bottom of the river.
This message was last edited by the player at 20:05, Thu 06 Sept 2012.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1087 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Wed 5 Sep 2012
at 15:08
  • msg #403

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"Not yet," Mariusz said to Jan, "we might be facing a battle here so I thought I'd wait and see who died."

He headed for his position at the mortar and readied himself to follow Dawid's directions.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 665 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Wed 5 Sep 2012
at 15:09
  • msg #404

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet took her position on the bridge and checked with engineering as to the status of the boat. Once she was happy with the report she intended to feed back to Konrad.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2857 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 6 Sep 2012
at 00:43
  • msg #405

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg # 398):

"Understood, sir," he replied to Konrad.

Dawid met up with Mariusz at the mortar. "Great to see you! Man the PKM there, on the rail post, for now. The mortar is overkill."

Stationing himself at the sidebord, he waited for the small boat to close. He called out in Polish,

"Ahoy there the boat! Approach and be recognised!"

Daniel Larue
player, 159 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Thu 6 Sep 2012
at 00:59
  • msg #406

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"Approach and be traumatized," Danny mutters sotto voce to no one in particular.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2612 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Thu 6 Sep 2012
at 01:12
  • msg #407

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


The small boat closes to within hailing distance- about 30m- and slows to a near halt. A young man steps out from behind the outhouse-like bridge structure and lifts an old fashioned speaking trumpet to his mouth.

"Permission to come aboard? I have a message for you from the Queen of Plock."
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1332 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 6 Sep 2012
at 02:51
  • msg #408

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Tucker trains the DShK trained on the boat coming out and waits to see what happens.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 444 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Thu 6 Sep 2012
at 02:59
  • msg #409

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jeff stands on the crow's nest with his rifle trained on whoever is controlling the boat.  He uses the time to glass the passengers for hidden weapons and the like, and any that may not be obvious on the raft.

As the boat closes to hail, he raises his rifle to appear somewhat non-threatening.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2858 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 6 Sep 2012
at 06:22
  • msg #410

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Cap'n Rae:
The small boat closes to within hailing distance- about 30m- and slows to a near halt. A young man steps out from behind the outhouse-like bridge structure and lifts an old fashioned speaking trumpet to his mouth.

"Permission to come aboard? I have a message for you from the Queen of Plock."


Dawid waved them onwards.

"Permission granted, please come aboard."

He stood-to to throw out a line. Dawid wasn't armed except for his sidearm. He didn't expect these little bastards to try anything, but they were still children and therefore unpredictable.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2613 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Fri 7 Sep 2012
at 01:41
  • msg #411

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


The small boat noses up alongside the tug, on it's starboard side (nearest Plock), and the teenager leaps aboard with a lead line in his hand. He quickly ties the vessels together, expertly looping the lead line around one of the stanchions portruding from the tug's gunwhale. At this point you notice that one of the two costumed boys sitting in the pilot boat is actually a life-size dummy- it's AK is a painted wooden prop. The other moves to the back of the boat, sits on a 55 gallon drum next to a blue tarp, and stares up at the Krolowa's bridge with dead eyes .

The teenager approaches Dawid and hands him a scroll tied with a red ribbon.

"To Whom it May Concern,

You clearly do not come in peace because you have killed several of my boys and taken four others hostage. You will return them at once, along with the bearers of this message, and a representative of your own, in the pilot boat. If you refuse these demands, the explosives on board the pilot boat will be detonated, resulting in great loss of life and property. This is not a negotiation. Comply at once or be destroyed.

The Queen of Plock"



Next Moves?
Konrad Bayer
player, 1689 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Fri 7 Sep 2012
at 02:05
  • msg #412

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Bayer remains up on the deck, splitting his attention to the parlay on deck and the town while he waited to hear from Dawid what was going on. He hoped the boy was informing him of the town's unconditional surrender or something.
This message was last edited by the player at 02:05, Fri 07 Sept 2012.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2859 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 7 Sep 2012
at 07:54
  • msg #413

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg # 412):

Dawid read the note, rubbed his eyes.

"Thank you. Wait here," he instructed the teen.

He brought the note to Konrad for him to read, shaking his head.

"Lord save us. With so much death around us, why does God permit so many suicidal people to run around? Well, I think we can say their serious. The crew looked serious, and they have enough explosives aboard to damage the tug, if it goes off as close as it is.

"It could still be a bluff, if the crew were afraid of explosives they would be more agitated and their being calm could indicate it's a ruse. But then if they're brainwashed children they might not be afraid of death.

"It goes without saying I volunteer to accompany them. IT's not stated how many representatives she requires. Otherwise, we should have some kind of plan."

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1334 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sat 8 Sep 2012
at 23:46
  • msg #414

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Having taken a few minutes, Robert switches his load out he had before back over to his M-16A2/M-203 to include all ammo and grenades.  He returns the M-14K to his room or to the armory where it is out of the way for now.  He covers the boat while Dawid & Konrad talk.
Craig Sutherland
player, 539 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sun 9 Sep 2012
at 00:56
  • msg #415

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


Looking over the top of the grenade launcher Craig follows the whale boat in with the muzzle of the weapon. Once it is tied off to the side of the tug it becomes redundant as any firing would endanger the whole crew and the tug.

Craig tries to get a clear look at the tarp covered cargo, using his binoculars if he has to.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1690 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sun 9 Sep 2012
at 01:20
  • msg #416

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
He brought the note to Konrad for him to read, shaking his head.


Bayer reads over the note as he listens to Dawid and then says quietly, "Right, leave your gear... in case they try to take ownership of what they like." He then motions to the town and adds, "Take a radio though and do you best to keep it."

Bayer then says, "We won't make any moves while your ashore and safe. Stay sharp."

Then looking up to the aft deck to Jan, he calls, "Need you to bring the prisoners on deck and release them." He doesn't bother explaining at the moment, but his tone ought to be enough to indicate things are no longer in our favor.

Once the small boat is away, Bayer will return to the bridge and see to Griet about dropping anchor close to the dock. He'll then explain the situation to everyone.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2862 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 9 Sep 2012
at 04:49
  • msg #417

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg # 416):

Dawid stopped and turned back.

"On second thought, something's not quite making sense here. The Queen is trying to save the lives of the prisoners, which indicates she values human life, but she's using suicide troops (as they don't seem to be bluffing), which indicates the opposite. Perhaps we have a valuable prisoner and don't know it? Maybe a son or favourite.

"Let's not dance completely to the Queen's tune. Instead of putting anyone in the boat, we'll just follow them. They shouldn't blow themselves up, after all the Queen is going to get what she wants and blowing up the tug will kill the prisoners, which defeats the purpose."

Griet Niewiadomska
player, 666 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sun 9 Sep 2012
at 09:26
  • msg #418

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet got on the radio to Warren, "Check out the boat and see if you can work out how they are going to set off the bomb. If it's command detonated set up a shot but do not take it unless ordered."

She patched the idea through to Bayer and then waited for events to unfold."
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1088 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 9 Sep 2012
at 09:29
  • msg #419

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Mariusz followed the prisoners, his gun covering them as they moved. He was relieved that Dawid would be their representative as the boys would have a major grudge against himself.

He grumbled at the contents of the letter, "I warned the leader that he needed to let me contact the Queen to establish friendly relations but he refused. I told him that our people would assume we'd been kidnapped and act aggressively. He brought this upon himself, I gave him the chance to end it peacefully but he wouldn't."
Jeff D. Warren
player, 445 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Sun 9 Sep 2012
at 15:24
  • msg #420

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jeff keyed his mic with a terse "Copy."

Bomb?  That made it interesting.

Jeff found himself simultaneously wishing for an Anti-Material rifle like that big dumb Norwegian had had, and keenly aware that pointing a weapon at the ship would not look well. However he had been told to aim for a trigger man, so he first scanned the other passenger on the boat with the maximum zoom his scope afforded before moving to the bomb itself, looking for wires or any thing else that would give away a detonator or communicator. He did his best to avoid pointing his rifle for too long at the boy, or making it obvious.
Minh Quyen
player, 646 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Mon 10 Sep 2012
at 15:46
  • msg #421

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Quyen stood her position on the DSHK. The metal of the large machinegun was cold to the touch. Although the situation on the deck and with the suicide boat tied up alongside the tug Quyen keeps most of her attention directed towards the town in case there is any other activity they should know about.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 374 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Mon 10 Sep 2012
at 19:12
  • msg #422

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jay, unaware of the stand-off on deck, continued cleaning his gear.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2616 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Thu 13 Sep 2012
at 01:43
  • msg #423

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


Dawid climbs aboard the pilot boat. The supposed bomb is concealed beneath a blue tarp aft of the small pilot house. The boat guard sits atop an oil drum near the tarp. Whatever the tarp is covering comes to about the same height as the top of drum/seat. Wires ending underneath the tarp trail from the boy's right hand, suggesting at least one possible mode of detonation.

With Dawid and the young envoy securely on board, the pilot/bomb boat shoves off and putters towards a badly damaged docking area a couple of hundred meters upriver from Tum hill and cathedral complex hulking atop its commanding heights. The tug follows at a respectful distance. The pilot boat puts ashore and is greeted by about a dozen armed boys clad in a motley assortment of super-hero-themed costumes. It's like a surreal hybrid gradeschool play mash-up of Apocalypse Now and the Superfriends. With a dozen rifles trained on her superstructure, the Wisla Krolowa pulls alongside the sturdiest looking unoccupied stretch of dock and Walter jumps ashore to tie her off. The prisoners are off-loaded and taken into custody by handful of their comrades. The wounded company leader gives Mariusz a piercing one-eyed glance as he passes him on the quarterdeck. The child warriors remain watchful but do not attempt to board the tug. It's guns are manned and the threat of use should the Plock militia try to storm its decks is clear to all. It's a stand-off by implied mutual assent. Those Kommandos interested in meeting the so-called Queen of Plock set aside their weapons and disembark as well. Once ashore, this ad hoc party of envoys is taken under escort by a squad of the Supers.

Under this bizarre armed escort of scowling costumed boy soldiers, the Kommando party climbs a winding, cratered path ascending to the crest of Tum hill. Numerous shell holes passed on the hike attest to the ferocity of the fighting here. Several of the shell holes have been modified into homey fighting positions, each with a good view of the docks and/or the river below. A couple of these bunkers are occupied by grim-faced boys manning machineguns. The red brick cathedral is badly battered. It's sprawling nature and sturdy medieval construction has assured its partial survival. Hasty repairs have been made here and there but no part of the complex appears to have been left unscarred. The ambassadors are led into the cathedral proper through a narrow alley that used to be a covered hallway. They soon lose their bearings. Some passageways dead-end in piles of rubble, others torn open by bombs and/or shellfire branch off on either side. The hike ends at a large doorway flanked by two pair of pigtailed pre-teen girls toting AKs. The boy escorts remain outside when the Kommando enters the room. Another pair of armed girls waits just inside the doors. The large room on the other side appears to be part of old cathedral's main sanctuary (imagine the set of the Holy Diver video and you'll have a sense of what the place looks like, just not quite as tidy). The large enclosure is open to the sky. On a large, throne-like seat atop a raised dais, sits a women- the first adult the Kommando have seen since encountering the Beasties- in a long, wine-red dress. Her hair is concealed under some sort of white head-scarf but her face is one that most would consider classically beautiful. One might expect to see a magical talking mirror hanging on the wall nearby. On either side of the tall throne stand another pair of armed girls. In the shadowy corners of the room lurk at least a half-dozen more.

The room is silent until one of the girls flanking the throne yells out in a high-pitched voice,

"KNEEL BEFORE THE QUEEN!"

The woman smirks as she studies the Kommando emissaries. The audience is about to begin.


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 03:31, Thu 13 Sept 2012.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2863 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 13 Sep 2012
at 05:44
  • msg #424

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg # 423):

Before shoving off, Dawid checked to see if there was any plan, or if they would just wing it. As well, he got as much detail as he could about the engagement so he'd be knowledgeable if asked. Dawid didn't bring a weapon other than a knife, but did take four flares for signalling in his pockets. He also brought a smoke grenade, and his personal radio.

"If necessary, the flares will be used to mark my position. A single flare marks my position. A double flare marks the Queen... if it seems all is lost. Kind of a "take us both to Hell" last-ditch maneuver."

Last, he got a bottle of vodka. If visiting royalty, one must bring tribute! As a matter of course he memorised what he could of the layout of the town and cathedral, looking for avenues of escape.

"Warren, will you come? It is up to you, my friend."

quote:
The room is silent until one of the girls flanking the throne yells out in a high-pitched voice,

"KNEEL BEFORE THE QUEEN!"

The woman smirks as she studies the Kommando emissaries. The audience is about to begin.


Seeing no need to antagonise this person, he bowed deeply with a serious (if blank) expression, then knelt on one knee.
This message was last edited by the player at 05:46, Thu 13 Sept 2012.
Craig Sutherland
player, 541 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 13 Sep 2012
at 09:49
  • msg #425

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


Craig continued at his station behind the grenade launcher. He waved off the others as they made there way to an audience with who knows what. He knew fatigue would be a problem soon but the most pressing concern was staying warm while out on deck.

He suggested that someone should begin bringing hot drinks for the crew in the cold and maybe some sort of hot meal for breakfast.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1692 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 13 Sep 2012
at 17:29
  • msg #426

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"Stay with the boat." Bayer says quietly to Griet once he'd agreed that it wouldn't just be Dawid going ashore. It probably sounded more like a request than an order, but he felt better knowing she was safely aboard and keeping the tug ready. "I don't know how long we'll be. There's no plan this time, but if one of us doesn't come back and check in with you in two hours, it means our hosts are not very cooperative." Bayer then leaves his gear in the bridge and heads down to the main deck, confident Griet and the others staying behind would be ready to deal with anything that happens.

"Sgt. Tucker, with me." Bayer says, as he passes the NCO. Then satisfied that there was still a decent force on board, he instructs everyone about to disembark to leave their weapons behind. "And anything else of value that may be seized."

In town, Bayer hesitates at the command to kneel. Like Dawid, he didn't think there was need to antagonize the locals, but it still burned him up inside to comply with the authority that he neither recognized nor respected. Then motioning to the others to do as they've been ordered, Bayer rests on one knee - but keeps his head raised.
This message was last edited by the player at 17:30, Thu 13 Sept 2012.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 378 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Thu 13 Sep 2012
at 20:14
  • msg #427

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jay came back up top and caught up on recent events. He decided that he couldn't add anything to the meeting with this strange Queen, so stayed put on the boat. The guns seemed pretty well manned, so he took Craig's suggestion and headed to the galley.

Once there he quickly familiarised himself with the surrounding, locating a number of mugs and a big teapot. He put a couple of pans of water on the stove, and then started to look for some tea and coffee. Eventually he found a box of tea bags. The box was unmarked so he didn't know what variety they were, but they should do the trick. He also found some freeze-dried coffee in an old jar. Again, not ideal but would suffice.

Eventually the water boiled. He poured some into the teapot and threw in a number of teabags. After a second look he found another pot that would do for the coffee, and poured water in that as well before adding the coffee grounds.

With no sign of any sugar or milk, he located a tray and put the two pots on it, along with a collection of mugs. He then headed to the bridge, offering Griet the first cup, followed by the rest of the crew and the other Kommandos. Once all were served he headed back to the galley, and helped himself to a large mug of tea.

As the unsweetened tea warmed his innards, he looked around to see what he could do for breakfast.
Craig Sutherland
player, 542 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Fri 14 Sep 2012
at 00:34
  • msg #428

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Mrityunjay Byanjankar (msg # 427):

"Dhanybhad"

Craig took the tea keeping one hand on the grenade launcher.

"If you come across anyone at a loose end get them scanning the surrounds with binoculars. While to others are away I would like to build up a idea of where the defences are placed."

He tried to keep it in the tone of a suggestion.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 449 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Fri 14 Sep 2012
at 03:31
  • msg #429

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jeff nods to Dawid and slides down the ladder from the crow's nest.  Along the way he stops by Craig.  "Here's my rifle and pistol.  I swear to god I will kill this whole boat if either are damaged."  This is meant to sound like a joke, but you can't really be sure.  He also rummages through his kit and grabs a face mask, for intimidation purposes.**  The only weapon he needs is fear.

On the walk over Jeff scans rooftops, defensive positions, and anyone standing around.  He's scanning for fortifications, troop concentrations, and also ways he can turn the environment against these kids if it comes down to it.

Inside the thrown room, Jeff keeps behind and to the right of Bayer.  He complies with the others and drops to a knee, but intentionally lowers his head so the hood on his jacket goes over his head.  He does not make any effort to remove it.

**(For an idea of Jeff's mask and hood, watch this little clip from World in Conflict http://www.youtube.com/watch?v...&hd=1&t=6m5s  He's not wearing the mask but brought it with him.)
This message was last edited by the player at 03:32, Fri 14 Sept 2012.
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1366 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Fri 14 Sep 2012
at 12:11
  • msg #430

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

The prospect of wandering around a town of armed and out of control teenagers wasn't attractive to Jan so he stayed on the boat instead.  He kept his rifle nearby and used his binoculars to scan the ruined buildings, trying to gather as much Intel as possible.

When Jay came round with hot drinks Jan helped himself to a coffee and nodded thanks to the Gurkha before grimacing at his first sip.  He could instantly tell that it wasn't real coffee but at least it was warm, even if the taste was only just above disgusting!
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 667 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Fri 14 Sep 2012
at 15:41
  • msg #431

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet watched the shore party disappear and then returned to the bridge, "I want everyone on maximum alert and I want everyone to keep in cover as much as possible. If the shit hits the fan I want the enemy saturated with fire and we'll let off the Homer Piec to let us back off from the dock. Once we've butchered our opposition we'll work out a rescue mission."
Daniel Larue
player, 160 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Sat 15 Sep 2012
at 15:35
  • msg #432

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

As the diplomatic mission prepares to go ashore, Danny goes below to assess Jay, Mariusz, and Connolly.  Once he's certain their medical status is stable or improving, he begins making the rounds of the other positions, keeping an eye out for temperature injuries and general fatigue.

As he steps out on the weather deck to check on the door gunners, the sight of Jay serving tea to Minh conjures the seed of a bad idea.  He approaches the Dishka position and leans on the rail, ostentatiously drinking his own steaming hot tea where the pilot boat's crew can see him.  "Hey, Minh," he murmurs, "You're Demo Girl.  If we could find a reason to go aboard, do you think you could figure out how big that bomb is and what they're using for a detonator?"
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1344 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sat 15 Sep 2012
at 15:58
  • msg #433

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Konrad Bayer:
"Sgt. Tucker, with me." Bayer says, as he passes the NCO. Then satisfied that there was still a decent force on board, he instructs everyone about to disembark to leave their weapons behind. "And anything else of value that may be seized."

In town, Bayer hesitates at the command to kneel. Like Dawid, he didn't think there was need to antagonize the locals, but it still burned him up inside to comply with the authority that he neither recognized nor respected. Then motioning to the others to do as they've been ordered, Bayer rests on one knee - but keeps his head raised.

Tucker follows Konrad and the rest of the shore party but first, drops his gear off to Minh.  "Do me a favor and hold my stufff Minh.  If I don't come back, it's all yours.  I'll see you when I see you," he says to her and gives her a wink before sliding out a cigar and his lighter before heading off with the others to see the Queen of Plock.

When they do finally get to the throne room, Robert didn't plan on kneeling down in front of her but, he decided it would be in the best interest of negotiations to follow the others and not ruin the chance of getting past this place and or, getting Dawid's sister back.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1089 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sat 15 Sep 2012
at 16:52
  • msg #434

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Mariusz submitted to Danny's examination and then returned to the forward position to man the mortar position's PK machinegun. He took care to make sure that his armour was secure and that his helmet was strapped on tightly. He laid his AK/BG-1 on the floor beside him and nestled the stock of the PK into his shoulder. He avoided aiming at the guards on the dock but he was ready to fire if ordered.
Minh Quyen
player, 647 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Sat 15 Sep 2012
at 18:21
  • msg #435

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
Tucker follows Konrad and the rest of the shore party but first, drops his gear off to Minh.  "Do me a favor and hold my stufff Minh.  If I don't come back, it's all yours.  I'll see you when I see you," he says to her and gives her a wink before sliding out a cigar and his lighter before heading off with the others to see the Queen of Plock.


Quyen was intending on going at first but let the opportunity pass as the tug got closer to the town. She certainly didn't like the idea of the captain going but figured if there was anything that could be done if something went bad it was going to be done by those still on the boat.

Quyen then met everyone on the deck and helped take the stuff from Tucker that was being left behind for safe keeping. "No problem. What do you mean not come back?" she says. Quyen then spots the cigar that he pulls out and eyes it pensively. "You going to light that here?" she asks. Then looking down at the webbing in her hands she says mostly to herself "Just how many more of those do you have in this?"

"Good luck." she says as they leave the boat.

Daniel Larue:
As he steps out on the weather deck to check on the door gunners, the sight of Jay serving tea to Minh conjures the seed of a bad idea.  He approaches the Dishka position and leans on the rail, ostentatiously drinking his own steaming hot tea where the pilot boat's crew can see him.  "Hey, Minh," he murmurs, "You're Demo Girl.  If we could find a reason to go aboard, do you think you could figure out how big that bomb is and what they're using for a detonator?"


Back up on the gun Quyen answers "I do demo yes." Her answer is confident even though anytime she talked of explosives she always remembered the time when she was almost vaporized disarming a few tons of explosives. She kept that story to herself with Larue though. Then looking towards the boat she says just as confidently "If I could get aboard. I can do that."
This message had punctuation tweaked by the player at 18:22, Sat 15 Sept 2012.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2619 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 15 Sep 2012
at 19:24
  • msg #436

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


The Queen spoke, "You may rise."

She surveyed the emissaries for at least a full minute, her previoulsy haughty contenance softening somewhat.

"You are not Korsairs, are you?" It is more statement than question. After the party's assent, she continues.

"It seems that we have both been victims of a tragic misunderstanding. My boys saw you on the river and assumed you were pirates. For many months, the only river traffic we have encounter has been predatory in nature- raiders, kidnappers, extortionists, that sort of folk. Please forgive our part in this unfortunate first contact. I hope none of your people were hurt?"

Confirmation received, she continues,

"Good. I acknowledge your right to defend yourselves, but I suspect you may have used a little too much force when talk may have served us both much better. You fired first. Five of my brave boy soldiers were killed, and three more are likely going to join them very soon. Others who were wounded by you will likely recover, after a time. Their families must be compensated. I will take care of this, at my own expense. Their anger will cool after a time. My army needs bullets, though. I think it only fair that you repay my forbearance. I see your boat has a pair of Dishka heavy machineguns. We have a couple ourselves. If you give us ammunition for them, I will consider the debt repaid in full. Is that acceptable?

"I understand you may need a few moments to consider this. Before we speak of it again, I have a question for you. We've heard rumors of a new administration in Warwaw. You've come from that direction- what can you tell us about the situation upriver from here?"





On board the Krolowa, the tension eases somewhat. No attempt to rush the tug has been made, and the costumed watchers seem to relax a bit. Weapons are still pointed at the tug, but they aren't aimed. The tug's security crew remains vigilant, though. A few adults are seen in the town going about the business of daily survival. Aside from the army of bizzarely-clad kids, this town seems like many others you've seen in your journey across war-torn Poland.


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 20:27, Sat 15 Sept 2012.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1694 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sat 15 Sep 2012
at 20:17
  • msg #437

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Bayer held his tongue about the ammunition, leaving Dawid to fill in the silence with news of Warsaw until the lady in red was ready to discuss the matter again.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1345 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 16 Sep 2012
at 02:11
  • msg #438

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Minh Quyen:
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
Tucker follows Konrad and the rest of the shore party but first, drops his gear off to Minh.  "Do me a favor and hold my stufff Minh.  If I don't come back, it's all yours.  I'll see you when I see you," he says to her and gives her a wink before sliding out a cigar and his lighter before heading off with the others to see the Queen of Plock.


Quyen was intending on going at first but let the opportunity pass as the tug got closer to the town. She certainly didn't like the idea of the captain going but figured if there was anything that could be done if something went bad it was going to be done by those still on the boat.

Quyen then met everyone on the deck and helped take the stuff from Tucker that was being left behind for safe keeping. "No problem. What do you mean not come back?" she says. Quyen then spots the cigar that he pulls out and eyes it pensively. "You going to light that here?" she asks. Then looking down at the webbing in her hands she says mostly to herself "Just how many more of those do you have in this?"

"Good luck." she says as they leave the boat.

He smiles at the MP and points to his webbing, "I got one in there for you darlin'!  In case I don't need them any more, whatever I have left is in my ruck and my duffel, including some of the good Cubans.  Got some other nice toys in there including the Automag and my Colt Pythin.  I'll see you when I see you Minh."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2869 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 16 Sep 2012
at 06:55
  • msg #439

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Cap'n Rae:
The Queen spoke, "You may rise."

She surveyed the emissaries for at least a full minute, her previoulsy haughty contenance softening somewhat.

"You are not Korsairs, are you?" It is more statement than question. After the party's assent, she continues.

"It seems that we have both been victims of a tragic misunderstanding. My boys saw you on the river and assumed you were pirates. For many months, the only river traffic we have encounter has been predatory in nature- raiders, kidnappers, extortionists, that sort of folk. Please forgive our part in this unfortunate first contact. I hope none of your people were hurt?"


"Let me reassure you, we are not Korsairs. You shouldn't have any problem with their kind, at least the band that was operating to the south. We wiped them out."

Cap'n Rae:
Confirmation received, she continues,

"Good. I acknowledge your right to defend yourselves, but I suspect you may have used a little too much force when talk may have served us both much better. You fired first. Five of my brave boy soldiers were killed, and three more are likely going to join them very soon. Others who were wounded by you will likely recover, after a time. Their families must be compensated. I will take care of this, at my own expense. Their anger will cool after a time. My army needs bullets, though. I think it only fair that you repay my forbearance. I see your boat has a pair of Dishka heavy machineguns. We have a couple ourselves. If you give us ammunition for them, I will consider the debt repaid in full. Is that acceptable?

"I understand you may need a few moments to consider this. Before we speak of it again, I have a question for you. We've heard rumors of a new administration in Warwaw. You've come from that direction- what can you tell us about the situation upriver from here?"


Dawid glanced at Konrad, saw he was letting him take the lead.

"There is no need to further consider your offer, it is a fair one. You speak the truth, violence is the way of the world and my comrades are very good at this business. Though I pray one day it should not be so! I wasn't there but I was told your boys fought like heroes.

"As for news to the south, the city rose up against the Baron. He likely escaped but his forces are largely dead and scattered and he is gone, likely never to return. As mentioned, his Pirate allies are dead. There is a new city government, they are still deciding what they want to be and if they are going to ally with anyone. The communists and their Soviet masters are still in Lodz, and Krakow is still a free city. The Free Polish government and Home Army is in

"Getting back to your people, we regret any injuries that were suffered. It was all a misunderstanding. We have an expert surgeon and experienced medical personnel on board the Queen (our tug, that is). I think we can save some of your boys' lives."

Konrad Bayer
player, 1695 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sun 16 Sep 2012
at 15:52
  • msg #440

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"Actually no." Bayer clarifies. "We will not be handing over any ammunition as compensation." He then rises and says, "Paying a one sided reparation demonstrates an admission of guilt. As unfortunate as what happened last night is, my party is not responsible nor do we have any debt to repay."

Bayer then says, "I will however offer you the opportunity for fair trade for the ammunition in order for both sides to benefit. Three hundred and seventy rounds of the ammunition you need for one day's food for eighteen and warm clothing for two. That is a fair trade for the value of what I offer."

Konrad then concludes, "Our doctor will still be free to provide professional advice however."

OOC - The lady in red wasn't looking for an answer to this right away.
This message was last edited by the player at 15:57, Sun 16 Sept 2012.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2870 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 16 Sep 2012
at 17:30
  • msg #441

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg # 440):

Dawid showed agreement. "This is my leader, I willingly defer to his judgement."


OOC: Hey, I see your point, I was just keeping my eye on the prize. If a couple hundred rounds will make the problem go away I was cool with that, if we can get some hot food and a cot then all the better!
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1346 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 16 Sep 2012
at 22:39
  • msg #442

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg # 440):

Dawid showed agreement. "This is my leader, I willingly defer to his judgement."

Robert let's Konrad do all of the negotiating and leans in closer to Dawid and whispers, You going to ask about your sister?"

OOC: I tried doing this in small font but for some reason, it's not working and hasn't been for me.  I'm guessing I'm an idiot or something close to that.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2620 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sun 16 Sep 2012
at 22:55
  • msg #443

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


The Queen looks quite pleased during Dawid's reply. The almost serene expression of contented magnanimity quickly leaves her lovely face to be replaced by one of extreme displeasure- anger even. The transformation is startling. Despite her obvious displeasure, her tone is cool and measured.

"One sided reparations? Fair trade? You approach my town in the dark and open fire. My boys approach to investigate and find a very soggy group of your people in need of rescue. Believing them to be pirates- and your people did not do much to disprove this assumption- my boys take them into custody and render aide. Your people are not abused in any way. While under transport here for questioning, your people assault and maim one of my boys and steal one of our boats, while another group of your people assaults my boys' campsite, killing and wounding a half-a-dozen at least. My boys did nothing but defend their home. How many killed and wounded did you suffer at our hands tonight? And you presume to lecture me? Your arrogance is simply stunning."

As if sensing their Queen's displeasure, her young female bodyguards tense up. They look upon the emissaries with unconcealed disdain, raising their weapons slightly so that they are pointed in Konrad and company's general direction. In a half-second, a half-dozen (at least) kids could unleash a flurry of fire on the unarmed ambassadors from several directions.

"I have tried to be just and fair. You are clearly not interested in reciprocating. If you wish to be unreasonable, then my demands will become moreso- quid pro quo. The blood-price has just gone up. 750 rounds of heavy machinegun ammunition. If you don't have it, you may make up the balance in small arms rounds. If the idea of 'reparations' is distasteful to you, consider it payment for passage of the river here, if you prefer. You will receive no food and clothing from us. Your surgeon will assist our doctor with the wounded until they are stable- you will provide the necessary medical supplies. These are my conditions. Comply, and you will be on your way shortly. Refuse and your boat will be impounded immediately. You and your crew will be detained, disarmed, and banished from here forthwith."

-
This message was last edited by the GM at 23:47, Sun 16 Sept 2012.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1696 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Mon 17 Sep 2012
at 01:42
  • msg #444

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Bayer holds his breath for a moment before speaking, "We didn't approach your town. We were traveling on the Vistula River, which no town has legitimate territorial claim to or the right to interfere with its freedom of use."

"We taught the river corsairs that have been troubling you that lesson already... and you're welcome for that by the way. No charge of course."


Bayer then says softly, "The terms are fair and remain the same. If you do some traveling, like I have, you will realize that communities can only flourish through mutual cooperation and beneficial trade - not by counting the dead like the score of a football match and making demands."

Bayer then adds, remembering what Walter said of Plock, "I have no conflict with you ma'am or your spirited community. I honorably serve the Free Council of Warsaw and I have sworn an oath to rid this land of the poisonous chemical gas that the Black Baron had amassed. I implore you to respect the severity of my mission and allow me free passage to take it to the sea, to understand that tonight was tragic misunderstanding by both parties, and agree that my terms are beneficial to your people."
This message was last edited by the player at 01:53, Mon 17 Sept 2012.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2871 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 17 Sep 2012
at 03:23
  • msg #445

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg # 442):

Trying to keep his feelings hidden from the gunmen and their leader, Dawid shook his head at Tucker's question.

When the Queen mentioned medical care and surgery, he met Tuck's eyes meaningfully. "I was going to offer help with that, considering my medical knowledge."

He kept cool when the kids tensed up. Maybe they would hesitate to fire with their Queen in such close proximity. Either way, God would protect and guide them.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 452 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Mon 17 Sep 2012
at 05:07
  • msg #446

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jeff was beginning to regret coming on the trip.  He had no intention of getting gunned down by preteen girls after kneeling before some false regent. Tactically the situation was hopeless so he didn't spend much time dwelling.  He did however long for the old days when the CIA could spare a jet at any moment to bring awe to some humble village.

In a thick and convincing Russian-English accent, he adds "I may offer you a better service then ammo.  If we are given the food and shelter we ask, I and some of my colleagues may show your troops to hide from the 'bad guys'.  Will give you more, what is saying, 'bang for your buck' Da?"
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2872 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 18 Sep 2012
at 05:32
  • msg #447

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg # 444):

Remembering that he had a radio, Dawid started feeling around in his pockets. He spoke in Polish.

"Very truly, we all weep for the youth that were killed, that were injured. It is a terrible thing indeed when our children are given rifles and pay the price for our mistakes. The Beast is still hungry, despite consuming most of the Polish people, when we feed it our children, the future dies."

Finding the radio, he kept his hand in that pocket and pressed the PTT (Push To Talk) key so that hopefully someone like Griet was monitoring communications on the open channel. Raising his voice, he brought out his other hand, holding the bottle of vodka. This object would perhaps focus her attention on that hand, away from his other holding the hidden radio that was transmitting to the tug.

"As for your town and its defenses, we know much about what you can do. I am an expert artillerist, let me assure you that should any threat begin to be acted upon, this church will be completely destroyed in a matter of seconds. Three explosive rounds will reduce what is left to rubble, two white phosphor will then set it ablaze. We will all die here. So let us forget talk about reparations and payment, the taking of our vessel, our banishment, and so on.

"Please! Accept this gift. We have so little, but we are willing to share. We will not debate who is right and wrong here, Mistakes were made and we both responded as we thought we must. Escalation will get neither of us what we want, it will only feed the Beast. So let us set a new course, where we are friends. We will give you some ammunition and help with the wounded, all we ask in return is your hospitality, as Queen. Let us be friends, not enemies."


He hoped his impromptu fire order would be carried out if need be, and hoped more fervrently it wouldn't need to be.
This message was last edited by the player at 05:28, Wed 19 Sept 2012.
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1369 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Tue 18 Sep 2012
at 22:22
  • msg #448

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jan ensured that everyone followed Griet's instructions on the boat and kept alert.  In particular he had a task for Jay who seemed to unassigned at present.

"Jay," he called to the Gurkha.  "I need you to keep watching the riverside of the boat, just in case someone attempts to swim over to us."

He then returned to observing the town, trying to pick out other important locations.
Craig Sutherland
player, 543 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Wed 19 Sep 2012
at 00:24
  • msg #449

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


Craig continued to man the grenade launcher, he had thought of trying to engage the boys on the dock in conversation then thought better of it. Instead he tried to make out any defensive positions close to the dock that could cause a problem if the shit went south.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 382 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Wed 19 Sep 2012
at 15:27
  • msg #450

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Jan Cerny (msg # 448):

Jay nodded, and moved to a suitable spot on the boat where he had a good view of the river and the far bank. He had no binoculars, but kept scanning up and down.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 668 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Wed 19 Sep 2012
at 16:31
  • msg #451

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Griet monitored the radio channel and frowned at Dawid's seeming request. She hit the intercom and said, "Doctor Soleblume to the Bridge ASAP."

She waited for the Major to appear and said, "Things don't seem to be going well at the Church, I'd like you to plot a fire mission in readiness for action. We will make no move to aim at the church until we have no other option. At that point I will order fire at the guards in front of us and pull out into the current. Once we've cleared the banks we'll start to fire the mortar. Hopefully it won't come to that but I want to be ready."
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2621 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Thu 20 Sep 2012
at 00:59
  • msg #452

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Konrad Bayer:
Bayer then adds, remembering what Walter said of Plock, "I have no conflict with you ma'am or your spirited community. I honorably serve the Free Council of Warsaw and I have sworn an oath to rid this land of the poisonous chemical gas that the Black Baron had amassed. I implore you to respect the severity of my mission and allow me free passage to take it to the sea, to understand that tonight was tragic misunderstanding by both parties, and agree that my terms are beneficial to your people."


The Queen is clearly trying hard to control her temper. Her body tenses with Dawid's follow-up comment about arming children- she clearly wants to respond harshly to the damning implication. Her expression, however, remains one of barely concealed alarm after Konrad's mention of gas shells. Based on her reaction, it stands to reason that she already knew that the Baron had access to such weapons.

"You have chemical weapons on board?"

Whether Konrad intended the bluff or not, it has clearly worked. The Queen seems terrified of the potential for mass destruction contained within the phantom gas shells [OOC: I thought the shells were destroyed or discarded or left behind in G-K]. When Dawid adds his two cents, the Queen's guards lift their rifles and take deliberate aim at the envoys. Apparently, they interpret Dawid reaching into his vest as a very clear threat. The Queen holds up a hand to stay their fire and addresses the party.

"And here I thought that you were the reasonable one. You all are quite clearly insane. You will depart at once. I want nothing more to do with you madmen. You have thirty minutes, starting now, or I will order your immediate and complete destruction. Be very careful- any action my boys interpret as hostile will be met with extreme force. They may be childred but they will fight like lions to defend this place. Do not test me; you have tried my patience enough this day. Be gone!"

It is clear that she means what she says. You have outstayed your welcome. Konrad and Dawid's attempts at diplomacy have failed. It is plainly time to leave Plock before blood is shed.




On board the tug, the tension continues. The boys are apparently unaware of the escalating sitution in the cathedral atop the hill. They are, however, watchful, and it is likely that they will respond to any action perceived as threating with a potentialy deadly volley of gunfire.

Out from behind the cordon of armed boys surrounding the dock steps two adult males, both wearing military style camouflage "uniforms". Like most soldiers nowadays, they're both a little hard to place. They approach the tug, unhindered, and one of them, a fair-haired fellow sporting a green beret, asks in lightly accented English,

"You wouldn't happen to be headed back to NATO lines now, would you?"


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 01:32, Thu 20 Sept 2012.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1347 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 20 Sep 2012
at 01:37
  • msg #453

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Tucker merely bows to the Queen when they're dismissed and says, "Enjoy the rest of the day M'Lady."
Konrad Bayer
player, 1697 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 20 Sep 2012
at 01:44
  • msg #454

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Bayer nods once slowly to the Queen's question, letting his body language portray a sense of seriousness regarding the chemical weapons before answering just loud enough for her to hear, "Yes."

Bayer was disappointed that he failed to secure some fresh food and warm clothing for Minh, but satisfied that the group wasn't pressured into the Queen's terms of surrender - which is what he took them as. That, and not getting himself and his companions shot by a gang of juvenile fanatics for speaking out of line was a natural relief as well.

Then when the Queen orders the group out, Bayer motions for the group to follow close behind. He says nothing more to the woman, less he inadvertently provokes her any more than he already has. "Stay close. Keep your hands visible." he says quietly as they make their way back to the boat.
This message was last edited by the player at 23:52, Sat 22 Sept 2012.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2873 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 20 Sep 2012
at 01:46
  • msg #455

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Cap'n Rae:
"You have chemical weapons on board?"

Whether Konrad intended the bluff or not, it has clearly worked. The Queen seems terrified of the potential for mass destruction contained within the phantom gas shells [OOC: I thought the shells were destroyed or discarded or left behind in G-K]. When Dawid adds his two cents, the Queen's guards lift their rifles and take deliberate aim at the envoys. Apparently, they interpret Dawid reaching into his vest as a very clear threat. The Queen holds up a hand to stay their fire and addresses the party.

"And here I thought that you were the reasonable one. You all are quite clearly insane. You will depart at once. I want nothing more to do with you madmen. You have thirty minutes, starting now, or I will order your immediate and complete destruction. Be very careful- any action my boys interpret as hostile will be met with extreme force. They may be childred but they will fight like lions to defend this place. Do not test me; you have tried my patience enough this day. Be gone!"

It is clear that she means what she says. You have outstayed your welcome. Konrad and Dawid's attempts at diplomacy have failed. It is plainly time to leave Plock before blood is shed.


Dawid threw himself down at the foot of the throne, grovelling.

"Please! I beg forgiveness! I have been a remorseless killer for so long, I have forgotten what it is like to fight for something, for someone. Send these fools away if you must but let me stay. Perhaps I can persuade our Doctor to join me. We can help care for your poor, wounded boys! I beg you, do not send me away!"


OOC: I'm pretty sure we don't have the shells, nor a way to deliver them. We DID capture a D-30 howitzer, I'da loved to mount that sucker on the Queen, no one seemed interested!
Craig Sutherland
player, 544 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 20 Sep 2012
at 10:01
  • msg #456

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Cap'n Rae:
Out from behind the cordon of armed boys surrounding the dock steps two adult males, both wearing military style camouflage "uniforms". Like most soldiers nowadays, they're both a little hard to place. They approach the tug, unhindered, and one of them, a fair-haired fellow sporting a green beret, asks in lightly accented English,

"You wouldn't happen to be headed back to NATO lines now, would you?"


Craig did'nt want to cause a scene and get the lads on the dock all worked up so he does not swing the grenade launcher in the direction of the two new comers.

"That is far enough. Who are you and what do you want?"
Minh Quyen
player, 648 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Sat 22 Sep 2012
at 23:44
  • msg #457

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Quyen is smoking up on the deck near the DSHK. She thought about raiding Tucker's gear for one of his better cigars but thought it would be better to wait until he returned... and had a chance to defend his stash. She watches the two men approach with indifference and takes a long draw on the cigarrete before leaning her head towards the window of the bridge and saying "Griet... company."

Quyen then positions herself closer to the gun but keeps her hands free as long as the two visitors appear unthreatening.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 669 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sun 23 Sep 2012
at 08:28
  • msg #458

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

As Griet waited for Anneka to plot a fire mission she looked out at the two men on the dock.

"This is the Vistula Queen and what do you want? You'll keep your distance please, excuse my lack of hospitality but we're in a pretty dicey situation at the moment and we've already been threatened with suicide bombers. If you get any closer before we establish your credentials, you will be fired upon."

Griet knew this wasn't the way to put people at their ease, but too much was going on, and it was very convenient that potentially "friendly" adults appeared in the middle of a delusional maniac's camp just as things were deteriorating. It had "trap" written all over it."
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2623 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sun 23 Sep 2012
at 21:28
  • msg #459

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Please! I beg forgiveness! I have been a remorseless killer for so long, I have forgotten what it is like to fight for something, for someone. Send these fools away if you must but let me stay. Perhaps I can persuade our Doctor to join me. We can help care for your poor, wounded boys! I beg you, do not send me away!"


The Queen is taken aback by Dawid's histrionics. Her bodyguards come within a hair's breadth of blowing him away.

"If he does not leave this room in the next five seconds, kill him." the Queen instructs her bodyguards. She wants nothing more to do with the envoys or their tug.

Konrad and his team depart the cathedral/throne room, and descend the hill, shadowed by a squad of armed boys. When they arrive at the tug, they find two strangers there, treating with the tug crew. One of the older boys who had accompanied the envoys yells at the tug,

"You have ten minutes to leave, starting now!"

He then addresses the two dozen or so dock guards- he doesn't care whether you hear him or not, "If they're not gone in ten minutes, we're to kill them all."

A woman wades through the kids' perimeter and approaches the tug, standing next to the Dutchman and his taciturn comrade. The boys do not attempt to stop her. In fact, they look at her with a sort of reverence. Seeing Dawid taking up his position at the Vasilek abaft the bow, the woman calls out,

"Doody! It is you!"

Next Moves?
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1349 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 23 Sep 2012
at 21:36
  • msg #460

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Cap'n Rae:
A woman wades through the kids' perimeter and approaches the tug, standing next to the Dutchman and his taciturn comrade. The boys do not attempt to stop her. In fact, they look at her with a sort of reverence. Seeing Dawid taking up his position at the Vasilek abaft the bow, the woman calls out,

"Doody! It is you!"

Next Moves?

Tucker makes sure that he doesn't make any threatening moves and lights his cigar once he is outside of the Queen's dwelling before he does so.

When he gets back to the tug and hears the woman call out to Dawid he turns with a smile, "Doody..."  Robert looks at the woman and checks out her features to see what she looks like and how attractive/unattractive she is.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2875 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 24 Sep 2012
at 05:11
  • msg #461

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Cap'n Rae:
Konrad and his team depart the cathedral/throne room, and descend the hill, shadowed by a squad of armed boys. When they arrive at the tug, they find two strangers there, treating with the tug crew. One of the older boys who had accompanied the envoys yells at the tug,

"You have ten minutes to leave, starting now!"

He then addresses the two dozen or so dock guards- he doesn't care whether you hear him or not, "If they're not gone in ten minutes, we're to kill them all."


After leaving the church, Dawid was quiet. He was unsure as to what happened there, and why. Rather, he kind of understood the crazy bitch's actions, nothing unusual there, but otherwise...

He was making sure the Vasilek was ready for action, mulling his next moves. Levelling the church seemed like an attractive option, he could give a rat's ass for that megalomaniac or her reasons for doing what she was doing. Giving children guns, turning them into brainwashed killers, sending them to die and then weeping hypocritical tears... Buying his sister like she was a piece of meat, a slave, even worse paying for her by selling poison gas to a brutal tyrant... Poland had enough of rulers like the Queen, the Black Baron, the Hetman, time to take them out of the equation, let the people get on with their lives.

No truce with Kings.

Efficiently and with great sense of purpose, he loaded up 3x 82mm HE, 2x 82mm WP into the Vasilek's 5-shot magazine. The first three shots would rubble the church, the next two would set it on fire. Provide a nice funeral pyre for the Queen and her court. The poor, wounded, traumatised children of her army, they'd have to get along without her.

Satisfied, he got ready to aim at the structure. He waited for the tug to start getting underway, no need to stick around for the survivors to try and take their vengeance... although he suspected that with their crazy "mother" gone all organisation would cease.

quote:
A woman wades through the kids' perimeter and approaches the tug, standing next to the Dutchman and his taciturn comrade. The boys do not attempt to stop her. In fact, they look at her with a sort of reverence. Seeing Dawid taking up his position at the Vasilek abaft the bow, the woman calls out,

"Doody! It is you!"


"Doody? I haven't hear that for a while! Urzula, is that you?"
Gunther Scholz
player, 1 post
East German
Tanker
Mon 24 Sep 2012
at 08:32
  • msg #462

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg # 461):

One of the figures on the dock, the one clad British fatigues, raised his empty hands when they were 'greeted' by the Polish woman from aboard the Queen. About to speak, the man was distracted by Dawid on the Vasilek.

"Hey" he called to the mortar gunner. "Hey, Polak" he shouted, grinning, obviously impressed with the Polish man's skill with his weapon. "Need some help with that thing?" he called out in Polish heavily accented with German.
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1370 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Mon 24 Sep 2012
at 22:56
  • msg #463

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Seeing Dawid occupied with what might be his sister, Jan tried to get an answer out of the two men on the dock where Craig had failed, noting that they appeared to be another pair of stragglers trying to get to somewhere better than where they currently were.

"Hey, you two," he called in strangely accented English.  "My friend here asked you who you are.  We are not staying long here so tell us quickly if you are looking to come with us.  There are many strange people on this river but this town of Plock is really very screwed up!  So give us name, rank and serial number.  In fact forget that.  Give us name, nationality and why the hell we should let you come with us and eat our food?"

While they answered Jan, studied the pair of them, noting whether they were armed and what condition any weapons and kit was in.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1350 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Mon 24 Sep 2012
at 23:05
  • msg #464

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Not being able to help himself once back on the tug, Robert goes to get his gear on and re-armed, he continues to smoke on his cigar and comes up next to Dawid, "Is that you're sister Doody?"
Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 3 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Tue 25 Sep 2012
at 03:52
  • msg #465

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jan Cerny:
"Hey, you two," he called in strangely accented English.  "My friend here asked you who you are.  We are not staying long here so tell us quickly if you are looking to come with us.  There are many strange people on this river but this town of Plock is really very screwed up!  So give us name, rank and serial number.  In fact forget that.  Give us name, nationality and why the hell we should let you come with us and eat our food?"


"Sorry, with all of you speaking at nearly the same time, it is diffucult to follow.  I am Thijs -- Thijs van Lincklaen, Nederland Marines.  This," he indicated the other man, "is Gunther.  As I said before, we were wondering if you were heading for NATO lines.  If so, we would appreciate a lift, and are willing to work for it.  I expect a pair more guns might come in useful and may make feeding us worth the price."  He gestured with an upturned palm at Craig, "Meneer Sutherland can tell you that is the case, at least as far as I am concerned."  He looked back at the Brit and addressed him.  "Surprised to see me --  here, Sir?"

Jan Cerny:
While they answered Jan, studied the pair of them, noting whether they were armed and what condition any weapons and kit was in.


van Lincklaen is wearing camouflage-pattern fatigues with combat webbing over the hooded field jacket.  A pistol is holstered at his side, and he carries what looks like an enlarged M16 with a bipod and a squarish handle below the square forward handguard.  Below the receiver, where a STANAG would normally be, a drum magazine curls to the right side.  Those familiar with the AR-15 family recognize the weapon as a Colt Model 750/Diemaco C7A1 LSW automatic rifle.  His gear and clothing are well-worn, but neat and obviously well cared-for.
This message was last edited by the player at 15:15, Mon 15 Oct 2012.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2879 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 25 Sep 2012
at 05:19
  • msg #466

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
Not being able to help himself once back on the tug, Robert goes to get his gear on and re-armed, he continues to smoke on his cigar and comes up next to Dawid, "Is that you're sister Doody?"


"Could be..." He looked at Tuck, "but don't let that name spread. I'll never live it down. If it is her, I say just grab her if possible and then to Hell with the Queen. I mean, the crazy one that lives here."
Craig Sutherland
player, 545 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Tue 25 Sep 2012
at 05:45
  • msg #467

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Thijs van Lincklaen:
"Sorry, with all of you speaking at nearly the same time, it is diffucult to follow.  I am Thijs -- Thijs van Lincklaen, Nederland Marines.  This," he indicated the other man, "is Gunther.  As I said before, we were wondering if you were heading for NATO lines.  If so, we would appreciate a lift, and are willing to work for it.  I expect a pair more guns might come in useful and may make feeding us worth the price."  He gestured with an upturned palm at Craig, "Meneer Sutherland can tell you that is the case, at least as far as I am concerned."  He looked back at the Brit and addressed him.  "Surprised to see me --  here, Sir?"


Surprised to be hailed from the dock, it took Craig several seconds to realise he had been addressed. He had begun to watch the boys on the dock again after Jan had taken the introductions over.

On hearing his name he snapped back to the new comers and raise a hand to shield his eyes from the glare.

"van Lincklaen, is that you ? Never expected to see a familiar face in these parts."

He turned to Jan:

"The Dutch guy is legit, I trained with him."

He turns back to the dock:

"Let us get a few things sorted and we can get you a meeting with our CO."
This message was last edited by the player at 07:23, Tue 25 Sept 2012.
Gunther Scholz
player, 4 posts
East German
Tanker
Tue 25 Sep 2012
at 19:00
  • msg #468

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Jan Cerny (msg # 463):

"My name is Gunther Scholz" Gunther said in English better than his Polish but still with a thick German accent. "I don't eat much, I'm just as unqualified as anyone you have on board there, and I figure that after the Soviets and the NATO soldiers have taken their turns mistreating me in turn, I figure the damn Poles couldn't be any worse."

Gunther Scholz wore ill-fitting British Army BDUs that weren't clean when they were given to him quite some time ago, had no equipment, and no weapons, save self-deprecating humor to speak of.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1351 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Tue 25 Sep 2012
at 22:45
  • msg #469

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
Not being able to help himself once back on the tug, Robert goes to get his gear on and re-armed, he continues to smoke on his cigar and comes up next to Dawid, "Is that you're sister Doody?"


"Could be..." He looked at Tuck, "but don't let that name spread. I'll never live it down. If it is her, I say just grab her if possible and then to Hell with the Queen. I mean, the crazy one that lives here."

Tucker grins widely again when Dawid has to ask him for discretion about his nick name from his supposed sister sighting.  "Don't worry Doody.  I'll try to keep it as discreet as possible.

I know it may be your sister Dawid but, we might get fuckin' blasted if we just take her!  Who knows if they don't blast us for taking this Licken guy and the Dutchman, if we take them.  Your sister is a doctor right?  What makes you think the fucking Queen is just going to let her only doctor leave here without something being said or done?  I'm not saying we shouldn't do it but, we got to be careful right here or these fuckin' kids might light us the fuck up because they're so gung-ho for their queen and the fact we killed a couple of their kiddie commandos.

I know we've had our differences dude but, you need to trust Konrad on this one Dawid."

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2885 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 26 Sep 2012
at 01:09
  • msg #470

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg # 469):

Dawid pointed out, "I honestly don't know what Konrad's plan is, I'm completely in the dark about what he has in mind. Please go tell him now that if she's here this may be the best opportunity we're going to get. Konrad is no admirer of that crazy Queen, and I don't think her gunners are as much of a threat as they think they are."

He examined the shore defences critically, looking for direct-fire weapons. Even if the river was ranged-in for mortars, it would take a direct hit to damage the tug significantly as even near misses would expend their shrapnel and shockwave underwater. Once they were underway it would be even harder to damage them. Dawid didn't think she had masses of artillery, as she wouldn't have traded away her chemical rounds to buy his sister.

OOC: FYI, Rae hasn't confirmed the woman's identity. I'm just assuming it's Urzula from context. As well, it's important to determine what actual direct fire weapons can be brought to bear.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2887 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 26 Sep 2012
at 05:11
  • msg #471

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"I guess I'll do it myself."

He got on the intercom to the bridge.

"Griet, Konrad, whoever's there... Urzula's on the wharf right now. This may be the best chance to get her and go, and damn the consequences. So we must decide, and decide now, and if the answer is yes then I'll get Urzula, we put suppressive fire while I'll level the church as we get underway."

Dawid called up, "Urzula, let's talk. Come on down to the tug, we're not leaving for a few minutes, yet."
Konrad Bayer
player, 1698 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 26 Sep 2012
at 12:03
  • msg #472

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Bayer is only back aboard the tug for a moment before getting called back down to the deck. He first sizes up the two NATO soldiers, then nods at Craig's vetting and says, almost offhandedly to him and Jan, "Bring dem aboard." Most of his attention however is directed towards their real reason for being in Plock in the first place.

Siding up next to Dawid at the mortar, he says quietly, "Not good. There are almost thirty of them... she could get hit in the crossfire. It is not the time to start shooting."

"See if you can get her closer to talk. Find out where she lives." he says, following him to the wharf side of the tug. He emphasises the last question with the hope that Dawid would understand what he was geting at and could be subtle about it.

If the militia are uncooperative and unwilling to let them talk, Bayer will lead Dawid back, "Not now. We will come back for her. I promise." Otherwise he will take it step by step and gauge the reaction of the militia.
This message was last edited by the player at 13:02, Wed 26 Sept 2012.
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1374 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 26 Sep 2012
at 14:15
  • msg #473

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Konrad Bayer:
Bayer is only back aboard the tug for a moment before getting called back down to the deck. He first sizes up the two NATO soldiers, then nods at Craig's vetting and says, almost offhandedly to him and Jan, "Bring dem aboard."

Jan nodded in understanding at the instruction and quickly made his way down to the gangplank, hopefully leading Craig.  He waved the two NATO soldiers (Thijs and Gunther) over to him.  "Capitaine Bayer says you may come aboard," he informed them in his accented English.

As the two new arrivals started to climb onto the Queen, Jan then followed up with a couple of further questions.  "Tell me how you come to be in this part of Poland please?  If you have been serving with the Baron's Black Guard then it is better to tell us of this now.  It will avoid any misunderstandings later.  Or if you have not been in service with the Baron then how do you come to be here in this part of Poland?"

Once they were on the deck Jan offered his hand in greeting.  "I am Jan and I am one of Capitaine Bayer's NCOs.  The others are Dawid and Tuck", he pointed them out as he spoke.  "We are headed down-river towards the coast. What do you know of other NATO or Pact units in this area or down-river?  We have almost no Intel about what is down-river."
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1355 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Wed 26 Sep 2012
at 15:07
  • msg #474

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Konrad Bayer:
Bayer is only back aboard the tug for a moment before getting called back down to the deck. He first sizes up the two NATO soldiers, then nods at Craig's vetting and says, almost offhandedly to him and Jan, "Bring dem aboard." Most of his attention however is directed towards their real reason for being in Plock in the first place.

Siding up next to Dawid at the mortar, he says quietly, "Not good. There are almost thirty of them... she could get hit in the crossfire. It is not the time to start shooting."

"See if you can get her closer to talk. Find out where she lives." he says, following him to the wharf side of the tug. He emphasises the last question with the hope that Dawid would understand what he was geting at and could be subtle about it.

Tuck looks over to Bayer, "Permission to go with him sir?"  Tuck leaves his M-16 combo next to Dawid's position and just brings his holstered Browning HP in his MOLLE vest which he's better suited for use at close range and he's much more comfortable with.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1699 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 26 Sep 2012
at 15:37
  • msg #475

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Bayer doesn't like risking another man getting gunned down or spooking the boys by putting his Kommandos back ashore, but in the end, he nods to Tucker. "We are gone in two minutes." he warns the both of them.
This message was last edited by the player at 15:37, Wed 26 Sept 2012.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1356 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Wed 26 Sep 2012
at 15:51
  • msg #476

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Konrad Bayer:
Bayer doesn't like risking another man getting gunned down or spooking the boys by putting his Kommandos back ashore, but in the end, he nods to Tucker. "We are gone in two minutes." he warns the both of them.

"Roger that," Franks says and walks off with Dawid to meet his sister.
Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 11 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Wed 26 Sep 2012
at 16:51
  • msg #477

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jan Cerny:
He waved the two NATO soldiers (Thijs and Gunther) over to him.  "Capitaine Bayer says you may come aboard," he informed them in his accented English.

As the two new arrivals started to climb onto the Queen, Jan then followed up with a couple of further questions.  "Tell me how you come to be in this part of Poland please?  If you have been serving with the Baron's Black Guard then it is better to tell us of this now.  It will avoid any misunderstandings later.  Or if you have not been in service with the Baron then how do you come to be here in this part of Poland?"


Thijs replied, "I have journeyed upriver from Gdansk to help guide stragglers to the port for evacuation.  I was actually on my way to Warsaw, but stopped here in Plock when I realized it would be too risky to continue further into the Baron's domain.  I have spent the past few weeks along with Gunther here doing our best to train these children in the use of firearms.  As though we had a choice..."  He trailed off, prefering to keep his opinion of the Queen to himself while within earshot of the children on the dock.

Jan Cerny:
Once they were on the deck Jan offered his hand in greeting.  "I am Jan and I am one of Capitaine Bayer's NCOs.  The others are Dawid and Tuck", he pointed them out as he spoke.  "We are headed down-river towards the coast. What do you know of other NATO or Pact units in this area or down-river?  We have almost no Intel about what is down-river."

Thijs shook the proffered hand.  "I am pleased to meet you.  I am Sergeant-Majoor van Lincklaen, but you may call me Thijs.  I have that information," he continued, "but it might be wise to leave first."
This message was last edited by the player at 16:55, Wed 26 Sept 2012.
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1377 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 26 Sep 2012
at 17:07
  • msg #478

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Thijs van Lincklaen:
Thijs shook the proffered hand.  "I am pleased to meet you.  I am Sergeant-Majoor van Lincklaen, but you may call me Thijs.  I have that information," he continued, "but it might be wise to leave first."

"Yes, I agree," replied Jan.  "Once we are back on the river you must tell us what you know.  Konrad, ah Capitaine Bayer, and Griet as well as others will want to hear what you know.  Griet is the Captain of this boat.  On board she is in charge."
Gunther Scholz
player, 6 posts
East German
Tanker
Wed 26 Sep 2012
at 20:06
  • msg #479

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Jan Cerny (msg # 478):

Gunther Scholz listened to the exchange between Thijs and Jan, nodding in agreement with Thijs when he could understand him. His English was much better than Gunther's, so he allowed him to do the talking for the both of them.

When the crew of the seemed slightly less inclined to shoot him, Scholz made his way over to Dawid's 82mm gun position.

"Was watching you work, you know" Gunther commented in barely understandable Polish. "Not bad for a Polak" he continued, smiling and shaking the man's hand. "When I 'worked' for the East Germans Army I was a gunner on a T-72. Best shot in the division, you know."

The small talk continued as Gunther admired the Polish man's Vasilek. He continued to smile and share, trying to find a kindred spirit in someone learned in the art of making things explode spectacularly.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2891 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 26 Sep 2012
at 20:53
  • msg #480

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg # 475):

Visibly seething, Dawid's eyes blazed with anger at Bayer.

"I will go. And return soon. Thank you for your permission. Sir. Come on then, Sergeant Tucker, we don't want to miss our ride out of here, on to new adventures."

Leaving his GPMG behind but putting his Stechkin in its holster, he strode off the tug to the wharf, holding himself in stiff control. As he walked his vision was centred on his sister.

Dawid did glance in passing at the adults who were being welcomed aboard, dismissing them as being yet more foreign soldier in his single-minded pursuit of his goal. What had any damn foreigners ever done for Poland, aside from massacre her people, devastate the land, steal what little remained and then set themselves up as brutal warlords? NATO, Soviets, even the French, they were all the same. Fuck them all, they could go to Hell for all he cared.

Reaching into his pocket as he walked he took out his rosary, blessed by Pope Jan Paweł II himself. Kissing the wooden beads he hung it around his neck and made the sign of the cross. Father, Son and Holy Spirit. Screw Konrad, Tucker, all of them. He was going to fucking grab Urzula and go, fight his way out of town on foot if he needed to. Nothing and no one this side of Hell was going to stop him.
This message was last edited by the player at 20:54, Wed 26 Sept 2012.
Daniel Larue
player, 165 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Thu 27 Sep 2012
at 01:19
  • msg #481

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Danny, checking over the railing for improbable assault swimmers, isn't close enough to hear much of the conversation, but the set of Dawid's jaw and his parting salvo to Bayer is enough.  Whoa, shit.  He glances around and falls into step at Dawid's other shoulder.  "Dave," he says hurriedly, "man, I know where your head is, but if you start this fight, she's right in the crossfire."  He jerks his chin toward the bomb-laden pilot boat for emphasis.  "Get some intel, we'll come back with a plan and extract her.  Dude, I've got your back, but I'm begging you, don't pull steel right now.  Ain't no one gonna win."

Running out of deck, Danny halts at the head of the gangplank as Dawid and Tuck continue onward.  He sets himself behind the scant knee-height cover of a bollard and begins assessing the pack of teenage malcontents on the dock, trying to determine which one he'll have to drop first if shots are fired.

OOC: Not readying a weapon. Yet.
This message was last edited by the player at 01:30, Thu 27 Sept 2012.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 387 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Thu 27 Sep 2012
at 03:11
  • msg #482

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jay, blissfully unaware of the potential powderkeg that is Dawid, maintained his watch on the riverside of the tug. He felt the engines start up, and knew that they would shortly be departing this strange place. Glad to be off, he kept his weapon led low, and continued to scan the dark ware and the bank beyond.
Craig Sutherland
player, 548 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 27 Sep 2012
at 06:57
  • msg #483

Re: Ch. 18: Plock


Craig gives a slight wave as Gunther and Thijs come on board.

" I'd shake you hand but I think the shit is about to hit a fan. If you have weapons I would ready them, if you don't find some cover."
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1358 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 27 Sep 2012
at 12:18
  • msg #484

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Daniel Larue:
Danny, checking over the railing for improbable assault swimmers, isn't close enough to hear much of the conversation, but the set of Dawid's jaw and his parting salvo to Bayer is enough.  Whoa, shit.  He glances around and falls into step at Dawid's other shoulder.  "Dave," he says hurriedly, "man, I know where your head is, but if you start this fight, she's right in the crossfire."  He jerks his chin toward the bomb-laden pilot boat for emphasis.  "Get some intel, we'll come back with a plan and extract her.  Dude, I've got your back, but I'm begging you, don't pull steel right now.  Ain't no one gonna win."

Running out of deck, Danny halts at the head of the gangplank as Dawid and Tuck continue onward.  He sets himself behind the scant knee-height cover of a bollard and begins assessing the pack of teenage malcontents on the dock, trying to determine which one he'll have to drop first if shots are fired.

OOC: Not readying a weapon. Yet.

Tucker looks at Daniel  and tells him, "I got him Daniel."
This message was last updated by the player at 12:19, Thu 27 Sept 2012.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2893 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 28 Sep 2012
at 00:36
  • msg #485

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Daniel Larue (msg # 481):

Pausing at Daniel's words, Dawid snorted. "No one's winning here, anyways. This is Poland. I advise you to lower your expectations."


OOC This is not meant as an insult to Poland. As we self-depreciatingly say here with an eye-roll, "this is Canada, lower your expectations."
Jeff D. Warren
player, 456 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Fri 28 Sep 2012
at 03:27
  • msg #486

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jeff's elevated position in the crow's nest gave him a good view of the unfolding dock scene, but the breeze made it hard to hear what was going on.  Watching Dawid seemingly pouting, he guessed that the woman on deck was his sister.  Mostly because the queen and these two NATO strangers boarding were the only adults he had seen.

Knowing that they were preparing to cast off, Jeff calls down in a Russian accent "Hey! You want me just to be grabbing woman on dock? Quit with the bullshitting." he punctuates this final remark with a sweep of his hand over the whole town.
Gunther Scholz
player, 8 posts
East German
Tanker
Fri 28 Sep 2012
at 07:39
  • msg #487

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Craig Sutherland (msg # 483):

In response to the wise suggestion, Gunther realizes the situation and seeks cover before his head gets blown off.

OOC:

Tony no insult taken. Remember, millions of Poles living in the US would agree with you! Kinda why they spent all that time and money getting there because it is a 'lower your expectations' sort of place. :)

J-Bird
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1359 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Fri 28 Sep 2012
at 11:36
  • msg #488

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
In reply to Daniel Larue (msg # 481):

Pausing at Daniel's words, Dawid snorted. "No one's winning here, anyways. This is Poland. I advise you to lower your expectations."


OOC This is not meant as an insult to Poland. As we self-depreciatingly say here with an eye-roll, "this is Canada, lower your expectations."

PM
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2627 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 29 Sep 2012
at 01:38
  • msg #489

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Urzula, let's talk. Come on down to the tug, we're not leaving for a few minutes, yet."


Urzula approaches the Krolowa. No one tries to stop her. The boys forming the cordon round the tug's berth look at her with a sort of admiration reserved for mothers or big sisters. Some of the older boys' glances are more than a little bit lustful.

"Dudy, I... I just can't believe it's you. I..."

She breaks down in tears and throws her arm around Dawid's shoulders. She clenches him tightly to her and sobs, releasing weeks of fear and sadness in a rush of tears.

One of the teenaged squad leader-types yells, "Three minutes!"

Urzula tries hard to pull herself together. She manages to ask, between sniffles, "What's going on? They're saying you've killed some of the Beasts."

Dawid notes that Urzula's sleeves are stained crimson red up to the elbows. She's clearly been busy rendering aid to the wounded from the Kommando's early morning firefight with the Plock miltia.

Smoke is pouring from the tug's stack. She's ready to get underway. More armed boys are now arriving at the dock and those on board who look up towards the cathedral on Tum hill observe hillside fighting positions being manned.

"Careful, doctor! They've got poison gas on board!" one of the newly arrived boys shouts.

Urzula looks up into Dawid's eyes and gives him a pained, questioning, almost accusatory look. "Dudy?"

"Two minutes!"


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 02:24, Sat 29 Sept 2012.
Minh Quyen
player, 650 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Sat 29 Sep 2012
at 06:46
  • msg #490

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Quyen stays on the DSHK and continues to observe the situation on the dock while puffing on her smoke.
This message was last edited by the player at 06:46, Sat 29 Sept 2012.
Craig Sutherland
player, 549 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 29 Sep 2012
at 07:03
  • msg #491

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Gunther Scholz (msg # 487):

"Gunther is it ? Come over here and spot for me. You will know where these little pricks heavy weapons are placed I assume ?"

As the count down continued Craig tried to look as nonchalant as possible. He still had both hands on the grenade launcher as he waited for the new guy to start giving him some intel.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2897 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 29 Sep 2012
at 07:53
  • msg #492

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg # 489):

He didn't have a lot of time to waste.

"Urzula, I don't have time to talk. Look, I promised mom and dad I'd find you, look after you, you know I have to do that. Whatever future you have, it's not with the Queen and her "Beasts". We are leaving now, you need to come with me. Right now."

Glancing at the militia, Dawid answered, "right, so if you don't want to be puking up your lungs, relax and be patient. We're leaving, don't worry."
Gunther Scholz
player, 10 posts
East German
Tanker
Sat 29 Sep 2012
at 09:16
  • msg #493

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Craig Sutherland (msg # 491):

Gunther Scholz looked at the British officer with a mix of loathing and respect. His German obedience to orders, drilled into him since birth in a very ordered society, won out over his psychological pains of his recent past.

"Ja ja, Herr Leutnant, right away" the Sergeant said in English heavily accented with his regional eastern German accent. "I think there, and there" he pointed, indicating sandbagged positions.

"Is there, and also there" he motioned, trying to show with his hands where the threats were to the Queen and her crew. He continued giving the man enemy firing arcs, estimated crew positons, and strengths.

"Maybe if the Leutnant has a pair of good binos, I could show you in greater detail" he suggested, continuing to look downrange.
Craig Sutherland
player, 550 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 29 Sep 2012
at 09:44
  • msg #494

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

In reply to Gunther Scholz (msg # 493):

"Sorry, here you go*. Anything really terrible we should know about ? Large artillery, heavy mortars ? This is going to get very messy."


*Russian 10x42
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2628 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 29 Sep 2012
at 16:00
  • msg #495

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Urzula, I don't have time to talk. Look, I promised mom and dad I'd find you, look after you, you know I have to do that. Whatever future you have, it's not with the Queen and her "Beasts". We are leaving now, you need to come with me. Right now."


"I... I would, but... but, the wounded! I can't just leave them!"

One of the older boys steps forward and places his hand gently on Urzula's arm.

"Come on, doctor, it's not safe here."
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:04, Sat 29 Sept 2012.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1361 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sat 29 Sep 2012
at 16:45
  • msg #496

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Cap'n Rae:
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Urzula, I don't have time to talk. Look, I promised mom and dad I'd find you, look after you, you know I have to do that. Whatever future you have, it's not with the Queen and her "Beasts". We are leaving now, you need to come with me. Right now."


"I... I would, but... but, the wounded! I can't just leave them!"

One of the older boys steps forward and places his hand gently on Urzula's arm.

"Come on, doctor, it's not safe here."

Continuing to draw smoke out of his cigar, Robert takes another step up closer to Dawid but keeps his hands out in the open.  He says in a quiet voice, "Under two minutes dude."
Konrad Bayer
player, 1703 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sat 29 Sep 2012
at 19:55
  • msg #497

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jumping back aboard, Bayer makes his way up the exterior ladder to upper deck. Before entering the bridge he calls down to Jan on the deck, motioning to the mooring lines securing them to the dock, "Cast off." He then enters the bridge and asks Griet, who is at the wheel, "Can you keep her steady against the dock for a minute? I gave them two..."

Bayer then lowers himself down to where he is out of sight of anyone on shore and reloads his launcher with a CS gas round. He then rises back up again and sets the weapon on the map table before looking out at the situation dockside. Come on...
This message was last edited by the player at 19:55, Sat 29 Sept 2012.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 462 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Sat 29 Sep 2012
at 19:59
  • msg #498

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jeff watches the situation on the dock start to unfold.  The kids were tensing up, but Dawid had gone off chasing this woman who did not seem about to leave.

Getting the impression that Dawid was going to dawdle, Jeff calls out in Russian to Dawid, knowing he speaks the language.

"Товарищ Пётровский, нет времени! Возьмите вашу сестру силой, если необходимо, и давайте уходить. Там собираются быть много мертвых детей в чуть более одной минуты!  to reinforce his point and hopefully keep the kids from freaking out at a Russian voice, he adds in accented English "No time! No time!"

Bad to worse. Not my time today.
Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 14 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Sat 29 Sep 2012
at 20:32
  • msg #499

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Thinking of the weeks he had just spent training the children who might just now try to kill him -- and possibly get killed themselves in the process, Thijs called down to the dock, "Doctor -- Urzula, we have done all we can for these kids.  Gunther and I are leaving.  You should come, too."  As he says this, he looked for an impromptu firing position on the deck where he may have some cover from fire from the shore.
This message was last edited by the player at 20:36, Sat 29 Sept 2012.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 463 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Sat 29 Sep 2012
at 20:46
  • msg #500

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Jeff gets another idea.  Grabbing the handrails, he slides down from his observation post and locates Konrad.  He cuts in front of and interrupts anyone  talking to him.  In a low and unaccented voice, he says

"Now might be a really good time to remind them of our 'chemical weapons'."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2899 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 29 Sep 2012
at 21:18
  • msg #501

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Cap'n Rae:
"I... I would, but... but, the wounded! I can't just leave them!"

One of the older boys steps forward and places his hand gently on Urzula's arm.

"Come on, doctor, it's not safe here."


"We have a surgeon and staff aboard who wanted to help with the wounded, the Queen didn't want us to. That shows where her priorities are. Let's go now, we can negotiate to have the wounded transferred where we can treat them properly."

He looked coldly at the youth, resisting the urge to feed him his own hand. Although he did not make a move, he got ready to stiff-arm the little puke in the throat and just grab Urzula.

"Be careful with your hand, my little friend, this is my sister. We are getting ready to leave. If you have any thoughts about moving us along, best remember the warnings about all that poison on board the boat."
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2629 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sun 30 Sep 2012
at 00:20
  • msg #502

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"We have a surgeon and staff aboard who wanted to help with the wounded, the Queen didn't want us to. That shows where her priorities are. Let's go now, we can negotiate to have the wounded transferred where we can treat them properly."


Urzula looks conflicted. She's on the spot, making a decision she was not prepared to make, and being pulled in two directions at once.

"You promise, Dawid?"

"One minute!" the timekeeper calls. A squad's worth of boys pulls away from the dock and moves towards Tum Hill at a fast jog. The bulk of the 'Supers' hold their ground and shoulder their rifles, pointing them at the tug mostly.

The boys who'd addressed Urzula gives a gentle tug on her arm but she pulls away sharply. He looks hurt by the gesture, but makes no further attempt to move her.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Be careful with your hand, my little friend, this is my sister. We are getting ready to leave. If you have any thoughts about moving us along, best remember the warnings about all that poison on board the boat."


A couple of the boys pointing their weapons at the tug overhear the mention of the supposed poison gas and exchange very nervous glances.
This message was last edited by the GM at 00:30, Sun 30 Sept 2012.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1090 posts
Sun 30 Sep 2012
at 08:45
  • [deleted]
  • msg #503

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

This message was deleted by the player at 11:28, Sun 30 Sept 2012.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2900 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 30 Sep 2012
at 09:56
  • msg #504

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Cap'n Rae:
Urzula looks conflicted. She's on the spot, making a decision she was not prepared to make, and being pulled in two directions at once.

"You promise, Dawid?"

"One minute!" the timekeeper calls. A squad's worth of boys pulls away from the dock and moves towards Tum Hill at a fast jog. The bulk of the 'Supers' hold their ground and shoulder their rifles, pointing them at the tug mostly.

The boys who'd addressed Urzula gives a gentle tug on her arm but she pulls away sharply. He looks hurt by the gesture, but makes no further attempt to move her.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Be careful with your hand, my little friend, this is my sister. We are getting ready to leave. If you have any thoughts about moving us along, best remember the warnings about all that poison on board the boat."


A couple of the boys pointing their weapons at the tug overhear the mention of the supposed poison gas and exchange very nervous glances.


Glacing at the section taking off to tell the Queen of what was going on, Dawid nodded. "Yes, I promise, but we have no more time to decide. The Queen paid a lot to buy you from the Baron, you are her property now no matter what she told you. Is that what your future holds?"

He put his own hand on her arm, "please, it's time to go."
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 672 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sun 30 Sep 2012
at 11:29
  • msg #505

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

"Will do," Griet said in answer to Bayer's question. She had the lines cast off and used the thrusters to keep the boat next to the dock. The homer piec was ready to discharge but she kept her hand well away from the lever, the clouds of scalding steam might give them a chance to get the first strike in but unless Dawid could get his sister out of the firing line, it would flense their flesh from their bones and leave them die in twitching agony.

Griet knew that as an artilleryman Dawid considered killing his own by accident as an occupational hazard: Griet had other thoughts on the matter.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1362 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 30 Sep 2012
at 12:42
  • msg #506

Re: Ch. 18: Plock

Tucker casually looks over his shoulders, with his hands still crossed in front of him while Dawid and Urzula continue to talk.  He then looks at his watch and moves up closely behind Dawid again and whispers,
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2631 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sun 30 Sep 2012
at 18:57
  • msg #507

Escape from Witch Mountain

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
Glacing at the section taking off to tell the Queen of what was going on, Dawid nodded. "Yes, I promise, but we have no more time to decide. The Queen paid a lot to buy you from the Baron, you are her property now no matter what she told you. Is that what your future holds?"

He put his own hand on her arm, "please, it's time to go."


Urzula pulls away from Dawid's touch but walks past him towards the tug. Several boys call after her but no one attempts to stop or follow her. She climbs aboard, followed by Dawid and Tucker, both keenly aware of the dozen or so rifles trained on their backs. As soon as everyone, including the three new passengers, is aboard, Walter and Tadeuz cast off the mooring cables and the tug pushes itself away from the dock. The Plock boys hold their fire. They seem to have been completely unprepared for the sudden defection of their Foreign training cadre and chief medical officer.

When the Krolowa is about 200m downriver from the dock, the tug's tail gunner [not sure who is currently manning the AGS-17/PKM position on the quarterdeck aft] notices the pilot/bomb boat putting off from the dock in apparent pursuit. Based on what the tug crew has seen of the pilot boat's performance, it's a reasonably safe bet that the tug can pretty easily outrun it, especially given a head start. On the other hand, travelling at flank speed down the recently uncharted Vistula is not recommended.

Tum Hill looks like an ants' nest, recently disturbed. Armed kids run about, following the progress of the tug along the hill's crest. Gunfire rings out from the heights but is quickly cut off. As far as you can tell, no rounds reach the tug. A jeep-like vehicle races west along the road paralleling the riverbank, trying to catch up with the Krolowa. The truck is loaded with at least a half-dozen armed kids. The pilot/bomb boat continues to follow the Krolowa at a respectful distance- it's now about 300m or so behind.

Updated tac-map: https://maps.google.com/maps/m...pn=0.009709,0.033023


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 19:05, Sun 30 Sept 2012.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 673 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sun 30 Sep 2012
at 19:24
  • msg #508

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain

Griet looked back and frowned at the pursuit, she began to angle the boat slightly to allow the port Dushka a shot at the pilot boat as well as the aft gun, "Kaptain Bayer, I want the threats to the Queen neutralised. I'm angling the boat to give the port Dushka a shot at maximum deflection, the starboard Dushka and for'rad guns are free to engage the road traffic. Make your dispositions if you please."
This message was last edited by the player at 20:34, Sun 30 Sept 2012.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1091 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 30 Sep 2012
at 19:26
  • msg #509

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain

Mariusz saw the vehicle speeding to catch them up and pivoted the PKM to face it. He got onto the ammunition belt and yelled at Dawid, "PK ready for you to use!"
Daniel Larue
player, 168 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Sun 30 Sep 2012
at 19:53
  • msg #510

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain

As the Queen pulls away from the dock, Danny lets his breath hiss between his teeth and relaxes his grip on Winona.  "Awesome, Dave.  Thanks for exceeding my lowered expectations."  He glances warily at the oncoming pursuit.  "Now will you please get on your gun before Mariusz pisses himself?  I'll see to the lady."

Turning to Urzula, he gives her a polite nod and a brief visual check for injuries.  "Doctor, welcome aboard the Wisla Krolowa.  I'm Tech Sergeant Larue, field medic for this unit.  If you'll please follow me, we'll get you safely below decks.  Is any of that blood yours?"  He motions for her to follow him toward the galley, intending to place her in - sigh - Major Soleblume's care until the incipient battle is decided.

OOC: Yes, Danny is assuming Urzula's command of English is as good as Dawid's.  No, I know this probably isn't a safe assumption.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2901 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 30 Sep 2012
at 20:17
  • msg #511

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain

In reply to Mariusz Tokarski (msg # 509):

Once they were on the tug, Dawid led Urzula inside to the wardroom and found her a seat. "Wait here, you'll be safe."

quote:
Mariusz saw the vehicle speeding to catch them up and pivoted the PKM to face it. He got onto the ammunition belt and yelled at Dawid, "PK ready for you to use!"


Returning to his duty station at the Vasilek he said to Mariusz, "God and the Black Madonna be praised, I had no idea it would be that easy. Too easy! Well, get ready for action! Help me man the Vasilek."

Tired of having little psychopaths pointing guns at him, he swung the Vasilek around to aim at the church. "See how they like staring down the mouth of a gun! A bigger gun!"
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1363 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Mon 1 Oct 2012
at 01:43
  • msg #512

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain

In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg # 511):

Tucker follows Dawid and his sister back onto the tug before he himself gets back on their home and escorts them both below deck so she is safe and out of the way.  Once there, he leaves them, grabs his gear and then finds himself a spot to defend the Queen if necessary.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1704 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Mon 1 Oct 2012
at 02:23
  • msg #513

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain

Bayer leans out of the pilot house as Griet turns the tug and shouts towards the starboard DSHK, "Quyen! Three hundred meters... boat on the river... slow rate... fire."

He then steps out of the bridge and calls down to the main deck, "Target heavy weapon threats only. Save the ammo... we're already leaving here."
This message was last edited by the player at 02:40, Mon 01 Oct 2012.
Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 15 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Mon 1 Oct 2012
at 02:45
  • msg #514

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain

Unsure where to go, Thijs gravitates to the one man on board the tug that he knows.  Keeping an eye out for possible threats, he asked, "Meneer Sutherland, tell me about these people you -- and now I -- have gotten involved with.  What are they like?"
Craig Sutherland
player, 551 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 1 Oct 2012
at 04:39
  • msg #515

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain

In reply to Thijs van Lincklaen (msg # 514):

"Just a second Thijs, let me get this sorted first. You may wish to give it to them on the PKM."

"Gunther let me know where these land and corrections, thanks."

Craig had kept the AGS-17 trained on the dock and the pilot boat as they left just in case one of the teenagers got brave. Now with the boat in their wake about to become a problem he depresses the trigger on the grenade launcher sending a couple of bursts towards the boat.



Weather Deck

"AGS-17 ??/??"
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2902 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 1 Oct 2012
at 07:48
  • msg #516

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg # 513):

"Hm, we're screened by the superstructure."

Aiming the Vasilek at the jeep, he then used the intercom. "If you want me to bring the Vasilek to bear you'll have to turn port or starboard. For now, I'm targeting the jeep with fragmentation."
Gunther Scholz
player, 13 posts
East German
Tanker
Mon 1 Oct 2012
at 08:28
  • msg #517

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain

In reply to Craig Sutherland (msg # 515):

"Copy waiting for your first shot" Sergeant Scholz said, trying to remember exactly how the British he worked with before had talked to each other when calling for fire.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1705 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Mon 1 Oct 2012
at 11:20
  • msg #518

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain

"Hold up." Bayer calls back on the intercom. "There is nothing worth expending ammunition on right now. Standby." Bayer then turns his attention the boat behind them and call for the rear fire to cease once it's damaged or turns away.
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1381 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Tue 2 Oct 2012
at 13:13
  • msg #519

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain

Jan, on the aft PKM, kept watching the boat that was following them, ready to engage if necessary but holding his fire for the moment.

He was amazed that they had managed to get out of Plock with Dawid's sister and no firefight.  From what the boys on the dock had been yelling they seemed to think that the boat had chemical weapon shells on-board and that they were nervous of firing as a result.  The bluff made Jan smile, particularly as the boys hadn't picked up from Thijs and Gunther's attitude, in willingly getting on the boat, that chemical shells were actually rather hard to actually detonate correctly.

That reminded Jan of something.  In the hurried exit out of Plock the German Tanker Gunther had avoided saying anything about his background.  Jan would have to talk to the man further as they needed to know a little more about the man.


Jan
Aft PKM (??/??)
Covering the boat & preparing to engage if necessary

This message was last edited by the player at 14:46, Tue 02 Oct 2012.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 465 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Wed 3 Oct 2012
at 07:33
  • msg #520

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain

Without telling anyone what he was planning on doing, Jeff uses the solitude of the crows nest to his advantage. Firmly breaching his rifle, he sites it in on the driver of the Jeep. A difficult shot, but not one he hadn't performed before in his "travels".

Push left 6ft.

Wait for the jeep to settle.

Calm river. Good. No pitching. Morning keeps the wind down too

Light pressure, 2lbs on trigger, over halfway there.

Close eye, need to focus.

Exhale, inhale, half pound to the trigger, nothing left.

Exhale halfway and hold. Pause between heartbeats.

Last half pound. Send it.

This message was last edited by the player at 07:35, Wed 03 Oct 2012.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2633 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Thu 4 Oct 2012
at 01:39
  • msg #521

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain


The tug pulls away from Plock, the city's dominating feature slowly receding with every passing second. The pilot/bomb boat continues its pursuit, but its small, poorly-maintained engine simply can't push her hard enough to gain any distance on the Krolowa. Craig doesn't give the small vessel another chance. Taking aim, he lobs a burst of five 30mm HE grenades at the Krolowa's tail. The first two round land just short, sending up white water sprays a couple of meters ahead of the pilot/boat's bow. The next three rounds find the target in quick succession. Three small explosions wrack the small boat, wrecking the small conning box; it slows abruptly, streaming smoke. The young crew of two is most likely dead. The current continues to pull the small boat along behind the tug, but the Krolowa is steadily widening the gap between the vessels. (-5 30mm HE)

On the bridge roof, Warren attempts an ambitious shot at the jeep driver shadowing the tug on the eastern shore. He does everything right, but the bullet apparently fails to meet the target. The jeep continues to barrel along, its driver blissfully unaware that he just cheated death. Without heavy weapons, however, it's unclear what the young jeep crew intends to accomplish in it's shorebound chase.(Warren -1 round)

Unaware that she's being addressed, Minh (NPC'ed) does not fire on the jeep with the starboard HMG.

The tug continues on its course, leaving Plock behind. It's now a kilometer-and-a-half in the Krolowa's wake and the distance is steadily widening. Considering the circumstances, the tug's 15kph speed is justifiable, but the danger of colliding with an unseen obstacles rises and falls with her speed. At the moment, the danger is more than negligible. The umanned pilot boat continues its lazy pursuit, still trailing smoke as it drifts along far behind the tug.

In the Krolowa's tiny sickbay, Danny gives Urzula a cursory examination to ensure that the blood on her sleaves is not her own. She protests but allows him to look at her hands and arms. Danny confirms that she is uninjured. She's clearly in a bit of psychological distress, however, as a result of the unexpected series of events that have just transpired. She had very little time to process the situation as it developed, and her decision to board the tug was made in haste and under pressure. It will take her a while to process the events of the last half-hour and make sense of it all.


Next Moves?
Konrad Bayer
player, 1708 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 4 Oct 2012
at 01:44
  • msg #522

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain

Bayer returns to the bridge and says to Griet at the wheel, "Der is some pursuit from a jeep but it's not a problem. You can slow now if you think it is safer." He then motions to the shore, "We'll keep an eye on the vehicle and deal with it if it becomes an danger."
Gunther Scholz
player, 16 posts
East German
Tanker
Thu 4 Oct 2012
at 07:20
  • msg #523

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg # 521):

Gunther Scholz will continue to answer questions from Cerny and the others as to his background and recent travels. He will also discuss the whereabouts of any 'enemy' units, as well as any 'friendly' units in the area or other troop concentrations and other places/things of interest he remembers from his pilgrimage to Plock.
Craig Sutherland
player, 552 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 4 Oct 2012
at 23:43
  • msg #524

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain


Once it was obvious that the boat had taken a mortal hit Craig stopped firing. He waited for an assessment from the German tanker, but could see additional rounds would not be needed.

"Hopefully the boat will burn as well. Looks like the bomb was a ruse."

He turned to Thijs:

"Its a good boat with a good crew. I met them on the other side of Warsaw in a small village and they proceeded to take down the Baron. I am sure that Captain Bayer will want to talk to both of you once this is sorted out."
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1365 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 4 Oct 2012
at 23:54
  • msg #525

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain

Tucker makes his way back to the port side Dishka HMG and stand by there as long as no one else has manned his post while he went ashore or Konrad has something else for him to do.  Watching the boat get knocked out, Robert shifts his attention to the vehicle trying to chase them down by land but, does not fire on it unless ordered so.
Daniel Larue
player, 170 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Fri 5 Oct 2012
at 00:20
  • msg #526

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain

Danny tunes out the noise from above as he checks Urzula.  The volume of fire isn't enough to indicate a real firefight.  Finishing, he stands up to his full height to crack his vertebrae, then gives Dawid's sister a considering look.  May just be processing, may be able to fall apart.  Can't tell.  Need to give her something to... aha.  He turns to Boots, who's wedged herself into a corner to stay upright and out of the way in the wake of Mariusz's departure.  "Boss, this is Doctor... uh, Pitrowski, Dawid's sister.  She's an M.D.  She just came aboard and could stand to get an orientation briefing."  He nods to Urzula.  "Ma'am, this is Major Connolly.  She sustained a mild concussion and cold water immersion last night.  She's stable now, but I need to get back upstairs.  Would you be so kind as to monitor her condition for me?"

Having given both noncombatants something simple and productive to do, Danny exits the deckhouse and heads toward his alleged duty station on the bridge, casting apprehensive glances at the shoreline as he ascends the stairs.  Having trouble giving much of a shit, but where's Major Doctor hiding, anyway?  Did Dave trade her for his sister when I wasn't looking?
This message was last edited by the player at 00:23, Fri 05 Oct 2012.
Minh Quyen
player, 651 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Fri 5 Oct 2012
at 02:15
  • msg #527

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain

"Ahh... firing now." Quyen replies after a silent delay. She then guides the heavy machinegun's barrel towards the moving jeep and settles the sights a little ways in front of it. The first burst is just to gauge the lead and then she will adjust if necessary and fire another two. When the aim looks good she squeezes the trigger and watches the fall of the tracers.

Quyen
Starboard DSHK
Firing burst to gauge accuracy then 2 more (15 rounds)

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2903 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 5 Oct 2012
at 02:23
  • msg #528

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg # 522):

Looking at the jeep, then stepping to where he could see the pilot boat, Dawid thought for a second. Moving back to the Vasilek he triggered the bridge intercom.

"It could be that the jeep is controlling the boat remotely? I'm not an engineer or anything, but it seems it would have to keep close to maintain control. A little far-fetched, perhaps. I'd like to blow that boat out of the water anyways."
Jeff D. Warren
player, 466 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Fri 5 Oct 2012
at 03:35
  • msg #529

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain

Jeff is mildly upset at the miss. He racks the bolt and prepares to correct on his assumption of the shoot, but the big DSHK beneath him opens up on the Jeep.

He watches the tracers streak toward the vehicle, and calls adjustments as needed. Afterwards he glasses the boat for a battle damage assessment.
Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 17 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Fri 5 Oct 2012
at 04:00
  • msg #530

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain

Not yet having anywhere to be and with the man who'd introduced himself as Jan on the machinegun, Thijs remained on the quarterdeck, ready to deploy his autorifle in case the situation heated up once again.  He made small talk with Jan and Lt. Sutherland once the latter had finished firing the grenade launcher, eventually bringing up a mutual friend from their training days together.  "So, have you heard from Sergeant Kinnealy lately?  How has he been?"

Later, once he'd been summoned to speak with Bayer, he came to attention and spoke to the officer, "Good day, Kapitein.  I suppose you will want me to tell you about myself and what lies ahead downriver.  What would you like to know?"
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 392 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Fri 5 Oct 2012
at 13:46
  • msg #531

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain

Jay kept to his post, watching the other side of the river (i.e. not the jeep side). All seemed quiet, bu he remained vigilant.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1092 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Fri 5 Oct 2012
at 15:08
  • msg #532

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain

Mariusz crouched next to Dawid and said, "All it would take are some Dushka rounds to the waterline, punch holes in her and she'll take on water, eventually she'll fall further behind and sink."
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 674 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Fri 5 Oct 2012
at 15:11
  • msg #533

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain

Griet looked over her shoulder, "I'm slowing down to just under five KPH: we've ridden our luck so far and I'm loath to push it much further. I'm not keen on the idea of a boat-load of explosive floating after us. Once we've gotten rid of our pursuers may I suggest either sinking it with machinegun fire or sending the jolly boat out to investigate it? I suppose there may be salvage on it but I'd be more comfortable with it at the bottom of the river."
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2635 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 6 Oct 2012
at 00:40
  • msg #534

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain


The tug slows to a safer and less urgent 5kph, still faster than the drifting pilot/bomb boat. The latter is sitting lower in the water now and has started to give off a little more whitish smoke. As the team at the aft weapon station looks on, the trailing vessel errupts in a slow, but only slightly less destructive, low-order explosion. In a few seconds, the only think still following the tug is a fleet of small pieces of smoldering flotsam. The rumbling boom of the incomplete detonation echoes across the surrounding landscape and can be felt within the bowels of the tug.

The presumably hostile jeep, which had pulled ahead of the tug during the last minute or so, apparently notices the destruction of the pilot/bomb boat and seemingly loses heart. The jeep slows and then stops, and the young passengers watch the tug steam by. They look like they're thinking about shooting at the tug as she passes, but the sight of the Vasilek and starboard HMG pointing in their direction has a very sobering effect, and they do not open fire.

LaRue cleverly gives Urzula something other than the shock of her impromptu escape to focus on, and she seems to liven up a little bit. Connolly understands what LaRue's trying to do and, despite the language barrier, engages with the newcomer. LaRue does not run across Major Soleblume on his short trip the bridge. It occurs to him that he hasn't seen her since the sun's been up.

The tug's newest passengers work to get acquainted with its tight-knit security crew. Although interactions are friendly, mutual suspicion lurks just below the surface. In this world, trust has to be earned.


Next Moves?

OOC: This will probably be the last turn in this chapter. Post responses here but be on the lookout for a new chapter soon.
Craig Sutherland
player, 553 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 6 Oct 2012
at 01:19
  • msg #535

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain



Craig felt the rolling explosion in the pit of his stomach, it brought back memories of close and bigger explosions. He continued to scan the bank from the tugs weather deck until relieved.

"Looks like I was wrong about the boat, best never to call someones bluff with explosives."

"Sergeant Kinnealy, I haven't heard that name in quite sometime. To be honest Thijs once they started using the brigade as paratroopers over Warsaw the shit hit the fan rather quick. Broke both my legs on landing and that was the end of my war. knocked around Warsaw until we started back to friendly lines and hopped on the tug. What about you ?"
Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 18 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Sat 6 Oct 2012
at 02:32
  • msg #536

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain

"Once the situation around Gdansk stabilized somewhat, it was getting rather domestic there. I must be getting soft in the head in my old age.  I actually volunteered to make my way upriver to Warsaw and help guide stragglers back to the Baltic for repatriaation.  Things happened along the way -- things I am not ready to talk about.  I made it as far as Plock before deciding that going any further into the Baron's territory on my own would be suicide.  The so-called 'queen'," -- Thijs looked as though he wanted to spit -- "'convinced' me to stay and help train those young beasts in weapons work.  I met Gunther there.  As I said before, we did not have much choice.  Those hooligans have their own brand of discipline, but it is nothing like what you and I are accustomed to in our own respective Corps.  Gunther and I have taught them as much as we were able.  When your boat appeared from upriver, we stood to, thinking you were another attempt by the Baron's pirates to raid the town.  When you proved to be otherwise, we decided we'd had enough, and so showed up on the dock."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2904 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 6 Oct 2012
at 02:43
  • msg #537

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain

Mariusz Tokarski:
Mariusz crouched next to Dawid and said, "All it would take are some Dushka rounds to the waterline, punch holes in her and she'll take on water, eventually she'll fall further behind and sink."


"Looks like it did. In spectacular fashion! Well, I should go see to my poor sister. It's been a long time, far too long, and as it seems like the immediate danger has passed I should see how she's doing. Look after the gun, I'll be inside. Call me if you need to."

With a nod of thanks, he left to go find his sister. "Hello, Urzula, it's been a while. Let me put on some tea, we have much catching up to do. Then we discuss what our future might hold, yes?"
Craig Sutherland
player, 554 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 6 Oct 2012
at 02:57
  • msg #538

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain

In reply to Thijs van Lincklaen (msg # 536):

"Did you have to leave much behind on the dock ?"
Daniel Larue
player, 171 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Sat 6 Oct 2012
at 21:17
  • msg #539

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain

One hand on the door to the bridge, Danny pauses, frowns to himself, and turns around.  Heading back into the accommodation area, he knocks once on the door of the compartment in which Anneka makes her lair.  "Major?"

OOC: If there's no answer, Danny will let himself in to see if Anneka's gear or personal weapons are gone - or if her slowly-cooling corpse is stuffed under her bunk.
This message was last edited by the player at 21:28, Sat 06 Oct 2012.
Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 19 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Sat 6 Oct 2012
at 21:43
  • msg #540

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain

In reply to Craig Sutherland (msg # 538):

Thijs shrugged and replied, "On the dock, no.  In my quarters, I left behind a bit of equipment.  It was mostly extra clothing and camping gear.  What I shall really miss would be two cases of ammunition, a handful of grenades, a chemical defense suit, and a Geiger counter.  Oh, when the time comes, might I be able to borrow a weapon-cleaning kit?"
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2636 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sun 7 Oct 2012
at 00:37
  • msg #541

Escape From Witch Mountain


Urzula emerges on deck, wrapped in a blanket. Connolly is at her shoulder. She offers an "I couldn't stop her." shrug to anyone who makes eye contact with her.

Urzula addresses Dawid, but she speaks loud enough for anyone else nearby [the Vasilek position forward or the gangway above] to hear as well. Her Polish is clean and correct, allowing even those with only basic proficiency in the language to understand what she says.

"Dawid, the Queen wanted me to treat the man who sold me to the Queen: the Black Baron. He'll be in Plock tomorrow. I was there when his representative made contact; the Baron is going to be at the church and he doesn't want any of "the Queen's little psychopaths" anywhere near. If he convinces her to use her army to retake Warsaw, hundreds of those children could die!"

Inside the tug, LaRue goes to check on the conspicuously scarce Israeli major. There's no answer when he knocks on her cabin door to the women's quarters (Anneka shares the small room with Griet and Minh). He tries the stubby nob and it turns without resistance. The room is empty and Soleblume's things are missing. On her bunk is a tented piece of small composition book paper. On it, in a pinched script, is written,

Duty calls and I must be away. Perhaps we'll meet again some day. I wish you all the best of luck and I ask that you wish me the same. A.S.


Next Moves?
Daniel Larue
player, 172 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Sun 7 Oct 2012
at 00:54
  • msg #542

Re: Escape From Witch Mountain

Danny contemplates the note for a second, then, as no one can see him, squeezes his eyes shut and pinches the bridge of his nose to dispel an incipient headache.  Well, I reckon we really did trade one doctor for another.  He spins and pushes out of the compartment, heading for the wardroom.  Once there, he quickly inventories the pharmaceuticals and other medical supplies, then heads back up to the bridge again.

On the bridge, Danny clears his throat and waits for Bayer to acknowledge him.  "Sir.  We have a personnel and security issue.  Major Soleblume went to powder her nose and left us with the check."  He extends the note for the hauptmann's examination, holding it carefully by a corner as if to avoid further contamination.
Craig Sutherland
player, 555 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sun 7 Oct 2012
at 01:14
  • msg #543

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain

In reply to Thijs van Lincklaen (msg # 540):

"That is a pain, some useful stuff. Is there anywhere friendly to trade further along ? Somewhere we wont be fired upon as soon as well approach ?"

Craig stops to listen to the woman they took from the dock but gives no emotive response when she has finished.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2905 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 7 Oct 2012
at 01:42
  • msg #544

Re: Escape From Witch Mountain

Cap'n Rae:
Urzula emerges on deck, wrapped in a blanket. Connolly is at her shoulder. She offers an "I couldn't stop her." shrug to anyone who makes eye contact with her.

Urzula addresses Dawid, but she speaks loud enough for anyone else nearby [the Vasilek position forward or the gangway above] to hear as well. Her Polish is clean and correct, allowing even those with only basic proficiency in the language to understand what she says.

"Dawid, the Queen wanted me to treat the man who sold me to the Queen: the Black Baron. He'll be in Plock tomorrow. I was there when his representative made contact; the Baron is going to be at the church and he doesn't want any of "the Queen's little psychopaths" anywhere near. If he convinces her to use her army to retake Warsaw, hundreds of those children could die!"


Dawid appeared to be stunned by the news.

"Good God... we knew there was some kind of connection between the Queen and the Baron. We heard she bought you with poison gas shells, traded to the Baron. (We don't have any such shells on board, but if the Queen let us go because she thought we did, we weren't about to correct her error.)

"It makes sense, the Baron was defeated but not killed. He escaped with some troops and some of his heavy weapons. With an army behind him he could march back into Warszawa, undo all the work we did to free it. God forbid, paid for with the blood of these children. Things are so disorganised there right now, he could take back the city with her help."


He shook his head. "The Kaptain and the others need to know about this. We can't leave this behind... I can't leave this unfinished." He switched to English.

"Kaptain! Everyone! The Baron will be in Plock tomorrow! At the church, meeting with the Queen. Her children won't be near. He plans to take back the city. We can finish what we started, we have to finish it!"
This message was last edited by the player at 01:44, Sun 07 Oct 2012.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1093 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 7 Oct 2012
at 10:53
  • msg #545

Re: Escape From Witch Mountain

Mariusz listened to Dawid and said, "Well, if we're off to defeat the forces of darkness I'd better make sure everyone's reasonably equipped."

He went from member to member making sure they all had any missing gear replaced to the best of the boat's supplies.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 676 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sun 7 Oct 2012
at 19:53
  • msg #546

Re: Escape From Witch Mountain

Griet watched the pilot boat die and considered how many times in the last few week that could have been the Queen. She sighed at the constant destruction that beset her war-torn country. Destroying rabid dog leaders like the Queen and the Baron would be a service to the people of the world.

She looked over at Dawid and said, "The Vistula Queen is at your service, she will support your quest in any way possible."
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1385 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sun 7 Oct 2012
at 22:26
  • msg #547

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain

Gunther Scholz:
Gunther Scholz will continue to answer questions from Cerny and the others as to his background and recent travels. He will also discuss the whereabouts of any 'enemy' units, as well as any 'friendly' units in the area or other troop concentrations and other places/things of interest he remembers from his pilgrimage to Plock.

Jan had listened to Gunther's story and recent adventures with the American slavers and the British Medical unit and nodded in understanding.  It was as screwed up and as plausible as almost everyone else's stories so there was little more that Jan could do to be certain that either Gunther or Thijs were on the level.  Well, unless he started pulling fingernails out and if that was called for then Jan suspected that Jeff knew a lot more subtle interrogation techniques.

OOC – I’ve assumed that Gunther has related everything in his entry in the cast list?  Hopefully that’s ok?

When there was a quiet moment Jan reported in to Konrad.  "Capitaine, Craig vouches for the Dutchman Thijs and from talking to Gunther he seems to be just another straggler trying to survive.  It is possible that he might have served with the Black Baron up until a few weeks ago but I doubt it and Craig did at one point anyway so serving does not necessarily mean volunteering.  Anyway, as far as I can tell their stories make sense so unless you want me to start actually interrogating them I think that we just give them jobs to do and see how they perform."



Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Kaptain! Everyone! The Baron will be in Plock tomorrow! At the church, meeting with the Queen. Her children won't be near. He plans to take back the city. We can finish what we started, we have to finish it!"

Jan had been in the middle of lighting up a cigarette when Dawid dropped this bomb shell.  He took a deep drag and then listened to Mariusz and Griet's responses, realising that he cared quite strongly that that evil bastard the Black Baron didn't manage to return to power.

"Griet, how far down river are we now?  They will be watching the river very much now so we will have to walk."
Jeff D. Warren
player, 467 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Mon 8 Oct 2012
at 03:43
  • msg #548

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain

Jeff pipes up at Dawids announcement.  He leans over the railing to listen to Dawid, Konrad, and anyone elses discussion.  During this, he removes a shell from the cheekrest pouch on his rifle and reloads his weapon.  The message is clear.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1710 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Tue 9 Oct 2012
at 01:07
  • msg #549

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain

With the situation with the boat and jeep out of the way and done with, Bayer stands down the Kommandos, leaving only the usual day OP manned. There had been some recent changes to the roster and he briefly considered taking the time to reorganize the duty stations, but more than anything he just wanted to sit in the galley and relax. The events in Plock, however brief, had left him drained.

In the cramped galley he managed to finally meet the Korlowa's newest passengers and introduce himself. Although he shared Jan's initial concern that they may have been previously employed in the Baron's elite Black Guard, Craig's vetting on the men softened his approach so he kept it brief and friendly. There was so much he wanted to know about the river from them, but he realized that asking too much about it could overwhelm the men and leave out easily overlooked details. Turning to Thijs, he asks simply, "For now, just tell me about Włocławek."

Daniel Larue:
On the bridge galley, Danny clears his throat and waits for Bayer to acknowledge him.  "Sir.  We have a personnel and security issue.  Major Soleblume went to powder her nose and left us with the check."  He extends the note for the hauptmann's examination, holding it carefully by a corner as if to avoid further contamination.


Bayer takes the note and reads it over before silently folding it up neatly and putting into his pocket before making eye contact with Daniel again. "Congratulations Sergeant. I'm promoting you to chief medical officer." he informs the American quietly with little emotion. Truth be told, he didn't know how to react, with anger and relief pulling at him in different directions. He then asks, "What did she take? I mean ahh... how are your supplies holding up?"

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Kaptain! Everyone! The Baron will be in Plock tomorrow! At the church, meeting with the Queen. Her children won't be near. He plans to take back the city. We can finish what we started, we have to finish it!"


Still sitting in the galley, Bayer winces upon the news but keeps quiet for a moment, gauging the reactions of the Kommandos first. He wasn't keen on heading back upriver and hoped he'd never have to set foot in Plock again, but he also didn't like to leave loose ends. Warsaw was their mission, their whole reason for being together, and doing nothing to stop the Baron from taking the city back would undo all that they fought and bled for. Fortunately, it didn't seem like there would be any detractors to the idea of one last scrap with the Baron.

"Yes." Bayer says softly in agreement, "We will finish it." Then nodding at Jan's comment, he says, "I expect it will be a land infiltration, but first (he looks at Dawid) see if you can find out from your sister some more details. Where, for example, will the child militia be if not in attendance."



Later...

Jan Cerny:
When there was a quiet moment Jan reported in to Konrad.  "Capitaine, Craig vouches for the Dutchman Thijs and from talking to Gunther he seems to be just another straggler trying to survive.  It is possible that he might have served with the Black Baron up until a few weeks ago but I doubt it and Craig did at one point anyway so serving does not necessarily mean volunteering.  Anyway, as far as I can tell their stories make sense so unless you want me to start actually interrogating them I think that we just give them jobs to do and see how they perform."


Bayer put a hand on Jan's shoulder and shakes his head, "No. No, I don't think that will be necessary." Then with the past incident with the traitors they had taken on board still fresh in his mind, he adds, "Just keep an eye on them... and don't hesitate to take whatever action might be called for if it seems we have made a mistake."
This message was last edited by the player at 01:08, Tue 09 Oct 2012.
Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 20 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Tue 9 Oct 2012
at 03:31
  • msg #550

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain

Konrad Bayer:
Turning to Thijs, he asks simply, "For now, just tell me about Włocławek."


"There is not much to tell, Kapitein," came the Dutchman's reply.  "The town was more or less deserted when I passed through.  A handful of civilians there, but that was all.  With no bridges standing, there is not much to recommend the place, militarily."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2907 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 9 Oct 2012
at 08:24
  • msg #551

Re: Escape from Witch Mountain

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg # 549):

"Yes, Kapitan." He saluted and left.

Finding Urzula, he said, "my friends have agreed to help. This is good. I would have done it alone if needed, but these men and women are the best I've seen. We will stop the Baron, perhaps we can end the Queen's mad reign as well, free her children. If we do it right, we can avoid hurting anyone other than the guilty.

"Please tell me everything. First, start with the meeting. Can you describe the Baron's emissary? The meeting? What was said? Did they say who was coming?

"Most importantly, what were the arrangements? How far did the Baron want her children to stay away? Just the outside, or perhaps a certain distance away? That gives us the opportunity to settle matters without harming the children. We might approach from the land or the river, if we approach from land we would wish to avoid running into sentries or others that might get hurt. Is there a way you can think of to get into town without discovery?"


Dawid prepared to take down any important details. He intended to cross-check the details with what the new arrivals had to say.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2637 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 9 Oct 2012
at 22:03
  • msg #552

Return to Witch Mountain


The Wisla Krolowa heaves to, spinning on its axis so that it's reinforced bow faces up river, and drops anchor. It is well out of sight of Plock but there's no sense in going any further if the intention is to return, either by land, by water, or a combination of both.

During his cursory examination of the tug's medical stores, LaRue finds surprisingly little missing- from what he can tell, it looks like Anneka took only a bottle of antibiotic tablets, a bottle of analgesic pills, and a single vial of morphine. Everything else- a veritable fortune in post-apocalypse pharmaceuticals- is still in place.

Up in the tug's bridge, Dawid attempts to glean more intelligence from his sister [OOC: all PCs who wish to be present at this impromptu meeting are welcome to attend].

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
Finding Urzula, he said, "my friends have agreed to help. This is good. I would have done it alone if needed, but these men and women are the best I've seen. We will stop the Baron, perhaps we can end the Queen's mad reign as well, free her children. If we do it right, we can avoid hurting anyone other than the guilty.

"Please tell me everything. First, start with the meeting. Can you describe the Baron's emissary? The meeting? What was said? Did they say who was coming?

"Most importantly, what were the arrangements? How far did the Baron want her children to stay away? Just the outside, or perhaps a certain distance away? That gives us the opportunity to settle matters without harming the children. We might approach from the land or the river, if we approach from land we would wish to avoid running into sentries or others that might get hurt. Is there a way you can think of to get into town without discovery?"


"I was not present at the meeting. Some of the boys told me about the arrival of a delegation from Warsaw in a truck the day before the shootout you had with the Beasts. The Queen initially thought you were sent by the Baron as part of a double-cross. Anyway, the Baron's men did not resist when disarmed and the boys thought this a sign of their growing prowess as warriors- you see, the Baron's men and the boys have not always gotten along. Anyhow, the delegates requested a meeting with the Queen. I was summoned shortly after the conclusion of this meeting and told that I would have a special patient, a man that I knew quite well. I was asked to put aside my personal feelings and show professionalism in treating him. When I inquired further, the Queen confirmed my fear- the patient is Baron Czarny. I was told that my performance could greatly benefit Plock by expanding its sphere of influence in the region; the boys wouldn't need to fight so much to keep us all safe. One of the Baron's favorites, a disgusting little weasel called Filip Piekarz, stayed behind in Plock to act as a hostage, when the rest of the party left.

"The Baron has a bullet wound in his leg. The bullet is still lodged in the wound and the area has become infected. Surgery must be performed and the Baron's medic has neither the tools nor the skill to take care of it himself. The operation is to take place in the castle- er, that is what the Queen calls the cathedral now- today, soon after the Baron's arrival. He's supposed to arrive in Plock at around noon, right about now, if that clock is right."


Urzula nods towards the much abused bridge clock on the aft bulkhead. It's taken quite a beating on the voyage from Krakow, but somehow Walter has always managed to get it working again. It's taken quite a licking, but literally keeps on ticking.

"I don't know what will happen now that I'm not there. I can't imagine that Czarny will be very happy. According to the original plan, the Baron's men will not be allowed on Tum Hill; only his bodyguard, the Panthers he calls them, will be permitted to attend him. They are four black men, very loyal, very fierce. As a sign of good faith, the Queen agreed that only her own personal bodyguard, the Athenas, will be allowed inside the castle during the length of the Baron's stay there. There are 15 of them- girls, all of them, each willing to kill and die for the Queen at the blink of an eye.

"The Baron and his remaining forces are to be guests in Plock until such time as arrangements can be made to retake Warsaw. We'd heard rumors that the Baron had been deposed, but nothing certain. His army is much reduced, I take it, but the boys told me that he was bringing tanks with him. They are quite excited to have armor on their side, for once. But as I alluded to before, if any of the Baron's army sets foot on Tum Hill... the Queen assured me that he would pay for any treachery with his life. I'm afraid that's all I can tell you. As I'm sure you understand, I couldn't get answers to all of the questions I had. I've not quite earned the Queen's full trust yet."


-
This message was last edited by the GM at 22:18, Tue 09 Oct 2012.
Daniel Larue
player, 173 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Tue 9 Oct 2012
at 22:52
  • msg #553

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Still not sure how to read Bayer's moods, Danny suppresses his usual ebullience.  Best if I don't encourage him to shoot the messenger.  "Understood, Sir," he nods, then caveats his acknowledgement.  "Don't forget, though, I'm more of a ditch doctor than a real chest-cutter.  Probably best if we make staying with us look like an appealing prospect for Doctor Piotrowski."

At Bayer's question, Danny nods toward the drawers where the team's ready supply of pharmaceuticals resides.  "We're in good shape.  It looks like she put together a personal kit but didn't get too greedy.  I could always wish for more, but we have enough to handle the aftermath of one good fight."  He pauses for a moment.  "And some dentistry, when you feel you can take twenty-four hours of downtime to recover."
Daniel Larue
player, 174 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Tue 9 Oct 2012
at 23:04
  • msg #554

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Following Bayer back to the now-crowded bridge, Danny wedges himself into a space beside Connolly and listens to Urzula's account.  "Guys," he says, looking around to catch the eyes of Dawid, Craig, and Jeff, "I know you want the Baron's ass, but without Doctor Piotrowski there to operate on his leg, he may be a self-correcting problem.  I'll defer to the doctor's diagnosis but it sounds like he's got a couple of weeks, max, with a problem like that."  He glances at Bayer, then shakes his head and continues.  "Assuming he hasn't found himself another surgeon..."
This message was last edited by the player at 11:15, Wed 10 Oct 2012.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1366 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Wed 10 Oct 2012
at 00:01
  • msg #555

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Tucker sits and listens to the history of the Baron from Dawid's sister wondering what the plan is going to be for this operation.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 394 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Wed 10 Oct 2012
at 02:05
  • msg #556

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jay, who had been sitting quietly during the meeting, suddenly piped up when Danny mentioned that the baron might not survive anyway. "No, mister Daniel-ji. A man like the Baron might be seen to be dead. Men like him will always find friendly doctor, they always do. We must finish now, and people must know." Jay's usually friendly smile was temporarily absent, replace by a steely look of determination. He clearly felt that eliminating the Baron, and possibly the Plock Queen, was worth the risk.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1712 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 10 Oct 2012
at 14:25
  • msg #557

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Bayer nods at Daniel's comment of the Baron's likely, if not delayed, demise from infection. The consequences of leaving it to chance however did not measure up to the odds, he felt. Risk versus hazard, he reminded himself. "Perhaps it might.... but we can ensure that he doesn't get the chance to find out. And I want to be certain this time."

Bayer was however dissappointed that he was already in Plock by now. Turning to Griet, he says, "I don't want to risk an opposed waterborne landing so we'll deploy on the ground to make our advance. Do you think you can bring the boat in as a diversion, to draw attention to the river... but keep enought distance to avoid damage? The smoke plume should allow you to close without actually being in their line of sight ja?"
This message was last edited by the player at 14:27, Wed 10 Oct 2012.
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1388 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 10 Oct 2012
at 14:29
  • msg #558

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

"Um," commented Jan as he looked around the assembled people.  "Where is Anneka?  I have heard that she is missing?  If that is correct then Jay may be right and the doctor the Baron finds will be Anneka."

He lit a cigarette and took a long drag, savouring it briefly before continuing.  "I also agree with Jay about the Baron.  We cannot trust that he will die of the wounds that he already has.  We must make sure that he dies as soon as possible and that his remaining forces are shattered.  To have done what we have done in Warsaw only for the Baron to take it back again would be hard to accept.  I say that we go back and finish the job we started."
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 677 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Wed 10 Oct 2012
at 15:39
  • msg #559

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Griet nodded, "We can do that, but I'm going to need a constant update on any armour that appears. The Queen is in no shape to tangle with tanks. That said, we can provide indirect fire with the mortar and Dushkas as well as providing a diversion."
Jeff D. Warren
player, 468 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Wed 10 Oct 2012
at 18:16
  • msg #560

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

"Perhaps convince the Queen that the Baron is double crossing her by luring his forces to the hill, or doing it ourselves.  Firefight ensues inside the church, and we kill whoever comes out.  Or get the mortar to hammer the church, and kill whoever runs out."

He pauses a second and thinks about the implication that Anneke is treating him.  Should have finished her myself.

"I will contact Johnstone and see what he knows about the Barons forces headed here."
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1094 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Wed 10 Oct 2012
at 20:36
  • msg #561

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Mariusz spread his hands on the table, "If at all possible, shelling the cathedral should be a last resort. It's a national treasure, maybe one of the few that's relatively undamaged. It would be a crime against Poland even if you discount the fact it is a house of God. I'd rather not be in the shore party as the Beasties will have it in for me, but if my presence on shore would help save the building, I volunteer."
Konrad Bayer
player, 1715 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 10 Oct 2012
at 21:33
  • msg #562

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

"Don't worry." Bayer says sincerely to Mariusz. "That won't happen. All efforts to minimalize damage to the cathedral will be taken... and I do need your presense on the ground with me."

"That goes for everyone, actually, except for Sergeant's Larue's companions."


Bayer then turns to Warren, hopeful that his contact might be of use, and says, "I think once it appears to his men that the Baron is under attack, that will happen on its own. I expect chaos, and am hopeful that the confusion will aide in our extraction."

"See what you can get from your man, that would be very helpful."

This message was last edited by the player at 21:34, Wed 10 Oct 2012.
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1389 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 10 Oct 2012
at 21:38
  • msg #563

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

"Confusion is what we are good at!" commented Jan with a smirk before continuing with a more serious expression.  "Capitaine, how do you want to do this?  Three teams moving down the east bank of the river?  And do we have any maps of Plock or the surrounding area?"
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2908 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 11 Oct 2012
at 08:06
  • msg #564

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg # 552):

"Thank you, sis. I shall pass this information along to my comrades. Please stay here for now."

"In the man time, think of ways we can get into town without a fight."


He left her (although he didn't want to) and found Konrad. He laid out the information to the "command unit".

"...in the extreme, if he's a tanker then I imagine that Gunter can man the Vasilek in a direct-fire role. Depending on the tank we might be able to take them out with flank fire."

"It seems we could fake our way into town. Few in the Queen's army will know who's in the Baron's party, this confusion could get us in close."


Dawid introduced himself to Thjis and Gunter. "Welcome aboard, gentlemen. I hear one of you's a tanker. That would be you, Gunter? I am Dawid Piotrowski. Urzula, the doctor, that is the Queen's former doctor, is my sister. Hope you can help us out infiltrating the town. We wish to get into position with as little conflict as possible."
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1095 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Thu 11 Oct 2012
at 15:41
  • msg #565

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

"Of course, Captain," Mariusz agreed, "just don't let the Beasts take me alive."
Gunther Scholz
player, 20 posts
East German
Tanker
Fri 12 Oct 2012
at 13:33
  • msg #566

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg # 564):

"Witam Panu" Gunther Scholz said to the Polish man in his native language. His eastern German accent must have amused Dawid, as he was more used to the Czech workers before the war. His accented Polish was, on account, an attempt, which was more than most made in an attempt to be understood by 'the locals'.

"Should be no problem" he continued in Polish, answering Dawid's question about the mortar. He placed his left hand on the Vasilek, patting it like an animal with a sort of reverential treatment.
Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 21 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Sat 13 Oct 2012
at 00:33
  • msg #567

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg # 552):

"..."It seems we could fake our way into town. Few in the Queen's army will know who's in the Baron's party, this confusion could get us in close."

Dawid introduced himself to Thjis and Gunter. "Welcome aboard, gentlemen. I hear one of you's a tanker. That would be you, Gunter? I am Dawid Piotrowski. Urzula, the doctor, that is the Queen's former doctor, is my sister. Hope you can help us out infiltrating the town. We wish to get into position with as little conflict as possible."


Thijs shook the artillerist's hand.  "I am pleased to meet you.  May I point out that quite a few of the boys -- especially those who were at the docks -- will be able to recognize you.  It is very likely that some of them may be redeployed away from Tum Hill.  All of the 'beasts' will definitely recognize me.  For this reason, I suggest that I stay here on the tug if you intend to infiltrate the town."  "And that way I can avoid killing my former charges unless it becomes absolutely necessary," he thought to himself.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2911 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 13 Oct 2012
at 00:37
  • msg #568

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In reply to Thijs van Lincklaen (msg # 567):

Appalled at his accent, Dawid replied to Gunter, "let's stick to English, yes? The Vasilek is a good weapon!"

OOC: It's true (if cliche) that when trying to speak someone else's tongue they invariably never want you to, instead preferring anything else. (Unless they're English.)

"Well, we can disguise ourselves, or maybe you can think of a way to get in without being seen at all? Or are these child soldiers so good they have the entire area sewn up? I have a hard time believing that, even professionals can't be everywhere at once."
Konrad Bayer
player, 1721 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sat 13 Oct 2012
at 18:30
  • msg #569

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Bayer does a quick head count to remind himself of what they have to work with before hashing out a quick groupings and tasks set of orders. "Alright, attention please... listen for your name. Shore party is as follows." he says loud enough for all to hear.

"Myself and Sergeant Larue, will be all there is to make up platoon headquarters."

"Jan will take One Section, along with Lt.Sutherland, Quyen, and Thijs. Ensure your section carries the PKM machine gun."

"Sergeant Tucker will take Two Section, along with Warren, Jay, and Mariusz. Ensure your section carries the RPG-7 while on the ground."

"Order of march is One Section, Headquarters, and Two Section when in single file. Extended line formation will see One Section on the left, Two Section on the Right, and Headquarters in the center depth."


Bayer then pauses before exhaling slowly and says, "Our usual breakdown of three assault teams, a support group, and headquarters is simply not going to happen this time - but this is what we're going to work with. It means fewer subunits on the ground, but I think we're still flexible enough."

He then turns to Dawid, and says, "You're the best gunner. I need you on the gun. Gunther will assist. I know it's not the same as putting a bullet in the Baron's head personally, but you're far more valuable to make killing the Baron possible being here on the mortar." He knew it wasn't exactly what Dawid preferred this time around, but hoped he saw his reason. Bayer also wasn't entirely comfortable leaving their heaviest firepower in the hands of the newest members yet - not without at least one trial by fire as part of the Kommandos.

Then addressing the group, Bayer continues, "There is no time for reconnaissance or lengthy preparations, so we're going in cold. We'll adapt as the situation unfolds and rely on our small size, but heavy firepower to get in and out."

"I don't want to risk an infiltration. Heightened security is going make it all the more difficult for outsiders to gain entry, if it's even possible and the town not on some sort of lock down. Like Dawid said, they can't be everywhere. Either they are covering the main approaches or spread out very thin... either one is fine for us."

"The tug will be our diversion. Griet will take it back towards the town and using whatever ruse, be it horn blasts or machinegun fire, to make it look like an attack and draw some of their forces to the riverside. I anticipate the Baron will not be able to move once surgery is started, so instead of escaping, his men will try to hold against attack. The tug is already a known threat so I expect it to cause some concern. if anything, just knock out that machinegun position."


Then while he lets that sit for a moment, Bayer addresses Thijs, "You know the town, the inhabited sections, and the defensive strongpoints. You're the guide." Bayer then hands him his map and taping his watch, adds, "Find me a route in and get back to me in ten minutes."

Next turning to face Jeff, he reminds him, "I could use any info on the Baron's forces in Plock. We step off shortly. Can you see about that now?"

Bayer finished by addressing the group again, "Questions?"
This message was last edited by the player at 18:35, Sat 13 Oct 2012.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 398 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Sat 13 Oct 2012
at 22:31
  • msg #570

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jay slowly raised his hand. "Please kapitanbayer-ji, is the Queen target too, or just Baron and his men?"
Daniel Larue
player, 178 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Sun 14 Oct 2012
at 02:03
  • msg #571

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Danny waits for Konrad to address Jay's question, then clears his throat.  "Medical brief.  Suppressive fire is the best preventive medicine, but double-check your kits.  Gauze, pressure bandages, tourniquets.  If you're missing the basics, get with me before we launch.  If someone takes a hit out there, finish the fight before you render aid.  If you're treating, you're not shooting.  If no one can get to you immediately, keep fighting if you can, otherwise play dead.  I will be there."  He points at Thijs and Gunther.  "New guys: I need five minutes for a quick medical assessment."

As he steps aside to talk to the new recruits, he gives the sky an assessing glance, then frowns toward Konrad.  "Sorry, sir, I've got no idea what the weather's gonna do.  Patterns over the last couple of days have been all over the place."

OOC: 19 on a Meteorology check.  Forecasting fail.  How realistic!
This message was last edited by the player at 02:04, Sun 14 Oct 2012.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1722 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sun 14 Oct 2012
at 02:26
  • msg #572

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Upon the first question, Bayer holds his breath and thinks for a moment before answering, "Consider the Plock Queen to be a target of opportunity." He then clarifies, "Let's focus on one goal and not add further risk and complications to ourselves. We're here for the Baron. However she is to be considered an enemy combatant so if you have a shot you are clear to take it."

"I'm open to hearing out any arguments for something different on that matter however."
he adds while looking around the room for anyone to speak up.

Bayer then nods at Larue's vague but still appreciated met-rep, "Next time..."
This message was lightly edited by the player at 02:27, Sun 14 Oct 2012.
Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 22 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Sun 14 Oct 2012
at 06:17
  • msg #573

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Konrad Bayer:
Bayer addresses Thijs, "You know the town, the inhabited sections, and the defensive strongpoints. You're the guide." Bayer then hands him his map and taping his watch, adds, "Find me a route in and get back to me in ten minutes."


"Where to, Boss?  I suppose it all depends on how much of a hike we want to take.  If the bridge south of the cathedral is intact, taking route 62 is a possibility.  The problem with that is the western machinegun post is likely to be keeping an eye on the stretch directly across the river.  The only real alternative I can see is looping around to the north and skirting the eastern edge of the toxic zone."
Konrad Bayer
player, 1723 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sun 14 Oct 2012
at 06:33
  • msg #574

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Thijs van Lincklaen:
"Where to, Boss?  I suppose it all depends on how much of a hike we want to take.  If the bridge south of the cathedral is intact, taking route 62 is a possibility.  The problem with that is the western machinegun post is likely to be keeping an eye on the stretch directly across the river.  The only real alternative I can see is looping around to the north and skirting the eastern edge of the toxic zone."


"Right to the cathedral." Bayer answers.

"No... it can't be a bridge or any kind of choke point." he continues. "And away from the river since that is where our diversion will be drawing their forces."

Then when the Marine mentions the north as the best alternative, Bayer glances at the map and says, "Is there much population on that route? I want us to keep to the uninhabited zones as much as possible... at least until we're close to the cathedral. You can guide us in there? From the north?"
Jeff D. Warren
player, 470 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Sun 14 Oct 2012
at 06:48
  • msg #575

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jeff nods. "I agree that we stay away from the water and time.our assault until we can figure he is immobile. When we get close have a scout or one of the new guys go ahead to confirm. I will check with my handler in a moment, but first, what is the plan if one team is pinned? Do the others bypass to get to objective before he escapes, or do we help out? Is the Baron kill on sight? "

Jeff hears the answers and then observes the brief for a few more moments before ducking out and heading to the location of the strongest radio onboard.  He clears the room, using his icy presence for maximum effect, then fiddles with the nobs and transmits on a secure and private frequency.
This message was lightly edited by the GM at 20:14, Sun 14 Oct 2012.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2913 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 14 Oct 2012
at 13:39
  • msg #576

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Konrad Bayer:
He then turns to Dawid, and says, "You're the best gunner. I need you on the gun. Gunther will assist. I know it's not the same as putting a bullet in the Baron's head personally, but you're far more valuable to make killing the Baron possible being here on the mortar." He knew it wasn't exactly what Dawid preferred this time around, but hoped he saw his reason. Bayer also wasn't entirely comfortable leaving their heaviest firepower in the hands of the newest members yet - not without at least one trial by fire as part of the Kommandos.


Dawid nodded. "No questions, sir. I agree with everything you say. It would be more satisfying to do it personally, but if my brothers and sisters pervail, it will feel the same."


OOC: Sorry for the quick post, not a lot of time but wanted you to know Dawid is on board literally and figuratively.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1369 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 14 Oct 2012
at 13:56
  • msg #577

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

"We get close enough to where we can make best use of the RPG, my two-oh-three, and whatever secret weapon Warren has up his sleeve and we pummel the area with explosive fire where we think the Baron is.  Once that's over, we cause as much trouble as we can, using the cover of the Queen and we get the hell out of there.

I think we should avoid whatever we can going in and out of the target area.  Gives us the bigger chance of success going in and avoids problems with the kids to a minimum, we hope.  Hopefully, the training they got was from our new crew members wasn't completed or was somewhat lacking!  No offense gentlemen to your training skills but, we're hoping that the kids were not the best students and we can use that to our advantage now,"
Robert says as he addresses the two new guys from Plock.

With a smile, he does add the following comment, "If you're going to stay with us, I'm sure you'll bring your A-Game!  I think you'll have a more receptive crowd!"
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 678 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sun 14 Oct 2012
at 14:04
  • msg #578

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Griet looked over the personnel that she had left on board and made her dispositions, "Dawid, can you check that this is the best deployment of the crew, please?" she asked the non-com expecting his advice, "You and Gunther are on the mortar. I suggest that MacClurg mans one Dushka and that Tadeuz mans the other, he's not great, but pretty much all we've got. Kellerman will act as damage control but initially man the stern guns. Connolly will be with me manning the comms as I steer and everyone else will service the engine. Does that sound acceptable?"
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1098 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 14 Oct 2012
at 14:07
  • msg #579

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Mariusz looked over his kit as he listened to the plans. He stripped out his webbing and loaded the magazines and grenades into his assault vest. He slid the 40mm grenades into the pockets on the belt below the vest and then checked his M1911.

He looked around and then clipped a few smoke grenades to his vest, his team would have the RPG so he knew that he had to get his load down so that he could carry his share of the rockets.
Minh Quyen
player, 652 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Sun 14 Oct 2012
at 15:53
  • msg #580

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

"No questions." Quyen says simply.

When the orders meeting is over Quyen will move into the armory. There she will top up her magazines and issue herself two more frag grenades. (OOC - taking 23 5.45mm and 2 M67 Frag) She will then throw on her aididas track jacket and grab her small pack that contained what little explosives she has left.

Quyen will then wait outside on the deck chain smoking until it is time to land ashore.
This message was last edited by the player at 16:47, Sun 14 Oct 2012.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1724 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sun 14 Oct 2012
at 16:01
  • msg #581

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jeff D. Warren:
Jeff nods. "...what is the plan if one team is pinned? Do the others bypass to get to objective before he escapes, or do we help out? Is the Baron kill on sight? "


"With our small size and need for mutual support, I expect that anything that might happen to one group will also affect the other. So if we run into trouble, we'll be hitting back as with everything we have to break through as one." Bayer answers the first question. "If he's in surgery, he won't be easily moved."

"Yes." he says simply to the second.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1370 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 14 Oct 2012
at 16:24
  • msg #582

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Minh Quyen:
"No questions." Quyen says simply.

Ferro will then wait outside on the deck chain smoking until it is time to land ashore.

OOC: LOL!  I thought Ferro was inspecting her Kevlar Vest????
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1393 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sun 14 Oct 2012
at 16:48
  • msg #583

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Konrad Bayer:
"Jan will take One Section, along with Lt.Sutherland, Quyen, and Thijs. Ensure your section carries the PKM machine gun."

"Yes Capitaine," Jan had replied before gathering Craig, Quyen and one of the new guys Thijs around him for a quick discussion.

"OK," he said to the three of them, "Quyen, I want you to take the PKM that Konrad wants us to bring and that means that you need to switch out your AK again for it.  We have to leave some ammo on the boat so if you take the two box mags for it I will carry a spare belt as well for you giving us three hundred rounds in total.  Does that sound ok to you?"

OOC – ok we will take the following from the stores:
Quyen - PKM x1, 100 rnd box mag for PKM x2, 100 rnd 7.62mmR belt x2
Jan - 100 rnd 7.62mmR belt x1


Once that was agreed Jan unfurled a rolled up bundle that had been under his arm.  "Quyen, I know that this is going to be a bit big for you but until we find or trade for a combat jacket that fits you do you want to borrow one of my spares?  I had a load of spare clothes back here on the boat and I've been meaning to get one out for you."

The bundle turned out to be an American issue woodland pattern BDU combat jacket, size Large, and he offered it to Quyen to try on.
This message was last edited by the player at 09:51, Mon 15 Oct 2012.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2641 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sun 14 Oct 2012
at 20:29
  • msg #584

Re: Return to Witch Mountain


Warren receives a response from Johnstone, its content a secret until such time as the CIA operate chooses to share.
This message was last edited by the GM at 20:41, Sun 14 Oct 2012.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 472 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Sun 14 Oct 2012
at 22:56
  • msg #585

Re: Return to Witch Mountain



Jeff secures the receiver and resets the frequency. Satisfied that no one will be able to deduce the secure line, he returns to the briefing.

"Our friends up river believe that the Baron has at most 40 men loyal to him, but that doesn't mean they're all in his entourage. No word on armored support, but it seems like most working vehicles are in friendly hands, not his. That being said, we can't expect any direct help. They're ah, busy."
Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 26 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Mon 15 Oct 2012
at 01:05
  • msg #586

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Konrad Bayer:
Then when the Marine mentions the north as the best alternative, Bayer glances at the map and says, "Is there much population on that route? I want us to keep to the uninhabited zones as much as possible... at least until we're close to the cathedral. You can guide us in there? From the north?"

"No, there is not much population to the north, especially in the area of the remains of the chemical plant.  The area to the east of that toxic zone is probably our best bet.  We may want to give the zone a fairly wide berth, at least half the distance between it," Thijs indicated on the map the edge of the zone, "and the nearest outpost, here," he said, pointing at that location.  "Moving any closer than that," he added, "without chemical protection would be unwise, particularly with a northwesterly wind, as we have now.  One advantage we would have is that outpost is not very popular with the boys because of its proximity to the toxic zone.  From what I know of them, the ones posted there are likely to be less than vigilant; it tends to be used as a punishment detail.  Combine that with the light overcast and cold weather expected, and we have a good chance at slipping through.  It could possibly snow in the next couple of days, but probably not soon enough to further cover our approach."

van Lincklaen was not particularly happy about skirting the edge of the toxic zone, especially since his own chemical defense suit was still in Plock, but it was the best way he could see to sneak into town.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 473 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Mon 15 Oct 2012
at 01:20
  • msg #587

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

"What sort of warning systems do these outposts have? Is there a QRF or anything similar? You must have had an idea something was up in terms of the Barons visit, even if you didn't know the details. What extra preparations can we expect? "

These last questions are directed in a detached and flat tone to the newcomers.
Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 28 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Mon 15 Oct 2012
at 04:01
  • msg #588

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jeff D. Warren:
"What sort of warning systems do these outposts have? Is there a QRF or anything similar? You must have had an idea something was up in terms of the Barons visit, even if you didn't know the details. What extra preparations can we expect? "


"Gunshots serve as the basic warning should newcomers fail to follow directions at the checkpoints," Thijs replied.  He then continued, "They also utilise runners.  Some use bicycles; others have scoooters or motorcycles.  All I heard was that Warsaw's strongman was on his way with some of his men. The men were to stay in the lower town (NE of Tum Hill) and the "Baron" was going to be a guest of the Queen.  My guess is that a company or two of boys will be detailed to keep a watch on the Baron's men in the lower town.  What additional perimeter security adjustments are being made is anyone's guess."
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 405 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Mon 15 Oct 2012
at 12:54
  • msg #589

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Leaving the senior NCOs to finalise a plan with Konrad, Jay snuck off to finish cleaning and reassembling his kit. Luckily the engine room was nice and warm, and all his clothing had dried out sufficiently.

He put his pistol and flashlight back together, please that both were in full working order. Unfortunately his new IR goggles had been damaged during his nighttime swim, so he put them to oneside for now.

Going through his gear he removed some items to make room for the RPG7D and some rockets. He could carry 2, so took the others back to the team to find willing volunteers to carry them. Someone then mentioned about some HEAT in stores, so he retrieved those as well.

Once volunteers had been found he took the IR goggles up to Griet and left them in the bridge, explaining that they needed repairing and he didn't have the skill to do so.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2915 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 15 Oct 2012
at 14:00
  • msg #590

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In reply to Mrityunjay Byanjankar (msg # 589):

Hearing Jay's plight, Dawid volunteered his own pair.

"I won't need these while manning the Vasilek. Either I'll be firing indirect, using illumination or on a marked target"
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2645 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 16 Oct 2012
at 00:28
  • msg #591

Re: Return to Witch Mountain


In order to expedite the operation, it's decided to put the assault force ashore as soon as possible, since it will take a few hours to travel cross country to the northern outskirts of the town. Hasty preparations are completed, the tug's small boat is loaded, and the assault force is landed in relays on the east bank of the river, several kilometers downriver from Plocks outermost outpost. The tug will stay out of sight until such time as the ground force signals it to begin its diversionary raid.

The assault force begins its march through the empty countryside northwest of Plock. There wasn't much here before the war and there's even less now. At one point, the team spots a small herd of deer in an adjacent field. The deer spot the Kommandos shortly thereafter, and they run off and out of sight to the north. Aside from that, the area the team passes through is more or less lifeless. Thijs guides the team towards the blasted industrial zone northwest of the town. The chemicals released by the extensive bombing and shelling of the area has rendered the immediate area around it dangerously toxic and, therefore, the people of Plock tend to avoid it. It is so obviously dangerous, they neglect to post sentries to watch it. A primitive fence has been erected between the town's less contaminated pastureland and the toxic zone in order to keep livestock from wandering into the danger zone. It is through this neglected gap that the Kommando passes, progressively slowing as the team exchanges speed for stealth. Eyes start to water and a few of the team members think that they taste a bitter chemical tang; it's not clear whether they are suffering the effects of lingering toxic contamination or simply being overcome by the power of suggestion.

After a four-and-a-half hour march, the assault team arrives, presumably undetected, at the edge of town. The houses here are in various states of collapse. A couple of more-or-less intact structures off to the east appear to serve as makeshift livestock barns. A couple of others appear to have been converted to fighting positions. The structures opposite the assault team are more or less heaps of rubble. There's an old soccer stadium nearby and the burned ring left by what was once a large petroleum tank. The sun is low in the west, just above the horizon. It will be dark soon.

The tug crawls forward against the current, keeping its distance from the first outpost downriver from Plock lest its smoke raise the alarm prematurely. The tug crew is ready to come to the assault team's aid as soon as the call for a diversion comes in. The decks are cleared for action, major weapons are manned, and the engine room crew is ready to give the Krolowa as much power as she needs.


Updated tac-map: https://maps.google.com/maps/m...pn=0.077638,0.264187


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 00:36, Tue 16 Oct 2012.
Daniel Larue
player, 179 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Tue 16 Oct 2012
at 01:32
  • msg #592

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Danny takes a sip from his Camelbak, swishes it around in his mouth, and spits to clear the lingering taste of scorched hydrocarbons.  "Awright, guys," he murmurs, "Hydrate.  Is anyone having any serious effects from that shit?"
Konrad Bayer
player, 1728 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 17 Oct 2012
at 00:45
  • msg #593

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Bayer quietly passes it up the line for Jan to halt then after everyone got down to cover their respective arcs he signals for the two section commanders and van Lincklaen to meet him in the middle. Bayer then turns his rifle to the side lengthwise so that the other three could see his map, folded and placed in the transparent sleeve attached to the stock. It's oriented to the ground for ease of interpreting the route ahead. "How much further on this route can you get us through unpopulated areas?" he whispers to the Dutch Marine.

Following an answer, he gives a comms check with the tug over the net, "Queen. Sunray. Radio check over." In the haste of things he forgot to establish report lines with Griet to call in their progress and location by code, so he kept quiet on their position for now.

Then turning back to the two NCOs, Bayer says quietly, "Right... we keep going, sticking to the alleys and back areas. I'll be calling in support soon. Any thing from you two you want to bring up?"
This message was last edited by the player at 01:08, Wed 17 Oct 2012.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1372 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Wed 17 Oct 2012
at 01:02
  • msg #594

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Robert moves with the group until they stop one last time before Konrad calls a halt.  "Only thing I got is used suppressed weapons until we get into position.  Once we get into position, hit 'em hard and quick.  Remember what we're here for, the Baron!  We get a shot at the Queen here, we take it, if not, we know what to do."
Craig Sutherland
player, 558 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Wed 17 Oct 2012
at 06:10
  • msg #595

Re: Return to Witch Mountain


Craig kept to the pace and covered his arcs as they traversed the first section of the yomp. He had gone in light, rifle and grenade launcher and had resupplied himself with hand grenades from the tugs stores.

<orange>M67 Fragmentation x2, Frag (soviet) x4. Taken from stores<orange>
This message was last edited by the player at 21:20, Thu 18 Oct 2012.
Jan Cerny
NPC, 1399 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 17 Oct 2012
at 11:23
  • msg #596

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

"No questions of mine Capitaine," replied Jan with a shake of his head.  He then held aloft his silenced SMG in answer to Tuck's point.  "I agree with Tuck.  Silenced weapons until making noise is not a problem.  Do you want One Section to continue on point or to swap with Two Section?"


Jan
PM-84 SMG with Suppressor (25/25 - 25rnd mag x4) - carried
AK-74 Assault Rifle (30/30 - 30rnd mag x11) - slung over shoulder
BG-15 Grenade Launcher (1/1 HE - HE x19) - underslung on AK-74
P226 Pistol (15/15 - 15rnd mag x4) - holster
M72A4 LAW - slung over shoulder
Frag grenade x2 - webbing pouch
Smoke grenade x2 - webbing pouch
AN/PVS-5 NVGs - pack

Griet Niewiadomska
player, 679 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Wed 17 Oct 2012
at 19:43
  • msg #597

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

"Queen to Sunray," Griet said, "reading you five by five. Ready to go on your mark."

She made sure that the engine was ready to give its best power when they were ready to go. She looked back over the river and tried to picture the channel that she had taken to get here. Hopefully, she'd be able to replicate the line on their return to make better speed than she had.

"Dawid," she called, "send someone forward to watch the bows when we move, I'll be going in lit up like a Christmas Tree."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2919 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 18 Oct 2012
at 09:00
  • msg #598

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In reply to Griet Niewiadomska (msg # 597):

"Gunther, get in the bow, try and spot any obstructions or hazards in the water. The PKM is set up on the starboard bow, you can man that if needed."

He replied by intercom, giving Griet a thumb's up.

"I've sent Gunther up. I'm sure he'll be overjoyed. As for command, I think you should have operational control of the boat, that is, you run the show. I'll take direct fire orders from Konrad and coordinate with you, sounds good?"
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 680 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Thu 18 Oct 2012
at 15:06
  • msg #599

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

"That's fine," Griet said, "we'll run like that until circumstances suggest we need another system."
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 409 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Fri 19 Oct 2012
at 09:46
  • msg #600

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Before departure, Jay thanked Dawid for the loan of the NCGs, and briefly familiarised himself with them. He also distributed RPG rockets to Mariusz, Craig and Konrad. To make room for the RPG he ditched quite a few grenades, but eventually he was happy with his gear.




Once back on foot he kept low and moved quietly. He kept his rifle ready, but with no silenced weapons (except his kukri), stayed on the main group. Normally he would choose to go on point and break a trail, but tonight his job was to keep the RPG ready for usage. He was the team's tank killer, and he needed to be ready. So he trusted the others to do their jobs, and kept pace with the team.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1101 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Fri 19 Oct 2012
at 15:16
  • msg #601

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Mariusz puffed along beside the others, his load was heavy and close to being enough to slow him down. he grinned maliciously, hopefully his load would lighten soon as he gave the Baron some of it, bullet by bullet.
Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 31 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Fri 19 Oct 2012
at 23:43
  • msg #602

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Konrad Bayer:
"How much further on this route can you get us through unpopulated areas?" he whispers to the Dutch Marine.

"Not very far," is the whispered reply.  "Perhaps a quarter kilometer.  The closer to the cathedral, the more people are present." 

Thijs hoped it would not take too long to guide the Kommando to the cathedral.  Nightfall would be coming soon, and he had no night vision device with him.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2646 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 20 Oct 2012
at 01:49
  • msg #603

Re: Return to Witch Mountain


Doing his best to stick to the less populated parts of town, Thijs leads the assault group into Plock proper. They don't get very far before they begin to encounter a few scattered Plockites. At first it's just a couple of adults closing up for the evening. A woman shuttering her second floor windows sees the group but fails to acknowledge their presence. Perhaps she assumes they are friendly. Perhaps she's confused. Maybe she just doesn't care anymore. The group passes by the building expecting trouble, but the woman makes no effort to raise the alarm. A senile rooster crows somewhere nearby, startling the Kommando. It carries on, unaware of the hour or just past caring. Tum Hill is clearly in view to the southeast, blocking out the last faint rays of the setting sun. The jagged silouette of the cathedral is backlit for a moment, revealing a beauty that belies its many cruel scars.

The team passes by a few more inhabited buildings, dancing candlelight escaping through cracks in the shutters or gaps in the curtains. It's still not dark enough for night vision devices to be particularly helpful, but it won't be much longer now. It's only three or four more blocks to the cathedral. An old man steps out of a doorway, sees the armed adults making their way down the street, and immediately disappears indoors.

With Tum Hill looming up ahead about a kilometer distant, the Kommandos are assailed from behind by a sharp challenge . Looking back, they see a small boy- about 7 or 8 years old- step out of a side street, his brow furrowed in exagerated agitation.

"Hey! What are you doing here? Wait! Who are you?"

The small boy lifts a pistol- a large frame automatic that looks comically huge in his small hands- and aims it at the nearest Kommando (whoever's walking trail).

"Well?!?"




Several kilometers downriver from Plock, the tug stands by, awaiting the signal to launch the diversion that everyone involved hopes will draw most of the town's prepubescent militia away from the "Queen's Castle".  It grows suddenly dark as the sun dips beneath the western horizon. It is unlikely anyone in Plock will be able to see the smoke from the tug's stack until it draws much closer to the town (if then). Concluding that it's probably safe to begin moving towards the town in order to cut down the response time when the call from the assault group comes in, Griet pushes the throttle forward, bringing the tug up to about 10kph.


Updated tac-map: https://maps.google.com/maps/m...pn=0.155305,0.528374


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 01:56, Sat 20 Oct 2012.
Gunther Scholz
player, 22 posts
East German
Tanker
Sat 20 Oct 2012
at 11:23
  • msg #604

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg # 598):

"Jawohl, my little Polish freund" Gunther Scholz said in a strange mixture of German and bad English. He openned the bolt on the PK, checked the belt linkages, and took an inventory of the gun: any possible extra ammo, spare barrels or cleaning equipment were noted.

Next, he swung the weapon as far left and right as he could, making sure he noted which terrain features marked his left and right later limits. He noted where he would jump if someone got off an RPG shot at his position.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1730 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sat 20 Oct 2012
at 16:45
  • msg #605

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Bayer stops and turns to face the young boy. He wasn't confident enough with his Polish to rattle off a casual excuse to him, but understood what the little psycho wanted. Waving a dismissive hand towards Mariusz near the rear, Bayer says to his youngest Kommando, "Tell him a large gunboat is approaching from downriver and we're repositioning. Tell him if he wants a glorious piece of the action then he should do the same... he can come with us if he'd like." On the last sentence, Bayer holds up his G36/40mm Combo to suggest the boy can give it a try at the invaders.

He hoped the comparative ages and offer of fighting with real soldiers with their awesome firepower would help with the semi-truthful ruse, and that child wouldn't need to take a bullet. It was best he could come up with under the circumstances.
This message was last edited by the player at 16:49, Sat 20 Oct 2012.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1102 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sat 20 Oct 2012
at 17:15
  • msg #606

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

"A large gun boat has been spotted coming downriver," Mariusz said, "her guns will put your Queen and our Baron in danger so we are relocating to defend them better. If you want you can join us, there'll be enough glory to share and I bet that the Queen would reward you well."
Konrad Bayer
player, 1731 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sat 20 Oct 2012
at 20:05
  • msg #607

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Following Mariusz's attempt to persuade the boy, Bayer once again holds out his weapon to the boy and says in Polish, "Come."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2920 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 21 Oct 2012
at 04:03
  • msg #608

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg # 603):

At this point there wasn't much to do other than make sure his helmet and vest were on properly. He debated changing the ammunition load-out in the Vasilek's magazine but decided against changing it.

Dawid
Forward weapons position
Tug
Vasilek (3 HE, 2 WP)

Jeff D. Warren
player, 475 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Sun 21 Oct 2012
at 04:48
  • msg #609

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Pissed at himself for letting the child get the drop on them, Jeff waits to see how things will play out with the intruder.  He slowly moves his hand towards his pistol, ready to draw and fire if it goes badly.  Otherwise, he'll wait for the kid to lower his guard, and if he is dumb enough to walk with them then Jeff will move in behind him to snap his neck/stab him.  If the kid won't get ahead of him, then Jeff waits for him to drop his guard then will shoot him with the silenced pistol.


Jeff Warren
Being kind of a dick
SAKO TRG [10/10] + 5
Sig P220 Silenced
Bigass Knife

Craig Sutherland
player, 561 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sun 21 Oct 2012
at 08:07
  • msg #610

Re: Return to Witch Mountain


Having changed his primary weapon to his HP-35 and silencer once they had entered the town. Craig did'nt have a chance to take out the boy, something he would have done had he been in position.

Now he just waited to see how this played out.


Craig
Waiting watching

Browning HP-35 w/ silencer 20/20
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1374 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 21 Oct 2012
at 14:40
  • msg #611

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Robert hears the kid call out to the group and Konrad say something back to him to try and pacify the little soldier so he doesn't fire.  Having been moving with his silenced pistol out, Tucker looks over to Jeff when he sees him going for his own pistol and he waves him off and taps himself on the chest indicating that 'He'll do it! if it needs to be done.'

TUCKER
H&K 23 SOCOM  12/12

Minh Quyen
player, 655 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Sun 21 Oct 2012
at 17:25
  • msg #612

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Quyen stops when the situation with the boy happens but stays out of the way. She casually shifts the PKM's weight over to her other shoulder then leans up against the side of one of the buildings. He eyes caught the reactions of some of the kommandos and she knew what might be in store for the boy so she looks away. She considered lighting up another smoke but decided against it since things were close to kicking off.

Quyen
PKM 100/100 + 100
M9 9mm (15/15)
Waiting

Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 32 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Sun 21 Oct 2012
at 18:47
  • msg #613

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Thijs was at the wrong end of the formation to be able to do anything about the boy.  Furthermore, with no silenced firearm, he would have to use his bayonet.  If he were recognized before he could get close enough to use it, it could blow the deception wide open.  Instead, he kept his back to the boy and watched the front and sides.  Others were in better position and quite capable of silencing the boy.


van Lincklaen
C7A1 LSW [90/90 +(6x30,1x90)]
HP35 [13/13 +(2x13)]
Watching ahead

Cap'n Rae
GM, 2647 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sun 21 Oct 2012
at 22:19
  • msg #614

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Mariusz Tokarski:
"A large gun boat has been spotted coming downriver," Mariusz said, "her guns will put your Queen and our Baron in danger so we are relocating to defend them better. If you want you can join us, there'll be enough glory to share and I bet that the Queen would reward you well."


The boy's face softens when Mariusz- who looks about 15 himself- speaks to him. When Konrad offers up his G36/HK69, the boy's face brightens, his expression changing from one of sour suspicion to one of eager acceptance.

"Really? OK, let's go then!" He shoves the pistol into the rope that serves as his belt and runs through the formation towards Konrad.

When the boy arrives, Konrad hands him the heavy rifle/grenade-launcher combo. With the boy's hands full, Konrad slides behind him and puts one hand over his mouth. As Konrad attempts to wrap his free arm around the boys neck in order to restrain him, the kid drops the weapon and twists around, swinging his right elbow at Konrad's groin. He strikes the outside of Konrad's right knee but fails to connect with enough force for Konrad to even notice that he's been hit. Konrad tries to grab the kid before he can get away, but the wily urchin is already out of his reach. The boy dashes east towards the nearest sidestreet. In a couple of seconds, he'll reach cover.


Assault Force Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 23:37, Sun 21 Oct 2012.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1732 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Mon 22 Oct 2012
at 00:01
  • msg #615

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Bayer lets the boy go, having tried to give him the chance to live, but leaves his fate up to whatever may come. He then reaches down and collects his rifle before toggling his radio transmit switch, "Queen. Sunray. H-Hour is now. Get moving. Over."
This message was last edited by the player at 00:02, Mon 22 Oct 2012.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1375 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Mon 22 Oct 2012
at 02:09
  • msg #616

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Without hesitating, Tucker brings the suppressed pistol up and fires one [1] well placed shot in between the fleeing kids shoulder blades.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 681 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Mon 22 Oct 2012
at 15:10
  • msg #617

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

"On the way," Griet said as she replied to the Kaptain.

"All hands, action stations," she called over the intercom as she pressed the lever for the boat's foghorn, "Dushkas open fire as soon as you see buildings: short bursts to get the enemy's attention."
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 412 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Mon 22 Oct 2012
at 19:44
  • msg #618

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jay quietly observed the exchange between Bayer and the boy. The thought of killing a child made him sick, but this was war, and there were always casualties in war.

He did his job, and kept watching out for other threats.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 477 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Tue 23 Oct 2012
at 04:21
  • msg #619

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jeff draws his own pistol and if no one is in the way and fires as well.
Jan Cerny
player, 1403 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Tue 23 Oct 2012
at 14:20
  • msg #620

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

As the child pulled free of Konrad and made a break for it Jan left it to whoever in second section had a silenced weapon to engage if they felt it was necessary.  He was just glad that it wasn't him who had to make a decision about shooting a young boy.  These were horrible times and if he ever made it back to what passed for civilisation he intended to sit in a cafe, drink fine coffee and pastis and smoke proper French cigarettes for the rest of his days.

He clearly heard Konrad's orders though so he got his section moving, conscious that speed was about to become very important.  They looked suspicious as a group of armed adults walking along the street but Mariusz' bluff about them being part of the Baron's forces sounded like a good one to use again if they encountered any more armed children.  They needed to get into position and launch the assault quickly though.

"Craig, take the other side of the street with Thijs behind you.  Quyen, you are behind me.  Leave everything to Craig and me with our silencers.  If it goes loud then you two take over while we change weapons.  Let us get moving again.  The boat is about to open up."  With that he started to push forward again, heading towards the Cathedral, the remains of its large bell tower providing a good reference point.  He held his silenced PM-84 SMG tucked tight into his shoulder, ready to open up with a stream of single shots if someone spotted them, using it more as a large silenced pistol rather than as a submachine gun.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2921 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 23 Oct 2012
at 19:52
  • msg #621

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In reply to Griet Niewiadomska (msg # 617):

There wasn't much for him to do except take cover behind the gunshield. Dawid felt a little guilty for putting the new man in an exposed position.

Thinking a little, he reloaded the magazine with three 82mm White Phosphor rounds. He arranged the other 2 WP and 5 HEDP rounds for easy access.

Communication with Gunter seemed like it could be a problem, Dawid didn't know German although his Russian and English was pretty decent. Between the two languages they'd communicate in whichever Gunter was better at. He spoke slowly and clearly.

"Gunter, do not speak German, but speak Russian and English. Which you prefer?

"Please come back here. Stand by the Vasilek, take cover behind the gun shield. Hold fire. Unless I say. Magazine loaded with explosive fragmentation. Targets to exclude children or church if at all possible. So will use White Phosphor to create smoke screen, anti-armour rounds to minimise fragmentation. Understand?

"Am hoping things okay, no shooting of children. Gave it "good faith effort". At some point events out of our hands, devil take the hindmost."


He used the intercom, "Griet, if we are engaged by fixed defenses like bunkers or entrenchments will use White Phosphor to lay smoke on them, neutralise without causing casualties. Anti-Armour will be used to shock or stun other defenders if aimed correctly. Other than that, I think we've done what we can."

Dawid

Forward Gun Tub
Moving to PKM on port bow pintle
82mm Vasilek (3 WP loaded, 2 WP, 5 HEDP, 8 HE)

Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 33 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Tue 23 Oct 2012
at 21:45
  • msg #622

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In reply to Jan Cerny (msg # 620):

Thijs crosses the street and falls in behind Sutherland, moving along in a generally southward direction.  So as to avoid accidental -- and noisy -- discharge, his weapon is on safe.


van Lincklaen
right side of street, behind Sutherland
C7A1 LSW [90/90 +(6x30, 1x90)]
HP35 [13/13 +(2x13)]
Walking and watching

Cap'n Rae
GM, 2649 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Thu 25 Oct 2012
at 02:14
  • msg #623

Re: Return to Witch Mountain


The boy runs as fast as his short legs will carry him, making for the safety of the side street. Tucker brings his pistol up and fires once, trying to place a slug between the boy's shoulder blades. At nearly the same time, Warren squeezes the trigger of his own silenced pistol. The boy spins, his left arm held out away from his body, and trips over his own still-moving feet. He slams into the pavement back-first, his head bouncing off the cobbles with a sickening thud. A thin, constant whimpering cry escapes his lips. His left arm lies twisted grotesquely at his side, attached by only a scrap of bloody flesh- the .45 caliber round that hit him has nearly torn it off. The boy is barely conscious and bleeding profusely from the gaping wound in his arm; if he does not receive prompt trauma aid, he will surely die in a few minutes. (Tucker -1 round; Warren -1 round)

A shutter slams shut from somewhere behind. Up the road (in the direction of the hill), someone shouts out, but it's too quick for anyone to catch what is said. Is it an ill-timed coincidence, or has a witness to the shooting of the boy begun raising the alarm?




The tug presses forward, making way against the strong current. In a couple of minutes, the first of the riverside outpost comes into range. No one aboard actually sees it just ahead on the eastern shore, but Gunther swears that it's there, just within the treeline of a small wood. The outpost is quiet- no one hails the tug or opens fire- and the tug passes it without event. As the tug draws away, the jeep appears on the road off the port side, racing back towards Plock on the the road that parallels the river. MacClurg, on the port-side Dishka begins tracking the vehicle with the HMG, shouting up at the bridge,

"Should I engage, Skipper?"


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 02:14, Thu 25 Oct 2012.
Jan Cerny
player, 1404 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Thu 25 Oct 2012
at 14:00
  • msg #624

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jan felt another small bit of his humanity seep away as one or other or both of Tuck and Warren shot the young boy.  He knew that it was the right thing to do, and he'd had to do something similar himself once before, but it still felt wrong to be shooting children and he knew that he would have trouble with his conscience at some point in the future.  There was every likelihood that they would end up in a gun battle with more children soon as well.  The older teenagers didn't bother him so much but kids that young did.

The shouts of alarm prompted a quick response from Jan however.  He started moving forward towards the Cathedral, assuming that they would have to leave the wounded boy.  He set a good pace as he sneaked along, glancing across the street occasionally to ensure that he was keeping level with Craig.  He used his ears as much as his eyes, listening for the sounds of threats as much as looking for them, all the while conscious that the Queen should be opening up soon and creating a diversion.

As he moved his silenced SMG was held ready to fire a rapid series of single shots if he spotted a threat.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 682 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Thu 25 Oct 2012
at 15:06
  • msg #625

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

"Dawid," Griet said, "my instincts are to engage the jeep. What's your advice?"

Griet didn't particularly care about hurting children, if they had guns they were targets, not victims and if they endangered her tug there were dead meat. There was no immediate danger to her precious Queen however, so it was wise to ask for advice rather than act in a way she'd regret later.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 479 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Thu 25 Oct 2012
at 16:48
  • msg #626

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jeff turns to Danny and Tucker. In his opinion each could finish this. He wouldn't be the one. This was not his mess to clean up.
This message was last edited by the player at 17:13, Thu 25 Oct 2012.
Daniel Larue
player, 181 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Thu 25 Oct 2012
at 17:08
  • msg #627

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Danny, already stepping forward with one hand in his aid bag, gives Jeff an unreadable look and moves to intercept him.


This message was last edited by the player at 17:27, Thu 25 Oct 2012.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1735 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 25 Oct 2012
at 17:17
  • msg #628

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

"Move now!" Bayer hisses to the group as the situation with the boy turns ugly. "We're done here. Deal with it later back on the boat." He then signals for Jan to lead off, motioning with his hand to up the pace. Without radios, an enemy alert, if there was one, meant the locals would need to compete against the Kommandos' rush to the cathedral.
This message was last edited by the player at 17:25, Thu 25 Oct 2012.
Daniel Larue
player, 182 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Thu 25 Oct 2012
at 17:29
  • msg #629

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Danny, already stepping forward with one hand in his aid bag, gives Konrad an unreadable look.  He withdraws a vial and a disposable syringe, smoothly kneels to give the boy an injection, and secures the discarded pistol in his aid bag before trotting back into formation.
Craig Sutherland
player, 562 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 25 Oct 2012
at 18:46
  • msg #630

Re: Return to Witch Mountain



Craig continued to scan his assigned sector as the drama with the boy played out. He did not see it all but felt a familiar sense of dread as the situation ran its course.

Once the order had been given he was again ready to move out, his senses on an even higher alert as the alarm had probably been raised.
This message was last edited by the player at 23:26, Thu 25 Oct 2012.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1103 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Thu 25 Oct 2012
at 19:38
  • msg #631

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Mariusz followed the others, making sure that he covered the rear of the unit. The youngster's death had been messy but at least it was relatively quick, better than him dying screaming of typhoid or diphtheria.

He walked backwards carefully and his gun moved to an fro, searching for threats that might emerge from the shadows.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1377 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 25 Oct 2012
at 22:45
  • msg #632

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Tucker drops the sights on his suppressed pistol and watches the young boy slide to the ground.  He let's out the rest of his breath from when he took aim between the little soldiers shoulder blades.  He stares for a couple of seconds and then he sees Jeff start to move and then stopped by Danny.  Robert then hears Konrad bark out orders to break his mind out of what just happened,

Konrad Bayer:
"Move now!" Bayer hisses to the group as the situation with the boy turns ugly. "We're done here. Deal with it later back on the boat."


He looks over to the rest of his fire team and nods for them to keep moving along to get this mission over with.  Tucker knows in his mind he did the right thing, the hard part will be getting around the fact that it was just a kid, a kid with a gun!

TUCKER
H&K MK23 SOCOM (Suppressed) [11/12] - Current primary
M16A2 / M-203: [30/30] / M-203 HE Loaded - Slung
Browning HP [13/13] Holstered (Vest)

Moving out with the rest of his fire team

This message was last edited by the player at 22:50, Thu 25 Oct 2012.
Minh Quyen
player, 656 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Thu 25 Oct 2012
at 23:26
  • msg #633

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Quyen doesn't say anything and doesn't look at the boy. She keeps focused on keeping watch until the order to move out. She then moves a long with the rest of the group weighed down by the PMK but able to keep up. If anything happens she will let the people at the lead or rear engage first while she prepares to fire (and then open up with a good burst).
Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 34 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Fri 26 Oct 2012
at 00:40
  • msg #634

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Thijs continued forward on Bayer's order.  He was glad to have the excuse of keeping watch ahead to avoid being directly involved in killing a boy he might well have trained.  He knew, of course, that he would eventually have to end up killing former charges -- a possibility he had been dreading.  Get it under control he thought, or you might be the one killed -- or one of these people who are now counting on you.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 414 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Fri 26 Oct 2012
at 07:28
  • msg #635

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jay proceeded past the fallen boy, doing he best not to look. Poor kid, never had a chance to be a child before becoming a man in this messed up world. Clearing his head, he pressed on, keeping up with the squad in silence.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2923 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 27 Oct 2012
at 04:08
  • msg #636

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Griet Niewiadomska:
"Dawid," Griet said, "my instincts are to engage the jeep. What's your advice?"


Dawid popped back to the intercom to catch this.

"If we shoot at the jeep we alert the town. If we let him get to town, they're still alerted. As our part in the plan is to create a diversion it works either way but I say let him live, get to town and raise the alarm. Might give Konrad and company a few more minutes before things get loud."
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 683 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sat 27 Oct 2012
at 09:15
  • msg #637

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

"OK," Griet said, "that will save us ammo."

She called over to McClurg, "Let them go, they'll alert the town without us having to waste ammo firing diversionary shots."
Gunther Scholz
player, 24 posts
East German
Tanker
Sat 27 Oct 2012
at 16:46
  • msg #638

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
<Blue>"Gunter, do not speak German, but speak Russian and English. Which you prefer?

"Please come back here. Stand by the Vasilek, take cover behind the gun shield. Hold fire. Unless I say. Magazine loaded with explosive fragmentation. Targets to exclude children or church if at all possible. So will use White Phosphor to create smoke screen, anti-armour rounds to minimise fragmentation. Understand?


"I try English" Gunther Scholz said. He was trying to communicate as best he could, without humor or an attempt at charm. He took his place at the big mortar and took directions from Dawid as best he could.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2650 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 27 Oct 2012
at 18:20
  • msg #639

Re: Return to Witch Mountain


Aware that they may be compromised, the assault team presses forward before a response can be mustered. LaRue lingers long enough to administer a lethal dose of morphine to the badly wounded boy before jogging after the rest of the team.

With the sun below the horizon, which itself is blocked by the broad mass of Tum Hill, it suddenly becomes very dark.

The assault team moves quickly south, traversing a block and a half without seeing another soul. Behind them, a woman screams. Her anguished cry isn't terribly loud at this distance, but it's cutting. Someone has clearly discovered the Kommando's recent handiwork. The screams die down after a few troubling seconds and the quiet of post-electricity nightfall returns. The assault force are now entering one of the more densely inhabited parts of town now. The buildings looming dark above them show plenty of battle damage, but a lot of it has been repaired to some extent. Lights flicker and glow inside many of the buildings that the team passes. Turning a corner on to and east-west running street, the point element comes face to face with a pair of boys walking towards it. These two look a little older than the pistolero Tucker and/or Warren shot and, although they are both a little startled by the sudden appearance of a couple of armed adults, neither appears to have been expecting any kind of danger. One of lads has a football (soccer ball) tucked under one arm and a rifle slung over the other. The other carries was looks like a WWII-era PPS-43 submachinegun one-handed by his side. They look surprised to see the pointmen but they hesitate to take any sort of action that could be deemed threatening. In the brief impasse, one of them cocks his head to one side and says,

"Dutch?" [Thij's nickname among the militia]




The tug, seeming to pick up speed, steams towards plock. The jeep races off, disappearing from sight as the riverside road cuts inland for a while. Hopefully, the escaping vehicle will kick off the diversion by raising the alarm among Plock's defenders. The tug can aid in announcing its arrival in a number of ways- steam whistle, spot/running lights, and the deep, coughing bark and glowing tracers of its Dishka HMGs (for which the tug still has thousands of rounds). Tum Hill is visible now, a couple of lights flickering atop the rise seem to float in the air. The tug will soon be approaching a known riverside bunker- an LMG position in a dugout near the shore. It's about a kilometer ahead now. The jeep's single functioning tail-light reappears ahead and to the left. It's passed the MG position so presumbaly, the kids manning it will know of the tug's impending arrival.


Updated Tac-map: https://maps.google.com/maps/m...pn=0.040398,0.132093


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 22:18, Sat 27 Oct 2012.
Gunther Scholz
player, 25 posts
East German
Tanker
Sat 27 Oct 2012
at 18:30
  • msg #640

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg # 639):

Gunther Scholz pointed out the upcoming LMG nest.

"Might I...." the German strugled, trying to get verb tenses to make sense, "Want to me...that I to lay WP on target?"
Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 35 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Sat 27 Oct 2012
at 21:05
  • msg #641

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Cap'n Rae:
In the brief impasse, one of them cocks his head to one side and says, "Dutch?"

Thinking quickly, and taking a page from Mariusz' book, Thijs replied in his passable Polish, "Tak, to ja. I poprowadzi barona wzmocnień na pozycji. Kanonierka nadchodzi."  Hoping to keep the boys' attention on him, he stepped into the street, being careful to remain out of the line of fire of the various silenced weapons.

OOC:
Actually, since everyone should have at least 1 point in Polish, here's the translation: 

Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
"Yes, it is me.  I guide the Baron's reinforcements in position.  Gunboat is coming."]


Thijs
C7A1 LSW [90/90 +(6x30, 1x90)]
HP35 [13/13 +(2x13)]
Drawing attention

This message was last edited by the player at 00:01, Sun 28 Oct 2012.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2651 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 27 Oct 2012
at 22:09
  • msg #642

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Thijs van Lincklaen:
Thinking quickly, and taking a page from Mariusz' book, Thijs replied in his passable Polish, "Tak, to ja. I poprowadzi barona wzmocnień na pozycji. Kanonierka nadchodzi."  Hoping to keep the boys' attention on him, he stepped into the street, being careful to remain out of the line of fire of the various silenced weapons.


The boys look briefly at one another and then back at Thijs.

The one with the antique submachinegun smoothly shifts his grip on the weapon so that he is now holding it at the low ready. The youth with the ball speaks first.


The boy starts walking backwards very slowly, his free hand moving up to the sling over his shoulder the other young man reads the situation correctly and follows suit, slowly raising the muzzle of his PPS-43, but taking care not to aim it directly at Thijs or any of his companions. The pair appear to be wise to the attempted ruse. They are clearly aware that they are outnumbered [the rest of the assault force has rounded the corner by now] and appear to be trying to get away, rather than start a firefight in the middle of the darkened road.

-
This message was last edited by the GM at 00:36, Sun 28 Oct 2012.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 484 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Sat 27 Oct 2012
at 22:51
  • msg #643

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In a low but audible voice, Jeff hisses to the boys while drawing his pistol [not aimed at them though]. "Not another fucking step."

He repeats it in Polish.  The words are clear but his accent is poor.
This message was last edited by the player at 18:15, Sun 28 Oct 2012.
Daniel Larue
player, 184 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Sat 27 Oct 2012
at 23:16
  • msg #644

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Danny sighs inwardly, thumbs Winona's selector to SEMI, and glances around for the nearest cover.

Danny
preparing for the next round of horrible wrongness
Winona [30/30 + 5 magazines] - low ready, on SEMI
CZ 75 [15/15 + 2 magazines] - holstered, cocked and locked
AN-M8 HC smoke grenade x2 - on vest
AN-M18 red smoke grenade x1 - on vest
AN/PVS-7 NVGs - helmet-mounted, in use

This message was last edited by the player at 00:44, Sun 28 Oct 2012.
Craig Sutherland
player, 563 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sun 28 Oct 2012
at 01:53
  • msg #645

Re: Return to Witch Mountain



Well it would seem they had not been noticed so far. Craig kept his pistol pointed forward as they moved through the town. As they moved around the corner and the two boys came into his vision he stopped and used the corner as a stable rest as the others filtered past.

If either boy did not heed Warrens or the others calls to lower their weapons he would fire a single aimed shot at the boy with his weapon pointed at the ground and a double tap at the other boy.


Craig
Firing if an obvious threat is made

Browning HP-35 (w/ silencer) [20/20]9mmN Winchester Silvertip HP
ON1x20/IR "Nighthawk" NVGs - Worn
This message was last edited by the player at 02:29, Sun 28 Oct 2012.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1104 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 28 Oct 2012
at 10:50
  • msg #646

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

MAriusz shook his head sadly, they were still a long way from their destination and it looked like they'd be cutting a bloody swathe there once more. He didn't particularly mind, but the expense in ammunition would be irritating. He covered the rear, content that the others were more than capable of butchering a few more people without him.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 416 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Sun 28 Oct 2012
at 14:32
  • msg #647

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jay kept low near the back, maintaining his noise discipline. He allowed his eyes to get accustomed to the gloom, preferring to save the NVGs for later. Also, he didn't know how good the batteries were, and didn't want to risk it.

As they encountered the boys he was aware of a conversation, but couldn't understand any of it. He kept his weapon lowered, to appear non-threatening, but was ready to act if things got noisy.
Jan Cerny
player, 1408 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sun 28 Oct 2012
at 21:37
  • msg #648

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

As the two boys started to back off Jan added his voice to Jeff's instructions.

"Stand still, surrender and live or we'll open fire and you'll die," he instructed them in accented Polish.  His appearance was obviously threatening, from the Sci-Fi looking AN/PVS-5 NVGs he was wearing and the weapon he was pointing at them.  His PM-84 was tucked tight in his shoulder and the barrel, with its bulky suppressor attached, was pointed directly at the chest of the boy carrying the SMG.

If either boy continued walking backwards or trying to do anything threatening then Jan opened fire at them, firing a double tap at each of them.  It was only because one of them seemed to know Thijs that Jan hadn't already opened fire - it earned them a chance to do the sensible thing and surrender but if they threw it away then the adrenaline was pumping in Jan and he would shoot to kill.


Jan
Instructing the two boys to surrender.  If they don't he will fire an aimed shot and a quick shot at the boy with the SMG followed by two quick shots at the boy with the rifle (please note that these are single shots not bursts)
PM-84 SMG with Suppressor (25/25 - 25rnd mag x4) - carried
AK-74 Assault Rifle (30/30 - 30rnd mag x11) - slung over shoulder
BG-15 Grenade Launcher (1/1 HE - HE x19) - underslung on AK-74
P226 Pistol (15/15 - 15rnd mag x4) - holster
M72A4 LAW - slung over shoulder
Frag grenade x2 - webbing pouch
Smoke grenade x2 - webbing pouch
AN/PVS-5 NVGs - worn

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1380 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Mon 29 Oct 2012
at 00:42
  • msg #649

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Robert advances with the others and if the boys don't surrender, he will raise his pistol and be ready to fire.

TUCKER
H&K MK23 SOCOM (Suppressed) [11/12] - Current primary
M16A2 / M-203: [30/30] / M-203 HE Loaded - Slung
Browning HP [13/13] Holstered (Vest)

Moving out with the rest of his fire team and engaging the two kids if needed.

OOC: Might be my last post until Tuesday or Wednesday depending on how this storm hits in New Jersey.  I may very well bestuck at work too so NPC as needed until then.

This message was last edited by the player at 00:47, Mon 29 Oct 2012.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 684 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Mon 29 Oct 2012
at 13:24
  • msg #650

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Griet kept the Queen sailing toward the objective as the heavy machine guns chugged and barked as they spat heavy rounds toward the defences of Plock.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1738 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Mon 29 Oct 2012
at 20:39
  • msg #651

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Bayer pauses and lets the lead section deal with the issue to the front. He turns and quietly signals for the rear section to cover the flanks.

If the boys comply with the Kommandos at the front, Bayer will signal the guys at the rear to shift forward and take the lead position while Jan and the others are securing the prisoners.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2926 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 31 Oct 2012
at 09:18
  • msg #652

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In reply to Griet Niewiadomska (msg # 650):

Dawid looked for the MG bunker on the river bank, the first target they would approach. He sighted in the Vasilek, aiming a White Phosphor shell to impact either just in front of it or on top.
Gunther Scholz
player, 32 posts
East German
Tanker
Fri 2 Nov 2012
at 08:52
  • msg #653

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg # 652):

Gunther stood by the mortar and awaited orders from Dawid. He couldn't understand why the artillery gunner, especially a Polish one, would be so picky with his targets. He was fascinated by the man but said nothing as he wanted to concentrate on the task at hand.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2654 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 3 Nov 2012
at 16:55
  • msg #654

Re: Return to Witch Mountain


With several weapons pointed directly at them, the two teenagers have a very quick life-or-death decision to make. The one with the ball seems to realize that, having begun the encounter in the middle of the one-lane road, any possible cover is at least a few strides away. The other boy seems to be considering fighting back but the ball-carrier dissuades him, stretching out his free hand as if to block the stubby muzzle of his companion's submachinegun.


He squats slowly and places the ball on the ground. Then he slowly lowers his rifle- an AKM- to the cobbles.

"Dutch? What the fuck?"

His friend reluctantly does the same with his PPS-43. They stand with raised hands. Anyone looking on will have a pretty good idea of what is happening. As the assault group decides how to deal with their new prisoners, a muffled crack-boom rattles through the neighborhood.




The tug approaches the first riverside bunker- a sturdy earth and log dugout with overhead cover, housing a GPMG of some sort. Dawid takes aim with the Vasilek, adjusting for the movement of his firing platform. The machinegun opens fire first. A line of red tracers streaks out, crossing the tug's bows. Before the continuing stream of bullets can snake its way into the Krolowa's forward gun tub, Dawid triggers the Vasilek and its wide muzzle rocks back against its recoil springs. A half-second later, the white phosphorous round impacts a meter in front of the bunker's firing aperture, spraying searing fragments into the faces of the busy machinegunners in an incandescent shower which temporary lights up the shoreline. The machinegun is instantly silenced as the tug officially announces her arrival at Plock. For good measure, McLurg sends his own stream of fat green tracers castleward, more to add to the mayhem than in the hopes of hitting anything. The show has begun. (Vasilek -1 WP; Dishka -20 rounds)


Updated tac-map: https://maps.google.com/maps/m...pn=0.019416,0.066047


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 17:59, Sat 03 Nov 2012.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 685 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sat 3 Nov 2012
at 17:26
  • msg #655

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

As the tug opened fire, Griet picked up the handset for the loudspeaker and dialed it up to full volume. She switched to transmit and then spoke into the handset, "People of Plock, this is the Blood of the Vistula, flagship of the Black Baron. The Queen of Plock has abdicated and the Baron is now in command. All armed forces should lay down their weapons and surrender to the nearest Baron's unit. You will be treated humanely if you surrender in the next five minutes, after that your impaled bodies will line the streets for the Baron's victory parade. Any resistance will be met with deadly force. Any Baron casualties will be paid for by the deaths of a hundred citizens. The Queen is dead, long live the Black Baron of Warsaw and Plock!"

She repeated her message as the tug closed in on the town.
Jan Cerny
player, 1410 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sat 3 Nov 2012
at 20:54
  • msg #656

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

As the two boys wisely decided to choose life over death and surrendered Jan moved forward to secure his prisoner while Konrad directed Tuck's section to bypass them and take point.

"Craig, secure the other prisoner," Jan instructed as he moved forward.  "Thijs, find somewhere to hide them.  Quyen, disable those weapons."  It was quite possible that someone had seen or heard them threaten the two boys but it sounded like Griet and the rest of the Queen's crew were now engaging so there was hopefully going to be a lot more going on as well.

He quickly forced his prisoner to the ground and used his hunting knife to cut two strips off the boys shirt, one to bind his wrists behind him and the other to gag him.  Once he was bound and gagged Jan quickly searched him for any other weapons or anything else of interest before pulling him back up onto his feet.  He then looked around to see if Thijs had managed to find somewhere to leave them.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2928 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 4 Nov 2012
at 05:50
  • msg #657

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg # 654):

Dawid winced as he saw the round impacted a little closer than he intended! Well, he hoped they kept their heads down. Either they were incapacitated or they weren't, he had other targets coming up.

"Okay, now we target mortar and MG positions on Tum Hill. Without destroying cathedral. Easy."

Actually, it wasn't all that easy but that's what they had to do to neutralise the defenders without causing massive casualties in the town. He used the intercom, "that's a great idea, Griet! Can we run the Warszawa city standard on the flagpole?"
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 686 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sun 4 Nov 2012
at 09:12
  • msg #658

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

"OK," Griet said. She got on the intercom and said, "Engine room, send someone to the flagstaff and run up the Warsaw City flag, please."
Gunther Scholz
player, 34 posts
East German
Tanker
Sun 4 Nov 2012
at 13:56
  • msg #659

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In reply to Griet Niewiadomska (msg # 658):

"Great shot, mein freund!" Gunther Scholz said to Dawid, slapping the Pole on the back in an inappropriate display of admiration and cheer. Trying to be useful, he hurriedly helped the other crewmembers raise the Flaga Warszawa, which triumphantly displayed a sword-and-shield-weilding mermaid.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1386 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Mon 5 Nov 2012
at 00:56
  • msg #660

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Tucker mtions to the rest of his fire team to move forward while the prisoners are being taken care of.  He sets off, paired with Jeff, to run interference and to get them into position so the RPG's and grenade launchers can do their things and hopefully, get to the Baron.  His Suppressed H&K SOCOM pistol is still in his hands at the low ready as they advance.  Robert remains silent after dispatching the youth who tried to get away and signal an alarm.

TUCKER

H&K MK23 SOCOM (Suppressed) [11/12] - Current primary
 M16A2 / M-203: [30/30] / M-203 HE Loaded - Slung
 Browning HP [13/13] Holstered (Vest)
This message was last edited by the player at 00:59, Mon 05 Nov 2012.
Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 41 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Mon 5 Nov 2012
at 05:06
  • msg #661

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Cap'n Rae:
"Dutch? What the fuck?"

Thijs shrugged apologetically and went to find an abandoned building to hide the prisoners in.  He motioned to Jan and Craig to bring the bound and gagged boys to the doorway.  As they were being led to the scene of their captivity, he set the football down in the room with them and said quietly, "Przykro mi, że musiał to zrobić, chłopcy.Baron chce odzyskać Warszawę, a on ma zamiar używać Ci dzieci to zrobić, być może się wszyscy zabici w procesie. To nie powód, trenowałem ciebie. Idziemy do zatrzymania Baron. Wy tu, a ja wyślę kogoś zwolnić, kiedy to się skończy."

Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
"I am sorry to have to do this, boys.  The Baron wants to retake Warsaw, and he is going to use you children to do it, possibly getting you all killed in the process.  That is not the reason I trained you.  We go to stop the Baron.  You two stay here, and I will send someone to free you when this is over."


Returning to the street, he closed the door behind him and returned to his position behind Sutherland, moving out now as the second element of the party.

Thijs
C7A1 LSW [90/90 +(6x30, 1x90)]
HP35 [13/13 +(2x13)]
No night vision
Returning to formation

Craig Sutherland
player, 564 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 5 Nov 2012
at 06:42
  • msg #662

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Given the task of securing the prisoners Craig works as fast as possible tieing them up after searching them. He pockets anything interesting and debates with himself about blindfolding them as well.

He frowns at Thijs as he breaks OPSEC and gets ready to end both of the prisoners before stopping himself. If they get out of here alive any number of people will probably shoot them he wasn't going to be one of them.

As he walked to the door his subconscious was telling him to duck-tape a grenade to them, jam one near the door. He continued walking.


Craig Sutherland
Securing prisoners

Browning HP-35 (w/ silencer) [20/20] w/2 magazines 9mmN Winchester Silvertip HP
Kukri
ON1x20/IR "Nighthawk" NVGs - Worn
This message was last edited by the player at 06:46, Mon 05 Nov 2012.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 418 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Mon 5 Nov 2012
at 16:20
  • msg #663

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jay watched in silenced as the prisoners were bound and gagged. At least that was preferable to killing more children. He readied himself to move off when instructed.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 487 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Mon 5 Nov 2012
at 20:26
  • msg #664

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jeff ignores the children, instead using his scope to scan the hill looming ahead of them.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2659 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 6 Nov 2012
at 00:20
  • msg #665

Re: Return to Witch Mountain


The two teenagers do not attempt to resist as they are bound and gagged. They interpret the pains that their captors are going to in order to secure them as a sign that they are not to be dispatched or otherwise harmed. An abandoned two-story residence is immediately at hand for stashing them in. While they are deposited within, Warren scans the hilltop through the powerful optic on his rifle. The cathedral complex dominates the heights- there's movement on the near side but it's hard to make out much detail due to the low light. Someone starts hammering on an unseated bell somewhere atop the hill- the clanging is choked but urgent. A green tracer streaks over the chopped spire of the cathedral. The diversion is well underway.

Before they were held up by the two boys, Thijs was guiding the assault team down what amounts to a back way leading towards Tum Hill; the main roads leading to the cathedral complex end in a major security checkpoint at the base of the hill. It's usually guarded by at least a platoon of the Queen's child soldiers. With the Baron and his men in town, ostensibly as guests, security is likely to be tighter and the force at the checkpoint larger. There are several approaches to the hilltop, however, that circumvent the checkpoint. All however, involve a climb up a fairly steep grade. If the "castle" is defended, this approach will be quite hazardous.

What goes on inside the cathedral complex is subject to speculation. How will the Queen and her bodyguard interpret the gunboat attack? What will she make of an assault from the landward side? How will the Baron's men, nearly all of whom are allegedly billeted in the lower town, respond to the comotion? Urzula, Thijs, and Guther have all attested to past tensions between the Queen and the Baron- one of the two teens, prior to having been bound and gagged, reported that the Baron's men are not allowed on the hill.




The tug steams past the faintly glowing white cloud enveloping the just-destroyed riverside MG bunker. In a minute or two, the tug will be in range of the hilltop heavy machinegun positions near the crest of Tun Hill. The defenders of Plock also have at least one 82mm mortar dug in near the cathedral. Hitting a moving target like the Wisla Krolowa is going to be quite challenging, but the mortar squad has reportedly preregistered a couple of points on the river. In addition to the HMG and the mortar, there are over a dozen large craters on the western face of the hill, any and all of which can be used in pinch as a fighting position. A couple of them have been reinforced to expressly serve that purpose. White phosphorous will be useful in obscurring the Plockites' lines of sight, but it can kill just as much a high explosive/fragmentation rounds, and stray WP fragments carry the danger of setting fires which will cause additional destruction and, quite possibly, death.


Updated tac-map: https://maps.google.com/maps/m...pn=0.019416,0.066047


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 00:24, Tue 06 Nov 2012.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2931 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 6 Nov 2012
at 04:42
  • msg #666

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Gunther Scholz:
In reply to Griet Niewiadomska (msg # 658):

"Great shot, mein freund!" Gunther Scholz said to Dawid, slapping the Pole on the back in an inappropriate display of admiration and cheer. Trying to be useful, he hurriedly helped the other crewmembers raise the Flaga Warszawa, which triumphantly displayed a sword-and-shield-weilding mermaid.


"Ah, missed. Was aiming closer to the river, wasn't trying to kill them. Phosphor fragments would have land in front of them, or on top of overhead cover. Ask God for forgiveness!"

Obviously, the German was puzzled but there wasn't time to explain his reasoning, if Dawid understood it himself at this point!

Instead, he concentrated on aiming the Vasilek below Tum Hill, at the cleared free fire zone between it and the river.

"The mortars, are on this side of the hill or far side?"


Vasilek (2 WP/5 loaded)
Aiming 100m west of the Cathedral

Gunther Scholz
player, 44 posts
East German
Tanker
Tue 6 Nov 2012
at 08:14
  • msg #667

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg # 666):

Gunther Scholz was also confused, but it was confusion of a differnt sort. Even a hardened veteran has difficulty translating verbs and worrying about which tense should be used with the giant explosions of the large mortar going off right next to them.

"Ja, ja well done" Scholz repeated again, less sure of himself. He told Dawid where the mortars were, watching how the Polish man moved his hands on the mighty weapon.  As a new member of the crew, Gunther did his best to learn as much as he could as fast as he could from his new shipmates.
Craig Sutherland
player, 565 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Tue 6 Nov 2012
at 10:02
  • msg #668

Re: Return to Witch Mountain



Craig falls back into the group and readies himself for another push through hostile territory. He was going to change to his G3 but decided to continue with his pistol. They have not been properly ID by the locals so hopefully the ruse would hold.

If the terrain opened up he would switch to the G3. Any more obstacles with guns would be double tapped before moving forward.



Craig Sutherland
Following Thijs

Browning HP-35 (w/ silencer) [20/20] w/2 magazines 9mmN Winchester Silvertip HP
Kukri
ON1x20/IR "Nighthawk" NVGs - Worn
This message was last edited by the player at 08:09, Thu 08 Nov 2012.
Jan Cerny
player, 1414 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 7 Nov 2012
at 13:59
  • msg #669

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Still sticking with his silenced SMG Jan organised his team to move out again in the same formation as before.  They were now at the rear following on from Tuck's team and then Konrad and Danny so he picked up the pace a little and caught up with Konrad.

"Capitaine," he whispered.  "Do you want my section to take point again so that Thijs can direct us to the best route?"
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1105 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Wed 7 Nov 2012
at 15:59
  • msg #670

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Mariusz kept checking the rear for trouble. Once again their luck seemed to be holding but he didn't want to let the unit down by letting his attention wander. He kept his eyes peeled and was ready to act if needed.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1387 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Wed 7 Nov 2012
at 23:55
  • msg #671

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Tucker moves up to where Jeff was watching through his scope and says to him, "What to you have dude?  We gotta move and find a spot to start shooting before the Baron gets spooked."
Konrad Bayer
player, 1739 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 8 Nov 2012
at 04:13
  • msg #672

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jan Cerny:
"Capitaine," he whispered.  "Do you want my section to take point again so that Thijs can direct us to the best route?"


Bayer signals for 2 Section to hold and allow Jan's group to leapfrog, taking the lead again. As they pass, he motions to him and the Dutch guide to up the pace. "No more delays." he whispers, indicating the time for stopping to deal with prisoners is over. If anyone else is encountered the group is to either push through or fight through.

Bayer then follows behind the lead section, weapon at the ready. Along the way he transmits a quick SITREP and a distance to the objective, back to the tug.
This message was last edited by the player at 04:16, Thu 08 Nov 2012.
Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 45 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Thu 8 Nov 2012
at 05:13
  • msg #673

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Along with the first section, Thijs leapfrogged ahead, passing the second section and retaking the lead.  He was attempting to guide the group past the known checkpoints, while also avoiding the lower town, where the Baron's men were supposedly sequestered.  As they moved, he stayed close to Sutherland, allowing the Brit to guide him through the dark past any obstacles in the path.

Thijs
C7A1 LSW [90/90 +(6x30, 1x90)]
HP 35 [13/13 +(2x13)]
no night vision

Minh Quyen
player, 657 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Thu 8 Nov 2012
at 06:16
  • msg #674

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Quyen finishes taking apart the weapons. She tosses the pieces aside and pockets the firing pins to be dropped in the street later on. Quyen then grabs her PKM again and moves to get back in position with her group. Once again she will cover her arcs on the move but won't shoot unless it's necessary (leaving it for the guys with silencers).
Jan Cerny
player, 1415 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Thu 8 Nov 2012
at 18:50
  • msg #675

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Konrad Bayer:
Bayer signals for 2 Section to hold and allow Jan's group to leapfrog, taking the lead again. As they pass, he motions to him and the Dutch guide to up the pace. "No more delays." he whispers, indicating the time for stopping to deal with prisoners is over. If anyone else is encountered the group is to either push through or fight through.

Jan nodded and led his section back to the front.

"Thijs.  Direct us to the Cathedral ASAP," he instructed to the Dutchman and the rest of his team.  "We must push the pace and deal with any... obstacles quickly."
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 688 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Thu 8 Nov 2012
at 18:58
  • msg #676

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Griet kept the tug moving forward, "Dawid," she said, "if the mortars start up I want the gloves to come off: you may want to switch to HE to avoid fires, but I'd rather not have the tug hit by fire."

Personally she didn't give a monkey's chuff about the cathedral, Plock or any of the beastly children that populated it: she'd see them all dead and burned before she saw a chip of paint on her boat. Poland might be dead but the Queen was her world now and she wouldn't sacrifice anything for it. She admired Dawid's principals and understood his wishes to save lives but when the crunch came the Queen was her first, last and middle priority.
Gunther Scholz
player, 45 posts
East German
Tanker
Thu 8 Nov 2012
at 19:25
  • msg #677

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In reply to Griet Niewiadomska (msg # 676):

Gunther Scholz listened to Griet on the Queen's loudspeaker, nodding along in seeming agreement with every word.

"What she say?" Gunther asked Dawid, showing that he didn't understand any of it.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 420 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Thu 8 Nov 2012
at 23:13
  • msg #678

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jay readied himself to move on.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 488 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Fri 9 Nov 2012
at 22:44
  • msg #679

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Squinting into his scope, trying to sort out any kind of details on the hill, Jeff replies "Shadows make it too hard to tell.  I need a night sight for this.  There's definitely movement though.  Think the tug has their attention."

Jeff continues to scan the hill with his scope until the time comes to move out.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2663 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Fri 9 Nov 2012
at 23:37
  • msg #680

Re: Return to Witch Mountain


As the tug draws closer to the town, tiny, strobing, yellow and orange lights begin to appear along the riverbank and on the near face of Tum Hill. Soon, the pop-pop-popping of small arms fire can be heard over the rush of water and machinery noises that envelop the Krolowa whenever she is under way. McClurg begins to return fire on the shoreline but his shooting doesn't seem to be terribly effective- LaRue has several times attested to McClurg's skill numerous at engaging targets from a movement platform with a machinegun, so his current poor form is somewhat puzzling. Perhaps he's having a hard time shooting directly at kids, even angry shooting ones Little splashes appear on the surface of the river near the tug as the juvenile defenders of Plock try to find the range. Bullets ping off of the hull and superstructure, in widely-spaced ones and twos at first, but then with a steadily increasing frequency. (-100 12.7mm rounds)

Accompanied by a roaring boom, a 20-meter tall tower of white water, visible even in the dark, suddenly emerges from the river about 40m from the tug's 8-o'clock. Plock's mortar team has just joined the battle. When the tug is about 500m (as the crow flies) from the cathedral, a heavy machinegun opens up, its huge muzzle flash giving away its position at the western edge of the hilltop. Even the tug's thick hide might not be able to completely stop the 12.7mm machinegun's plunging fire, especially if it's being fed armor-piercing rounds...




Someone continues to strike a bell somewhere up on the hill. The assault team pushes hard towards the castle, counting on their night vision capabilities and the Queen's diversion (well under way, at this point) to help them avoid a meeting engagement on the way to the target. Most Plockites in this part of town are staying in doors. At a distance, the assault group notices a small party of armed kids running ahead of them towards the hill. The others continue quickly on their way, apparently having failed to notice the approaching the assault group, so the interlopers keep moving towards their objective. As they pass by an occupied apartment building, someone shouts down from an open but unlit third story window,

"Hey, you know what's going on?"

The sound of gunfire is increasing exponentially with every passing minute. The distinctive sound of a mortar firing- tubing, in American military parlance- adds a bass accent to the clatter. The rolling boom of an incoming round reverberates down the apartment-lined street. A couple of unarmed adults are standing in the road up ahead, likely discussing the possibly nature of this latest crisis to visit Plock. They shrink back as the assault team trots past, but make no attempt to hail or stop the party. These civilians likely have no idea who these people are, but they know enough to realize that armed men (and a woman) moving with purpose are to be avoided whenever possible.

The assault team reaches the foot of the slope leading up to the cathedral complex. Thijs has guided them directly to the front gate, stopping the party at the corner of what used to be a rather impressive old building of some sort. From this position, as long as they take care, the assaulters can obeserve the main entrance to the hilltop complex without being seen themselves. A group of at least 20 boys nervously mill around a roadblock a little over 100m to the southeast, across an open, grassy square. The position is a somewhat haphazzard collection of sandbags and timber built up around the burnt out shell of a city bus, with a few 50-gallon drums serving as outliers. A machinegun of some sort is set up on an elevated platform atop the bus hulk. The area is relatively well lit by a trio of lanterns. The boys look rather jumpy and it's clear that some of them would rather be joining the fight from the crest of the hill rather than manning a checkpoint. From their current vantage point, the assault team can either attack the roadblock, or circumvent it altogether, by backtracking a bit and cutting soutwest, to the western end of Tum Hill.

The sound of gunfire is ever present now. It seems to drown out all other sounds- voices, labored breathing, boots impacted the cobbles. Looking up the "castle", the assaulters can see huge anthropomorphic shadows cast by flickering muzzle flashes dancing a macabre death jig on the facing wall. A large caliber machine gun has opened up, presumably on the Krolowa.


Updated Tac-map: https://maps.google.com/maps/m...pn=0.009709,0.033023


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 00:28, Sat 10 Nov 2012.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 689 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sat 10 Nov 2012
at 10:39
  • msg #681

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Griet winced at the thought of large bullets pinging around near the boilers of the Queen. She was also concerned that they were running out of Plock, it was time to start manouvering.

She keyed the engine room and said, "Stand by for manouvres."

Griet looked out of the bridge window and called, "Mr. McClurg, I'll be swinging the Queen around after we have passed the defences but before we reach the bridge. As I do I'll hold her in position for a few moments to allow both Dushkas to rake the banks. I would then like you to switch with the other gunner so your skills are still in use. I would appreciate one of the enemy guns being out of action by then."

She focussed back on the wheel and used the intercom to Dawid, "I intend to turn before the bridge. It won't affect your fire much but I'll make you aware before the execution."

The tug kept moving forward into the hail of fire, 'With luck,' she thought, 'Dawid would be able to get rid of the enemy mortar before it turned the Queen into a charnel house.'

Griet (Bridge of the Queen)
Present actions: Ordering people (She loves that)
Intended Actions:
1) Move Queen past the guns but not as far as the bridge
2) Turn before the bridge and pause momentarily to let both guns fire at any remaining HMGs
3) Move back downstream past the defences again
4) Repeat drive by shooting until destroyed or other circumstances occur

Craig Sutherland
player, 566 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sun 11 Nov 2012
at 03:32
  • msg #682

Re: Return to Witch Mountain



With his High Power re-holstered Craig checked his G3 as they continued to move towards their target.

Once they stopped and had begun studying the causeway Craig found somewhere with good cover and view and began identifying targets. He would have liked to find somewhere with a bit of height, but will wait for a plan to be devised before finding somewhere better.

With the bipod deployed Craig made a list in his head with the MG as his primary target, then radio operators and NCO's.

Then he waited for the plan of attack. He identified the targets loud enough for those close to him to hear.

Craig Sutherland
Waiting for a plan


HK G3SG/1 (w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm Telescopic Sight)[20/20] w/14 magazines
Browning HP-35 (w/ silencer) [20/20] w/2 magazines
HK-69 Grenade Launcher [1/1HE] 40mmN HE x10, 40mmN ILLUM grenade x2, 40mmN CHEM (CS) grenade x2
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2933 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 11 Nov 2012
at 06:35
  • msg #683

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Griet Niewiadomska:
She focussed back on the wheel and used the intercom to Dawid, "I intend to turn before the bridge. It won't affect your fire much but I'll make you aware before the execution."

The tug kept moving forward into the hail of fire, 'With luck,' she thought, 'Dawid would be able to get rid of the enemy mortar before it turned the Queen into a charnel house.'


"Understood. Will fire a couple rounds of phosphor to smoke the hill in. Then anti-armour (HEDP) to take out anyone who still challenges us further."

As the rounds came in he made sure he and Gunther were as well-protected as possible behind the gunshield and sandbag revetment, including their body armour and helmets. It probably wouldn't be enough to stop a direct hit by 12.7mm incoming fire but shrapnel shouldn't be too much of a threat.

He gave Gunther his binoculars.

"Gunther, try to spot the mortar positions. Good, let's give them two phosphor, then reload with five rounds of anti-armour!"

"Firing!"


Dawid
82mm Vasilek (2/5 WP + 5x HEDP)
Forward gun tub
Firing 2 aimed shots 100m west and 100m SW of defensive positions (HMG bunkers) on Tum Hill

This message was last edited by the player at 06:36, Sun 11 Nov 2012.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 421 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Sun 11 Nov 2012
at 08:51
  • msg #684

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

As the volume of background firing increased, Jay concentrated on his surroundings. He was aware that a new threat could emerge at any time, and he kept his rifle tucked into his shoulder, ready to use.
Jan Cerny
player, 1416 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sun 11 Nov 2012
at 21:55
  • msg #685

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

As they observed the checkpoint at the main entrance to the Cathedral complex Jan hissed quietly to Thijs.

"Is this the only way inside?  Can we bypass this position and enter elsewhere?  Also where is the bell that is being rung?  Could we use that to hide the sound of our approach?"

Regardless of not really wanting to shoot a load of kids taking out the checkpoint would take time and delay their assault, probably giving the Baron a lot of time to flee.  That prompted another thought to Jan and therefore another question for Thijs.

"Also where would the Baron's troops be housed and what route would he take to get from the Cathedral to there?  We should try to enter that way to cut off his route out as well."
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1389 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 11 Nov 2012
at 22:06
  • msg #686

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Keeping it simple. Tucker relies on his skill with his suppressed pistol as his main weapon for now and follows to where the spot to set up their ambush.  He will transition to his rifle when they get to the kick-off point of their mission.

OOC: Should be up to regular posting by Monday or Tuesday
This message was last edited by the player at 14:10, Tue 13 Nov 2012.
Daniel Larue
player, 193 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Mon 12 Nov 2012
at 00:23
  • msg #687

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Danny takes a knee near the best available cover and starts scanning nearby rooftops and upper-story windows with his NVGs.

Danny
Winona [30/30 + 5 magazines] - ready, on SEMI
CZ 75 [15/15 + 2 magazines] - holstered, cocked and locked
AN-M8 HC smoke grenade x2 - on vest
AN-M18 red smoke grenade x1 - on vest
AN/PVS-7 NVGs - helmet-mounted, in use

Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1106 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Mon 12 Nov 2012
at 16:40
  • msg #688

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Mariusz had an idea itching in the back of his mind. He didn't know why but he remembered watching a western film by the spy writer that had invented James Bond. It was a silly little fantasy about a wrecked old shitty banger or something. He remembered being terrified by a man with a pointy nose and a net as well as laughing at an American who obviously couldn't do an English accent.

Slowly an idea formed in his mind, he sidled up to Bayer and said, "Sir, I know this sounds totally stupid but why don't we ask an adult either for help or if they know a way in. We could help them free their children from the wicked Queen and her consort."

He looked around to see if he could find a friendly toy-maker to aid their quest as a faint tune echoed in his head, "Truly scrumptious, you're truly, truly scrumptious..."
Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 46 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Mon 12 Nov 2012
at 16:49
  • msg #689

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jan Cerny:
"Is this the only way inside?  Can we bypass this position and enter elsewhere?  Also where is the bell that is being rung?  Could we use that to hide the sound of our approach?"

"Also where would the Baron's troops be housed and what route would he take to get from the Cathedral to there?  We should try to enter that way to cut off his route out as well."

Thijs motioned for Jan to follow him and moved to join Konrad before whispering back, "We could go southwest about as far as the old Hotel, and approach from that direction.  We may encounter a few people along the way, but they would be likely to be distracted by the water-borne diversion.  The bell is in the cathedral.  If it were still mounted properly, it would be much louder.  Now, someone simply strikes it with a mallet.  It might not be loud enough to completely cover our approach."

He considered the last question for a moment, then added, "As for the Baron's men, we have been told they are in the lower town, to the northeast of the hill.  I have no idea exactly where, or how close to the cathedral they are most likely to be."
Konrad Bayer
player, 1742 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 14 Nov 2012
at 07:25
  • msg #690

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Bayer moves over with Jan and Thijs, and nods in the darkness towards the southwest, "Take us that way. Around the side."

Then as the group presses on, Bayer toggles the transmit switch on his radio and says, "Queen. Sunray. Fire mission... get one of your machineguns to target the top of the castle. Do not engage low targets west or southwest of the objective at this point unless confirm as a threat. Check with me first. Everything else is open. Over."
Jan Cerny
player, 1417 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 14 Nov 2012
at 17:31
  • msg #691

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Konrad Bayer:
Bayer moves over with Jan and Thijs, and nods in the darkness towards the southwest, "Take us that way. Around the side."

"Oui mon Capitaine," replied Jan before moving out with his section on the route Konrad had indicated, relying on Thijs to ensure that they kept to the correct path.  He had his SMG ready to deal with anyone they encountered, intending to prolong the silent side of their assault for as long as possible.


Jan
Leading everyone on the route that Konrad has selected
PM-84 SMG with Suppressor (25/25 - 25rnd mag x4) - carried
AK-74 Assault Rifle (30/30 - 30rnd mag x11) - slung over shoulder
BG-15 Grenade Launcher (1/1 HE - HE x19) - underslung on AK-74
P226 Pistol (15/15 - 15rnd mag x4) - holster
M72A4 LAW - slung over shoulder
Frag grenade x2 - webbing pouch
Smoke grenade x2 - webbing pouch
AN/PVS-5 NVGs - worn

Cap'n Rae
GM, 2670 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Thu 15 Nov 2012
at 02:24
  • msg #692

Re: Return to Witch Mountain


Dawid targets the HMG position on the west side of Tum Hill- not directly- attempting to place a WP round close enough to it to screen the Krolowa from sight, and perhaps chase the crew off for a bit. The Vasilek kicks as it sends a mortar bomb downrange. A second or so later, a brilliant burst of white-hot sparks errupts about 50m short of the machinegun nest, raising a curtain of thick white smoke between the tug and the enemy gunners.

A boom reverberates up through the Krolowa's sturdy hull- another miss from the Plockite's 82mm mortar. No geyser is visible from the bridge, Dishka mounts, or bows, so the round probably landed somewhere in the tug's wake (literally).

McClurg blasts away at the hilltop from the port HMG mount, saturating it with 12.7mm rounds. Return fire continues to ping off of the tug's steel hide. It's an almost constant clatter now. Considering the volume of incoming fire, it's a minor miracle that no one has been hit yet. At least the western HMG is no longer firing at the tug.

The Wilsa Krolowa presses boldly forward, bringing the far HMG position at the east end of Tum Hill across the muzzle of the waiting Vasilek. Dawid fires the third WP round of the evening. It explodes in a brilliant burst of sparks about 150m short of the bunker. The cascade of burning particles falls on a couple of nearby fighting positions, instantly neutralizing them. (-2 82mm WP rounds)

The whole scene is strangely beautiful. Green tracers criss-cross the river, chased by their reflections in the dark water below. Tiny muzzle flashes strobe all over the dark mass of Tum Hill, lighting it up like a short-circuiting Christmas tree. Bursting WP showers its flanks with streamers of white light and glowing smoke. The scene calls to mind civilian fireworks displays from pleasant holidays past, however, this time, the viewers don't need to strain their necks looking skyward- the pyrotechnics are happening right there before their eyes.

Gunther, purposefully looking through Dawid's binoculars propped on the top of the gun shield, points to the midpoint of Tum Hill's long crest and shouts,

"I think I see..."

Gunther's report is cut short; the binoculars shatter in his hand and the German's face caves in. He slumps back and hits the cold deck with a wet thud, quite clearly dead before he even started to fall. His final act, however, has revealed the likely location of the Plockites' mortar.(Gunther KIA; Dawid -1 pair binoculars)




The assault team studies the roadblock leading up to the cathedral and weighs its options. A few green tracers streak over the cathedral's jagged roof, burning out as they race off to the north. After a brief impromptu conference, Konrad orders Thijs to take the less direct route, doubling back, cutting southwest towards the river, and then east up the western slope of the hill. The hill is enveloped in the sounds of battle; the constant din pummels the mind and body. Thijs and the point element lead the rest of the assault team on the circuitous but lightly guarded approach. For a minute or two, the hill is out of sight, screened by the battered remains of a large, once grand old building. Turning the corner, they push southeast, in the shadow of a longer, even more badly damaged building overlooking the river. Muzzle flashes dart out from its more of less intact upper floor windows above the assaulters but the fire is all directed towards the tug, now visible to the south. The group moves southeast toward the cathedral compound. Ahead of them, not quite 50m away, are several simple fighting holes, at least three of which appear to be occupied at the moment. The young occupants' attention, however, is held by the tug. Less than 50m past the furthest fighting hole is the western Dishka position. A cloud of white smoke still lingers to the west, its fading tendrils reaching out towards the HMG, which, as the assaulters study the position, resumes firing. The gunners are tracking the tug, which is moving away upriver, so the defenders ahead of Thijs and Jan and the others are slowly turning their backs on the unseen threat posed by the as-yet unnoticed assault team.




The tug passes the first HMG position, which McClurg doses with fire as a preventative, and continues on parallel to the crest of the hill. As the tug passes the second WP smoke cloud, the second (E) HMG opens up. After a short burst, it inexplicably stops firing. McClurg hoses it down anyway. When the tug reaches the waypoint Griet picked out for the turn, she adjusts the thrusters and pulls the wheel hard over. The tug leans to starboard as it turns on its axis, pushing out a broad wave with its slab-sided metal flank. Dawid, now operating the Vasilek entirely on his own, reloads its clip with the last few HEDP rounds, the tug's heaviest remaining anti-armor ammunition, while the tug makes its hard turn. As McClurg hammers the shore with heavy machinegun fire, the Plock mortarmen score a miracle hit on the elusive target. An 82mm HE round explodes against the tug's port side gunwhale, pounding the port side Dishka position with blast and shrapnel. It instantly falls silent. McClurg is no longer visible from the lower deck or from inside the buttoned-down bridge. The Dishka's long, still-smoking barrel is now pointing skyward. (-200 rounds 12.7mm)


Updated tac-map: https://maps.google.com/maps/m...pn=0.010101,0.033023


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 05:07, Thu 15 Nov 2012.
Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 48 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Thu 15 Nov 2012
at 06:25
  • msg #693

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Thijs led the assault group toward the real Castle of Plock -- the bombed-out Castle of the Mezovian Princes -- skirting to the north of the ruins.  Anybody in what is now used by the children of Plock as a hangout or playground is likely to be paying attention to the south and the river.  He keeps the group in the shadows of the north wsll, hoping the glare from the firefight to the south will help hide them from the checkpoint less than 100 meters to the north.  The trickiest part was going to be rounding the corner of the building onto Tomska and moving between the ruins and the old monastery and museum being used as a barracks.  If their intel, was correct, however, the boys normally housed there were off the hill.

Thijs
Quietly guiding the assault group
C7A1 LSW [90/90 +(6x30, 1x90)]
Browning HP 35 [13/13 +(2x13)]
no night vision

This message was last edited by the player at 06:27, Thu 15 Nov 2012.
Craig Sutherland
player, 567 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 15 Nov 2012
at 08:41
  • msg #694

Re: Return to Witch Mountain


With his rifle at his shoulder Craig kept the members of the machine gun team in his sights in till they where no longer visible. They where close he could feel it.

He continued to cover his sector as they moved through the rubble of the castle. He eys continued to dart along the tops of the walls looking for defenders ready to rain fire on the group as they moved up the slope.


Craig Sutherland
Climbing up slope, keeping fighting holes and MG in sights

HK G3SG/1 (w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm Telescopic Sight)[20/20] w/14 magazines
Browning HP-35 (w/ silencer) [20/20] w/2 magazines
Kukri
Konrad Bayer
player, 1743 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 15 Nov 2012
at 13:35
  • msg #695

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Bayer signals quietly for the two section commanders to keep moving on the objective. He then motions for the last pair to keep the enemy covered. As he moves up the slope he inserts a CS gas grenade into his launcher.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 691 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Thu 15 Nov 2012
at 17:21
  • msg #696

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Griet keyed the intercom, "Casualties on deck! Get them down to the sickbay as quickly as possible."

She turned the boat to let the hull and superstructure cover McClurge and than headed back down river.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1109 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Thu 15 Nov 2012
at 17:21
  • msg #697

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Mariusz made sure he had a grenade in his launcher and followed the others toward their destination.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2938 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 16 Nov 2012
at 06:34
  • msg #698

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Griet Niewiadomska:
Griet keyed the intercom, "Casualties on deck! Get them down to the sickbay as quickly as possible."

She turned the boat to let the hull and superstructure cover McClurge and than headed back down river.


Dawid suppressed a pang of regret. He hadn't known Gunther for long but he'd thought he was an all right sort. For a German. Heck, at this rate he'd have to change his opinion about them at some point!

Shaking his head to cease the wool-gathering, he realised the shock must have stunned him a little. He dragged Guther's corpse out of the line of fire, checked to make sure he was dead, even though he already knew.

"Griet, Gunther's dead. I have anti-armour loaded. Waiting for targets to fire."

Dawid
82mm Vasilek (5/5 HEDP + 2 WP, 8 HE)
Forward gun tub
Holding Fire

Jan Cerny
player, 1418 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Fri 16 Nov 2012
at 12:59
  • msg #699

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

With his silenced SMG held ready Jan indicated to his section to keep pushing forwards, trying to bypass the improvised fighting holes ahead and making for the objective.  He was pleased that the diversion seemed to be working as it meant that they hadn't taken any fire and that they hadn't had to shoot any children yet.  It was probably just a question of time though.

"Thijs," he whispered.  "Should we head south east through that ruin or go round it to the east?"
Daniel Larue
player, 196 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Fri 16 Nov 2012
at 13:45
  • msg #700

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Staying close to Konrad, Danny deliberately avoids fixating on the fighting positions, trusting the rest of the assault team to handle the initial volley when it becomes necessary.  Instead, he scans the team's left flank, watching the terrain to the northwest for noncombatants or enemy reinforcements.

Danny
covering left
Winona [30/30 + 5 magazines] - ready, on SEMI
CZ 75 [15/15 + 2 magazines] - holstered, cocked and locked
AN-M8 HC smoke grenade x2 - on vest
AN-M18 red smoke grenade x1 - on vest
AN/PVS-7 NVGs - helmet-mounted, in use

Minh Quyen
player, 658 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Fri 16 Nov 2012
at 21:22
  • msg #701

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Quyen pauses to watch the firepower light up the night and riverside. She then turns her attention back to the situation at hand and continues moving with the group. As she moves up the hill she watches the top of the castle imagining them storming it and ending the Baron and the rediculous Queen. So close now.

Ferro
PKM (100/100)
Moving with group

Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 49 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Sat 17 Nov 2012
at 00:02
  • msg #702

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jan Cerny:
"Thijs," he whispered.  "Should we head south east through that ruin or go round it to the east?"

"Through might be a problem," Thijs whispered back.  He did not specify that there were likely to be defenders inside.  "Better to go around.  Stay low and in the shadows.  Be careful when we get to the street."
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2671 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 17 Nov 2012
at 00:55
  • msg #703

Re: Return to Witch Mountain


As the Wisla Krolowa completes its turn, the Plock mortarboys score another improbable hit. There's a bright flash and tug shudders as a second 82mm HE bomb explodes somewhere on board. It sounds like it hit aft of the bridge.

After moving Gunther's faceless corpse out of the way, Dawid starts searching for a target for the reloaded Vasilek. He's lost track of the exact location of the hilltop mortar position, but he's fairly certain he has pretty good idea of where it is. The problem is going to be hitting it. Being that it is in defilade on the crest of the hill, direct fire from the tug's gun deck won't be able to affect it. Indirect fire from a moving target is unlikely to result in a hit either, and even a near miss could strike the cathedral or, heaven forbid, the assault team. The other obvious target, the eastern HMG position, is currently strangely silent; it may not stay that way. Finding it, however, is going to be a bit of an issue (since there's no muzzle flash to home in on at the moment). The smoke from the first round of WP has already dispersed quite a bit. It will soon disipate to the degree that it won't have much of an effect on the defenders' visibility. A dozen or four child soldiers continue to plink away at the tug with their small arms.

The tug begins the reverse leg of its diversion mission course. McClurg is down, status unkown* and, with Gunther KIA, Dawid is operating the crew-served automortar all by himself. (OOC: *Connolly can check on him but there's no intercom at his position so she'll have no way of letting the bridge team his status besides yelling really loud- I'm assuming that the bridge, currently manned by Griet and Walter, is fully buttoned down with armored shutters and whatnot. I need to know tug speed, heading (straight, weaving, zig-zag etc.), and who, if anyone, is currently manning the starboard Dishka and aft AGS/PKM).




Minh tries to spot the tug on the water down below. The hilltop offers a really good view of the river. Fortunately for the Krolowa, a thin white haze (an opaque grey in the darkness) still screens the tug from the nearby HMG position. While she looks on, there's a flash on the river where the tug might be, followed a second later by a rumbling boom. The Krolowa is clearly catching hell. In a minute or so, the western HMG will most likely have a clear shot at her.

The point element makes a hard left turn and heads east-southeast, attempting to bypass the ruined "Prince's Castle" on its north side through a thinly wooded area. 30m on, they spot a trio of kids running west at a jog. Two of them are draped in long belts of ammunition; the third carries some kind of scoped bolt-action rifle. They're about 30m away and probably headed for the HMG position the assault team has just bypassed. One of the boys notices the assault team (making distant eye contact with Jan)approaching through the shadows but he doesn't say anything to his friends- he just keeps jogging along.


Updated tac-map: https://maps.google.com/maps/m...pn=0.010101,0.033023


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 01:42, Sat 17 Nov 2012.
Craig Sutherland
player, 568 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 17 Nov 2012
at 01:40
  • msg #704

Re: Return to Witch Mountain



With their luck still holding, Craig moves forward with the group holding his fire. As they approach the ruins he tries to get a visual on the mortar he knew was firing on the queen, even if it was just a firing signature.

He will relay the information to Konrad and let him make the call to the tug.

Assault Squad
Trying to ID mortar location

HK G3SG/1 (w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm Telescopic Sight)[20/20] w/14 magazines
Browning HP-35 (w/ silencer) [20/20] w/2 magazines
Kukri
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 692 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sat 17 Nov 2012
at 09:09
  • msg #705

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

With shrapnel raining down all around, Griet remained relatively ignorant to what was going on on the boat itself due to the closed-up hatches surrounding the bridge. She keyed the intercom to reply to Dawid, "Keep your head down! I'm going to have to run in closer to the shore, their mortar is cutting us to pieces."

She switched quickly to the radio and said, "Queen to Sunray, we have lost fifty percent of our gunners and have been hit twice by mortar fire." She relayed the estimated position of the mortar the Kaptain and continued, "One more hit and we'll be combat ineffective. That mortar needs to go."

She pushed the tug's speed up by a kilometer and headed closer to the bank, trying to narrow the angle of the mortar fire in the hope that it would become less accurate.

She looked over to where she hoped that Kellerman would start firing the other Dushka sometime soon, with no one on the aft gun position due to lack of personnel, it was teh only effective suppression weapon they had left.
Jan Cerny
player, 1419 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sat 17 Nov 2012
at 20:28
  • msg #706

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

As the boy looked at him, but then ignored him and carried on running, Jan raised and then lowered his SMG slightly.  If the boy had reacted in any other way then Jan would have had to open up and drop him but Konrad's instructions were clear.  They needed to push on to the objective and avoid unnecessary engagements so Jan was happy to let the boys go and continue bypassing the defensive positions protecting Plock.  The Baron was their primary objective.

Griet's transmission was rather alarming however as it was starting to sound like the assault team needed to divert attention away from the Queen by making their presence known.

He kept on pushing eastwards though, skirting the ruined building and leading his section further towards the objective, hoping that the three boys would continue on to where they were going without interrupting the assault teams progress.


Jan
Ignoring the three boys and leading everyone on the route that Thijs has indicated
PM-84 SMG with Suppressor (25/25 - 25rnd mag x4) - carried
AK-74 Assault Rifle (30/30 - 30rnd mag x11) - slung over shoulder
BG-15 Grenade Launcher (1/1 HE - HE x19) - underslung on AK-74
P226 Pistol (15/15 - 15rnd mag x4) - holster
M72A4 LAW - slung over shoulder
Frag grenade x2 - webbing pouch
Smoke grenade x2 - webbing pouch
AN/PVS-5 NVGs - worn

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2940 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 18 Nov 2012
at 03:04
  • msg #707

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In reply to Griet Niewiadomska (msg # 705):

"Okay! It's just lucky shooting, but bad luck for us. I'll hold fire until someone can point out the mortar."

For the mean time he kept his head down as he peeked out, trying to see if he could spot the flash of muzzle fire from the enemy mortar. If the mortar crew could see the tug the tug should be able to see them in return.


Dawid
82mm Vasilek (5/5 HEDP + 2 WP, 8 HE)
Forward gun tub
Holding Fire, aiming at the mortar's general position

This message was last edited by the player at 16:42, Sun 18 Nov 2012.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 426 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Sun 18 Nov 2012
at 09:53
  • msg #708

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jay maintained his noise discipline, and kept low as the squad advanced. He looked around at potential threats, and kept an eye open for good fire positions in case firing started.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1391 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 18 Nov 2012
at 23:04
  • msg #709

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

As this latesxt group of kids rushes by, Tucker thinks that their luck will not be lasting too much longer.  He shiftes the SOCOM pistol into his support hand andthen moves next to Konrad, "Hey boss!  Listen, this may go away from our plan but, I think we need to move on that MG nest where those kids just ran towards.  Splitting up may not be the brightest idea right now but, I think me and one other should be able to knock out the nest, hopefully quietly with suppressed weapons.  If we can take over the nest, we can use it to suppress other targets around here.  Craxy huh?"

TUCKER

H&K MK23 SOCOM (Suppressed) [11/12] - Current primary
M16A2 / M-203: [30/30] / M-203 HE Loaded - Slung
Browning HP [13/13] Holstered (Vest)

This message was last edited by the player at 23:06, Sun 18 Nov 2012.
Minh Quyen
player, 659 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Mon 19 Nov 2012
at 01:56
  • msg #710

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Quyen sees the likely impact on the tug and taps Bayer on the shoulder. She points over to where only the rumbling can be heard now and says "That's them over there. Sounds bad." She then whispers to him following Tuck's comment "If it comes down to losing the Baron because we got distracted and went to help the Krolowa... everyone will understand."
This message was last edited by the player at 01:57, Mon 19 Nov 2012.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1744 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Mon 19 Nov 2012
at 02:38
  • msg #711

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Bayer paused on the hillside as the tactical situation unfolded and several of his teammates quietly conferred with him. The old Bayer, the one that existed up until only a year ago, would have immediately silenced them and told them to keep moving - the mission comes first. But things were different now, he was different, and they weren't racing Marders across the countryside as part of a larger unit either. There were no Generals to answer to, only the respect and confidence from his men and women.

Looking at Jan, or rather the single cyclopes-like lens staring back him, Bayer whispers over the noise, "Take your team and get rid of that fucking mortar. The Queen will need to deal with the machineguns on her own. Make it quick and then link back up with us."

Bayer then taps Tucker on the shoulder and says, "Lead us in. If we're compromised, I want speed and violence all the way." He didn't like splitting his already horribly undermanned force, but figured if things would fall apart because of his decision, then it was for a good reason.

"Griet... Bayer." he says into his radio next. "Working on doing something about that mortar. Deal with the guns. Over."

Bayer
Splitting the assault force

This message was last edited by the player at 03:24, Mon 19 Nov 2012.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2941 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 19 Nov 2012
at 03:37
  • msg #712

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg # 711):

Hearing the call over the radio, Dawid used the intercom to advise Griet, "I believe the mortar was just lucky. If the Kapitan would like to do something about it, have him mark the target with smoke or a flare. I can do the rest with a fragmentation round."
Jan Cerny
player, 1421 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Mon 19 Nov 2012
at 09:06
  • msg #713

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Konrad Bayer:
Looking at Jan, or rather the single cyclopes-like lens staring back him, Bayer whispers over the noise, "Take your team and get rid of that fucking mortar. The Queen will need to deal with the machineguns on her own. Make it quick and then link back up with us."

"Oui mon Capitaine," replied Jan as he signalled to Craig, Quyen and Thijs and then led them off in the direction of the mortar.

"Thijs, if you know a quick route to the mortar then say now," he added as the set out.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 489 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Mon 19 Nov 2012
at 10:27
  • msg #714

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

"Once we get in close I'll look for a nest to set up.  Can't exactly clear rooms with this rifle."

Jeff continues to pull security while waiting for final movements.  If he has a shot, he'll line it up on the MG and wait.
Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 50 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Mon 19 Nov 2012
at 18:07
  • msg #715

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jan Cerny:
"Thijs, if you know a quick route to the mortar then say now," he added as the set out.

"Just continue the way we have been going, then turn south once we reach the street.  The mortar pit is about 100 meters south.  We would be going past an entrance to the cathedral, so there might be guards.  Again, keep to the shadows to stay out of sight from the checkpoint to the north."
This message was last edited by the player at 18:45, Mon 19 Nov 2012.
Jan Cerny
player, 1422 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Mon 19 Nov 2012
at 20:08
  • msg #716

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Thijs van Lincklaen:
"Just continue the way we have been going, then turn south once we reach the street.  The mortar pit is about 100 meters south.  We would be going past an entrance to the cathedral, so there might be guards.  Again, keep to the shadows to stay out of sight from the checkpoint to the north."

"OK," replied Jan.  "We go single file for the moment and keep to the shadows.  I will lead, then Thijs, then Quyen and then Craig coming last."
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2673 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 20 Nov 2012
at 01:27
  • msg #717

Re: Return to Witch Mountain


The assault team presses on, skirting the wrecked castle and cutting south towards the main entrance of the cathedral. Up ahead, near the gaping hole that used to be at least partially covered by large, ornately-carved double doors, stand a pair of sentries. One is relatively short, but his impressive paunch and several days' worth of facial growth, indicate his adulthood. About the other there can be no mistake; he's tall, ebon-skinned, and built like a professional boxer. Both are armed. They half-stand, half-crouch behind a barricade made of broken masonry watching the duel between the young Plockites and the Wisla Krolowa. The muzzle flash of a heavy machinegun firing nearby intermitently illuminates the area with irregular pulses of orange light. Smaller muzzle flashes blink from the badly scarred castle wall above and to the right of the assaulters. Fortunately, their attention is still captivated by the tug on the river below. As Thijs and Tucker lead the team in, the stocky white man at the cathedral entrance notices their approach. He hesitates a couple of precious seconds trying to figure out who these newcomers are. From the vicinity of a building just to the northeast, a boy shouts a warning- it's hard to understand what he's saying due to the din of the gunfire around the corner, but his tone is clear and the assaulter's catch the familiar "Black Baron" in there somewhere.

(OOC: The assault team is still in one piece since the path to the mortar pit doesn't break off until past the cathedral entrance.)




Griet angles the Krolowa closer to shore and increases her speed, trying to throw off the skillful (or very lucky) mortar spotter up on Tum Hill. As she does so, the eastern HMG resumes firing. Fortunately for those aboard the tug, the heavy 12.7mm slugs hit low near the water line, where the Krolowa's steel hide is thickest. Kellerman, out of his element on the starboard Dishka, returns fire. In a stroke of beginner's luck, his shooting is on target, and the enemy HMG ceases fire again. He switches to another target and starts hammering away, quickly burning through ammunition forgetting to fire short bursts in his enthusiasm. Incoming small arms fire cracks and buzzes over the tug's open decks and rounds continue to ping off the hull and superstructure in a terrifyingly random musical composition. It's a wonder that no one else topside, besides poor Gunther, has been hit yet.

A tower of water explodes up out of the river about 100m ahead of the Krolowa, as the enemy mortar team struggles to account for the tug's change of course and speed. Dawid, looking for positive confirmation of the mortar's position, notices a dim flash on the hill top about 20m south of the cathedral. Dropping a mortar bomb on it from his fast-moving firing platform, however, is going to be nigh on impossible. A bullet ricochets off of the Vasilek's gunshield and another whip-cracks over Dawid's head. Something needs to be done to suppress the scores of miltia rifleman currently plinking away at the passing tug. (-50 rounds 12.7mm)

The western HMG opens up again. Its gunners lead the racing tug and fire low, tearing into the tires that serve as bumpers on the tug's blunt bows. A minor adjustment could send 12.7mm rounds into the Vasilek tub and it's unlikely that its gunshield can stop them.


Updated tac-map: https://maps.google.com/maps/m...pn=0.010101,0.033023


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 01:58, Tue 20 Nov 2012.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2942 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 20 Nov 2012
at 06:50
  • msg #718

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg # 717):

Dawid noted with satisfaction the mortar's position. Got you! But not until I know where my friends are located...

The 12.7mm rounds homing in on him like green baseballs suddenly became priority #1. He instantly considered ducking down so that he had the sandbag revetment as well as the Vasilek and gunshield between him and the HMG. Or he could return fire, but again, he didn't know where his comrades were and one bad shot could be very tragic indeed.

His earlier bad shot with the mortar still haunted him. None had died but several had been hurt. It could be worse this time. Better he be wounded, perhaps even die, rather than injure or kill his friends.

Dawid dove behind the Vasilek, putting the weapon, the sandbags and the gunshield in between his body and the incoming fire. Gritting his teeth, he grabbed poor Gunther's body and pulled it on top of him, perhaps his corpse (and the armoured vest) would provide him with a little extra cover. If God willed he got shot, then that was his fate.


Dawid
82mm Vasilek (5/5 HEDP + 2 WP, 8 HE)
Forward gun tub
Diving for cover below sandbag revetment, behind Vasilek/gunshield. Under (shudder) Gunther

This message was last edited by the player at 06:52, Tue 20 Nov 2012.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 693 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Tue 20 Nov 2012
at 17:32
  • msg #719

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Griet watched the strobing pulses of the enemy tracer fire chewing into the hull of the Queen and endangering Dawid. She grabbed the intercom and said, "Griet to guns, Sunray is dealing with the mortar. Suggest you take out the HMG if possible. If you wish to engage I can stop the Queen on a six-pence and turn whichever way you want. Make the call."

Griet
Conferring with Dawid
If Dawid wants to engage the HMG she will use bow thrusters to stop motion and give him a steady platform.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1393 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Tue 20 Nov 2012
at 19:09
  • msg #720

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Konrad Bayer:
Bayer then taps Tucker on the shoulder and says, "Lead us in. If we're compromised, I want speed and violence all the way." He didn't like splitting his already horribly undermanned force, but figured if things would fall apart because of his decision, then it was for a good reason.


Cap'n Rae:
The assault team presses on, skirting the wrecked castle and cutting south towards the main entrance of the cathedral. Up ahead, near the gaping hole that used to be at least partially covered by large, ornately-carved double doors, stand a pair of sentries. One is relatively short, but his impressive paunch and several days' worth of facial growth, indicate his adulthood. About the other there can be no mistake; he's tall, ebon-skinned, and built like a professional boxer. Both are armed. They half-stand, half-crouch behind a barricade made of broken masonry watching the duel between the young Plockites and the Wisla Krolowa. The muzzle flash of a heavy machinegun firing nearby intermitently illuminates the area with irregular pulses of orange light. Smaller muzzle flashes blink from the badly scarred castle wall above and to the right of the assaulters. Fortunately, their attention is still captivated by the tug on the river below. As Thijs and Tucker lead the team in, the stocky white man at the cathedral entrance notices their approach. He hesitates a couple of precious seconds trying to figure out who these newcomers are. From the vicinity of a building just to the northeast, a boy shouts a warning- it's hard to understand what he's saying due to the din of the gunfire around the corner, but his tone is clear and the assaulter's catch the familiar "Black Baron" in there somewhere.

(OOC: The assault team is still in one piece since the path to the mortar pit doesn't break off until past the cathedral entrance.)
Next Moves?

"Speed and violence it shall be," Robert decides when he sees the stocky white man who notices their approach and gives just enough of a hesitation to let him bring up his suppressed SOCOM pistol and fire a double-tap into the immediate threats' chest.  He advances heel-to-toe at a steady pace to maximize his accuracy and is hoping that the new guy, Thijs, is keeping pace and is going to help him out or is at least covering him.

TUCKER
H&K MK23 SOCOM (Suppressed) [11/12] - Current primary
 M16A2 / M-203: [30/30] / M-203 HE Loaded - Slung
 Browning HP [13/13] Holstered (Vest)

Advancing on stocky white guy and administering a double-tap to his chest area.

This message was last edited by the player at 19:11, Tue 20 Nov 2012.
Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 51 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Tue 20 Nov 2012
at 20:45
  • msg #721

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Guiding the assault group from his position behind Jan, Thijs caught glimpses of the two guards in the flickering light of the tracers in the battle between the Krolawa and the hill's defenders.  He paused in his advance to cover the guards, stepping to the side to clear his line of fire as Tucker advanced toward them.  Technically, this was not his responsibility; that was more the task of the others who were to enter the cathedral -- others with noise-suppressed weapons.  Until they came up into position, however, he could wait in case his automatic rifle's firepower became necessary and the need for stealth became moot.  Once the guards have been dealt with one way or another, Thijs would continue south toward the mortar pit with the rest of his sub-group.


Thijs
Following Jan
C7A1 LSW [90/90 +(6x30, 1x90)]
Browning HP35 [13/13 +(2x13)]
no night vision
covering the guards

Craig Sutherland
player, 570 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Wed 21 Nov 2012
at 07:14
  • msg #722

Re: Return to Witch Mountain


Craig took a knee when they spotted the two guards. He centred the cross hairs of his scope on the african sentry, this was the second time one of these elite guards had been in his sights.

He held his fire as he steadied his breathing and waited. If the guard raised his rifle he would fire but Craig was waiting for those with suppressed weapons to take out the guards. He knew it would be hard for his fire to be singled out in the din around them, but their luck was still holding.

Any sign of aggression on the guards part and Craig would fire one aimed shot and two quick follow ups.

Assault Squad
Holding fire until necessary


HK G3SG/1 (w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm Telescopic Sight)[20/20] w/14 magazines
Browning HP-35 (w/ silencer) [20/20] w/2 magazines
Kukri
Daniel Larue
player, 199 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Wed 21 Nov 2012
at 23:44
  • msg #723

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Seeing the imminent end of the mission's stealthy phase, Danny flips up his NVGs, sidesteps to clear his line of fire, and brings Winona to bear on the sentries.  He slips his finger onto the trigger but holds his fire for a half-second, waiting to see if the suppressed weapons of the point element will get the job done.

Danny
engaging if the fight goes loud, otherwise keeping pace with Konrad
Winona [30/30 + 5 magazines] - ready, on SEMI
CZ 75 [15/15 + 2 magazines] - holstered, cocked and locked
AN-M8 HC smoke grenade x2 - on vest
AN-M18 red smoke grenade x1 - on vest
AN/PVS-7 NVGs - helmet-mounted, not in use

This message was last edited by the player at 23:46, Wed 21 Nov 2012.
Jan Cerny
player, 1423 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Thu 22 Nov 2012
at 00:14
  • msg #724

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Seeing the pair of sentries Jan instantly dropped to a kneeling position and levelled his silenced SMG at the overweight white man.  He fired a quick double tap of single shots at him before swivelling slightly and firing a trio of shots at the black man, using the SMG more as an overly large pistol rather than spraying bursts all over the place.

If anyone on either side fired an un-silenced round then Jan planned to swap weapons and get his grenade launcher going.  He was carrying a lot of HE rounds and planned to use a few to keep the enemy from getting organised!


Jan
Firing 2x quick single shots at the white sentry and then 3x quick single shots at the black sentry
PM-84 SMG with Suppressor (25/25 - 25rnd mag x4) - carried
AK-74 Assault Rifle (30/30 - 30rnd mag x11) - slung over shoulder
BG-15 Grenade Launcher (1/1 HE - HE x19) - underslung on AK-74
P226 Pistol (15/15 - 15rnd mag x4) - holster
M72A4 LAW - slung over shoulder
Frag grenade x2 - webbing pouch
Smoke grenade x2 - webbing pouch
AN/PVS-5 NVGs - worn

Cap'n Rae
GM, 2674 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Thu 22 Nov 2012
at 03:33
  • msg #725

Re: Return to Witch Mountain


When Tucker, on point, raises his silenced pistol towards the two sentries, the portly one no longer has any doubts. He sidesteps and raises his short-barrelled AK just as Tuck squeezes off his first two shots. Perhaps it's the NVGs interfering with his sight picture, but neither shot seems to register; Tuck also notices that part of the man's girth is a bulky body armor vest. Jan fires a split second after Tucker, likewise targetting the chubby white guard. One of his two shots strikes the man in the torso but he barely seems to notice- he points his rifle at Tucker. LaRue and Tucker fire simultaneously. Considering how the man's head pretty much explodes, it was likely LaRue's shot that kills him. The fatty never got off a shot. (Tucker -4 rounds; Jan -2 rounds; LaRue -1 round)

Jan switches targets to the tall, dark-skinned man. By this time, Thijs and Craig have decided to end this fight quickly- they both fire at the African guard, Thijs a five-round burst and Craig a single aimed shot. Jan adds two more rounds to the storm, before his submachinegun jams. The black guard shudders as bullets tear into his arm, abdomen (penetrating his kevlar vest), and face, and then drops to the ground, dead on impact. (Thijs -5 rounds; Craig -1 round; Jan -2 rounds [jam!])

With all of the shooting going on around them, it's possible no one's picked out this particular fusilade (seven unsilenced shots) as being anything out of place. On the other hand, from the warning called out from somewhere behind the team just a few seconds earlier, it's likely the assault team has been picked out as hostile. This is confirmed when someone opens fire on the team from their rear. The shots streak high and wide, smacking off of the castle wall overhead and spinning into the darkness. The team moves forward a few meters and into cover behind the northwest corner of the cathedral. Despite missing badly, this brief flurry of incoming fire adds a new urgency to the mission. 20m or so to the south is the defenders' mortar pit. Another 50m or so beyond that is one of their 12.7mm heavy machineguns (currently silent). A pursuit force of some kind is moving in from behind. The entrance to the cathedral stands open and unguarded. What waits within?




On the foredeck of the Wisla Krolowa, Dawid ducks and covers, and not a moment too soon. A 12.7mm round punches a jagged hole through the Vasilek's gunshield, spraying Gunther's lifeless body, currently being used a meat shield, with metal fragments. Dawid, however, is unharmed (physically). Kel, testing his luck on the starboard Dishka, aims at the distinctive muzzle flash of the western HMG and gives it a long burst. Considering the flight path of one of his fat green tracers, and the fact that the enemy gun stops firing, it's likely he's scored another hit. Sometimes, it's better to be lucky than good.

The enemy mortar team also continues their streak of remarkably good luck. As the Krolowa maintains its course and speed, heading directly for the impact point of their last bomb [see last post], it's simply a matter of timing (not a simple matter at all) to place one on the same spot when the tug reaches it. They time the drop amostly perfectly, landing another 82mm bomb on the tug's quarterdeck. It explodes in a bright flash, sending bits of wood and sandbag flying out in all directions. There's a good chance that this last hit (and the one before) have completely destroyed the tug's aft weapons station (i.e. the AGS-17 and the PKM). So far, however, the three mortar hits on the tug have not affected her performance at all. She races past the town, Kellerman blazing away. He burns through the last few rounds of a 100-round belt and starts fumbling with the weapon in a clumsy attempt to reload it. There's still been no word from or about McClurg. At the moment, the tug is toothless.


Updated tac-map: https://maps.google.com/maps/m...pn=0.004855,0.016512


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 18:51, Thu 22 Nov 2012.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 490 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Thu 22 Nov 2012
at 09:09
  • msg #726

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

"Push into the compound.  Let's move."

Although not equipped for point man, Jeff does his best to shove his team towards the castle.  Time was of the essence and he'd rather be surrounded inside a defensible castle then in the open outside it.
Craig Sutherland
player, 571 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 22 Nov 2012
at 09:28
  • msg #727

Re: Return to Witch Mountain



Craig drops his rifle on its sling and takes a F1 grenade from his webbing. He returns to the corner they have just moved round and long arms the grenade back the way they came keeping behind cover.

He then puts the HK-69 to his shoulder and pushes for the mortar pit with the rest of the squad. Firing his ready weapon along with Jan from behind the barricade.


Assault Squad
Throwing grenade towards pursuit group and firing on mortar pit


HK-69 [1/1]40mmN HE
HK G3SG/1 (w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm Telescopic Sight)[20/20] w/14 magazines
Browning HP-35 (w/ silencer) [20/20] w/2 magazines
Kukri
This message was last edited by the player at 05:09, Fri 23 Nov 2012.
Daniel Larue
player, 200 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Thu 22 Nov 2012
at 14:05
  • msg #728

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Danny sees the heavyset man's Krinkov come up and presses off a shot.  He's aiming for center of mass but his target is beginning to crouch, bringing his head into Danny's sights.  Gonna need a head-blowed-off repair kit.

Danny scans, sees the other guard go down under Thijs and Craig's assault, and checks his own fire.  He's lifting his finger from the trigger when incoming fire erupts to the assault team's rear.  "No point in stayin' out in the rain," he mutters.  He flips his NVGs back down to see if he can get an accurate count on the pursuit, but keeps moving toward the mouth of the cathedral, keeping pace with Bayer.

Danny
Winona [29/30 + 5 magazines] - ready, on SEMI
CZ 75 [15/15 + 2 magazines] - holstered, cocked and locked
AN-M8 HC smoke grenade x2 - on vest
AN-M18 red smoke grenade x1 - on vest
AN/PVS-7 NVGs - helmet-mounted, in use

moving with Bayer, engaging closest pursuers if there's a clear shot

This message was last edited by the player at 17:01, Thu 22 Nov 2012.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1745 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 22 Nov 2012
at 15:10
  • msg #729

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

"Don't stop! Geht schnell!" Bayer calls forward to the Kommandos at the head of the assualt. "Two Section breech! One Section take that mortar out and fall back in behind us before you get cut off!" Bayer will keep close behind the lead group, covering their flanks - including upwards. He'll fire a series of single shots at any targets of opportunity.
This message was last edited by the player at 18:59, Thu 22 Nov 2012.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 428 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Thu 22 Nov 2012
at 15:56
  • msg #730

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jay advanced in a low crouch towards the cathedral entrance, his weapon held ready at the shoulder. If anyone is stupid enough to stick their head out he will fire 2 or 3 single shots at them, or an aimed burst of a group appears.

As he moved he checked the light. If the inside of the building was lit he planned to quickly raise his NVGs so he wouldn't get blinded.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1396 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 22 Nov 2012
at 16:45
  • msg #731

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Cap'n Rae:
When Tucker, on point, raises his silenced pistol towards the two sentries, the portly one no longer has any doubts. He sidesteps and raises his short-barrelled AK just as Tuck squeezes off his first two shots. Perhaps it's the NVGs interfering with his sight picture, but neither shot seems to register; Tuck also notices that part of the man's girth is a bulky body armor vest. Jan fires a split second after Tucker, likewise targetting the chubby white guard. One of his two shots strikes the man in the torso but he barely seems to notice- he points his rifle at Tucker. LaRue and Tucker fire simultaneously. Considering how the man's head pretty much explodes, it was likely LaRue's shot that kills him. The fatty never got off a shot. (Tucker -4 rounds; Jan -2 rounds; LaRue -1 round)

Jan switches targets to the tall, dark-skinned man. By this time, Thijs and Craig have decided to end this fight quickly- they both fire at the African guard, Thijs a five-round burst and Craig a single aimed shot. Jan adds two more rounds to the storm, before his submachinegun jams. The black guard shudders as bullets tear into his arm, abdomen (penetrating his kevlar vest), and face, and then drops to the ground, dead on impact. (Thijs -5 rounds; Craig -1 round; Jan -2 rounds [jam!])

With all of the shooting going on around them, it's possible no one's picked out this particular fusilade (seven unsilenced shots) as being anything out of place. On the other hand, from the warning called out from somewhere behind the team just a few seconds earlier, it's likely the assault team has been picked out as hostile. This is confirmed when someone opens fire on the team from their rear. The shots streak high and wide, smacking off of the castle wall overhead and spinning into the darkness. The team moves forward a few meters and into cover behind the northwest corner of the cathedral. Despite missing badly, this brief flurry of incoming fire adds a new urgency to the mission. 20m or so to the south is the defenders' mortar pit. Another 20m or so beyond that is one of their 12.7mm heavy machineguns (currently silent). A pursuit force of some kind is moving in from behind. The entrance to the cathedral stands open and unguarded. What waits within?

"Sergeant Tucker will take Two Section, along with Warren, Jay, and Mariusz. Ensure your section carries the RPG-7 while on the ground."

WHen dropping the two initial sentries, Tucker makes himself a little as target as possible by ducking into cover just outside or just inside the cathedral.  He then executes an in battery reload (dropping partial mag into hand and then inserting full magazine into weapon, topping it off) with the suppressed pistol and then placing the partial H&K mag into a pocket.  With the pistol now holstered and locked in, Robert makes his rifle/greande launcher combo his primary weapon by adjusting it on its sling.

He yells out to his team to get them organized quickly and then to move on the mortar pit.  'JEFF, MARI, JAY!  ON ME!  WE HAVE TO MOVE NOW!"  Once they all get to where he is, he goes over plans real quick, "Jeff and me will lead in.  You two will follow and watch our Six and the way we just came.  Engage any threats with lethal force to neutralize to get us through to our objective.  Don't hold back!  Frag grenades to get through any defenses or dug in defenders.  Looking for mostly black-skinned and female threats if or INTEL from Dawid's sister was correct.  Blacks for the Baron, females for the Queen.  Kill everyone that opposes us!  Questions?  If not, C'Mon Jeff!"

As they move out into the cathedral, Tucker moves out with Jeff into their objective, M-16A2 leading the way looking to engage any threats on three-round burst along the way or an HE round from his M-203.

TUCKER
M16A2 / M-203: [30/30] / M-203 HE Loaded - Current primary {[3] Round Burst}
H&K MK23 SOCOM (Suppressed) [12+1/12 + [6/12- Pocket] + [12/12 Mag pouch]] - Holstered
Browning HP [13/13] Holstered (Vest)

Pairing with Jeff to clear to the mortar pit 20 meters away with Mariusz and Jay following/supporting/covering.

This message was last edited by the player at 23:13, Thu 22 Nov 2012.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1110 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Thu 22 Nov 2012
at 16:57
  • msg #732

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Mariusz dutifully followed his squad leader, careful to keep a watch on the rear, if any one appeared behind them he would fire upon the target. He thumbed his selector to automatic and double-checked that his grenade launcher was loaded.

Mariusz
AK-74 30/30
BG-1 1/1 HE
Covering team's rear

Jan Cerny
player, 1427 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Thu 22 Nov 2012
at 23:17
  • msg #733

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

"Morceau de merde mitraillette!" Jan swore angrily as his PM-84 jammed yet again - it was becoming far too unreliable and he wished that he had an MP5SD just like he'd used many times before.  The 9mm Makarov rounds had little stopping power and he’d never had such an unreliable weapon!

He quickly slung it over his shoulder, not bothering to waste time clearing it now, and unlimbered his assault rifle.

Konrad Bayer:
"Don't stop! Geht schnell!" Bayer calls forward to the Kommandos at the head of the assualt. "Two Section breech! One Section take that mortar out and fall back in behind us before you get cut off!"

Jan was surprised at just how close they were to the mortar pit.  They were almost on top of it and he could see the crew firing off another round, though he didn’t try to spot whether they were hitting the Queen out on the river or not.

"Everyone, set up behind the barricade at the cathedral entrance" he called to his section.  "Quyen and Craig, we are engaging the mortar crew.  Thijs, cover back the way we have come and engage anyone who is coming up behind us!"

He then clambered behind the barricade.  Once Quyen's machine gun was firing at the mortar pit, and hopefully suppressing the crew, Jan added an aimed shot with his BG-15, aiming to hit as low down the mortar tube itself as was possible.  He was working on the principle that the fragments from the grenade would make a mess of everyone in the position.


Jan
Instructing Quyen and Craig to engage the mortar position from behind the barricade, Thijs to set up at the barricade covering north and then firing an aimed shot with his BG-15 at the mortar once Quyen is suppressing the mortar crew
AK-74 Assault Rifle (30/30 - 30rnd mag x11) - held
BG-15 Grenade Launcher (1/1 HE - HE x19) - underslung on AK-74
PM-84 SMG with Suppressor (21/25 - 25rnd mag x4) - jammed & slung over shoulder
P226 Pistol (15/15 - 15rnd mag x4) - holster
M72A4 LAW - slung over shoulder
Frag grenade x2 - webbing pouch
Smoke grenade x2 - webbing pouch
AN/PVS-5 NVGs - worn

This message was last edited by the player at 01:04, Fri 23 Nov 2012.
Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 53 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Fri 23 Nov 2012
at 00:40
  • msg #734

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Follwing Jan's directives, Thijs positioned himself behind the barricade, facing north.  Seeing Craig throw a grenade in that direction, he ducked down and closed his eyes until it exploded, unfolding his weapon's bipod as he did so.  He then popped back up and set the bipod on a handy section of the barricade, commanding a northerly field of fire.  He peered into the darkness, wishing once again he had the night vision goggles he had had to leave with his rucksack.  He hoped he would be able to retrieve the rest of his gear when this mission was over.

Thijs
At the barricade
C7A1 LSW [85/90 +(6x30, 1x90)] on bipod
Browning HP35 [13/13 +(2x13)]
no night vision
Setting up to fire to north

Minh Quyen
player, 660 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Fri 23 Nov 2012
at 07:44
  • msg #735

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Quyen drops down to the ground where Jan indicates. She will hopefully make the best use of cover available but will likely utilize the lowest prone position as possible to keep her safe. She extends the PKM's bipod and props herself up behind the machinegun. The gun was effective out to a kilometer and half so the bipod was only really to help with the recoil and allow her to lay low while firing. Once Jan gives the signal she will open up with two shorts bursts at a time and use the tracers to help guide each burst into the top of the target areas.

Minh Quyen
PKM (100/100) w/Bipod
Firing 2 bursts as needed

Griet Niewiadomska
player, 694 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Fri 23 Nov 2012
at 16:36
  • msg #736

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

With no weapons in action, Griet decided that further evasive action was called for. She operated the bow thrusters to push the boat to the right, letting it move in an almost straight line toward the back and upstream. She counted to ten, giving the mortar crew enough time to acquire her new vector and then threw the main engines into full astern. She knew that this part of the channel was wide enough that she could risk full speed for several seconds.

Griet
Evasive maneuvers

Cap'n Rae
GM, 2679 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Fri 23 Nov 2012
at 16:41
  • msg #737

Re: Return to Witch Mountain


Assault Team, Section 2

Tucker steps inside the entrance of the ill-used Renaissance-style cathedral and enters a realm of surreal terror. The interior is not lit- a wise precaution considering the marauding tug steaming back and forth on the river below- but the syncopated flashes of battle enter the interior space of the old building through the various gaping wounds in its battered brick-faced exterior, creating an eerie light show in what’s left of its upper galleries. The main room is long and open, with arched porticos spanning both sides. Most of the pews that would have filled the building in more peaceful times appear to have been removed. Blocking the central aisle, however, is a large rubble pile (the remains of one of the cathedral's two western towers, most likely), looming above main entrance (about 10m from the doors). Atop the mound are two girls. Alerted by the recent sound of gunfire right outside, they raise their rifles to fire on the intruders. Tuck, fires first. His first three-round burst hits the girl on the left, tumbling her down the jagged brick and tile slope like a flesh and bone rag-doll. Jeff, wielding a long, scoped bolt-action sniper rifle- a weapon completely ill-suited for this sort of fight- instinctively shoulders it and squeezes off a shot. Considering his questionable choice of weapon, he's lucky to hit anything, but the heavy round slams into the second girl's abdomen, knocking her backwards down the reverse slope of the mound. Jay and Mariusz enter the cathedral behind the pointmen, keeping watch on the flanks. Konrad and LaRue are next, bringing up the sextet's rear. The team will have to go over or around the rubble mound in order to proceed deeper into the darkened cathedral. (Tucker -3 rounds; Jeff -1 round)

http://www.123rf.com/photo_143...rior-city-plock.html

Assault Team, Section 1

Trying to dissuade their pursuers, Craig tosses a frag down the assault team's back trail and ducks back behind the cathedral wall. The anticipated explosion never comes. Apparently, the grenade was a dud. If the pursuers noticed it at all, they don't let on. Craig is already falling in behind Jan. By some strange acoustical phenomenon, the sound of the youthful reaction force running headlong towards the cathedral's main entrance can be heard over the racket of the gunfire from the hillside. Thijs, is set up and waiting. Perhaps letting their enthusiasm cloud their tactical awareness, the lead group of three or four caped and masked boys runs into the lane between castle and cathedral, about 20m from the barricade. The Dutchman cuts them down with a long burst from his 5.56mm LSW. The other boys (how many, it's too hard to tell) pull up short and skitter off to their left, disappearing behind the northwest corner of the cathedral. Three boys remain lying in the open, victims of Thijs' accurate fire. Two of them are completely still, but one of them is screaming in pain and terror, a painful lesson for his surviving companions.  If they have any sense, they'll move directly to the cathedral's north wall and use it for a covered approach to the northwest corner. (Craig -1 frag; Thijs -10 rounds)

Just a few meters away at the south side of the barricade, Jan prepares his section to eliminate Plock's mortar. The position, a large shell hole, is clearly visible about 20m to the south. It's slightly down slope from the cathedral and the far side of the crater and the muzzle of the mortar tube can be seen by anyone standing at the south end of the barricade. As Jan studies the positions,  he spots the bobbing heads of two of its crewmen. Someone further out in the darkness beyond the mortar pit is shouting back corrections to the mortar team. As Minh sets up the PKM on the barricade (kneeling position), one of the mortarmen pops up and drops another bomb down the tube. There's a faint flash and a THWOOP and the bomb launches skyward on its long arc towards the Krolowa down on the river below. Minh looks down the sights of the PKM at the very small moving targets and squeezes off a burst. Rounds streak over the pit, no doubt alerting the crew and anyone else nearby who noticed the streak of green tracers to the unanticipated reality of attack from the rear. With the mortar crew down in the pit taking cover from the machinegun fire, the grenadiers' job is more difficult. At this range and angle, getting a 40mm grenade down deep into the pit is going to be almost impossible. Both men take aim at the rim of the shell hole and fire. One grenade hits the near lip of the pit and the other hits the far wall of the crater about a foot below the rim. The resulting explosions no doubt shower the occupants of the pit with deadly shrapnel, incapacitating if not killing them. A few seconds later, a loud, incoherent moaning emanates from the hole. (Minh -10 rounds, Jan -1 40mm HE; Craig-1 40mm HE)

Tug Team

Pending player posts.

Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 17:15, Fri 23 Nov 2012.
Daniel Larue
player, 203 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Sat 24 Nov 2012
at 00:53
  • msg #738

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Danny glances down as he passes the guard post at the cathedral's entrance, making sure both the Baron's men are thoroughly dead.  There's not much doubt about his own target, but he spares a half-second to assess the second man.  Something pulls his attention back to the short, heavyset guard, though.  He stoops, grabs the drag strap of the corpse's armor, and hauls the body into the cathedral, smearing a trail of blood and brain matter along the stone floor.

"Intel," he explains, pre-empting the quizzical look he expects from Bayer.  "Warren!  Got a radio and a Krinkov for you!"  He lets the corpse squelch to the floor and raises Winona again, scanning upwards in case this cathedral's nave has a sniper loft.

Danny
Winona [29/30 + 5 magazines] - ready, on SEMI
CZ 75 [15/15 + 2 magazines] - holstered, cocked and locked
AN-M8 HC smoke grenade x2 - on vest
AN-M18 red smoke grenade x1 - on vest
AN/PVS-7 NVGs - helmet-mounted, in use

moving a body, then preparing to create more

This message was last edited by the player at 00:54, Sat 24 Nov 2012.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2945 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 24 Nov 2012
at 05:19
  • msg #739

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In reply to Griet Niewiadomska (msg # 736):

Realising that he'd cheated death or injury by the grace of God and poor Gunther's body, Dawid rolled the corpse off him and got to his knees. He felt a little woozy as adrenaline flooded his body.

There was an explosion at the stern as the mortar got another lucky hit. Dawid flinched, wondering if the crew was just better at their job than he was... never! Still, the tug started to back up to throw off their aim, which was a good plan as far as he was concerned.

"I'm allright!" he called up to the bridge. He still hadn't gotten clearance to fire on the mortar, even though he thought he knew were it was.

Keeping the Vasilek loaded with 82mm anti-armour, he knelt and grabbed the PKM on the bow pintle. Pointing the GPMG towards shore MG positions he started firing short bursts. It was much less safe being somewhat exposed on the gunwale like this but some times you had to take the risk.


Dawid
PKM (100/100)
Tug Bow
Firing 5-shot bursts at the shore

This message was last edited by the player at 05:19, Sat 24 Nov 2012.
Craig Sutherland
player, 573 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 24 Nov 2012
at 06:41
  • msg #740

Re: Return to Witch Mountain



He ejected the case in the grenade launcher and replaced it with another. Craig then moved closer to Thijs and removed a M67 grenade from his webbing. From below cover he cooks off the grenade.

"ONE THOUSAND ONE, ONE THOUSAND TWO."

Before throwing it past the corner of the building towards the pursuit squad. He yells a warning to his team mates as he throws the orb.

Assault Team Section 1
Throwing grenade towards pursuit squad

M67 FRAG Grenade
HK G3SG/1 (w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm Telescopic Sight)[20/20] w/14 magazines
Browning HP-35 (w/ silencer) [20/20] w/2 magazines
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 433 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Sat 24 Nov 2012
at 08:03
  • msg #741

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Following the leaders into the cathedral, Jay kept low and held his weapon ready. Directing Mariusz to cover the right flank, he moved left, sweeping the area for any threats. Any female with a weapon or large black man would be put down immediately. He stole a quick glance up  to check for upper levels, then continued to press forward. At the moment they seemed to have the momentum, but it wouldn't last long.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 491 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Sat 24 Nov 2012
at 11:06
  • msg #742

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

The round from his rifle just about cut the girl in half.  He praises his own luck and racks the bolt for his rifle.

When LaRue hands him the Krinkov, Jeff gives a curt nod.  He'll pilfer 2 extra mags from the corpse and stuff them in a front pocket.  Double checking for a chambered round, Jeff waits with the group to move further in.

"Are we planning on going all the way in, or setting an ambush within?"
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1401 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sat 24 Nov 2012
at 16:35
  • msg #743

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jeff D. Warren:
The round from his rifle just about cut the girl in half.  He praises his own luck and racks the bolt for his rifle.

When LaRue hands him the Krinkov, Jeff gives a curt nod.  He'll pilfer 2 extra mags from the corpse and stuff them in a front pocket.  Double checking for a chambered round, Jeff waits with the group to move further in.

"Are we planning on going all the way in, or setting an ambush within?"

"Boss!  Breach and clear, right?" Tucker says back to Konrad before advancing and trying to answer Jeff's question.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2683 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 24 Nov 2012
at 17:09
  • msg #744

Re: Return to Witch Mountain


Wisla Krolowa

Griet throws the tug into a wild evasive manouver, possibly saving it from another hit by the Plock mortar crew. As she begins backing up, a geyser errupts about 10m off her port quarter, showering Kel with icy cold water as he continues trying to reload the port Dishka HMG. When the tug slows, it throws off the aim of the mortar crew, but it makes the tug an even fatter target for the score of enemy rifleman still shooting at her from various positions on Tum Hill and the riverbank.

"ARGH! Fuck! I'm hit!" Kel shouts. A few seconds later, he yells, "I'm OK!" but he doesn't sound very confident.

Dawid, meanwhile, leaves the Vasilek and his dead loader and moves to the bow of the tug. Fortunately for him, most of the enemy rifleman are concentrating their fire on the tug's superstructure, perhaps assuming that the Vasilek crew had been neutralized. Settling in behind the PKM, Dawid picks out an insistent muzzle flash near the shoreline and sends a five-round burst its way. His own muzzle flash quickly draws the attention of multiple enemy gunmen and rounds start buzzing his way. A few CLANG off of the hull or THWOCK into the mangled rubber bumpers nearby. He squeezes off a second burst, trying to suppress the enemy fire. (Dawid -10 rounds)

The eastern HMG resumes firing for a brief moment, sending a wild burst well over the tug's stack, before falling silent again.

As the tug picks up speed, she becomes harder to hit. There's also the danger of damaging her screws if she backs into an obstruction of some sort. As Griet focussing on conning the tug, the portside door opens and Connelly enters to report, "McClurg is down. He'll be OK, I think, but he's out of this fight. I'm going to try to get him down to the sickbay. Oh, and I think the gun is messed up too."

Cathedral Interior (Section 2)

As Tucker gets his bearings, the team consolidates and prepares to make their next move. Jeff wisely switches from the bolt-action sniper rifle to the AKSU carbine, while the others watch their assigned sectors. The accoustics of the building are odd. The battle sounds from outside are much fainter here, but every kicked pebble echoes like a bounding boulder. This phenomenon momentarily plays to the team's advantage. People are clearly heard moving quickly from the far end of the cathedral into the porticos on either side of the nave and aisles. The stone pilars supporting the porticos offer good cover for these proactive defenders. The assault team has the rubble pile between the nave and the narthex for a modicum of cover, and, just behind them, the damaged interior half-walls of the narthex as well.



Thanks to Konrad for creating this diagram. Section 2 & HQ are at A. The rubble pile is at B.


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 19:27, Sat 24 Nov 2012.
Minh Quyen
player, 661 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Sat 24 Nov 2012
at 18:15
  • msg #745

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Quyen looks over the top of the PKM towards the mortar pit to observe the effect of their fire. Then knowing their time is almost up and anticipating a move order she rises up and holds the machinegun level with the ground in a ready stance. Then turning around and aiming towards the direction of the pursuit force she fires two short bursts from the hip (utilizing the sling for support) at the corner to keep them away. "We moving?" she yells.

Quyen
PKM (90/100)
Firing at corner where pursuit force is
One Section

Konrad Bayer
player, 1749 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sat 24 Nov 2012
at 18:41
  • msg #746

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Bayer removes the explosive round from his grenade launcher and slides in a CS canister.

"Sergeant Tucker!" Bayer calls from behind, utilizing the radio to keep any shouts from him being distorted due to the acoustics. "Move up and get a spread of three grenades high over the top of that obstacle. I want it secured with your men in extended line as our next base of fire." Bayer will then wait at the entrance until Tucker's boys have the obstacle firmly occupied and can see what's on the far side. Then toggling the radio again, he transmits to the other half of assault bringing up the rear, "Jan... report."

Bayer then notices Daniel dragging an enemy body inside. When the American explains his actions Bayer nods. He then holds out his hand and says, "The radio please..."

Bayer
G36/HK-69 (30/30 + CS)
Headquarters
Organizing and communicating

This message was last edited by the player at 19:40, Sat 24 Nov 2012.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1111 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sat 24 Nov 2012
at 19:54
  • msg #747

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Mariusz heard the Kaptain's order and sprang forward to the rubble. He found a solid chunk of masonry to hide behind and then pointed his rifle inward to cover the interior.

Mariusz
AK-74 30/30
BG-1 1/1HE
Finding cover behind the rubble and aiming into the interior

Daniel Larue
player, 204 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Sat 24 Nov 2012
at 19:58
  • msg #748

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Danny disentangles the Krinkov's sling from its former owner and passes the chopped AK to Warren, then plucks the radio from the corpse's cargo pocket and hands it to Bayer.  With the immediate looting accomplished, he goes prone behind the body, using it as both cover and a rifle rest, and covers the doorway through which the team just entered.  Knowing Jan's team is still outside, he'll wait for a positive ID before engaging targets.

Danny
Winona [29/30 + 5 magazines] - ready, on SEMI
CZ 75 [15/15 + 2 magazines] - holstered, cocked and locked
AN-M8 HC smoke grenade x2 - on vest
AN-M18 red smoke grenade x1 - on vest
AN/PVS-7 NVGs - helmet-mounted, in use

rear guard

Griet Niewiadomska
player, 695 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sat 24 Nov 2012
at 20:02
  • msg #749

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Griet watched the fall of shot and thought, if they are tracking us they'll be compensating more to starboard. She tweaked the thusters for a five second burst to starboard to lead the gunners into continuing with their over-correction and then threw the tug into forward and combined the screw with the thrusters to shoot them to port in the hope that this would lead to an over-correction. She watched the ripples as much as she could to try to ensure that she didn't cross over the impact spot in case the crew didn't track her and dropped another bomb in the same place.

She roared over the intercom, "We have their attention, get into cover."

Quickly she switched to the radio and said, "Queen to Sunray, at least two weapon stations on the Queen are destroyed including the AGS and a Dushka. We'll be weaponless before long."

She frowned as she finished her speech, without heavy weapons getting the team to the coast would be difficult and then when they left her she'd be left with a boat she couldn't defend. Don Quixote tilting at windmills, she sighed, I thought I'd left him behind when father decided to stay behind with his legitimate children.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2685 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 24 Nov 2012
at 20:35
  • msg #750

Re: Return to Witch Mountain


When Danny pulls the radio out of the dead man's pocket, it blares to life. Apparently, when the man had fallen, the transmit button had been depressed.

"Grilkov, what the fuck is going on out there? This bi... woman is going crazy!"

There's chaotic shouting at the far end of the cathedral. It's too muffled to make out what is being said- boys', girls', grown mens', and a woman's voice mingle in a cacophany of anger and confusion. The footsteps echoing through the porticos abruptly stop. By the sound, it's likely that the defenders are setting up shop somewhere on the near side of the transept. (between E and D on the diagram)

-
This message was last edited by the GM at 20:38, Sat 24 Nov 2012.
Jan Cerny
player, 1434 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sat 24 Nov 2012
at 22:29
  • msg #751

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

As Craig and Quyen moved to support Thijs in engaging the force to the north Jan stayed covering the mortar pit.  He quickly reloaded his grenade launcher with a round from the grenade belt attached to the bottom of his lifchik harness and then started looking for the spotter who had been outside of the mortar pit.  If he saw the man he fired a series of rapid shots at him.  If he couldn't spot him then he fired another rifle grenade into the mortar pit just too be certain.

He also made use of the radio, reporting to Konrad but certain that Griet would hear his transmission.  "Jan to Konrad.  Mortar team eliminated but tube undamaged.  Am engaging pursuing force briefly before following you unless you want us to hold here?"

While he waited for an answer he called across to his team.  "We are moving inside in one minute.  Thijs, if you want some body armour strip that dead man now!"

He kept watching the mortar pit and the south western direction in general for other threats.


Jan
Reloading his BG-15 and looking for the mortar team spotter.  If he sees him he will fire 4x single quick shots at him.  If he doesn't see him he will fire his BG-15 into the mortar pit again with a carefully aimed shot.
AK-74 Assault Rifle (30/30 - 30rnd mag x11) - held
BG-15 Grenade Launcher (1/1 HE - HE x18) - underslung on AK-74
PM-84 SMG with Suppressor (21/25 - 25rnd mag x4) - jammed & slung over shoulder
P226 Pistol (15/15 - 15rnd mag x4) - holster
M72A4 LAW - slung over shoulder
Frag grenade x2 - webbing pouch
Smoke grenade x2 - webbing pouch
AN/PVS-5 NVGs - worn

This message was last edited by the player at 22:33, Sat 24 Nov 2012.
Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 58 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Sun 25 Nov 2012
at 03:34
  • msg #752

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jan Cerny:
"We are moving inside in one minute.  Thijs, if you want some body armour strip that dead man now!"

Glancing at the bloody vest, Thijs replied, "If I am going to put that thing on, somebody will have to carry my spare snail drum, and perhaps my gas mask. too."

Thijs
at the barricade
C7A1 LSW [75/90 +(6x30, 1x90)] on bipod
Browning HP35 [13/13 +(2x13)]
no night vision
Deciding whether to strip vest off corpse

Cap'n Rae
GM, 2689 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sun 25 Nov 2012
at 05:21
  • msg #753

Re: Return to Witch Mountain


Assault Team, Section 1

While Thijs considers whether or not to take the holed and bloody vest off of the large dead African-German, Jan peers into the darkness trying to locate the mortar team's spotter. Since he and Craig doused it with 40mm HE, there's been no further activity in the pit (at least not that Jan can see), although someone at its bottom is wailing in pain. Suddenly, a young teenager lopes out of the darkness to the south, heading directly for the mortar pit. Perhaps it's the spotter checking up on his companions. Anyhow, Jan fires four rounds and the kid, hitting him at least twice, and tumbling him headlong into the crater.

Out of the corner of his right eye, Jan notices movement to the west. Turning his head that way, he sees several boys in the shadow of the ruined castle's south wall, near the southwest corner. They're crouched down looking down the length of the wall directly at Jan. It's not a sure thing, but it looks like they're are preparing to move on the cathedral entrance. Something else catches Jan's eye up high. Looking up he sees a boy staring down at him from atop the rubbled castle wall. The boy studies Jan, as if trying to decide whether he is friend or foe. He must not have seen Jan shoot down the boy near the mortar pit (or he can't quite believe that he did).

Meanwhile, Craig and Minh move to the north side of the barricade to deal with the reaction force, now out of sight somewhere around the northwest corner of the cathedral. While Craig tosses a second frag (the first being an apparent dud) past the corner, Minh fires a burst from the hip, bouncing a couple of rounds (including a tracer) off of the waist-high cornerstone. The grenade explodes with a flash and a boom. Whether or not it does any damage is not clear, but it probably serves to dissuade anyone from a rash approach, as does Minh's warning burst. (Jan -4 rounds, Craig -1 frag, Minh 15 rounds)

The sound of the battle seems abruptly to shift. The fire from the hillside seems to slacken somewhat, while the sound of battle from the landward side, to the northeast of the cathedral perhaps (it's not coming from inside), rises dramatically.


Updated tac-map: https://maps.google.com/maps/m...pn=0.002525,0.008256


Next Moves?
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2947 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 25 Nov 2012
at 06:59
  • msg #754

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In reply to Griet Niewiadomska (msg # 749):

The radio was still broadcasting the chatter from ship to shore party and the between the different land elements. Underneath him, the tug swerved and deked.

"Griet! Keep it steady when I give the word!"

Dawid abanonded the PKM and got behind the gunshield to where he could use the radio.

"Eagle to land elements, firing two fragmentations rounds at shore positions. Keep your heads down! Say again, incoming fire!"

Quickly and with years of practice, Dawid unloaded the clip of anti-armour from the magazine, switched it with a clip of fragmentation, sliding it into the breech from the right side. Then he stepped around to the left, aimed and adjusted to bear on the centre left side of the defences, as they presented themselves while he looked at the shore.

"Griet... firing!"


His target was the group of enemy gathering outside the castle (not the cathedral).

Dawid
82mm Vasilek (5/5 HE)
Bow, Queen
Reloading, Aiming, Firing 1 round at group of enemy gunmen gathered to west of castle.

This message was last edited by the player at 18:11, Mon 26 Nov 2012.
Jan Cerny
player, 1435 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sun 25 Nov 2012
at 10:00
  • msg #756

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Thijs van Lincklaen:
Glancing at the bloody vest, Thijs replied, "If I am going to put that thing on, somebody will have to carry my spare snail drum, and perhaps my gas mask. too."

"I can not," replied Jan as he aimed his grenade launcher at the group to the west by the castle wall and fired the HE round in it at them.  He then swiveled his angle of aiming upwards and fired a quick double tap at the figure he'd spotted on the top of one of the castle walls.  Even if the boy had ducked back down a couple of rounds zinging passed him would hopefully cause him to hesitate for long enough for Jan's section to get inside the Cathedral.  "Enemy in the castle ruins to the west are reacting to us!" he warned the others.  "We move inside soon, Quyen and Thijs first, then Craig and me.  Get ready to move."

He then heard the transmission from Dawid and relayed the information to the others.  "Two mortar rounds incoming from the Queen."


Jan
Firing an aimed shot with his BG-15 at the squad by the castle wall and then a pair of quick single shots at the figure on the top of the castle wall
AK-74 Assault Rifle (26/30 - 30rnd mag x11) - held
BG-15 Grenade Launcher (1/1 HE - HE x18) - underslung on AK-74
PM-84 SMG with Suppressor (21/25 - 25rnd mag x4) - jammed & slung over shoulder
P226 Pistol (15/15 - 15rnd mag x4) - holster
M72A4 LAW - slung over shoulder
Frag grenade x2 - webbing pouch
Smoke grenade x2 - webbing pouch
AN/PVS-5 NVGs - worn

Konrad Bayer
player, 1751 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sun 25 Nov 2012
at 22:52
  • msg #757

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jan Cerny:
He also made use of the radio, reporting to Konrad but certain that Griet would hear his transmission.  "Jan to Konrad.  Mortar team eliminated but tube undamaged.  Am engaging pursuing force briefly before following you unless you want us to hold here?"


"Sunray. Copy. Negative, I want you to hold from inside the cathedral entrance. Need you to pull in asap and link with Headquarters. Bayer replies over the radio.
Craig Sutherland
player, 577 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sun 25 Nov 2012
at 23:46
  • msg #758

Re: Return to Witch Mountain



Craig grabbed the G3 from the downed sentry and checked the breach before putting it to his shoulder as he runs towards the door headquarters went through.

"Moving to door, cover me."

Once in position he then covers the retreat of his squad firing into the group in the shadows.

Assault Squad-2
Moving-Firing on group in the shadows

G3A4 [20/20]
This message was last edited by the player at 06:16, Mon 26 Nov 2012.
Daniel Larue
player, 206 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Sun 25 Nov 2012
at 23:55
  • msg #759

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Danny gives Bayer a thumbs-up to acknowledge the radio traffic - and his awareness of the incipient arrival of Jan and company - but stays prone behind the demi-headed casualty, covering the entrance, until all of Section One is inside the cathedral.  Once someone else assumes the rear guard position, he takes a moment to check the late Grilkov's vest for anything else of immediate intelligence or tactical value, then rolls to his feet and prepares to back up Section Two's assault.

Danny
Winona [29/30 + 5 magazines] - ready, on SEMI
CZ 75 [15/15 + 2 magazines] - holstered, cocked and locked
AN-M8 HC smoke grenade x2 - on vest
AN-M18 red smoke grenade x1 - on vest
AN/PVS-7 NVGs - helmet-mounted, in use

door guard, intel exploitation

This message was last edited by the player at 01:55, Mon 26 Nov 2012.
Jan Cerny
player, 1436 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Mon 26 Nov 2012
at 00:04
  • msg #760

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Konrad Bayer:
"Sunray. Copy. Negative, I want you to hold from inside the cathedral entrance. Need you to pull in asap and link with Headquarters. Bayer replies over the radio.

Jan listened to the transmission and then relayed the revised instructions to his section.  "Everyone inside.  We set up inside."

He still fired his grenade launcher before withdrawing though, ensuring he was the last one through what had once probably been an impressive doorway.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1405 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Mon 26 Nov 2012
at 00:05
  • msg #761

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Konrad Bayer:
Bayer removes the explosive round from his grenade launcher and slides in a CS canister.

"Sergeant Tucker!" Bayer calls from behind, utilizing the radio to keep any shouts from him being distorted due to the acoustics. "Move up and get a spread of three grenades high over the top of that obstacle. I want it secured with your men in extended line as our next base of fire." Bayer will then wait at the entrance until Tucker's boys have the obstacle firmly occupied and can see what's on the far side.


Robert toggles the radio to reply back to Konrad, "Roger Boss. Three frags and move. Out."  He then turns to the other three on his assault team and passes on the orders.  "Here it is.  We're going to cover over the obstacle into the interior of the cathedral, throw three frags over the top of it, and then assault inwards.  Mari and Jay, you guys will cover right, me and Jeff will cover left, once he gets rearmed.  Fuck anything up that looks threatening.  On my count of three then!"  Robert grabs one of his frag grenades from his rig and holds it in his hand waiting for the others to prepare to throw theirs.  Once they have them ready, he gives a slow, silent count after pulling the pin, but still holding on to the spoon/safety.  On three, he rises up and throws the fragmentation grenade with as much force as he can and then goes back to a ready crouch regaining control of his rifle and readies to move out after the third grenade blast goes off.

TUCKER
M16A2 / M-203: [27/30] / M-203 HE Loaded - Current primary {[3] Round Burst}
H&K MK23 SOCOM (Suppressed) [12+1/12 + [6/12- Pocket] + [12/12 Mag pouch]] - Holstered
Browning HP [13/13] Holstered (Vest)

Preparing to throw fragmentation grenades over top of obstacle and into the cathedral then covering the left with Jeff


OOC: IDK what you want to do Jay but, I think Tucker was clear in his explanation if you want to change.  Like I said before, you do what you need to do.
This message was last edited by the player at 04:07, Mon 26 Nov 2012.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1752 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Mon 26 Nov 2012
at 01:18
  • msg #762

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Bayer acknowleges Daniel then overhears Robert's instructions to his men. Toggling his radio again, he says, "Sergeant, clarification on my last... grenade, then get up on that obstacle but do not proceed further. Await support from One section before advancing beyond it."
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1406 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Mon 26 Nov 2012
at 01:47
  • msg #763

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Konrad Bayer:
Bayer acknowleges Daniel then overhears Robert's instructions to his men. Toggling his radio again, he says, "Sergeant, clarification on my last... grenade, then get up on that obstacle but do not proceed further. Await support from One section before advancing beyond it."

"Roger that Boss. Toss and engage threats from here or toss and hold? Over."
Konrad Bayer
player, 1753 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Mon 26 Nov 2012
at 02:17
  • msg #764

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

"Toss and engage from the rubble." Bayer replies.

OOC - we can't see past the rubble so we need to climb up on it to fire further into the cathedral. Bayer just doesn't want anyone going past the rubble (the only cover) without more support. Sorry if it wasn't clear.
This message was last edited by the player at 02:17, Mon 26 Nov 2012.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1407 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Mon 26 Nov 2012
at 03:01
  • msg #765

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Konrad Bayer:
"Toss and engage from the rubble." Bayer replies.

OOC - we can't see past the rubble so we need to climb up on it to fire further into the cathedral. Bayer just doesn't want anyone going past the rubble (the only cover) without more support. Sorry if it wasn't clear.

"Roger. Out."  Tucker passes on the confirmed orders t the rest f his team.

OOC:  I just wanted to make sure I got the order correct or mostly correct
Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 59 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Mon 26 Nov 2012
at 03:31
  • msg #766

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

With nobody volunteering to carry the gear he would have to remove in order to be able to wear the vest, Thijs decided to leave it where it was.  He stood up, picked up his LSW, and sidestepped up the steps to the cathedral entrance, covering the area to the north.  Once inside, he turned to face back the way he had come, covering Minh's and Jan's approaches to the entrance.

Thijs
Cathedral entrance
C7A1 LSW [75/90 +(6x30, 1x90)]
Browning HP35 [13/13 +(2x13)]
No Night Vision
Covering approaches to western entrance

Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1112 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Mon 26 Nov 2012
at 16:06
  • msg #767

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Mariusz readied a grenade from his pouch and tossed a frag over the pile, lobbing it into the area beyond.

Mariusz
AK-74 30/30
BG-1 1/1
Tossing a grenade

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 438 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Mon 26 Nov 2012
at 17:53
  • msg #768

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Hearing Tuck's order, Jay pulled his only frag from his webbing and prepared to lob it towards the middle of the cathedral, before scrabbling to the top of the rubble to lay down some suppressive fire.

Jay Biyanjankar
Assault Team 2
On right (south) side, aiming hand grenade to centre of church, then moving forward onto rubble
AK74 with BG15 GL, 30/30 + HE
RPG slung over back
Kevlar Vest & Helmet, NVGs

This message was last edited by the player at 17:54, Mon 26 Nov 2012.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2949 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 26 Nov 2012
at 18:14
  • msg #769

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Konrad Bayer:
"Toss and engage from the rubble." Bayer replies.


Hearing this, Dawid wanted to make sure he wasn't engaging his own comrades.

"Eagle to Sunray, this is important. Am engaging target on west side of castle with one round fragmentation, say again engaging targets immediate west of castle. Am I clear to fire? Please let me know!"

OOC: Dawid will hold fire until he knows it's safe!
Daniel Larue
player, 208 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Mon 26 Nov 2012
at 18:29
  • msg #770

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

As the last member of Section One dashes Jan stumbles through the door, Danny keys his radio.  "Eagle, Coyote.  All friendlies are in cover.  You're cleared hot."
This message was last edited by the player at 01:40, Tue 27 Nov 2012.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2691 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 27 Nov 2012
at 01:01
  • msg #771

Re: Return to Witch Mountain


Cathedral Exterior

As the rest of his team moves inside the cathedral, Jan decides to scatter the gaggle of teens massing near the southwest corner of the castle, hopefully stopping, or at least delaying, an assault from that quarter. He takes aim with his BG-15 and lauches a grenade into their midst. It explodes with a BANG, bowling over several of the boys like ten pins. Satisfied, Jan steps back and switches his grip to bring his rifle to bear on the boy lloking down from the castle wall above. As he looks up, he sees a muzzle flash and, a fraction of a second later, feels a jarring impact on his midsection just above his belly button. He staggers back, hoping that the bullet didn't penetrate his Kevlar vest and firing a few wild shots up at the wall to discourage the boy from following up his initial success. The boy disappears and Jan stumbles into the narthex. (Jan -1 40mm HE, -4 rounds 5.45mm) (Jan WIA?)

Wilsa Krolowa

Dawid, laying his sights on the group, sees them fall and scatter before he can take his shot. Just as the small explosion eliminates his intended target, the western HMG opens fire again on the tug. Its fat green tracers sail high over the tug as the novice gunner gets a feel for the weapon. Dawid doesn't take any chances. Deprived of his original target, he makes a couple of slight adjustments to the Vasilek and aims for the HMG position. He kicks the firing pedal and the big gun bucks, its muzzle flash momentarily lighting up the river. The 82mm HE round arrives on target a second later, silencing it for good. For a moment, the huge machinegun can be seen cartwheeling through the air in the light of the explosion that signals its demise. Just then, an incoming bullet rips through Dawid's right earlobe, sheering it [the earlobe] off. (-1 round 82mm HE) (Dawid WIA- slight head wound)

Griet had slowed the tug to manouvered laterally in a relatively tight space in order to avoid another anticipated incoming mortar round; the enemy mortar has not fired again, however, since the last miss. In the meantime, although offering Dawid a fairly stable firing platform, the tug has become a much easier target for the riflemen on shore. Fortunately for the Krolowa and its crew, the volume of fire directed its way has markedly dimished in the last half-minute or so.

Cathedral Interior

Attempting to establish a base of fire and determine what they are up against, Konrad orders a grenade attack and the securing of the rubble pile for use as cover. Tucker, Jay, and Mariusz all prep grenades and toss them over the mound of debris. Warren [NPC'ed] seems to have some trouble getting a grenade off of his web gear, so he doesn't contribute to the volley. The three grenades explode in quick succession, sending concussive shock waves reverberating through the sanctuary. When the echoing BOOM dies away, a girl's screams of anguish flood the building. As Tucker, Jay, and Mariusz move to take positions on the rubble pile [Warren's still fumbling with his frag], the cathedral's young defenders take action. Several AK-style rifles open up at once, pelting the rubble pile with bullets. Dozens of rounds smack into the debris, sending bits of brick and tile flying in all directions. The volume of fire is intense but, fortunately, none of the Kommandos are hit. The cathedral is lit up by the half-dozen muzzle flashes like some gothic-themed nightclub. The noise is almost unbearable. (Tucker, Mariusz, Jay -1 frag each)

The guns abruptly cease fire and it doesn't take long to understand why.

"Cease fire! Cease fire!" a woman's voice yells from the far end of the sanctuary.

"You there, stop this attack and surrender this instant or your Baron dies! You are surrounded and your comrades in the town cannot reach you. Surrender now and you will be spared. Fight on and all of you will die."


Next Moves?
Daniel Larue
player, 209 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Tue 27 Nov 2012
at 01:29
  • msg #772

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Danny twitches at the sound of a bullet impact and glances up at Jan.  "Shit, get in here.  You okay?"
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2950 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 27 Nov 2012
at 03:47
  • msg #773

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In reply to Daniel Larue (msg # 770):

Dawid was elated at the explosion, gratified that he probably hadn't hurt his friends.

"Yes!" He did feel a little conflicted, his satisfaction at hitting the target conflicting with his earlier resolve not to cause casualties among the town's young defenders. Like many things in this world, good intentions quickly succumbed to reality.

Becoming conscious of a stinging in his right ear, and a warm wetness on his neck, he sat down, back to the gunshield. Puzzled, he felt his ear and neck, hand coming away red with blood. "I'm hit! Ah, it's not bad, I'm okay!"

Dawid realised he'd been very lucky, he'd been hit in the head (again) but only suffered a flesh wound (again). Time to stay behind cover for now, at least until he heard something heavier than rifle fire start up.


Dawid (Light Wound, head)
82mm Vasilek (4/5 HE)
Bow, Queen
Taking cover behind gunshield, sandbags, etc.

Jeff D. Warren
player, 493 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Tue 27 Nov 2012
at 04:57
  • msg #774

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Of all the times to get a rusty fucking pin...

Keeping his head down as he preps the grenade spares it from being taken off by fire from the end of the hall.  He finally wiggles the pin past the bur catching it (but not removing it) when the fire stops.

Jeff whispers to Mariusz  "Kid, your Polish is best.  Put on your deepest voice and tell her that her forces fired first, and that we have no proof the Baron is alive, and that we won't believe her until we see him.  At that point someone can accidentally shoot and hopefully we can get the firefight going again and they'll execute the Baron."
Craig Sutherland
player, 578 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Tue 27 Nov 2012
at 06:14
  • msg #775

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Once the last person was through the door Craig closed it and tried to bolt it or lock it.

He then move forward with the others using the rubble and tall columns as cover. Once the advance had stopped he placed the sentry's G3 on the ground and unslinging his rifle, starting to scan for targets through his scope. He tried to find the woman who was yelling orders, pretty sure she was the Queen the others had talked about.

If he is able to find his target he fires an aimed shot and several quick follow ups.



Cathedral Interior
Trying to find a target or the Queen


HK G3SG/1 (w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm Telescopic Sight)[20/20] w/14 magazines
Kukri
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1409 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Tue 27 Nov 2012
at 10:45
  • msg #776

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jeff D. Warren:
Of all the times to get a rusty fucking pin...

Keeping his head down as he preps the grenade spares it from being taken off by fire from the end of the hall.  He finally wiggles the pin past the bur catching it (but not removing it) when the fire stops.

Jeff whispers to Mariusz  "Kid, your Polish is best.  Put on your deepest voice and tell her that her forces fired first, and that we have no proof the Baron is alive, and that we won't believe her until we see him.  At that point someone can accidentally shoot and hopefully we can get the firefight going again and they'll execute the Baron."

Tucker nods his head in agreement to Jeff's plan (as long as he can hear it) and adds to it with, "Be ready on the grenade launcher Jay.  If they do actually bring him out to show him, we hit 'em with our HE rounds."

TUCKER
M16A2 / M-203: [27/30] / M-203 HE Loaded - Current primary {[3] Round Burst}
H&K MK23 SOCOM (Suppressed) [12+1/12 + [6/12- Pocket] + [12/12 Mag pouch]] - Holstered
Browning HP [13/13] Holstered (Vest)

Laying out plan to use 40mm grenade launchers next if Jeff's plan works with Mariusz

This message was last edited by the player at 10:47, Tue 27 Nov 2012.
Jan Cerny
player, 1437 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Tue 27 Nov 2012
at 14:21
  • msg #777

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

"Merde," muttered Jan as he stumbled into the Cathedral and towards Danny.  He took enough paces to get clear of the doorway and, hopefully, out of the LOS of anyone outside before dropping to the ground and lying down.

"Round hit here," he explained to Danny as he started probing around the lower stomach region of his body armour.  He was wearing a Lifchik chest harness with a grenade belt attached to the bottom of it over his Kevlar vest so there was a lot of bulky gear that needed to be pulled up to see whether the bullet had actually penetrated the armour or not.

He probed with his fingers though, trying to find the most painful point.  When he found it he withdrew his fingers and looked to see if there was any blood on his gloves.

As Danny started to examine him, almost certainly pushing away Jan's grimy gloves, Jan called over to his section, still issuing instructions.  "Quyen, cover the entrance we just came through.  Shooter on the top of the castle wall.  Craig, Thijs.  See if the Capitaine wants you to aid the assault."

He then turned to Danny and asked the obvious questions.  "Did it go through?  Is it bad?"


Jan
Checking for a wound and issuing some instructions
AK-74 Assault Rifle (22/30 - 30rnd mag x11) - held
BG-15 Grenade Launcher (0/1 HE - HE x17) - underslung on AK-74
PM-84 SMG with Suppressor (21/25 - 25rnd mag x4) - jammed & slung over shoulder
P226 Pistol (15/15 - 15rnd mag x4) - holster
M72A4 LAW - slung over shoulder
Frag grenade x2 - webbing pouch
Smoke grenade x2 - webbing pouch
AN/PVS-5 NVGs - worn

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 440 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Tue 27 Nov 2012
at 14:32
  • msg #778

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jay listened to Jeff and Tuck's instruction and grinned; he'd had much the same idea himself. He used the brief ceasefire to quickly glanced over the rubble and see if he could spot where the speaker was located, as well as estimating the distance to the other end of the cathedral. Ducking back down he quietly shared any information with those around him, before setting his aim. He then waited for further instructions, while listening carefully for a counter-attack.

Jay Biyanjankar
Assault Team 2
On right (south) side, quickly scanning enemy targets
AK74 with BG15 GL, 30/30 + HE
RPG slung over back
Kevlar Vest & Helmet, NVGs

This message was last edited by the player at 14:34, Tue 27 Nov 2012.
Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 60 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Tue 27 Nov 2012
at 15:08
  • msg #779

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jan Cerny:
"Craig, Thijs.  See if the Capitaine wants you to aid the assault."

"Akkoord," Thijs replied, then turned and moved toward Konrad.  "Do you wish me to assist with the assault, Kapitein?" he asked.

Thijs
Near Konrad, west of rubble
C7A1 LSW [75/90 +(6x30, 1x90)]
Browning HP35 [13/13 +(2x13)]
No night vision
Awaiting Konrad's response

Konrad Bayer
player, 1754 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Tue 27 Nov 2012
at 15:38
  • msg #780

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Thijs van Lincklaen:
"Akkoord," Thijs replied, then turned and moved toward Konrad.  "Do you wish me to assist with the assault, Kapitein?" he asked.


Turning to watch One Section file in through the entrance, Bayer motions with his free hand for Thijs to keep moving past him, "Ja... reinforce Two Section's position ahead." He then gives Jan a glance but doesn't distract himself by investigating, leaving the situation with the potentially wounded NCO to be dealt with by Daniel.

Bayer then calls forward to Tucker, "Sergeant, take Thijs and Lieutenant Sutherland."

Next, while waiting for Jay to climb down and report what is ahead, he asks aloud, "Everyone have a gas mask?"
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1113 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Tue 27 Nov 2012
at 17:12
  • msg #781

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

"The Black Guard never surrenders, Bitch-Queen," Mariusz said in his lowest voice, "your fucking idiot children fired on us first. As for being surrounded watching your brats run around is like watching a retard trying to fuck a door knob. Bring our Boss out now and prove he's alive or we'll fucking burn you and your bunch of virgins."

He cackled manically and readied his rifle for the next round of combat that was almost certain to resume.

Mariusz
Ak-74 30/30
BG-1 1/1 HE
3 ready frags
Ready to open fire

Griet Niewiadomska
player, 696 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Tue 27 Nov 2012
at 17:16
  • msg #782

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Griet scowled as she saw the Dushka cartwheeling away, kids dying was one thing but that hardware could be used on the Queen, she switched on the intercom and said, "Dawid, if you wish get below and seek treatment. We've done our job, let the children waste their ammunition on the Queens iron hide."

She squinted through the viewports and turned the Queen so that Kellerman's gun faced away from the firing, thus sheltering him behind the superstructure, "Kellerman, let me know when you're ready to fire again."
Minh Quyen
player, 662 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Tue 27 Nov 2012
at 21:26
  • msg #783

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jan Cerny:
Jan called over to his section, still issuing instructions.  "Quyen, cover the entrance we just came through.  Shooter on the top of the castle wall."


Quyen silently reacts to her orders. She lies on the floor beside one of the pillars facing the entrance (did Craig manage to shut the doors?) and rests the PKM on its bipod. If anyone opens the door she ensure that they'll get a quick burst of 7.62mm sent their way. Quyen then removes a frag grenade and her pistol, and places them next to her on the sheltered side of the pillar. If the gun jams or things get to hot she can easily shift into cover and rearm herself.

"Entrance covered." she calls over her shoulder as she pulls the machinegun in close and aims towards the door, finger on the trigger.

Quyen
PKM (75/100)
Aiming at door / prone using bipod
One Section

This message was last edited by the player at 21:26, Tue 27 Nov 2012.
Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 61 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Tue 27 Nov 2012
at 22:16
  • msg #784

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Konrad Bayer:
"Everyone have a gas mask?"

Thijs moved forward toward the southern end of the pile of rubble.  In response to Konrad's question, he nodded and patted the gas mask case on his webbing.  Just before reaching the edge of the pile, he went prone and crawled the rest of the way into position.

Thijs
Reinforcing 2 Section
C7A1 LSW [75/90 +(6x30, 1x90)] on bipod
Browning HP35 [13/13 +(2x13)]
No night vision
Going prone at south end of rubble

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 441 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Tue 27 Nov 2012
at 23:15
  • msg #785

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg # 780):

Jay nodded and tapped his gas mask case.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1410 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Tue 27 Nov 2012
at 23:54
  • msg #786

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In reply to Mrityunjay Byanjankar (msg # 785):

Tucker taps his gas mask and pouch and gives a 'thumbs up' to Konrad.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2692 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Wed 28 Nov 2012
at 00:06
  • msg #787

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Mariusz Tokarski:
"The Black Guard never surrenders, Bitch-Queen," Mariusz said in his lowest voice, "your fucking idiot children fired on us first. As for being surrounded watching your brats run around is like watching a retard trying to fuck a door knob. Bring our Boss out now and prove he's alive or we'll fucking burn you and your bunch of virgins."


The woman responds, "You are in no position to make demands! Turn on your radio, idiot. Your Baron's been trying to reach you for the last half-an-hour. Surrender now, or die, and your Baron dies with you. You have twenty seconds!"

Craig tries to spot the speaker but she's at the far end of the sanctuary, behind some kind of cover where the alter used to be (K). Anyone peeking out around the rubble pile can spot small, dark, AK-wielding sillouettes partially portruding from behind many of the pillars which support the porticos that stretch down both sides of the long central chamber (From D back).

Jan is relieved to learn that the bullet that struck him did not penetrate his kevlar vest. He finds the scrunched up lead bullet (9mm by the look of it) wedged between the vest and his LBE belt. He'll probably get a bruise, but that is likely the limit of his injury.

Thijs confirms that the Queen's bodyguards, the Athenas, are not equipped with gas masks, although this may have changed recently due to the rumor of nerve agent shells aboard the tug.

The cathedral's famous bronze doors were blown off of their hinges years ago, and they haven't been replaced. Minh can only cover the gaping wound where the doors used to be. Fortunately, the east wall of the ruined castle across the way partially shields the cathedral entrance from direct fire, but a shooter firing along the castles southern wall could probably squeeze some rounds through the cathedral entrance and into the narthex (A). The waste-high barricade right outside the cathedral steps provides some cover, if the cathedral occupants stay low. It might also be possible for the enemy to creep up along the walls outside the cathedral entrance and toss hand grenades into the narthex. The west end of the cathedral is not an ideal spot, defensively. The Kommandos have bloodied the two reaction forces that have appeared so far, delaying such an attack, but what the Queen said earlier rings true- the Kommando is more or less surrounded.



Wisla Krolowa

Griet spins the tug around so that Kellerman will have the protection of her entire superstructure to work behind while he endeavours to reload the starboard Dishka. Dawid remains ensconsed behind the Vasilek's thinly armored gunshield, marvelling at his remarkably good luck. A couple of centemeters to the left, the bullet that removed his ear lobe would have punched through his nose and deep into his head.


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 00:32, Wed 28 Nov 2012.
Daniel Larue
player, 210 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Wed 28 Nov 2012
at 02:31
  • msg #788

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Danny finishes a hurried examination of Jan and punches him lightly him on the armor.  "All good.  What are you waiting for?  Cowboy up!"

In response to Konrad's query, he nods and pats the gas mask carrier clipped to his own armor, then taps his smoke grenades.  "HC smoke isn't tear gas but it's still no fun in a confined space.  Let me know if you want me to add it to the mix."  He then resumes his prone position behind Grilkov's body, covering the door and watching a different arc than Minh.

Danny
Winona [29/30 + 5 magazines] - ready, on SEMI
CZ 75 [15/15 + 2 magazines] - holstered, cocked and locked
AN-M8 HC smoke grenade x2 - on vest
AN-M18 red smoke grenade x1 - on vest
AN/PVS-7 NVGs - helmet-mounted, in use

medical check, then covering the door

This message was last edited by the player at 14:18, Thu 29 Nov 2012.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2951 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 28 Nov 2012
at 06:16
  • msg #789

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Griet Niewiadomska:
Griet scowled as she saw the Dushka cartwheeling away, kids dying was one thing but that hardware could be used on the Queen, she switched on the intercom and said, "Dawid, if you wish get below and seek treatment. We've done our job, let the children waste their ammunition on the Queens iron hide."


Dawid felt the tug dance and swerve underneath his buttocks. He sank down a little lower so that he was sheltering behind the sandbags as well as the gunshield. He thought as he looked up, that's some pretty sky. I give thanks to the Black Madonna for protecting me in my hour of need. I wonder when the birds will sing again? He shook his head to clear it, then reached up to the intercom.

"No, I will be all right. Just need to slap a bandage on there. I will be ready in a minute."

He gave her a thumb's up, then searched Gunther's battle dress for a first aid kit and pressure bandage. The German wouldn't be needing it!

Dawid (Light Wound, head)
82mm Vasilek (4/5 HE)
Bow Cupola, Vistula Queen
Taking cover behind gunshield, sandbags, etc. Treating his wound.

This message was last edited by the player at 06:18, Wed 28 Nov 2012.
Craig Sutherland
player, 579 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Wed 28 Nov 2012
at 07:11
  • msg #790

Re: Return to Witch Mountain



With his rifle pointing just past the pillars he was hugging Craig continued to scan the area he heard the voice coming from. Once the fire fight resumed Craig would target any bodies that protruded from the alter area or any closer targets that presented them selves.

His gas mask was ready should he need it.


Assault Element
Scanning for targets from cover


HK G3SG/1 (w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm Telescopic Sight)[20/20] w/14 magazines
Browning HP-35 (w/ silencer) [20/20] w/2 magazines
Kukri
Jan Cerny
player, 1438 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 28 Nov 2012
at 22:20
  • msg #791

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Daniel Larue:
Danny finishes a hurried examination of Jan and punches him lightly him on the armor.  "All good.  What are you waiting for?  Cowboy up!"

Jan was extremely relieved when he couldn't find any blood from a wound and Danny confirmed that he was ok, for which Jan was obviously grateful.  Well ok apart from the pain of what would probably turn out to be a hell of a welt on his belly.  The sort of thing that would be funny over a Pastis if they could ever get to civilization.

Danny's last comment had rather confused Jan however.  "Cowboy up?" he enquired with confusion in his voice as he adjusted his body armour and webbing and the pushed himself up into a crouch.  Danny was preoccupied with other things however so Jan moved over to join Quyen in her defensive position.

Dropping down beside her he started to reload his grenade launcher, his hands working reflexively while he scanned back through the hole that had once been the Cathedral entrance.  "So there are the remains of two groups at least," he commented to Quyen.  "The group who were chasing after us and the group over by the castle wall.  I hit them with a grenade so that will hopefully slow them down.  The boy who shot me was on top of the castle wall."

He kept watch back the way they had come, shouldering his rifle and ready to fire a stream of single shots at any target he spotted.


Jan
Joining Quyen, reloading his BG-15 and keeping watch back through the Cathedral entrance - he will fire 4x single shot at any target he spots.
AK-74 Assault Rifle (22/30 - 30rnd mag x11) - held
BG-15 Grenade Launcher (1/1 HE - HE x17) - underslung on AK-74
PM-84 SMG with Suppressor (21/25 - 25rnd mag x4) - jammed & slung over shoulder
P226 Pistol (15/15 - 15rnd mag x4) - holster
M72A4 LAW - slung over shoulder
Frag grenade x2 - webbing pouch
Smoke grenade x2 - webbing pouch
AN/PVS-5 NVGs - worn

Daniel Larue
player, 211 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Thu 29 Nov 2012
at 14:24
  • msg #792

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

"You know.  Chicks dig scars.  Get back on the horse."  Danny shakes his head sadly.  "Y'all are screwed if none of my motivational material works in your cultures."
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1411 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 29 Nov 2012
at 14:28
  • msg #793

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Tucker toggles his mic to Konrad for a quick transmission, "Boss, you still want us to fire or you have something else in mind?"
Konrad Bayer
player, 1755 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 29 Nov 2012
at 15:29
  • msg #794

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
Tucker toggles his mic to Konrad for a quick transmission, "Boss, you still want us to fire or you have something else in mind?"


Bayer moves up beside Robert and quietly answers, "One minute. Going to use gas to try to break them up first." Even if Thijs' information was already out of date and the children had access to masks, ones that fit anyway, he hoped the burn felt by exposed skin from the CS gas would sow some panic. If it meant incapacitating and not having to kill them too, then all the better.

Bayer then motions for Robert and his men to mask up while he explains, "Twenty seconds after I fire, get your men up on the obstacle. Shoot anything that is a threat... the Baron is a threat regardless if he is armed or not. Try to minimalize collateral, if there is any, and that includes the Queen since she might be our ticket out."

"No advance until I give the word. Then it's your section moving forward along with Thijs and Craig. Split up and keep to the flanks where the collumns provide cover. Have each half of your men covering to the front of the other group - mutual support."


Bayer then looks back at Daniel and says, "I'll call for smoke before the assault. Throw far."

Once everyone is masked up and adjusted their NODs, Bayer fires a CS cannister over the rubble towards the back of the cathedral.

Sequence:
Gas fired - wait 20 to take effect
Assault fires at visible threats from obstacle
Bayer signals advance and Daniel smokes off end of cathedral
Assault moves forward

This message was last edited by the player at 15:35, Thu 29 Nov 2012.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1412 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 29 Nov 2012
at 15:46
  • msg #795

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Konrad Bayer:
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
Tucker toggles his mic to Konrad for a quick transmission, "Boss, you still want us to fire or you have something else in mind?"


Bayer moves up beside Robert and quietly answers, "One minute. Going to use gas to try to break them up first." Even if Thijs' information was already out of date and the children had access to masks, ones that fit anyway, he hoped the burn felt by exposed skin from the CS gas would sow some panic. If it meant incapacitating and not having to kill them too, then all the better.

Bayer then motions for Robert and his men to mask up while he explains, "Twenty seconds after I fire, get your men up on the obstacle. Shoot anything that is a threat... the Baron is a threat regardless if he is armed or not. Try to minimalize collateral, if there is any, and that includes the Queen since she might be our ticket out."

"No advance until I give the word. Then it's your section moving forward along with Thijs and Craig. Split up and keep to the flanks where the collumns provide cover. Have each half of your men covering to the front of the other group - mutual support."


Bayer then looks back at Daniel and says, "I'll call for smoke before the assault. Throw far."

Once everyone is masked up and adjusted their NODs, Bayer fires a CS cannister over the rubble towards the back of the cathedral.

"Roger that. Masking up and waiting for smoke. Was going to throw zero-two forty Mike-Mike rounds at end of cathedral where voices are coming from, then have elements engage closer threats. Advise."  Tucker turns to his team and gives the silent hand signals to 'mask up' for gas.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1756 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 29 Nov 2012
at 16:02
  • msg #796

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Less than a minute ago Bayer would have told Tuck to use maximum firepower available to him, but now with the realization that they might need the Queen to help their escape, he answers instead, "Try to use small arms fire only... at this point anyway. If you can take the Queen alive, it will be ahh... one more tool in our toolbox."
This message was last edited by the player at 16:05, Thu 29 Nov 2012.
Jan Cerny
player, 1439 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Thu 29 Nov 2012
at 16:11
  • msg #797

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Daniel Larue:
"You know.  Chicks dig scars.  Get back on the horse."  Danny shakes his head sadly.  "Y'all are screwed if none of my motivational material works in your cultures."

"Ah, I like cheval but is better for eating than riding," replied Jan with a mischievous grin, responding with a little bit of French culture.  He knew very well that most Americans and British found eating horse a hideous idea, but then times were much harder now and food was scarcer.
Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 62 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Thu 29 Nov 2012
at 17:02
  • msg #798

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Thijs put on his mask and peered into the darkness of the cathedral, trying to spot any potential targets.  Once the gas and smoke were deployed, it would be even more difficult to do so without the night vision goggles languishing in his rucksack.  They would not be any use right now, anyway.  Not until I could get the batteries recharged.

Thijs
Assault element, prone at south end of rubble
(covering behind some of it)
C7A1 LSW [75.90 +(6x30, 1x90)]
Browning HP35 [13/13 +(2x13)]
No night vision
Masked up and waiting

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1413 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 29 Nov 2012
at 17:14
  • msg #799

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Konrad Bayer:
Less than a minute ago Bayer would have told Tuck to use maximum firepower available to him, but now with the realization that they might need the Queen to help their escape, he answers instead, "Try to use small arms fire only... at this point anyway. If you can take the Queen alive, it will be ahh... one more tool in our toolbox."

Reaching for his gas mask, Tucker replies to Konrad,"Copy Boss. Small arms only, Out."  He turns to the rest of the team for the final time, "Small arms only!  We get a chance for capturing Queen, exercise that.  Baron is still shoot on sight."

Robert clears the barrel of his M-203 launcher and takes out the HE round and replaces it with a Buckshot round, the HE round back into his vest.  He then affixes his gas mask and assures there is a proper seal before fixing his helmet and readies for the signal to assault.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 442 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Thu 29 Nov 2012
at 20:35
  • msg #800

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jay retrieved his mask and quickly put it on, adjusting the straps under his helmet and repositioning his NVGs. He then crouched low, held his weapon ready and prepared to advance.
Craig Sutherland
player, 580 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 29 Nov 2012
at 23:39
  • msg #801

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
Reaching for his gas mask, Tucker replies to Konrad,"Copy Boss. Small arms only, Out."  He turns to the rest of the team for the final time, "Small arms only!  We get a chance for capturing Queen, exercise that.  Baron is still shoot on sight."


With the confirmation this was now a capture operation Craig would take a shot at any targets that presented themselves. Especially the Barons identifiable bodyguards.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2693 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Fri 30 Nov 2012
at 01:12
  • msg #802

Re: Return to Witch Mountain


Cathedral Interior

Konrad briefs the team and then launches a CS grenade towards the far end of the cathedral's main sanctuary. As soon as the projectile clears the rubble mound, the Queen shouts, "Kill them all!"

The Athenas immediately open fire, saturating the Kommandos' positions with automatic fire. Bullets ricochet off of the debris and/or spray bits of brick and tile at those sheltering behind the mound. The Kommandos are essentially pinned down for the next fifteen seconds or so. Then the incoming fire grows ragged; a few seconds later, it slackens considerably. The CS gas is taking effect. Between the more sporadic and less accurate continuing bursts, the Kommandos can pick out the sound of coughing, gasping, and gagging. The slightly muffled sound of heavy fire errupts from just beyond the main sanctuary, but it is not directed at the Kommandos. Now that the volume and accuracy of incoming fire has dimished significantly, one Kommando can creep out just enough on either side of the rubble pile to engage nearby targets (D), yet still keep most of his/her body behind some cover (the left edge of the pile favors a southpaw). There's also room on the mound itself, but it's still taking a few rounds every now and then. (Konrad -1 40mm CS)

Fortunately, while the Kommandos are pinned down, there is no assault from behind through the cathedral's main entrance. Jan and Minh continue to keep a carefully watch in that direction, just in case.

OOC: Any PC who doesn't explicitly put on his/her gas mask by the end of this turn will begin to feel the effects of the CS gas during the next turn.

Wilsa Krolowa

Griet keeps the Krolowa's starboard side facing the hill, screening Kellerman from incoming small arms fire. The volume of enemy fire has dropped off considerably over the past two or three minutes. Either the boy soldiers of Plock are running out of ammunition or they are distracted by events elsewhere. Perhaps they're just losing their stomach for an increasingly costly fight. But not all is well aboard the tug. Kellerman shouts from his position just below and outside of the bridge.

"I can't reload this fucking thing! I'm... sorry! I... fuck! Fuck! Fuck! Fuuuuuuuck!"

Walter turns to Griet and asks without much enthusiasm, "You want me to give it a try?"

With McClurg being shepherded to sick bay by Connelly and Dawid treating his own recent wound behind the relative safety of the Vasilek's gunshield, the Krolowa is, for the time being at least, defenseless. To make matters worse, the eastern hilltop HMG starts firing at her again- she's essentially a sitting duck at the moment. Luckily, the new gunner is apparently a novice, and the first burst sails about 5m over the top of the tug's stack.

Dawid finishes applying the field dressing to his mangled lower ear. The wound is slick with blood and he can't see what he's doing, but he manages to afix a bandage over where his earlobe used to be. How long it will stay on, however, is an open question. (Gunther -1 PMK)


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 02:25, Fri 30 Nov 2012.
Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 63 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Fri 30 Nov 2012
at 01:51
  • msg #803

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

As the gas began to take effect downrange, Thijs returned fire on those muzzle-flashes that continued to sparkle.

Thijs
Assault element, prone at south end of rubble
C7A1 LSW [75/90 +(6x30, 1x90)] on bipod
Browning HP35 [13/13 +(2x13)]
No night vision
Opening fire at muzzle-flashes

Craig Sutherland
player, 581 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Fri 30 Nov 2012
at 04:56
  • msg #804

Re: Return to Witch Mountain


From his point of vantage Craig takes his HK-69 and fires towards the alter area where he had thought he had spotted the queen or her entourage. He held his breath as he aimed and fired.

He then donned his Avon gas mask and checked the seal before re-shouldering his rifle and continuing to scan for targets. Craig will try to lie were he is in a prone position if possible, with bi-pod deployed on his G3.


Assault Squad 1
Firing 40mmN HE towards queens position
Right side of pile, going prone after firing GL

HK-69 [1/1] 40mmN HE
HK G3SG/1 (w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm Telescopic Sight)[20/20] w/14 magazines
Kukri
This message was last edited by the player at 06:47, Sat 01 Dec 2012.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2952 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 30 Nov 2012
at 05:25
  • msg #805

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg # 802):

More rounds zipped over the Queen, green tracers that splashed into the river behind the tug. Some people never learn.

Over the radio:

"All land units from Eagle, engaging enemy machinegun position firing to your south. Keep your heads down!"

Dawid aimed the Vasilek at the MG position on the eastern hilltop, the one that was opening up on them.

"Steady as she goes, captain! Firing!"


Dawid (Light Wound, head)
82mm Vasilek (4/5 HE)
Bow Cupola, Vistula Queen
Aiming and firing 1 round 82mm HE at target "HMG 2"


OOC: If Griet or anyone objects, he will hold his fire.

This message was last edited by the player at 05:25, Fri 30 Nov 2012.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 494 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Fri 30 Nov 2012
at 07:24
  • msg #806

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jeff advances slowly around the flank, his weapon leveled down the hall.  His own mask keeps him protected from the fumes, but the thicker clouds can make it hard to see.  He'll fire controlled but rapid semi auto fire into anyone he sees, trying to distinguish between the bodyguards and the Queen.  While doing so he calls out in Russian accented Polish

"Cease fire, drop your fucking weapons and we'll spare your lives!"


Jeff Warren
Kneeling out right, engaging semi-auto
AKSU [?/30] + 2

This message was last edited by the player at 20:17, Sat 01 Dec 2012.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 443 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Fri 30 Nov 2012
at 07:36
  • msg #807

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jay crept to the right side and carefully glanced out to try and spot a target. With his rifle raised he took aim and fired a series of single shots down towards the other end. If he spots a juicy target that will be his priority, but otherwise it will be suppressive as much as anything else.

Jay Biyanjankar
Assault Team 2
On right (south) side, checking for targets then firing a series of single shots towards the eastern end of the cathedral
AK74 with BG15 GL, 30/30 + HE
RPG slung over back
Kevlar Vest & Helmet, Gas Mask on, NVGs

This message was last edited by the player at 07:39, Fri 30 Nov 2012.
Daniel Larue
player, 214 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Fri 30 Nov 2012
at 12:51
  • msg #808

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

"Mmm... pooonybuuurgers," Danny advises Jan in his best Homer Simpson impression.  The final syllable is muffled as he pulls his MCU-2A/P over his face and tightens the adjustment straps.  He checks the mask's seal, then settles his helmet back on his head.

As the incoming fire drops off, Danny steps up to the rubble pile, close to Jay.  He withdraws a smoke grenade from his vest and waits for Konrad's signal.  Poised to throw, he mentally rehearses his next actions: smoke out, stay in cover, switch Winona to full auto, and suppress any enemy muzzle flashes as Tuck's team advances.

Danny
AN-M8 HC smoke grenade x1 - readied
Winona [29/30 + 5 magazines] - on sling, on SAFE
CZ 75 [15/15 + 2 magazines] - holstered, cocked and locked
AN-M8 HC smoke grenade x1 - on vest
AN-M18 red smoke grenade x1 - on vest
AN/PVS-7 NVGs - helmet-mounted, in use

masking up and preparing for a smoke break and suppressive fire

Konrad Bayer
player, 1760 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sat 1 Dec 2012
at 03:28
  • msg #809

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

"Targets front... rapid fire!" Bayer shouts to Tucker's group as the gas starts to disrupt the incoming fire. Once the men on the flanks open up, he calls for the remainder to get up on the obstacle to add their weapons to the mix too. There should be six weapons firing in total. He will then wait until the Kommandos to start to win the firefight, making an assault possible, then motion for Daniel to move up and throw smoke over the obstacle.

"Two Section! Prepare to assault!" he calls to Robert over the noise.

* If the Kommandos are unable to win the firefight just yet however, he will wait on Daniel's smoke and assault (and try again next turn).

Bayer
G36/HK69 (30/30)
Gauging the firefight to determine if it's time for smoke/assault yet
Kneeling - Behind rubble

This message was last edited by the player at 04:33, Sat 01 Dec 2012.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1114 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sat 1 Dec 2012
at 13:52
  • msg #810

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Mariusz sheltered from the incoming fire and dragged his gas mask on before he readied himself for the next phase of the battle. He made sure that his left shoulder was behind a big bit of rubble and stayed prone. When the order came to rapid fire the made sure that he exposed just part of his face and arms to fire into the cathedral.

He began by firing his launcher at one of the cubicles where the enemy were sheltering, trying to catch the rear of the column to send shrapnel into the covered area and them fired two bursts at any muzzle flashes he could see.

Mariusz
Ak-74 30/30
BG-1 1/1 HE
Prone behind rubble, left side covered
Firing on right with as little exposed as possible
1 HE at a column where he guesses people are sheltering
2 suppression bursts at muzzle flashes

Griet Niewiadomska
player, 697 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sat 1 Dec 2012
at 13:54
  • msg #811

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Griet kept the boat steady for Dawid's fire and said to Walter, "Do it and then get back in here before you get shot."

She got on the intercom, "I need anyone that can use a machinegun to the bridge as soon as you can be spared."
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2697 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 1 Dec 2012
at 21:50
  • msg #812

Re: Return to Witch Mountain


Cathedral

The assault team, almost shoulder to shoulder on the right (south) side of the rubble pile, begin the assault by trying to establish fire superiority. A single well-thrown hand grenade could put them all out of the fight, possibly for good, but, luckily for them, the Athenas are too busy just trying to breath and see to take advantage of the Kommando's tactical lapse.

Ignoring Konrad's order not to kill the Queen- if it can he helped- Craig fires a 40mm grenade over the rubble pile towards the altar. It explodes with a satifying CRUMP, adding to the dust and smoke at the east end of the sanctuary. (Craig -40mm HE)

Thijs targets a nearby muzzle flash (south E) and gives it a five round burst. The pillar shielding his target absorbs all five rounds, but the girl, suffering from the effects of the CS gas, still somehow senses the nearby impacts and she withdraws completely behind cover. (Thijs -5 rounds)

Jay picks out a muzzle flash further back in the sactuary (south G) and squeezes off three shots. Through the smoke, he sees his target, another adolescent girl, stagger backwards and drop, her rifle clattering across the stone floor. (Jay -3 rounds)

Marriuz aims for a pillar down the portico (G) and fires a 40mm HE grenade at it. The grenade glances off the right side of the pillar and continues deeper into the portico but, for some reason, it fails to detonate. (Mariusz -1 40mm HE)

Warren steps out from behind the rubble pile and takes a knee. Of all of the Kommandos, his position is the most exposed. A nearby Athena (D) fires a burst at him, but she is firing nearly blind and her aim is low. Jeff immediately returns fire, squeezing off a quick double-tap. Both shooters are hit at nearly the same time. Jeff, however, comes out of the exchange much better off. One of the girl shooter's rounds skips off the stone floor and slams into Jeff's Kevlar vest. He recoils from the blow, losing his balance and falling over on to his right side. The sensation of the impact is something akin to being hit squarely in the sternum by a 80-mile-an-hour fastball. The girl, on the other hand, goes limp and drops to the floor, quite clearly dead. (Jeff -2 rounds) (Jeff WIA, slight wound to the chest)

Tucker, leading the assault, hangs back, assessing the effects of opening volley, before deciding where to add his two cents. The enemy along the right-hand (southern) portico has been hurt by the Kommando fusilade (2 KIA: D & G; 1 suppressed: E). The enemy on the left (northern) side of the sanctuary, however, are left untouched. Clearly, they are still suffering the effects of the CS gas, but they can still impede any assault down the south portico with raking fire. LaRue stands ready to hurl his smoke grenade when Konrad, also curretnly assessing the evolving tactical situation, gives the order.

Meanwhile, at the east end of the narthex, Jan and Minh start to feel the effects of the CS gas. Eyes start to water, noses start to run, and a sensation of constriction begins gripping at their throats. If they don't get their gas masks on in the next few seconds, it's going to get worse. At the moment, they can still both see well enough, however, to note a head pop around the jagged edge of the main entrance. It disappears just about as quickly. Jan, waiting for just such a thing, fires four rounds at the boy. He doesn't hit the small target, but he undoubtedly gives the boy something to think about. (Jan -4 rounds)



Wilsa Krolowa

As Griet holds station to provide a stable firing platform for the automortar, she is also providing those Plock militiamen still preoccupied with the tug a rather juicy target. On cue, Dawid jumps back into action. Taking care to keep the breach of the automortar between himself and the riflemen in the old boathouse near the docks, he manhandles the Vasilek so that it points at the eastern HMG position. Two rifle rounds strike the breach side of the mortar with a loud double PING, but Dawid is unhit. The target gun is still shooting well over the top of the tug's stack, its fiery blossom of a muzzle flash making a good target for the experienced artillery gunner. After adjusting his aim, Dawid fires. A second later, an explosion blots out the muzzle flash of the enemy Dishka, almost certainly removing it from any further action. (Vasilek -1 HE)

In the tug's bridge house, Walter, whose offer to man the starboard Dishka has just been accepted, hesitates for a few seconds. Bullets DINK off of her shuttered windows and Walter is momentarily held up by the stomach-dropping realization that he does not share the tug's metal hide. Still, with the superstructure between himself and the north bank, he should be fairly well protected from direct fire. Steeling himself for what is to come next, he grabs Griet and kisses her briefly but passionately full on the mouth. Breaking away he says, "Wish me luck." as he heads out the bridge door.


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 22:34, Sun 02 Dec 2012.
Jan Cerny
player, 1442 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sat 1 Dec 2012
at 23:23
  • msg #813

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

"Get your mask on!" Jan said between coughs to Quyen next to him as he pulled his own gas mask out of its pouch and quickly put it on.

He then shouldered his rifle again and fired a pair of rounds through the doorway, just to remind the enemy that they were risking their lives by trying to enter.  He then took his left hand of his rifle and checked he seal around his gas mask to confirm that it was correct.  If any more targets appeared in front of him in the doorway he fired his AK a couple of times more, just to try to suppress them.

Once he was certain that his mask was on correctly he continued to cover the entrance.


Jan
Lying prone covering the entrance to the cathedral, using the rubble for cover.
Putting on his gas mask, firing 2x quick shots just to suppress the enemy and ready to fire more single shots (one handed if necessary) while he checks the seal on his mask
AK-74 Assault Rifle (18/30 - 30rnd mag x11) - held
BG-15 Grenade Launcher (1/1 HE - HE x17) - underslung on AK-74
PM-84 SMG with Suppressor (21/25 - 25rnd mag x4) - jammed & slung over shoulder
P226 Pistol (15/15 - 15rnd mag x4) - holster
M72A4 LAW - slung over shoulder
Frag grenade x2 - webbing pouch
Smoke grenade x2 - webbing pouch
AN/PVS-5 NVGs - worn

Craig Sutherland
player, 582 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 1 Dec 2012
at 23:25
  • msg #814

Re: Return to Witch Mountain


Craig moves across to the left-hand side of the rubble pile as fast as possible without toppling over.

From a prone position he begins to run along the left-hand side of the sanctuary looking for a target through his telescopic sight. He yells to Konrad;

"I have more CS do you want it down range ?"



Assault Squad 1
Prone to the left of the rubble pile
Firing on targets


HK G3SG/1 (w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm Telescopic Sight)[20/20] w/14 magazines
HK-69 [0/0] 40mmN
Kukri
This message was last edited by the player at 00:37, Sun 02 Dec 2012.
Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 64 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Sun 2 Dec 2012
at 03:27
  • msg #815

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Thijs remained where he was and continued putting bursts downrange at muzzle-flashes.  In the dark, he was more than happy with supplying suppressive fire.

Thijs
Assault Element, prone at south end of rubble
C7A1 LSW [70/90 +(6x30, 1x90)] on bipod
Browning HP35 [13/13 +(2x13)]
No night vision
Gas Mask in place
Firing at muzzle-flashes

Konrad Bayer
player, 1761 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sun 2 Dec 2012
at 05:27
  • msg #816

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Craig Sutherland:
"I have more CS do you want it down range ?"


"Ja!" Bayer shouts to the British officer. "Drop another canister on them."

Next he turns to Daniel and says, "Smoke dem out. Throw as far as you can. I want the back screened off as much as possible."

Once both (Craig's CS and Daniel's HC) have been thrown, Bayer toggles his radio and calls up to Robert for him and his men to start the advance, "Two Section... assault forward! Advance up both der left and right flanks and keep clear of the center."

Bayer will then adopt Jay's former position (once he leaves) where he can provide cover fire down the center of the cathedral and observe Two Section's progress - as much as the smoke will allow.

Bayer
G36/HK69 (30/30)
Kneeling
C&C then moving up to the obstacle (Jay's position)

This message was last edited by the player at 05:28, Sun 02 Dec 2012.
Craig Sutherland
player, 583 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sun 2 Dec 2012
at 08:58
  • msg #817

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Konrad Bayer:
Craig Sutherland:
"I have more CS do you want it down range ?"


"Ja!" Bayer shouts to the British officer. "Drop another canister on them."


From cover Craig reloads his grenade launcher with one of the long CS 40mm grenades. He exposes himself long enough to fire the grenade before returning to his G3.

HK-69 [1/1] 40mmN M651 CS
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 444 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Sun 2 Dec 2012
at 09:00
  • msg #818

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Hearing Bayer's order, Jay waited for a second to allow the smoke cloud to develop, then pressed forward in a low crouch, making himself as small a target as possible. As he moved he hugged the right hand side, and continued to fire a series of suppressive single shots, targeting any aggressive movement in front of him. He was wary of friendly fire from behind as well, so made sure he kept out of the way.

Jay Biyanjankar
Assault Team 2
On right (south) side, pressing forward, firing suppressive single shots
AK74 with BG15 GL, 27/30 + HE
RPG slung over back
Kevlar Vest & Helmet, Gas Mask on, NVGs

Griet Niewiadomska
player, 698 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sun 2 Dec 2012
at 10:11
  • msg #819

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Griet blinked at Walter's behaviour. Well, at least it means he's not likely to desert, she thought to herself, and it does get awful cold in the winter. She kept the boat trim: if it didn't work out she could always assign him to the spotter's role in the crow's nest: a sure death sentence up until now.
This message was last edited by the player at 16:23, Mon 03 Dec 2012.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1115 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 2 Dec 2012
at 10:16
  • msg #820

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Mariusz refrained from cursing his luck with the grenade and fitted a second into his launcher. Once that was done he yelled,"I'll go right!"

He rolled into a crouch and went around the rubble into the right hand side of the cathedral. He did his best to find a portico column to put between him and the incoming fire. Once he had done that he would assess the situation and decide how to advance from there.

Mariusz
AK-74 30/30
BG-1 1/1
Advancing to the nearest portico/hard cover

This message was last edited by the player at 20:02, Sun 02 Dec 2012.
Minh Quyen
player, 663 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Sun 2 Dec 2012
at 17:49
  • msg #821

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Quyen quickly reaches down to her side and removes the gas mask from its carrier. She then tightens the straps and exhales to clear out the inside of the mask before drawing in her first breath. She then places her hands back on the PKM and returns it to her shoulder ready to fire at the doorway. She missed the opportunity to shoot at the last nosey person who looked in but was ready this time.

Quyen
PKM (75/100)
Prone using bipod
Putting on mask and covering entrance

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2954 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 2 Dec 2012
at 19:54
  • msg #822

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Griet Niewiadomska:
She looked down at Dawid and used the intercom, "If you feel there are no viable targets left for the mortar I'll swing around once the port Dushka is loaded and as Kellerman suppresses the enemy I'll get Walter to check the starboard Dushka. If it is still working you might consider switching to that."


Keeping low he replied, "understood, captain. I think I got that bunker so pilot the boat as you see fit. I will wait a bit, see if the firing starts up again and then move if the Dushka is in better shape."


Dawid (Light Wound, head)
82mm Vasilek (3/5 HE, 2 WP, 5 HEAT)
Keeping low behind bow cupola gunshield, sandbags, etc.
Peering out over cover.

OOC: PKM ready ammo has been updated, I believe with 10 rounds fired.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1415 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 2 Dec 2012
at 19:55
  • msg #824

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg # 816):

Tucker moves out sloightly and pulls Jeff back into cover as Konrad realys orders over the radio to advance on both sides.  'Copy Boss.  Jeff took one to his body armor.  Not sure if he's OK yet.  Leaving him with you.  Out."

Tucker looks to the assault team to advance forward and verbally gives out the following assignments, "Jay, Mari, Thijs, you got the right flank.  Craig and I will advance up the right flank, Jeff will follow LEFT when able.  Minh, you stay here and give us a steady base of fire.  Concentrate on the center unless something else pops up.  Right and left flanks, stay clear of the middle.  Cover your side.  If we can take someone out without shooting, I think that may help us out but, don't get crazy.  One order, one chance to surrender.  Take it or leave it and then we move on.  Questions?"

TUCKER
M16A2 / M-203: [27/30] / M-203 Buckshot Loaded - Current primary {[3] Round Burst}
H&K MK23 SOCOM (Suppressed) [12+1/12 + [6/12- Pocket] + [12/12 Mag pouch]] - Holstered
Browning HP [13/13] Holstered (Vest)
Gas Mask in place

Ready to set out assault force on both flanks in the monestry

This message was last edited by the player at 13:47, Mon 03 Dec 2012.
Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 68 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Mon 3 Dec 2012
at 00:13
  • msg #825

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In reply to Mariusz Tokarski (msg # 820):

As Mariusz rolled to a crouch, Thijs exclaimed, "Ouch!  Watch where you are stepping, kid!  Those are my legs!"  When Tucker ordered to prepare to advance, he rose to a crouch himself, continuing to fire suppressive bursts.  When the order came, he would cover the others, then advance in turn, moving behind a pillar of his own.

Thijs
Assault Element, south side, crouching
C7A1 LSW [70/90 +(6x30, 1x90)]
Browning HP35 [13/13 +(2x13)]
No night vision
Gas mask in place
Continuing suppression fire

Jeff D. Warren
player, 497 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Mon 3 Dec 2012
at 04:11
  • msg #826

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

The round to his chest knocked the wind out of him.

Thank god for Soviet Body Armor...

He barely manages to gasp out a "Fuck!" while rising to his hands and knees to scamper behind a pillar for cover.  He pants heavily to recover his breath, but flashes a thumbs up to the others, and while waiting checks the AK mag he had loaded for a rough ammo count.


Jeff Warren
Scampering to cover, checking ammo
AKSU [?/30] + 2

Craig Sutherland
player, 585 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 3 Dec 2012
at 09:10
  • msg #827

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg # 824):

After firing the grenade launcher sending the CS round downrange towards the Queen's position, Craig picks up the G3A4 he took off the sentry. Extending the collapsible butt stock and again checks the chamber. He then gives Tucker a thumbs up to indicate he was ready to move out.

He keeps the rifle at his shoulder and the muzzle always pointing where he was looking. Hopefully that would be enough.

Assault Squad
Moving forward, Right Flank


H&K G3A4 [20/20] 7.62mmN
This message was last edited by the player at 05:10, Tue 04 Dec 2012.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1419 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Tue 4 Dec 2012
at 00:50
  • msg #828

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Craig Sutherland:
In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg # 824):

After firing the grenade launcher sending the CS round downrange Craig picks up the G3A4 he took off the sentry. Extending the collapsible butt stock and again checks the chamber. He then gives Tucker a thumbs up to indicate he was ready to move out.

He keeps the rifle at his shoulder and the muzzle always pointing where he was looking. Hopefully that would be enough.

Assault Squad
Moving forward, Right Flank


H&K G3A4 [20/20] 7.62mmN

"CRAIG!  You're with me dude!  This way," Tucker calls out as he heads to the left.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2702 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Thu 6 Dec 2012
at 01:27
  • msg #829

Re: Return to Witch Mountain


Cathedral Interior

At Konrad's signal, Craig fires a second round of CS gas towards the far end of the sanctuary and LaRue tosses a yellow smoke grenade as far as he can in the same direction. Craig's shot DINKs off of the front of the altar, but LaRue's smoke canister lands well short. A burst of automatic fire from the altar is choked off before it can do any harm. Thijs continues to suppress enemy fire on the right flank while waiting to attack. With a burst from his LSW, Thijs spins an Athena away from a southern pillar near the back of the sanctuary. She staggers into the aisle and falls on her face before smoke hides the scene. Jeff is behind the nearest pillar on the right (south) side of the aisle, checking the magazine of his newly acquired AKSU. It appears to be near full. Aside from an intense soreness in his chest, Jeff is OK. After a waiting a few more seconds for the gas and smoke clouds to spread, Konrad orders the assault. (Thijs -5 rounds; Craig -1 40mm CS; LaRue -1 yellow smoke)

Meanwhile, in the narthex, Jan and Minh (offset about two meters to the north of the entry) hurriedly put on their gas masks before resuming their watch on the front entrance. As soon as they begin looking down their sights again, a hand darts into view at about waste height on the right (their right) side of the entrance way. Both Jay and Minh squeeze off a couple of quick shots at the intruder's appendage but neither score a hit on the tiny target. The hand disappears about as quickly as it appeared, but not before tossing a grenade into the narthex. The grenade was thrown far too forcefully (probably a result of Jan and Minh's fire)- it THWACKS against the broken tile of the floor and skitters into the southeast corner of the room where it detonates with a bowel-shaking BOOM. The explosion momentarily stuns Jan and Minh but the fugue passes after a couple of seconds, and neither appear to have absorbed any shrapnel. Just as they come to their senses, a bevy of boys curl around the corner, the leadmost boy's AK spitting forth a torrent of lead. (Jan -2 rounds; Minh -3 rounds)

Unaware of the firefight developing behind them, the rest of the assault team takes it to the enemy, leaving the relative safety of the rubble pile and pushing forward toward the altar. With thin white CS gas filling a good portion of the room, and a billowing yellow cloud rising  from the floor not 10m from the east side of the rubble pile, visibility is very poor. Jay, Mariusz, and Thijs head down the right-hand (southern) portico, while Tucker and Craig, after a brief miscommunication, shadow the others down the left-hand (northern) portico. The right hand portico seems to have been evacuated. Jay spots movement in the smoke ahead and fires a pair of shots at the fleeting shape before it abruptly disappears from sight. Aside from this elusive wraith, the right-sided assaulters encounter only corpses- three pubescent girls, each clad in ghostly white, lie sprawled in slowly spreading pools of crimson blood, their disproportionately large rifles lying nearby. (Jay -2 rounds)

On the left, Tucker moves purposefully through the smoke, passing the first pillar with Craig just behind and to his left. A girl stumbles out of the smoke just a few meters ahead of Tucker. Instinctively, the American fires a burst into the girl, knocking her down in a heap. Only once she's down does Tucker realize that she hadn't been armed. Further down the portico, another girl appears through the haze, staggering towards the altar. Craig can't engage without a chance of hitting Tucker so he holds his fire; in a moment the figure is gone. It looks like the Kommandos have caught the Athenas in a disorderly withdrawal; the path to the far end of the sanctuary appears open and unguarded. Both assault teams, left and right, stop at the intersection of the main sanctuary and the transept (E). It's possible that some of the hostiles have fled to the ends of the transept (5 & 6), waiting in defilade to hit the attackers in the flanks as they pass by on their way to the altar. The gas fumes and smoke are likely not as thick there either. (Tucker -3 rounds)

Konrad and Danny watch the assault jum off from the rubble pile, easing their way towards either side of its crest so that they can see along either portico marching east toward the altar at the far end of the sanctuary. There's no longer any incoming fire to speak off. Neither man can see much past 30m or so- the smoke is just too thick between them and the altar. A sharp explosion and the sound of firing errupt nearby, but from an unexpected direction- it looks like Jan and Minh have company.




Wisla Krolowa

Griet holds the tug steady while her first mate attempts to assist the slightly wounded Kellerman in reloading the starboard heavy machinegun. After nearly a minute, Walter shouts up from the Dishka position, "We've got it! She's ready to fire!"

Dawid stays hunkered safely behind the Vasilek's gunshield. The tug's nose is pointing upriver. There's not much fire coming from the east end of Tum Hill, or from the shoreline on that side of town. Looking back as far as the interposed superstructure of the tug will allow, Dawid spots a large concentration of muzzle flashes from the old boat house at the west end of the dilapidated pier. He won't be able to return fire with the Vasilek until the tug is heading back downriver. Neither will the starboard Dishka, for that matter.


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 02:44, Thu 06 Dec 2012.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2956 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 6 Dec 2012
at 07:28
  • msg #830

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg # 829):

He triggered the intercom.

"Griet, I see firing from the old boat house! If that's not ours then if you turn the boat around I can engage it!"

Dawid (Light Wound, head)
82mm Vasilek (3/5 HE, 2 WP, 5 HEAT)
Keeping low behind bow cupola gunshield, sandbags, etc.
Peering out over cover.

Griet Niewiadomska
player, 699 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Thu 6 Dec 2012
at 16:20
  • msg #831

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

"Roger that," Griet said, "will move so you can engage."

She opened the door to where Kellerman and Walter were at the Dushka, "Walter, I need you in here. Kellerman, I'll be heading upriver in a moment. Use short bursts, One-Two-Three-Stop, One-Two-Three-Stop. Keep your head down."

She wasn't particularly worried about Kellerman's fire control as he could only burn through the belts a hundred at a time. She waited for Walter to get back inside the wheelhouse and then began to turn the Queen back upriver so that both Dawid and Kellerman could engage the enemy on the shore.
Jan Cerny
player, 1443 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Thu 6 Dec 2012
at 22:08
  • msg #832

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

The grenade had been close but Jan quickly recovered from the shock of the concussion, just in time as the first boy came charging through the door firing wildly all over the place.  Jan had experienced his fair share of firefights however so rather than duck into cover, as the boy obviously hoped he would do, he raised his rifle and opened fire at him.

He fired a quick double tap at the lead boy before switching to the next target and firing another double tap at him.  He continued on like this firing rapid pairs of shots at as many targets as possible.


Jan
Lying prone covering the entrance to the cathedral, using the rubble for cover.
Firing 2x Quick Shots at each target in turn, shooting as many pairs of shots as you will permit him.
AK-74 Assault Rifle (16/30 - 30rnd mag x11) - held
BG-15 Grenade Launcher (1/1 HE - HE x17) - underslung on AK-74
PM-84 SMG with Suppressor (21/25 - 25rnd mag x4) - jammed & slung over shoulder
P226 Pistol (15/15 - 15rnd mag x4) - holster
M72A4 LAW - slung over shoulder
Frag grenade x2 - webbing pouch
Smoke grenade x2 - webbing pouch
AN/PVS-5 NVGs - worn

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1422 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 6 Dec 2012
at 23:58
  • msg #833

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Cap'n Rae:
Cathedral Interior
On the left, Tucker moves purposefully through the smoke, passing the first pillar with Craig just behind and to his left. A girl stumbles out of the smoke just a few meters ahead of Tucker. Instinctively, the American fires a burst into the girl, knocking her down in a heap. Only once she's down does Tucker realize that she hadn't been armed. Further down the portico, another girl appears through the haze, staggering towards the altar. Craig can't engage without a chance of hitting Tucker so he holds his fire; in a moment the figure is gone. It looks like the Kommandos have caught the Athenas in a disorderly withdrawal; the path to the far end of the sanctuary appears open and unguarded. Both assault teams, left and right, stop at the intersection of the main sanctuary and the transept (E). It's possible that some of the hostiles have fled to the ends of the transept (5 & 6), waiting in defilade to hit the attackers in the flanks as they pass by on their way to the altar. The gas fumes and smoke are likely not as thick there either. (Tucker -3 rounds)

Tucker just tapped the trigger on a three-round burst on an possible unarmed girl and he tried to shrug it off as he continued to advance towards the front of the cathedral.  He couldn't take the chance she was armed and the way things were going since they started this operation, choices had to be quick, simple and, with deadly force.  That's the second kid that he had killed in less than an hour and there might be more.  He shook it out of his head and yelled back to Craig, "CRAIG!  COVER LEFT!  COVER LEFT!"  Robert tied to utilize cover asa they advanced forward as much as possible and available and wanted Craig to cover the transept on their left.  Rifle still set on burst and a buckshot 40mm round in the launcher, Tucker advances on the left side concentrating in front and to his left, leaving the right side to the others assigned there.

TUCKER
- M16A2 / M-203: [24/30] / M-203 Buckshot Loaded - Current primary {[3] Round Burst}
- H&K MK23 SOCOM (Suppressed) [12+1/12 + [6/12- Pocket] + [12/12 Mag pouch]] -
  Holstered
- Browning HP [13/13] Holstered (Vest)
 Gas Mask in place

Advancing left with Craig and clearing Forward/Left

This message was last edited by the player at 00:00, Fri 07 Dec 2012.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1763 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Fri 7 Dec 2012
at 04:25
  • msg #834

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Bayer turns and taps Daniel on the arm and says, "I need you to stay with Jan and keep the things here under control. I'm moving forward." He didn't like splitting up the teams, especially when there is only two of them in this case, but he wasn't happy with so few Kommandos holding the rear either. He also couldn't observe the main advance from back here as well.

Bayer moves down from the rubble and goes around via the sheltered side (instead of straight over and towards the interior of cathedral). He takes the right, knowing that Tucker took the left - and doesn't want to lump to command personnel in the same group. Bayer will keep moving along the south wall until he finds Jay, Mariusz, and Thijs - but he'll keep back just enough to maintain visual contact with them.

"Sunray is trailing Assault on der right flank." he reports over the radio in case someone mistakes him for someone else in the smoke.

Bayer
G36/HK69 (30/30 + HE)
Moving to 'E' South
Low walk

Craig Sutherland
player, 586 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Fri 7 Dec 2012
at 05:42
  • msg #835

Re: Return to Witch Mountain


He moved as fast as was tactically advisable. With the smoke and columns in the way there were bound to be areas missed until the last second that may hold an armed kid.

As Tucker took out the girl Craig thought he would have done the same. He risked another look into the upper levels of the cathedral trying to spot more threats. Very aware that more kids where probably up there. He tried to mentally note any stairs cases or ladders that may give access

Just before the left transept Craig indicted he was ready to FRAG left before they moved on. If Tucker agrees that will be his action followed by short bursts from the corner into the transept threats. He long armed the grenade three quarters of the way along in the middle of the room, he hoped.

Left Assault
Throwing F1 FRAG, engaging with bursts

FRAG Grenade F1 x5 M67 x1/orange>
<orange>HK G3A4 [20/20]

Kukri
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2957 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 7 Dec 2012
at 07:22
  • msg #836

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In reply to Griet Niewiadomska (msg # 831):

"Understood."

Keeping low, Dawid got ready to aim and fire when the tug was turned about.

Dawid (Light Wound, head)
82mm Vasilek (3/5 HE, 2 WP, 5 HEAT)
Keeping low behind bow cupola gunshield, sandbags, etc.
Preparing to Aim and Fire at boat house area.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 446 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Fri 7 Dec 2012
at 14:45
  • msg #837

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jay pressed forward until he reached the middle of the building (E). He paused briefly and glanced round the corner to check the area to his right (6), holding his rifle ready to double tap any targets. Right now he isn't checking to see if they are armed. If there are up and moving, they are a viable target.

After checking round the corner he glanced around and pointed out potential cover positions to Thijs and Mariusz who were trailing him. He then progressed round to the right, hugging the wall all the way round, intent on clearing the centre of the cathedral. If he spots a large number of targets further down the cathedral he will fire his GL at them.

Jay Biyanjankar
Assault Team 2
On right (south) side, pressing forward, firing a double tap at any target. Pressing on into area 6.
AK74 with BG15 GL, 25/30 + HE
RPG slung over back
Kevlar Vest & Helmet, Gas Mask on, NVGs

Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1117 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Fri 7 Dec 2012
at 16:03
  • msg #838

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Mariusz carefully followed Jay, his rifle sweeping the area in case any targets presented himself. Once Jay pointed out a suitable piece of cover for him, he moved behind it and pied the corner to see what was ahead of him.

Mariusz
AK-74 30/30
BG-1 1/1
In cover behind a column
Kneeling
Trying to see around the column and looking for targets

Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 69 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Fri 7 Dec 2012
at 22:29
  • msg #839

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Thijs brought up the rear of the trio on the right flank, Groucho-walking forward from cover to cover, scanning to the left and right.  He was ready to fire on any additional muzzle flashes that presented themselves in the dark.

Thijs
Right flank (near 'E')
C7A1 LSW [65/90 +(6x30, 1x90)]
Browning HP35 [13/13 +(2x13)]
No night vision
Gas mask in place
Advancing, firing on muzzle flashes ahead

Jeff D. Warren
player, 498 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Sat 8 Dec 2012
at 09:06
  • msg #840

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jeff notices the chaos erupting in the entryway, and gets back on his feet.  He moves low to a position of cover, hopefully with something both in front of and behind him so that he's not going to get shot in the back.  With friendlies in front he's a little hesitant to start spraying, instead picking for targets that are both fortunately and tragically easy to spot due to their age.

He fires without remorse.


Jeff Warren
Covering Entryway
AKSU [28/30] + 2

This message was lightly edited by the GM at 16:56, Sat 08 Dec 2012.
Daniel Larue
player, 215 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Sat 8 Dec 2012
at 19:33
  • msg #841

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Danny's already spinning toward the door before Konrad taps him on the shoulder.  "On it.  Go!"

He brings Winona up and dashes toward the narthex.  Trusting his pads to save his joints from the tile floor, he slides on his knees into cover behind the southern pillar.  He's firing before he comes to a stop, suppressing the doorway to deter any more grenades.  "Jan!  You guys okay?"

Danny
Winona [29/30 + 5 magazines] - ready, on AUTO
CZ 75 [15/15 + 2 magazines] - holstered, cocked and locked
AN-M8 HC smoke grenade x1 - on vest
AN-M18 red smoke grenade x1 - on vest
AN/PVS-7 NVGs - helmet-mounted, in use

moving to "A" south, suppressing the door

This message was last edited by the player at 19:35, Sat 08 Dec 2012.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2704 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 8 Dec 2012
at 22:19
  • msg #842

Re: Return to Witch Mountain


Cathedral Interior

A group of yelling, shooting boys spills into the narthex. They don't immediately spot Jan and Minh, or perhaps they assume that their grenade has eliminated all opposition in the first room. It's a fatal mistake. Jan fires first, his second shot striking the lead boy in the bridge of his nose, tumbling his face first to the floor. When Jan squeezes the trigger a third time, there's no response. For the second time since arriving at the cathedral, Jan experiences a jam/failure-to-fire. Minh (NPC'ed), however, was already firing. She crumples the second boy through the entrance with a burst to the midsection. Warren arrives on the scene and adds his own fire, felling the next boy with a pair of shots. LaRue, with a move that would have made Bruce Willis proud, slides into action, squeezing off a burst that hits nothing but the cracked stone hanging above the entryway, and stopping just short of Warren (he actually makes contact with CIA operative, but not hard enoough to knock either man over). The fourth Plockite attacker, nearly over the threshold when Warren fires his first shot, stops on a dime and spins out of the line of fire, leaving three dead or wounded companions heaped just inside the entrance. He's hurried on his way by another burst from Minh's PKM. The short-lived attack has been decisively broken, at no loss to the Kommando defenders. Two of the boys laying curled up just inside the threshold are still moving, but neither are in any shape to put up much of a fight. Their moaning reminds anyone who can hear of just how young these fighters are. (Jan -2 rounds [JAM!]; Minh -10 rounds; Warren -2 rounds; LaRue -5 rounds)

Meanwhile, the assault to clear the cathedral sanctuary continues, with Jay, Mariusz, and Thijs, followed several meters behind by Konrad, on the right (south) and Tucker and Craig on the left (north) side. The team on the right finds the southern wing of the transept empty, and no further resistance from the east end of the sanctuary. The way to the altar appears to be clear, although with the smoke and gas still drifting around the large, dark room, it's hard to be certain.

On the left, Craig attempts to clear the northern wing of the transept with a fragmentation grenade. After waiting for a quick two count after releasing the safety lever, Craig tosses the grenade around the corner and braces for the expected explosion. For the second time tonight, one of Craig's frags fails to detonate. He can hear coughing and gagging from around the corner. Taking a chance, he moves out of cover and aims his G3 into the transept. A stricken Athena appears white in the gloom and Craig fires a burst into her, nearly tearing her apart with a spray of 7.62mm rounds. She lets out a strangled scream and collapses in a heap. Aside from the one young female defender, the north wing of the transept appears clear. Tucker, meanwhile covers to the east. There's no more movement near the altar or in the portico that marches up to it. Then Tuck's NVGs go black. For a milisecond, fear grips his guts and he wonders if he's just been hit. Relief floods his system as he realizes that it's just a dead battery. (Craig -1 frag, -5 rounds; Tucker 0-charge on NVGs)

If there were ever entrances to the interior of the cathedral at the ends of the transepts, they've been covered over. There are a few large shellholes in the exterior walls which could admit a person, but most of them would require a ladder to reach from either side. There are chambers at the east end of the building, and a winding rubble-choked passageway through which a few of the Kommandos entered the cathedral previously, when negotiation with the Queen had still been a viable option. These chambers are likely where the Baron is being kept, but there's no telling whether he's still in the cathedral at this point.

Wisla Krolowa

Once Walter shuts enters the bridge, shutting the armored door behind him, Griet begins bringing the tug around in a long starboard turn designed to extend the range between the tug and the north [defended] shore. When the tug's nose is facing downriver again, Kellerman begins pumping out short bursts from the troublesome starboard Dishka. Dawid, staying low, pushes against the Vasilek, getting it ready to sweep across the blinking lights around the old boathouse in just a few short seconds. A couple of rounds ping off of the tug's metal skin but enemy fire has decreased considerably in both volume and accuracy since the last pass upriver.


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 22:29, Sat 08 Dec 2012.
Jan Cerny
player, 1444 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sat 8 Dec 2012
at 23:11
  • msg #843

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jan's swearing at his AK in French was muffled by his gas mask, though he raised his voice a little further to inform Quyen of what was going on.  "Jam!  Clearing now!" he called out, rather missing Danny's question due to the rapid exchange of fire and the need to sort out yet another jammed weapon!

He quickly cleared the jammed round and then replaced the mag with a full one, taking the opportunity of a stalled assault by the Queen of Plock's child soldiers to reload fully.  Once he had reloaded he fired a couple of quick shots through the widened doorway, just to confirm that his rifle was feeding and working correctly, before continuing to cover the entrance, ready to engage any further attempts to storm the Cathedral from the direction of the river.


Jan
Lying prone covering the entrance to the cathedral, using the rubble for cover.
Clearing the jam on his rifle, replacing the mag with a full one and then firing a pair of single shots through the entrance, just to check that his rifle is working correctly.
AK-74 Assault Rifle (30/30* - 30rnd mag x11) - held
BG-15 Grenade Launcher (1/1 HE - HE x17) - underslung on AK-74
PM-84 SMG with Suppressor (21/25 - 25rnd mag x4) - jammed & slung over shoulder
P226 Pistol (15/15 - 15rnd mag x4) - holster
M72A4 LAW - slung over shoulder
Frag grenade x2 - webbing pouch
Smoke grenade x2 - webbing pouch
AN/PVS-5 NVGs - worn

*Note - I've assumed that Jan can successfully clear the jam and reload his rifle but I haven't yet account for the 2 rounds he's firing this turn.

Craig Sutherland
player, 587 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sun 9 Dec 2012
at 01:09
  • msg #844

Re: Return to Witch Mountain


Dud batch Craig thought to himself.

As his rounds tore the young girl Craig gave a visual wince under his gas mask.
Once he felt the transept was clear he continued to the alter with Tucker in a bounding over-watch movement. He continued to scan the upper levels across from their position when tactically advisable.

As they slowly advanced Craig covered forward and to his right using the large stone columns for cover while Tucker moved.

Assault Squad - left
Bounding over-watch to altar


HK G3A4 [15/20] w/14 magazines</orange
Kukri
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 447 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Sun 9 Dec 2012
at 18:22
  • msg #845

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jay continued to press forward in a low crouch, assuming that the lack of any fire from behind was due to the absence of viable targets in front of him. He continued to advance towards the east end of the cathedral, ever mindful of any targets. Again, if anyone made a move he would fire a series of single shots at them. His intention was to press on, if possible, all the way to the far end, but wouldn't take risks to do so. As he moved he glanced left to see if he could spot Tuck and Craig, who should be moving parallel to him.

Jay Biyanjankar Assault Team 2
On right (south) side, pressing forward, firing a double tap at any target. Pressing on into east end of cathedral if possible
AK74 with BG15 GL, 25/30 + HE
RPG slung over back
Kevlar Vest & Helmet, Gas Mask on, NVGs

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1424 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 9 Dec 2012
at 18:49
  • msg #846

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Cap'n Rae:
Cathedral Interior

On the left, Craig attempts to clear the northern wing of the transept with a fragmentation grenade. After waiting for a quick two count after releasing the safety lever, Craig tosses the grenade around the corner and braces for the expected explosion. For the second time tonight, one of Craig's frags fails to detonate. He can hear coughing and gagging from around the corner. Taking a chance, he moves out of cover and aims his G3 into the transept. A stricken Athena appears white in the gloom and Craig fires a burst into her, nearly tearing her apart with a spray of 7.62mm rounds. She lets out a strangled scream and collapses in a heap. Aside from the one young female defender, the north wing of the transept appears clear. Tucker, meanwhile covers to the east. There's no more movement near the altar or in the portico that marches up to it. Then Tuck's NVGs go black. For a milisecond, fear grips his guts and he wonders if he's just been hit. Relief floods his system as he realizes that it's just a dead battery. (Craig -1 frag, -5 rounds; Tucker 0-charge on NVGs)

If there were ever entrances to the interior of the cathedral at the ends of the transepts, they've been covered over. There are a few large shellholes in the exterior walls which could admit a person, but most of them would require a ladder to reach from either side. There are chambers at the east end of the building, and a winding rubble-choked passageway through which a few of the Kommandos entered the cathedral previously, when negotiation with the Queen had still been a viable option. These chambers are likely where the Baron is being kept, but there's no telling whether he's still in the cathedral at this point.

Next Moves?

As they are bounding to the alter, Tucker flips up his NVG's and signals to Craig that his goggles are not working and can't use them.  Keeping with the flow of the assault, Tucker continues to leap and bound relying a little more on Craig to point out anything that he may now miss due to the batteries in his goggles going out.  He is still prepared to engage with burst fire from his M-16A2 or the 00 Buckshot round in his M-203 grenade launcher.

TUCKER
- M16A2 / M-203: [24/30] / M-203 Buckshot Loaded - Current primary {[3] Round Burst}
- H&K MK23 SOCOM (Suppressed) [12+1/12 + [6/12- Pocket] + [12/12 Mag pouch]] -
   Holstered
- Browning HP [13/13] Holstered (Vest)
  Gas Mask in place
  NVG batteries {OUT}

Continuing to advance left with Craig and clearing Forward/Left to the alter.

This message was last edited by the player at 18:51, Sun 09 Dec 2012.
Daniel Larue
player, 216 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Sun 9 Dec 2012
at 19:02
  • msg #847

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Danny quirks his mouth at Jeff in mute apology, then nods toward the wounded boys.  "Leave 'em," he advises harshly to forestall any finishing shots, "someone might try to recover 'em."

He snags an ankle and drags Grilkov's corpse closer to facilitate Jeff's reloads.  Hunkering down behind the pillar again, he levels Winona at the door, waiting to see if the remaining boys outside the building will rush the door again - or take the bait of their injured packmates.

Danny
Winona [24/30 + 5 magazines] - ready, on SEMI
CZ 75 [15/15 + 2 magazines] - holstered, cocked and locked
AN-M8 HC smoke grenade x1 - on vest
AN-M18 red smoke grenade x1 - on vest
MCU-2A/P gas mask - in use
AN/PVS-7 NVGs - helmet-mounted, in use

behind cover at "A" south, covering the door

This message was last edited by the player at 19:04, Sun 09 Dec 2012.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1118 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 9 Dec 2012
at 20:11
  • msg #848

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Mariusz kept moving forward cautiously, trying to keep behind cover where he could. He waited for any targets to appear or for any orders to tell him what to do next.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 700 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sun 9 Dec 2012
at 20:13
  • msg #849

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Griet looked at the slackening fire coming from the shore and kept the boat moving so teh fore and starboard weapons could engage. She picked up the intercom as she thought of something and said, "Dawid, if we can clear the area of fire we can evac the team this way. If that is impossible do we have any way of concealing their exit?"
Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 70 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Sun 9 Dec 2012
at 22:35
  • msg #850

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Following along as best he could in the dark, Thijs crept eastward, trying to keep the forms of Mariusz and Jay in view.  His weapon stayed trained mostly left of forward so as to avoid backshooting the pair if more targets presented themselves.

Thijs
No. 3 on right flank
C7A1 LSW [65/90 +(6x30, 1x90)]
Browning HP35 [13/13 +(2x13)]
No night vision, Gas Mask in place
Advancing

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2958 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 10 Dec 2012
at 02:27
  • msg #851

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In reply to Griet Niewiadomska (msg # 849):

Keeping low behind the gun and added protection, Dawid continued lining up his shot. Satisfied for the moment, he reached over and used the intercom.

"Makes sense. We have two phosphor smoke shells remaining but they will set fires wherever they land. My suggestion: take her in close so we draw fire, suppress that fire, then have them run like hell for the river front."


Dawid (Light Wound, head)
82mm Vasilek (3/5 HE, 2 WP, 5 HEAT)
Keeping low behind bow cupola gunshield, sandbags, etc.
Preparing to Aim and Fire at boat house area.

Minh Quyen
player, 664 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Mon 10 Dec 2012
at 02:55
  • msg #852

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

"Shit! I got one!" Quyen calls out, partly to herself and partly to let her teammates know she is still in one piece. She then pulls the PKM in close to her shoulder again and takes aim at the entrance. Then after Jan fires a couple warning shots through the open doors she does the same with a very short (1/2) burst. If a target appears though she will give a full squeeze of the trigger.

Quyen
PKM (62/100)
Prone using bipod
Covering entrance

Cap'n Rae
GM, 2705 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 11 Dec 2012
at 00:22
  • msg #853

Re: Return to Witch Mountain


Interior Cathedral

Both the right (south) and left (north) assault teams meet up at the altar, having encountered no further resistance along the way. Atop a broad, raised dais at the east end of the sanctuary sits the self-styled Queen's throne, an ornate wooden chair that may have, at one time, been gilded. Now, it shows fresh signs of recent battle damage. A small, white-clad body rests hunched over a rifle nearby, a dark stain beneath it. Gradually thinning whisps of gas drift past.

Behind the altar is a large wooden door, partially ajar. This is the back entrance to the sanctuary that was used by the Kommando emmissaries during their first audience with the Queen. Beyond this door and to the left (north) is the sacristy, where the cathedral's caretaker clergy at one time kept their vestments, holy vessels, bishopric records, etc. This room would be a logical place for the Baron to be recovering from his surgery, would that Plock had another surgeon to have performed the needed procedure on his badly wounded leg. Coughing and gagging can be heard from the far side of the heavy wooden door.

In the narthex, the quartet of Kommando defenders, after firing a few more rounds through the entryway to discourage further assaults, lies in wait. One of the two  wounded boys just inside the threshold is crying quite loudly, begging for help. The other is barely conscious, his moaning and whimpering mostly drowned out by his noisier comrade. (Jan -2 rounds; Minh -3 rounds)

Wisla Krolowa

The tug steams slowly (?) downriver, Kel firing short bursts at the much reduced muzzle flashes still blinking from positions on Tum Hill and closer to shore. There's probably no more than a score of Plock militia still firing at the tug, with the greatest concentration of shooters based in and around the old boat house. Still, every few seconds, a bullet strikes the tug- and, more immdediately, the Vasilek's gunshield-  with a sharp PING. Dawid lines up a shot on this target with the automortar and has only to kick the firing pedal to send an 82mm HE shell outbound in response. (Kel -30 rounds)


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 04:00, Tue 11 Dec 2012.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 448 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Tue 11 Dec 2012
at 10:17
  • msg #854

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Leading the assault group, Jay approached the door as quietly as he could. When he arrived at the door he quickly stuck his rifle through the gap and blindly sprayed the room with hot lead. Hopefully whoever was behind the door would be nullified. After firing he stole quick glance before deciding how to proceed.

Jay Biyanjankar
Assault Team 2
Approaching wooden door then firing a couple of bursts through the gap without exposing himself.
AK74 with BG15 GL, 25/30 + HE
RPG slung over back
Kevlar Vest & Helmet, Gas Mask on, NVGs

This message was last edited by the player at 10:19, Tue 11 Dec 2012.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1764 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Tue 11 Dec 2012
at 12:15
  • msg #855

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Bayer moves up from the rear, pleased that the Kommandos had so quickly and agressively advanced through the opposition. The feat was even more satisfying seeing that nobody got hurt. Speaking into his radio he says, "Robert, four man stack at the door. Fifth man to check the bodies. Go on my signal."

He then adds over the net, "Jan, fall back and use the obstacle as cover." The rubble would provide them with much better cover and with the interior clear they wouldn't have to worry about getting shot in the back.

Then while the Kommando's prepare to make the next push, Bayer moves up next to Jay. Without exposing himself to the doorway, he shouts around the Gurkha towards the door, "We are here for deh Baron's head... and the Queen only as insurance to leave of the town. This is the only warning... no quarter given afterward. Come out now or we'll burn you out with phosphorus." Bayer then signals for Mariusz to repeat the only chance the defenders will get.

If nobody comes out in thirty seconds Bayer will signal Tucker's four man stack to throw grenades and enter.
This message was last edited by the player at 12:19, Tue 11 Dec 2012.
Jan Cerny
player, 1445 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Tue 11 Dec 2012
at 14:05
  • msg #856

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

"Understood Capitaine.  Moving now.  Jan out." he replied over the radio, his transmission rather muffled by the gas mask.

He then turned to Quyen next to him and tapped her on the arm.  "Break it down and pull back to the next mound of rubble.  I will join you shortly."  Jan then signalled the same instruction to the two other Kommandos, who looked to be Jeff and Danny from their weapons and clothing, who were backing Quyen and him up.

He then fired a series of single shots through the doorway, keeping up the fire while the others relocated.  Once they had moved back Jan then pushed himself up into a crouch and made for the right hand wall, getting himself out of the line of fire for the others to the doorway, before making his way to re-group with them.  As he moved he made maximum use of available cover and also kept alert for any surprises entering the cathedral through side entrances.


Jan
Lying prone covering the entrance to the cathedral, using the rubble for cover before moving.
Instructing the others to pull back, firing a series of single shots through the doorway to give the enemy something to think about before withdrawing himself, ensuring that he doesn't black the other's LOS as he does so.
AK-74 Assault Rifle (28/30 - 30rnd mag x11) - held
BG-15 Grenade Launcher (1/1 HE - HE x17) - underslung on AK-74
PM-84 SMG with Suppressor (21/25 - 25rnd mag x4) - jammed & slung over shoulder
P226 Pistol (15/15 - 15rnd mag x4) - holster
M72A4 LAW - slung over shoulder
Frag grenade x2 - webbing pouch
Smoke grenade x2 - webbing pouch
AN/PVS-5 NVGs - worn
Gas mask - worn

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2959 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 11 Dec 2012
at 14:32
  • msg #857

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg # 853):

"Shot out!"

After the round is launched, Dawid ducked down behind cover again, peering out under his Kevlar helmet to observe the fall of the shot.

He remembered to mention over the intercom, "Griet, don't forget someone mentioned tanks! I will try and spot an area we can dock at safely."


Dawid (Light Wound, head)
82mm Vasilek (2/5 HE, 2 WP, 5 HEAT)
Keeping low behind bow cupola gunshield, sandbags, etc.
Observing shore area.

This message was last edited by the player at 14:33, Tue 11 Dec 2012.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 701 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Tue 11 Dec 2012
at 21:38
  • msg #858

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

"Remember we've still got the Corvus," Griet said, "if we get within twenty feet of the land people can take a running jump."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2960 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 12 Dec 2012
at 00:22
  • msg #859

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In reply to Griet Niewiadomska (msg # 858):

"Right, understood. That might help."

As well as the shore, he tried to see if there was a tell-tale plume of exhaust smoke in town, such as would announce the presence of large armoured vehicles burning diesel or alcohol.


Dawid (Light Wound, head)
82mm Vasilek (2/5 HE, 2 WP, 5 HEAT)
Keeping low behind bow cupola gunshield, sandbags, etc.
Observing shore area.

Daniel Larue
player, 217 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Thu 13 Dec 2012
at 00:44
  • msg #860

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Hearing Konrad's instructions over his own radio, Danny gives Jan a thumbs-up and dashes back to the rubble pile.  Hunkering down behind cover, he waits until his line of fire is clear, then covers Jan's withdrawal with irregularly-timed single shots through the door.

Danny
Winona [24/30 + 5 magazines] - ready, on SEMI
CZ 75 [15/15 + 2 magazines] - holstered, cocked and locked
AN-M8 HC smoke grenade x1 - on vest
AN-M18 red smoke grenade x1 - on vest
MCU-2A/P gas mask - in use
AN/PVS-7 NVGs - helmet-mounted, in use

falling back to the south side of the obstacle and facilitating Jan's graceful exit

Cap'n Rae
GM, 2706 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Thu 13 Dec 2012
at 01:15
  • msg #861

Re: Return to Witch Mountain


Cathedral Interior

As the rest of the rear guard moves back to the rubble pile to establish a safer line of defense, Jan fires a few more rounds through the open entryway. Satisfied that he's at least delayed another rush, he quickly rises and rejoins the rest of this new squad while LaRue fires a few more rounds to cover the move. No one pursues. Despite the distance the rearguard has put between itself and the entrance the cathedral, the keening cry of the wounded boy at the threshold is still quite loud. (Jan -5 rounds; LaRue -3 rounds)

At the opposite end of the sanctuary, Jay risks a peek through the narrow gap between the door and the lintel. A man sits slouched against the wall opposite the door to the sacristy, his head resting on one shoulder. From the brief glance, Jay can tell that the man is either dead or unconscious. Just past the man's outstretched legs, a white heap reminiscent of the other dead Athenas Jay's seen over the past few minutes lies on the floor.

Over Jay's shoulder, Konrad calls for the surrender of the defenders beyond the door. A couple of seconds pass before there is a response.

The voice that answers is weak and strangely familiar, a feminine voice speaking lightly accented English.

"Don't shoot! I've got the bitch. Come quickly!"

Konrad's gut tells him it's not a trap; he orders Jay to lead the way. Still on high alert, the team moves through the doorway, past the bodies in the hallway, and into the sacristy. A pair of flickering candles dimly light the room, casting weird shadows on the ancient walls. On a cot at the far end of the room lies a pale-skinned man, a neat dark hole stark above his left eye. Few of the Kommandos have ever seen him this close up before, but it's unmistakably their recent nemesis, the Black Barn Czarny. Two more men lay splayed out on the floor, one black and very well built, the other pale and slight. There's blood and spent brass everywhere. An Athena sits curled in a corner, gasping for breath between sobbing coughs. Another lies crumpled near the door, patches of her white dress stained black.

Against the wall on the right sits two women, belly to back. The woman with her back against the wall is holding a silenced pistol to the side of the other woman's head, her other arm around the hostage's neck. The woman with the gun to her head clutches at her right bicep, her hand stained dark by the blood seeping through her fingers. She wears a Polish para's uniform, complete with red beret, her face glistens from tears and snot. It's hard to see much of other woman but her palid face is instantly recognizable. It's major Anneka Soleblume. When the Kommandos have secured the room, Anneka promptly passes out but her wounded hostage makes no play for her just-unconscious captor's weapon.

Wisla Krolowa

Dawid obliterates the remains of the boathouse with a direct hit from the Vasilek. The incoming fire from that quarter instantly stops. There's probably less than a dozen riflemen still firing at the tug now, and Kellerman continues to respond in kind with the starboard Dishka. The tug moves slowly towards upriver, pulling roughly even with the docks near the smoking rubble of the boathouse. This is where the tug put in on its first stop in Plock and it would be a logical place to dock again. Dawid scans the town for signs of the Baron's rumored tank but sees nothing indicating that any armor is nearby. It's pitch dark (except for the occasional muzzle flash) so he couldn't really see any exhaust smoke anyway, but he listens for the tell tale rumble of tank engines or the unmistakably screech and clank of tracks. He doesn't hear either, just the popping of a few rifles still pliking away from the hillside or the castle ruins on the crest. Kellerman shouts down from the starboard HMG position,

"I'm almost out again! Could use a little help here!"

(-1 82mm HE; -30 rounds 12.7mm)
This message was last edited by the GM at 01:46, Thu 13 Dec 2012.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1765 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 13 Dec 2012
at 01:52
  • msg #862

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Bayer motions quietly to Tucker, "Sergeant, leave yourself and one other in here and send the rest out to reinforce the barricade."

He then toggles his radio, "Larue, it is Bayer... on me please. The interior is clear." Then staying on the net, he contacts Griet and the others, "Queen, Sunray... objective secure. Situation unclear at the moment. Withdraw to safe distance and wait for further orders. Send SITREP when possible. Over."

Lastly, Bayer steps aside for Tucker and whoever the NCO selected to stay in the room, to secure the prisoners. While they do that he collects Anneka's pistol up off of the floor and looks down at the town's leader, "This is over. I am here for the Baron not you. Stand down your people now."
This message was last edited by the player at 01:55, Thu 13 Dec 2012.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2962 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 13 Dec 2012
at 10:47
  • msg #863

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg # 861):

"I think we can pull alongside the river wharf?"

Wary of snipers, he kept low, looking for tanks, incoming fire, mounted charges, God-knew-what.


Dawid (Light Wound, head)
82mm Vasilek (2/5 HE, 2 WP, 5 HEAT)
Keeping low behind bow cupola gunshield, sandbags, etc.
Observing shore area.

(1 HE already subtracted for the current shot.)

Griet Niewiadomska
player, 702 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Thu 13 Dec 2012
at 21:08
  • msg #864

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Griet looked over at Walter, "Keep her on post near the wharf. When I call I'll want us tight against it."

She got onto the radio, "Kaptain, we are trying to clear a route for you to evac towards the river. If it doesn't seem too risky you could try and pick up a mortar or something. Our weaponry's been shredded."

She gave Walter the helm and exited to Kellerman's position.

"Out of the way, Yankee," she said, "let me show you how a Pole shoots."

She bent down to clip another belt onto the end of whatever Kellerman had left and then said, "OK, let's mow the lawn for the shore party."

Griet
Kellerman's Dushka
Attaching a belt to the end of the ready loaded belt
Searching for targets

Craig Sutherland
player, 589 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 13 Dec 2012
at 23:30
  • msg #865

Re: Return to Witch Mountain


When he was reassigned back to the pile Craig began the move using the available cover while covering the upper reaches of the cathedral. He then un-slung his G3FS and put the cross hairs of his scope on the door after deploying the bi pod with a flick. He also checked any other openings for targets.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1767 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 13 Dec 2012
at 23:38
  • msg #866

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Bayer thinks aboout Griet's reply for a moment then changes his last orders, "Sunray... alright. Hold riverbank and we will try to RV there. Over."
This message was last edited by the GM at 23:38, Thu 13 Dec 2012.
Daniel Larue
player, 220 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Fri 14 Dec 2012
at 04:04
  • msg #867

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Danny has just settled into a less uncomfortable spot on the rubble pile when Konrad's summons comes over his radio.  He pushes to his feet, does a 360º scan to confirm the momentary and relative safety of the position, then reloads Winona, tucking the partial magazine into his leftmost pouch (where he'll grab it last, if things get that bad).  He considers doffing his mask but a glance in his intended direction of movement shows fumes of CS and HC still swirling in the cathedral's largely-enclosed airspace.

Moving cautiously up to the sacristy, he keeps Winona ready, just in case one of the Athenas still has a case of the ass.  "Coming in!" he calls at the door before easing it opening and entering.  He takes a moment to assess the two women and suppresses a start of surprise at re-encountering Anneka so soon.

Ignoring the major for a moment, he flicks Winona's safety on and passes the carbine to Mariusz.  "Hey, Boy Wonder, hold these for a minute."  Next, he secures Anneka's pistol in his aid bag, next to the one taken from the night's first casualty.  He double-checks the retaining straps on his holster and his two remaining smoke grenades, then kneels next to the Queen, angling his left side toward her - and his holster away from her.  A pair of EMT shears appears in his hand.  "Mari, tell her I'm a medic and I'm here to help, but I'll fuckin' cut her throat faster than Warren if she tries any shit.  Cap'n, we oughta move 'em both outta here soon.  This air ain't good for anyone."  With that, he begins a quick examination (and a check for concealed weapons), dispassionately cutting away any clothing that may need to be removed to get at wounds.

Danny
Winona [31/30 + 4 magazines + 1 partial (20/30)] - on SAFE, handed off to Mariusz
CZ 75 [15/15 + 2 magazines] - holstered, cocked and locked
AN-M8 HC smoke grenade x1 - on vest
AN-M18 red smoke grenade x1 - on vest
MCU-2A/P gas mask - in use
AN/PVS-7 NVGs - helmet-mounted, not in use

examining the EPW for immediate medical issues

This message was last edited by the player at 11:38, Fri 14 Dec 2012.
Jan Cerny
player, 1447 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Fri 14 Dec 2012
at 08:42
  • msg #868

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Once he was set up in his defensive position Jan started scanning to the left and right, looking for other entrances into the cathedral.  He needed a couple more men to set up a more robust defensive position so he was very pleased when three more turned up to replace Danny.

"Craig.  Thijs.  Set up here with Quyen and I," he instructed, focussing initially on the direction of the most recent attack.  "Jeff and Jay.  I need you to check the sides of the cathedral for other entrances.  Jeff take the left.  Jay right.  Yell if you find anything and need support.  Do not go too far or get separated."

As everyone got into position Jan focussed primarily on Jeff and Jay, keen to know what they discovered.


Jan
Crouched behind the rubble pile
Organising people and then observing for entrances on either side
AK-74 Assault Rifle (23/30 - 30rnd mag x11) - held
BG-15 Grenade Launcher (1/1 HE - HE x17) - underslung on AK-74
PM-84 SMG with Suppressor (21/25 - 25rnd mag x4) - jammed & slung over shoulder
P226 Pistol (15/15 - 15rnd mag x4) - holster
M72A4 LAW - slung over shoulder
Frag grenade x2 - webbing pouch
Smoke grenade x2 - webbing pouch
AN/PVS-5 NVGs - worn
Gas mask - worn

Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 71 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Fri 14 Dec 2012
at 15:31
  • msg #869

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Thijs really wanted to give the "queen" a piece of his mind for her method of "persuading" him to stay in Plock and train her juvenile militia, but there was no time for that. There was still the possibility of a continuation of the firefight, and he had to go where he was needed until the threat was gone.  Grumbling to himself, he returned to the pile of rubble and lay prone at the right (north) end.  Once again, he peered into the darkness, hoping to discern any targets before they opened fire.


Thijs
Rear guard, north end of rubble
C7A1 LSW [65/90 +(6x30, 1x90)] on bipod
Browning HP35 [13/13 +(2x13)]
No night vision
Gas Mask in place
Looking for targets

Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1119 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Fri 14 Dec 2012
at 16:00
  • msg #870

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Mariusz looked over at Bayer, as the only one with decent Polish here it made sense for him to stay, "I'll guard here," he said, "we should cut off the Baron's head and bury it at a crossroads."

He set himself against a wall and covered the remaining enemy with his gun.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 451 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Fri 14 Dec 2012
at 20:19
  • msg #871

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jay nodded in acceptance of the order from Jan. he headed back out into the cathedral and moved to the right (north) side. He moved quietly along the wall, checking for any doors and prodding any odd-looking panels for false walls or hidden doors. He worked his way along, checking all the way up to the far side of the middle section. As he moved he kept his weapon ready in case anyone appeared at the far doors.

Jay Biyanjankar
Assault Team 2
Checking the north side of the building for any doors or passages.
AK74 with BG15 GL, 25/30 + HE
RPG slung over back
Kevlar Vest & Helmet, Gas Mask on, NVGs

Cap'n Rae
GM, 2707 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 15 Dec 2012
at 16:59
  • msg #872

Re: Return to Witch Mountain


Cathedral Interior

While Mariusz guards the lone surviving Athena, Danny examines the Queen's injury and determines that, although it might prove debilitating (her left humerus appears to have been fractured), it's not life-threatening (as long as the bleeding is stopped). Until things calm down, the best he can do for her is bandage and splint it. On the other hand, even before a proper examination, Danny can tell that Anneka's wound is much graver. She's unconscious and her BDUs are soaked in blood from a spot just below her ribcage down to her thighs. It's a wonder that she was able to hold on to the Queen for as long as she did. For the moment, at least, what she was doing here and what led to her capture of the Queen will have to remain a mystery.

Before Danny can treat the Queen, however, Konrad has her under guard and up and moving towards the door to the hall. Physically and psychologically beaten, she does not resist. As instructed, she calls out down the hallway to one of her people stationed near the back entrance to the cathedral, ordering him/her to pass along her order for an immediate cease fire. A boyish voice answers from the darkness in the affirmative. Without radios it will take a while for word to spread. Almost as an afterthought, she asks Konrad weakly,

"You're not with the Baron? What about the men in the town?"

The sound of gunfire continues from outside, most of it far off, but some much closer. If the Queen believed that the Kommando's attack was directed by the Baron, it stands to reason that her soldiers in the town have engaged the elements of the Black Guard that were not allowed on the hill.

Back in the sanctuary, Jan organizes the rearguard, sending Jay and Jeff to double check for other entrances/exits to the cathedral while the rest of the team guards the main entrance from behind the cover of the rubble pile. Voices carry from the narthex and, a few seconds later, someone tries to sneak in and grab the wounded boy. This brave lad is chased off, empty-handed, by a brief storm of lead from Thijs' light support weapon and Minh's PKM. The crying of the wounded boy continues, although it is growing fainter. Jeff and Jay find no additional easily accessible entrances at the outset of their searches. There are several man-sized shell holes in the walls of the cathedral, but it would require a ladder of some sort to reach them from the outside (or from the inside, for that matter). (Thijs -5 rounds; Minh -5 rounds)


Wisla Krolowa

Walter takes the con and points the tug's blunt nose at the docks. Although incoming fire has dimished significantly, Griet takes a big risk climbing down to the starboard Dishka position. As she descends the ladder, a bullet pancakes off of the hull not a foot from her right hand. She's startled but unhurt. Kellerman, however, is not so lucky. While he's shooting off the last ten rounds, a bullet sneaks past the gunshield and strikes him in the upper left arm, knocking him back. The shock and pain of the impact buckles his legs and he sinks to the deck, screaming and clutching at his shoulder. Griet now has a wounded man and an empty heavy machinegun to deal with. (-10 12.7mm)

From behind the gunshield of the Vasilek, Dawid scnas the near east bank, looking for any remaining nodes of resistance. He notes with satisfaction that there's no more fire coming from the direction of the boathouse. From the continuing muzzle flashes twinkling on Tum Hill, there are about three or four shooters on the ruined castle walls and about a half-dozen more on the upper slopes near the crest, mostly concentrated on the west side of the hill. There are no large clusters, though. As the tug slows down and nears the docks, she becomes a much easier target for the surviving resistance. Although the momentum seems to have swung in favor of the Kommandos, the fight's not over quite yet.


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 23:29, Sun 16 Dec 2012.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1768 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sat 15 Dec 2012
at 19:56
  • msg #873

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Cap'n Rae:
Almost as an afterthought, she asks Konrad weakly, "You're not with the Baron? What about the men in the town?"


"No... like I said, we are here for the Baron's head. Those are his men." Bayer answers the woman flatly, almost sympathetically. "I need you to explain to your people that the boat on the water is with us... but not the men in the town. Do you understand?"

He then toggles his radio and says, "Queen, Sunray. Working on cease fire with the local militia. Need you to comply and stop firing as of right now. Withdraw if you have to for now, but no not engage local forces. The Black Guard are to be still considered hostile. Over."

Bayer then puts the Polish woman down on the floor on the sheltered side of the rubble and rests her back up against the wall for support. Over his shoulder he calls to Jan, "Jan! Cease fire! Try to establish contact with those people outside. Call out to them and tell them they can send in one person to pick up that wounded boy."
This message was last edited by the player at 19:56, Sat 15 Dec 2012.
Daniel Larue
player, 221 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Sat 15 Dec 2012
at 20:31
  • msg #874

Re: Return to Witch Mountain



Assured that the prisoner (and the team's ticket out of Plock) isn't going to expire immediately, Danny turns his attention to Anneka.  "Emergency medical lesson here, Mari," he says absently, gazing down at the major, "before treating a semi-conscious patient, always disarm her so she doesn't wake up disoriented and shoot you.  Especially if she might shoot you even if she were conscious."  With that, he gives Anneka a quick pat-down search for additional pistols, blades, grenades, or high-heeled shoes, then goes to work.

The abdominal wound is the most obvious injury, though he's not willing to rule out other concerns.  Still, the volume of blood dictates his priorities.  Unbuttoning or cutting as needed, he exposes Anneka's lower torso, then packs the wound with gauze, winding it down into the wound with his fingertip to put pressure on the tissue on all sides.  He secures the gauze in place, then winds a larger pressure bandage around the physician's entire torso to secure the packing in place. (-1 small field dressing, -1 medium field dressing)

Once he's attended to the immediate problem, he rolls Anneka over, checking for a possible exit wound - assuming the initial injury was caused by a bullet, and further assuming that it isn't still lodged in her body.  If he finds one, he gives it the same treatment.  Having taken care of that, he frowns at her legs - the amount of leakage makes him wonder if she took a second hit below the waist.  Thankful that she's too out of it to protest, he uses his EMT shears to slice open both of her pants legs from knee to hip, checking for additional wounds that might have affected any major blood vessels.

Danny
Winona [31/30 + 4 magazines + 1 partial (20/30)] - on SAFE, handed off to Mariusz
CZ 75 [15/15 + 2 magazines] - holstered, cocked and locked
AN-M8 HC smoke grenade x1 - on vest
AN-M18 red smoke grenade x1 - on vest
MCU-2A/P gas mask - in use
AN/PVS-7 NVGs - helmet-mounted, not in use

giving Tuck and Mari cheap thrills

This message was last edited by the player at 23:02, Sat 15 Dec 2012.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 501 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Sun 16 Dec 2012
at 00:34
  • msg #875

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jeff growls to Thijs.  "Cease fire."

He then shouts out in Polish "We are holding fire, you may retrieve your friend.  Do not try anything funny."

If the folks outside come in, he keeps his word and does not fire.  But he is ready to at a moments notice.


Jeff Warren
Holding fire

Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 72 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Sun 16 Dec 2012
at 01:02
  • msg #876

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jeff D. Warren:
Jeff growls to Thijs.  "Cease fire."

"Akkoord," comes the reply.  Thijs remains at the ready, prepared to return fire if the boys do not behave themselves.

Thijs
Rear guard, north end of rubble, prone
C7A1 LSW [60/90 +(6x30, 1x90)] on bipod
Browning HP35 [13/13 +(2x13)]
No night vision
Gas Mask in place
Holding fire

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2965 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 16 Dec 2012
at 08:39
  • msg #877

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg # 872):

"Griet, I can't see any more targets worth a fragmentation round. We've taken everything out! Makes you wonder why they are even bothering at this point! Do they think they're going to sink us with rifles? That's Poland for you, I'll never undersrand us.

"Want me to man another gun?"


Dawid (Light Wound, head)
PKM (90/100 + 2 ammo cans)
82mm Vasilek (2/5 HE, 2 WP, 5 HEAT)
Forward Gun tub
Observing the shore

Griet Niewiadomska
player, 703 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sun 16 Dec 2012
at 09:47
  • msg #878

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

"Good idea," Griet yelled back, "come and load this Dushka and I'll get Kellerman to the medic."

She helped the man to a crouch and got him in to the wheelhouse.

Once inside she inspected the wound and asked Walther, "Has the Kaptain called?"
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1120 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 16 Dec 2012
at 09:50
  • msg #879

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Mariusz carefully watched the prisoners, he had thought of several sarcastic comments that he could have made about the situation but the Kaptain was trying to negotiate a cease fire. Mariusz decided that it would be best to just shut up and do his job.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2966 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 16 Dec 2012
at 10:44
  • msg #880

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In reply to Griet Niewiadomska (msg # 878):

"My pleasure!"

Keeping low, he moved to the Dushka. Noting the blood, and what Griet said, Dawid cried, "no, not Kellerman! Will he be all right?" He pulled back the charging handle and began firing bursts at the west side of Tum hill to suppress the ground fire.


Dawid (Light Wound, head)
Dushka (starboard/port? Ammunition?)
Moving to upper MG position
Firing short bursts at W side of Tum Hill.

This message was last edited by the player at 12:06, Sun 16 Dec 2012.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 452 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Sun 16 Dec 2012
at 11:38
  • msg #881

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jay retreated back to where Jan was positioned and updated him on the layout of the room, noting no doors or passages but a few large shell holes that could be accessed by a climber or with a ladder, or even have grenades tossed through. He then took his place covering the door.
Minh Quyen
player, 665 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Sun 16 Dec 2012
at 17:30
  • msg #883

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Quyen hears the call to stop firing and takes her finger off the trigger. She considers taking advantage of the lull to change postions but decides it is probably best not to start moving around in the dark. Quyen keeps the doorway covered and ready to fire but only if the other side shoots first.

"Holding fire." she says aloud.

Quyen
PKM (54/100)
Prone using bipod
Covering entrance

This message was last edited by the player at 17:31, Sun 16 Dec 2012.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2708 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sun 16 Dec 2012
at 21:22
  • msg #884

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Griet Niewiadomska:
Once inside she inspected the wound and asked Walther, "Has the Kaptain called?"


Walter's English was only so-so and he'd been concentrating of manouvering the tug so as to put alongside one of the rickety piers near the boathouse.

"Yes. I think he ordered us to cease fire and stay away from the shore. He's working on some kind of truce or something."

The tug was still 50m or so from shore, though, so it wasn't too late to stand off.
Jan Cerny
player, 1450 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Mon 17 Dec 2012
at 09:36
  • msg #885

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

"Everyone cease fire," Jan called out to those around him.  "Only fire in self defence."

He then moved up beside Quyen on the rubble pile and took another look at the wounded boy who was still moaning in pain.

"We have stopped firing and will not fire again unless you shoot at us," he bellowed loudly in Polish.  "You may send one man forward to recover your wounded."
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1431 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Mon 17 Dec 2012
at 14:34
  • msg #886

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Keeping it simple and professional, Tucker drops his gear away from the bodies and begins to cleasr them of all weapons and things not needed from this round forward.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 704 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Mon 17 Dec 2012
at 17:55
  • msg #887

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

"Thanks," Griet said to Walther, "hold her here and we'll see what happens. There's no point letting them charge us."

She stuck her head out of the door and shouted at Dawid, "Bayer is organising a cease fire. Stop shooting and take cover please."
Craig Sutherland
player, 591 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Tue 18 Dec 2012
at 00:54
  • msg #888

Re: Return to Witch Mountain



Craig takes up the position on the pile of rubble, but holds his fire as instructed. He continues to scan the upper levels in case someone tries something who had not heard the cease fire.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2967 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 18 Dec 2012
at 02:26
  • msg #889

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Griet Niewiadomska:
"Thanks," Griet said to Walther, "hold her here and we'll see what happens. There's no point letting them charge us."

She stuck her head out of the door and shouted at Dawid, "Bayer is organising a cease fire. Stop shooting and take cover please."


"Understood!"

Dawid ceased fire immediately and hunkered down behind cover.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2709 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 18 Dec 2012
at 22:37
  • msg #890

Re: Return to Witch Mountain


Cathedral

After being compelled to issue the order to cease fire against the Kommandos in the Cathedral, and the tiver tug, the Queen is once again placed under guard while LaRue continues to render aid to the grievously wounded Anneka. The sound of gunfire continues from outside, but it's muffled and seems to be coming from the north moreso than from the south. After several minutes pass, the Queen's runner returns and confirms that the order is being passed along. The muffled clang of a large but grounded bell being struck penetrates the walls to the sacristy. This time, the bell strikes are measured at about two second intervals- much slower and more deliberate than when the alarm was being raised not an hour earlier. The sound of gunfire tapers off, growing fainter more distant with every passing second, until it's hard to tell whether it's stopped entirely or the battle is just moving away out of earshot.

Anneka's in bad shape. A rifle bullet has torn through her abdomen and punched out of her lower back. LaRue successfully staunches the flow of blood but there's almost certainly extensive internal damage. Without surgery, her chances of survival are slim.

Out in the sanctuary, the Kommando rearguard offers its own ceasefire, allowing the milita gathered outside the cathedral's main entrance to recover their dead and wounded from the narthex. They do so quickly, and the silent standoff resumes.

Wisla Krolowa

After receiving word from Konrad, the tug stands off, shrugging off a few dozen more bullets before the boys on the hillside get the word to cease fire. The night falls quiet. After the sustained cacophany of pitched battle, the ensuing near silence is almost painful.

Connolly enters the bridge and reports on the condition of the tug's wounded.

"McClurg has a concussion and maybe a broken wrist; wait 'til you see his ear. Kel's got a pretty good bullet wound in his shoulder- I think the bullet's still in there. And Dave's sister is getting pretty upset- I guess she wasn't planning on a big battle here. She's held it together helping the wounded, but when Kel's stable, she's going to be trouble."


Next Moves?
Daniel Larue
player, 223 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Tue 18 Dec 2012
at 23:21
  • msg #891

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Danny wipes the blood from his hands and reaches up to his radio.  "Sunray, Coyote.  If you can swing it, I'd really like an immediate medevac.  Break."  He pauses to gather his thoughts.  "Coyote to Queen for relay to Starlight.  Prep for surgery.  Adult female with close-range gunshot wound to right upper abdominal quadrant, entry and exit wounds.  Severe blood loss.  Acknowledge."
This message was undeleted by the player at 11:36, Wed 19 Dec 2012.
Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 74 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Wed 19 Dec 2012
at 07:14
  • msg #892

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

As the dead and wounded are removed from the narthex, Thijs calls out in Polish, "Hej, ty tam! Być może chcesz wysłać kogoś do sprawdzenia północ budynków Królewiecka i Aleja Spacerowa. Wyszliśmy dwa towarzyszami związana tam."

Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
Hey you out there!  You might want to send somebody to check the buildings north of Krolewiecka and Aleja Spacerowa.  We left two of your comrades tied up there.

He remains ready to resume fire if necessary, still trying to make out figures in the dark.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2968 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 19 Dec 2012
at 07:32
  • msg #893

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Cap'n Rae:
Connolly enters the bridge and reports on the condition of the tug's wounded.

"McClurg has a concussion and maybe a broken wrist; wait 'til you see his ear. Kel's got a pretty good bullet wound in his shoulder- I think the bullet's still in there. And Dave's sister is getting pretty upset- I guess she wasn't planning on a big battle here. She's held it together helping the wounded, but when Kel's stable, she's going to be trouble."


Leaving the Dushka, Dawid ducked into the bridge.

"Urzula will be all right. She lived through the nuclear attack on Warszawa, this can't be as bad, but we've all had a tough time. I'll do what I can to make sure she keeps it together. I think someone might have to stay here and put things right, that might be the best thing to do. The right thing to do.

"Griet, did they get the Baron? And or the Queen? If she's alive, then putting the town back together might be impossible."

Jan Cerny
player, 1453 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 19 Dec 2012
at 12:21
  • msg #894

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

As the situation settled down and word was passed amongst the Queen's forces of the ceasefire Jan took stock of the situation around him.

"Craig, Jay and Thijs.  Search around here and gather together any Intel, radios, weapons, ammo, body armour or other equipment that might be useful and that we might want to take with us.  Also look for any packs to carry things in.  Pay particular attention to the Baron's men and the Baron himself.  Jeff, you do the same but in the back room.  Quyen and I will keep watch."

Something else then occurred to him and he turned to Thijs.  "Thijs.  Did you say earlier that you and Gunther left possessions here in Plock when you joined us.  We might be able to collect them if they are on our route out "
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 705 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Wed 19 Dec 2012
at 18:47
  • msg #895

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Griet looked over at Dawid, "I'm under the impression that the Queen is still alive. We might have to correct that later."
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 459 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Wed 19 Dec 2012
at 20:01
  • msg #896

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

(Assuming that the gas has now dissipated) Jay removed his gas mask and stowed it, wiping the sweat from his face. Following Jan's instruction, he scoured the room looking for anything of interest, while keeping a careful eye on the door they had entered through. He quickly stripped any bodies of weapons, ammunition, grenades, webbing, body armour, intel, valuables and anything else of interest, making repeat trips back and forth if necessary. Shortly his work was completed, and he showed his haul to the others.

As he moved he also checked for survivors. If he found any to be still alive he would alert Jan immediately.
Daniel Larue
player, 226 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Wed 19 Dec 2012
at 22:55
  • msg #897

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Danny waits a moment, frowns, and keys his radio again.  "Queen, Coyote, please acknowledge on that surgery call.  Over."

While waiting for a response, he pulls his notebook from his aid bag and flips through it.  "Okay," he mutters to Mariusz and Tuck, "she's A-pos.  If we have to transfuse, that means we can use Konrad, Boots, Minh, Dave, Thijs, Griet... and you two."  He flashes Tuck an evil grin.  "What an opportunity for you."
This message was last edited by the player at 22:55, Wed 19 Dec 2012.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2971 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 20 Dec 2012
at 02:06
  • msg #898

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Daniel Larue:
Danny waits a moment, frowns, and keys his radio again.  "Queen, Coyote, please acknowledge on that surgery call.  Over."


Dawid reached over to the radio. "Eagle calling Coyote. Got it... thanks? Bring her down to the wharf on the river, we're standing off until we see our people.

"Ah, important question: how's the queen of Plock and the former Baron? Please pass on to Sunray that would be unfortunate if neither were still around to cause trouble."


Looking over at Griet Dawid smiled a little. His ear was starting to hurt, and Urzula's comment made him suspect he would have some deal of trouble should he decide to wear earrings. "I guess that Larue chap wants us to send a helicopter or something? I think he'll make do, even when you take away their toys Americans are pretty competent folks.

"Anyways, hopefully they'll get the hint that the queen and Baron are loose ends worth, ah, closing off."

This message was last edited by the player at 02:09, Thu 20 Dec 2012.
Craig Sutherland
player, 593 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 20 Dec 2012
at 02:09
  • msg #899

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

In reply to Jan Cerny (msg # 894):

Craig did as he was instructed. He re-slung his G3 and picks up the other rifle he had taken off the sentry at the door. He intended to search this man last, so he made his way back to the Barons corpse and gave Tucker a hand collecting the equipment from this room and then working his way back towards the entrance collecting gear as he went.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1433 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 20 Dec 2012
at 02:23
  • msg #900

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Daniel Larue:
Danny waits a moment, frowns, and keys his radio again.  "Queen, Coyote, please acknowledge on that surgery call.  Over."

While waiting for a response, he pulls his notebook from his aid bag and flips through it.  "Okay," he mutters to Mariusz and Tuck, "she's A-pos.  If we have to transfuse, that means we can use Konrad, Boots, Minh, Dave, Thijs, Griet... and you two."  He flashes Tuck an evil grin.  "What an opportunity for you."

Tucker chuckles but doesn't over do it with the extent of her injuries.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2713 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Thu 20 Dec 2012
at 03:05
  • msg #901

Parting is Such Sweet Sorrow


The Wisla Krolowa rests at anchor, 50m off shore, Tum Hill looming sullenly nearby. The sun is up, the day is crisp and cold with a steady breeze out of the north. The skyline in that direction is dark with cloud and the barometer has dropped several points since the day before. A storm is coming.

The entire Kommando is back aboard, and they have a guest, Plock's former Queen. Sickbay is bustling. Anneka lays dying, LaRue's valiant attempt to repair the internal damage she's suffered has failed. The Israeli combat doctor hasn't regained full consciousness since leaving the cathedral sacristy. Kellerman, a bullet in his left shoulder, patiently awaits his turn for treatment. McClurg will be back on duty in a day or two. His left wrist, first thought to be broken, is only badly sprained. His left ear, however, is mostly gone. If he hadn't been wearing his flight goggles, he might have lost his left eye as well. Gunther's cold, stiff corpse lies under a poncho forward of the Vasilek.

Urzula, after assisting LaRue with Anneka, returns to Plock, trusting her track record and urgently needed skillset to keep her safe. Watching her arrival from the deck fo the tug, the Kommando is reassured that, for the time being at least, she has been welcomed back by the surviving militiamen.

In the daylight, the Kommando assault force can fully appreciate the Wisla Krolowa's contribution to the battle. Her paintwork topside is marred by hundreds of bullet impact marks. The mortar strike on the portside gunwhale amidships has done a bit more than cosmetic damage to the tug, knocking out the port Dishka HMG. A moderately skilled gunsmith, however, will probably be able to return it to hull functionality. The two mortar strikes on the raised quarterdeck aft of the mainstack have shredded the overhead tarp and demolished the sandbag and earth-filled weapons crate fighting position. The AGS-17 is nowhere to be found- it was most likely tossed overboard by the second explosion.

On the way back to the tug, down Tum Hill's gentle southern slope, the Kommando was burdened by a V.I.P. prisoner and a stretcher case. Still, they managed to recover a decent amount of war booty. In the sacristy, Konrad recovered the Baron's pack, containing some extra clothing, maps, a pair of Soviet-made night vision goggles, a fine pair of West German binoculars, and a Polish army medium-range manpack radio. LaRue recognized Anneka's medical bag and shouldered it. Three relatively undamaged bulletproof vests were stripped from the dead- one British, one West German, and one Soviet. Those not already overburned grab an extra weapon or two to take back to the tug. Craig stopped by the mortar pit and, ignoring its one dead and two wounded occupants, picked up the four 82mm HE bombs he found there.

Recovered items:
1 pair Soviet NVGs*
1 pair W. German binoculars
1 Polish medium-range manpack radio
3 "Kevlar" vests (1 W. German, 1 British, 1 Soviet)
9 AK-74 series w/ 19 mags
1 Sig 550 w/ two transparent mags
1 Walther MPK SMG w/ 3 mags
1 Uzi SMG w/ 3 mags
1 Walther P9S pistol
2 HK G3 w/ 8 mags
4 82mm HE

*Thijs get's first right of refusal of these, since recovering his own gear was neither prudent nor practical.


Dawid prepares to leave the tug, his home for the last few weeks, and his comrades, several of whom he's been fighting beside for just as long.


Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 20:59, Sat 22 Dec 2012.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1434 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 20 Dec 2012
at 03:24
  • msg #902

Re: Parting is Such Sweet Sorrow

Tucker will go down to where Dawid's spaces was on the tug and lights up one of his Cuban cigars they had gotten from the Barons office when they went into Warsaw.  He leans on the doorway of the room and watches Dawid pack and get his things in order.  "So!  The chosen son of Poland has completed his mission and is going to hunker down in Plock to save one town at a time now?" Robert says with a smirk on his face.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1770 posts
Thu 20 Dec 2012
at 03:25
  • [deleted]
  • msg #903

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

This message was deleted by the player at 03:26, Thu 20 Dec 2012.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1771 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 20 Dec 2012
at 04:03
  • msg #904

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Once Bayer is back aboard, he pulls aside some of the Kommandos before seeing off Dawid and putting Plock behind them once and for all.

First is Quyen, who he instructs to take custody of the Queen, ordering the two of them to remain in the galley and out of sight until they were ready to put her back ashore. He could sense that the Polish woman's life may be in danger from his own men which could spell trouble for Dawid and his sister - seeing how they were planning on returning to the townspeople that were expecting her release. With that in mind he orders his remaining NCOs to pass it along that she was not to be harmed.

Second is Tucker, who he asks to provide a detail to prepare Gunther's body for removal and proper disposal. He also makes a subtle suggestion that he should probably expect to include Anneka with that as well.

Thirdly, he seeks out Jan and asks him to see that the spoils of war were secured once Thijs has an opportunity to collect a few things. He was mostly concerned with the manpack radio and mortar rounds, but also reminded him that Quyen's PKM and Jay's RPG needed to be returned to stores as well.

Bayer then seeks out Dawid. Finding the Polish NCO, he says, "I was going to ask are you sure about this... but you and I both know the answer to that." Bayer then shakes his former 2i/c's hand and not being one for long goodbyes, he simply says, "You were a big part of this. I hope you find what you are looking for here. Thank you and best of luck."

While everyone else is seeing off Dawid, Bayer pulls aside Griet and says, "I'd like to put on some distance from here, but I'd also like to find some place, a wharf or dock, where we can lay up and sort ourselves out... make repairs and such. Do you know of any place?" 
This message was last edited by the player at 04:05, Thu 20 Dec 2012.
Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 77 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Thu 20 Dec 2012
at 04:58
  • msg #905

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jan Cerny:
"Thijs.  Did you say earlier that you and Gunther left possessions here in Plock when you joined us.  We might be able to collect them if they are on our route out "

Resigned to the  loss of his gear, Thijs had replied, "Unfortunately, Gunther and I were quartered northeast of here, well away from our route to the river.  Gunther does not have many possessions; he arrived in Plock with little more than those British BDUs he was wearing when we boarded.  I had more things -- grenades, extra clothes, a chemical suit.  What I really missed tonight was my night vision goggles.  I left them in my quarters because the battery was low and I had no easy means of charging it.  If we find a pair of goggles, I would like to claim them.  I believe the American phrase is 'calling dibs.'  Fighting in the dark is not fun."

Now onboard the tug, Thijs was quiet as he prayed for Gunther's soul.  He had not known the German for very long -- less than a month -- but he had considered the younger man a good friend.

Later, when the booty was gathered and inventoried, Thijs restated his claim to the Baron's NVGs, and picked the British vest as well.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2973 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 20 Dec 2012
at 05:26
  • msg #906

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Konrad Bayer:
Bayer then seeks out Dawid. Finding the Polish NCO, he says, "I was going to ask are you sure about this... but you and I both know the answer to that." Bayer then shakes his former 2i/c's hand and not being one for long goodbyes, he simply says, "You were a big part of this. I hope you find what you are looking for here. Thank you and best of luck."


As the others got sorted out, Dawid put together his gear in anticipation of leaving. He decided against asking for a PKM like the one he'd arrived with, that day not too long ago by Nowy Huta and the Monastery on the Wisla near Krakow. Instead, he liked the look of the (unclaimed) Steyr AUG and so he put that with his pack, along with a half-dozen magazines. In its place in the armoury he left the two spare ammo cans for a PKM, which he no longer needed.

Gratefully, Dawid shook the other man's hand and then saluted. His green beret was pulled over his bandaged ear, hiding it somewhat.

"We were lucky, sir. Gunther's loss is unfortunate (not the least because my binoculars were also destroyed) and I am sorry to see the Major is in such poor shape. We didn't always get along  I have a feeling the reign of this "false Queen" is over, even if they accept her back she will find it hard to command these poor children like she did before, now they see she is vulnerable. I am glad to hear the Baron is no longer a threat and has been served as much justice as he deserved.

"You've been more than a commander, you've been a true friend and a mentor to me. I felt I have learned a lot from you, and I am grateful you didn't give up on me when perhaps you might well have. I too wish you the best, I will perhaps remain here in Plock if I can, or return to Warszawa to gather support there, but I shall see these children and this town liberated some day. Hopefully soon! Failing that or in addition, I shall return home with Urzula, if she'll come."


Forsaking ceremony, he grabbed Bauer in a great bear hug.
This message was last edited by the player at 05:39, Thu 20 Dec 2012.
Craig Sutherland
player, 594 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 20 Dec 2012
at 06:31
  • msg #907

Re: Return to Witch Mountain


Craig watched the goodbyes from a short distance and when his own time came he shook the man's hand.

"I hope we all last to see better days and if after all this is over and if I get the chance to return I will seek you out."

Once Dawid and his sister leave Craig will help out with the burials and then take stock of the raised quarterdeck where he would have been stationed. It was a sobering sight and he took a minute to look it over. He tried to make a makeshift firing point in the meantime before more extensive repairs could be undertaken at some latter point.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 460 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Thu 20 Dec 2012
at 14:32
  • msg #908

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Jay helped to carry the haul back to the boat, and then returned some gear to stores. Later he would have to rearrange his gear, but for new it seemed that they were free of any fighting.

It seemed that while the shore party had gotten off lightly, the boat crew had taken a battering; one dead and many wounded. He helped out with the burial detail, and offered a quick prayer to Buddha for Gunther's soul. He hadn't really known the young German, but maybe he had been a goodman and his spirit would be rewarded.

When Dawid and his sister gave their goodbyes he shook the man warmly by the hand. He had been a brave and noble fighter, and would help to create something resembling normality in this mess of a town.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 706 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Thu 20 Dec 2012
at 16:28
  • msg #909

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Griet looked at the map and said, "The village of Dobiegniewo would be the perfect location. It's about 25 kilometers from here and has a small dock that would be useful to make repairs in."

She looked over at the Kaptain and said, "I'm worried about the damage to the boat's defences. If we keep taking damage like this the trip to drop you off wherever you want to go will be our last, I won't have the equipment or people to keep a hold of the Queen. I would like to request that we do two things during the rest of the journey. The first is that we prioritise finding weapons for the Queen as long as it doesn't entail too much risk and the second is that I would like to try recruiting more crew and ship's troops as we head for Gdansk. Picking up a crew at once will leave me open to mutiny. I want time to make the crew loyal to me."

She paused and looked at the map, "I think we need to decide what resources we can put aside for this venture, you will all have to live once we part too, so spending all our resources on the boat would be wrong. Of course, there's always the possibility that we stick together at the end of the journey and seek our fortune in the Baltic. We do after all make a good team."
Daniel Larue
player, 227 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Thu 20 Dec 2012
at 23:03
  • msg #910

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Danny waits until there's not much audience, then approaches Bayer and Griet.  "Sir," he says, not quite coming to attention, "I hate like hell to say this, but there ain't a whole hell of a lot more we can do.  We've taken a half-dozen units of blood from anyone willing to donate but the round went straight through her liver.  I don't think anyone could fix this without a full surgical ward."  He gestures aimlessly, arresting the movement before he can sling a trail of crimson onto the deck.  "She's still unconscious.  I give her twenty, maybe thirty minutes before she bleeds out internally."

He nods at Griet.  "Not my call, Captain, but you may want to find yourself a ship's surgeon, too.  Much as I love y'all, I've still got an aircrew to take home."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2976 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 21 Dec 2012
at 00:03
  • msg #911

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Dawid shook hands with Craig and Jay.

"Thank you, my friends. One day we will meet again, I think. At the least, come visit. I'll show you where to find me, or at least where my home used to be. Hopefully, it's still there." He pointed out on the map the small farming community where he used to live.

To Jay he said, "do you want to keep my night vision goggles? I need to think about travelling light, and without a way to charge them they are not as useful in the long run."
Jan Cerny
player, 1457 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Fri 21 Dec 2012
at 00:04
  • msg #912

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Konrad Bayer:
Thirdly, he seeks out Jan and asks him to see that the spoils of war were secured once Thijs has an opportunity to collect a few things. He was mostly concerned with the manpack radio and mortar rounds, but also reminded him that Quyen's PKM and Jay's RPG needed to be returned to stores as well.

As instructed Jan organised the stores, ensuring that Quyen returned the PKM and that Jay returned the RPG-7.  He also went round and gathered the spare rockets for the RPG-7 that some of the others were carrying.  Lastly of the gear that had taken from the stores Jan also added the M72A4 LAW and belt of ammo for the PKM that he had been carrying, figuring that it was better stashed in the stores than anywhere else.

With the other equipment they had recovered from the Cathedral Jan checked it all over before sharing things out for those who requested them.  Personally he took two of the full AK-74, mags to replace what he had fired, as well as the AK-74 that looked to be in the best condition.  He then thoroughly cleaned both it and his own AK-74 before comparing them and selecting whichever was the least worn.  He'd had trouble with jamming magazines so if he could find an AK-74 that was more reliable he swapped the BG-15 over to it.  He also did the same with the couple of magazines he'd taken, checking the springs and lips on all his mags and discarding anything that was at all damaged.

He also unjammed and cleaned his SMG.  He considered taking one of the two SMGs they had recovered but knew that the important thing was the silencer that he could attach to his PM-84 so decided against it in the end.  It was about as reliable as a politician's promise but when it worked it was a good weapon even though the round was underpowered.

While he worked he called out to Mariusz, their resident chef.  "Mariusz my friend.  If you can make some good food and a coffee appear then everyone will sing your praises and I will swap watches with you this evening so that you get a good sleep."

Once he had cleaned his weapons and had done his admin duties with the ships weapons locker Jan went up on deck to join the others saying goodbye to Dawid.  He was sad to see him go but, in some ways, relieved that someone was once again leaving their small band alive and standing rather than being buried in a hole as had happened with so many.  As he puffed on a cigarette he approached Dawid and offered his hand in farewell.

"David, jesteś uparty drań czasami, ale był dobrym towarzyszem i będę tęsknić. Powodzenia i twoja siostra, mój przyjacielu. Mam nadzieję, że jesteś w stanie nadal czyni różnicę i że spotkamy się ponownie jeden dzień tak, że mogę kupić ci drinka."*

After saying his goodbyes to Dawid, and lighting another cigarette, Jan went to find Konrad and Griet.  "We need to find somewhere to make repairs, particularly as Danny has told me that a storm is coming.  We also have lots of gold, more than we know what to do with.  Do we know of anywhere along the river where traders meet?  Somewhere where we might be able to spend gold to buy us some heavy weapons?  We have not seen any other boats on the river so maybe no one uses it any more but surely this river once have much traffic along it!  Did your father ever tell you of anywhere along the river that might still be a meeting point for traders?"


*OOC - This bit of Polish should translate as "David, you're a stubborn bastard sometimes, but you have been a good companion and I will miss you. Good luck to you and your sister, my friend. I hope that you are able to continue making a difference and that we will meet again one day so that I can buy you a drink."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2979 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 21 Dec 2012
at 03:23
  • msg #913

Re: Parting is Such Sweet Sorrow

quote:
Once he had cleaned his weapons and had done his admin duties with the ships weapons locker Jan went up on deck to join the others saying goodbye to Dawid.  He was sad to see him go but, in some ways, relieved that someone was once again leaving their small band alive and standing rather than being buried in a hole as had happened with so many.  As he puffed on a cigarette he approached Dawid and offered his hand in farewell.

"David, jesteś uparty drań czasami, ale był dobrym towarzyszem i będę tęsknić. Powodzenia i twoja siostra, mój przyjacielu. Mam nadzieję, że jesteś w stanie nadal czyni różnicę i że spotkamy się ponownie jeden dzień tak, że mogę kupić ci drinka."*


Gladly, Dawid accepted the handshake and shared a cigarette.

"God has been good in some small ways, I have found my sister and perhaps I will find a greater purpose now. And of course I will take you up on that drink! You have a good heart, are a good friend and companion. Perhaps France prove to be a true friend to Poland, though we need to stand on our feet as well. Go with God, Jan."

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
Tucker will go down to where Dawid's spaces was on the tug and lights up one of his Cuban cigars they had gotten from the Barons office when they went into Warsaw.  He leans on the doorway of the room and watches Dawid pack and get his things in order.  "So!  The chosen son of Poland has completed his mission and is going to hunker down in Plock to save one town at a time now?" Robert says with a smirk on his face.


Not but least, a farewell to his old companion, Tucker. "Yes! Perhaps that's the only way to do it. We have no need for Kings, or Barons, or Queens, or Hetmans. The people should choose their own leaders. As long as there's something to complain about, things to shoot and vodka to drink, I will be a happy and content man."

He offered Tucker a drink of vodka, then took a swig himself. "To Poland, those who live to fight another day, and those who sleep forever in her soil. Companions, friends, brothers and sisters in arms, they are all blessed in the eyes of God."
This message was last edited by the player at 06:54, Fri 21 Dec 2012.
Thijs van Lincklaen
player, 78 posts
Dutch
Marine Commando
Fri 21 Dec 2012
at 06:26
  • msg #914

Re: Parting is Such Sweet Sorrow

Thijs found the berthing space allotted to him and adjusted his gear to allow for the weight of the British BN vest he had acquired.  Loathe as he was do do it, he removed his holstered pistol and spare magazines from his webbing and placed them in his butt pack with the snail drum he'd swapped for the one used in the fight.  The pack was now unattached from the LBE and left on the bedding he had been given.

He asked around and borrowed some weapon-cleaning gear and proceeded to field-strip and clean his C7A1 LSW.  As he was doing so, he made a mental note to get some more ammunition to replace what was abandoned in Plock and expended in the firefight.   He would also have to find some clothes to wear while his fatigues were being washed of the CS residue.

He waited for a moment to speak with the departing Dawid.  Shaking his hand, he told the artilleryman, "Zdaję sobie sprawę, że tylko spełnione - Bóg - zaledwie dwa dni temu, i miał niewielki kontakt w tak krótkim czasie. Znałem twoją siostrę na kilka tygodni, a ja uważam ją przyjaciel.  Dbasz o nią, i dbać o siebie.  Być może trzeba trochę więcej amunicji dla tej sierpnia."  He hands the Pole a slip of paper.  "Oto adres mojej kwatery. Możesz mieć swój sprzęt, jeśli ktoś nie ma już go. Obejmuje on przypadek 5.56mm kaset, w większości o przypadku 9mm Parabellum, pół tuzina Granaty, chemiczno-suit i obrona własnej parę noktowizora (trzeba będzie znaleźć sposób na sharge baterie , chociaż).  Idź z Bogiem, i dać Urzula przytulić dla mnie."


Spoiler text: (Highlight or hover over the text to view)
I realize we only met -- God -- just two days ago, and had little contact in that short time.  I did know your sister for a few weeks, and I consider her a friend.  You take care of her, and take care of yourself.  You might need some more ammunition for that AUG." . . . "Here is the address of my quarters.  You can have my gear if somebody has not already taken it.  It includes a case of 5.56mm cartridges, most of a case of 9mm Parabellum, a half-dozen fragmentation grenades, a chemical-defense suit, and my own pair of night vision goggles (you will have to find a way to charge the batteries, though).  Go with God, and give Urzula a hug for me.

This message was last edited by the player at 06:09, Sun 23 Dec 2012.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
player, 467 posts
Naik (Corporal)
Gurkha Rifles
Fri 21 Dec 2012
at 08:35
  • msg #915

Re: Parting is Such Sweet Sorrow

Once back on the boat, Jay volunteered his services to anyone doing repairs or building new defences. He was no engineer, but he was a good gopher.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1439 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Fri 21 Dec 2012
at 09:20
  • msg #916

Re: Parting is Such Sweet Sorrow

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
Tucker will go down to where Dawid's space was on the tug and lights up one of his Cuban cigars they had gotten from the Barons office when they went into Warsaw.  He leans on the doorway of the room and watches Dawid pack and get his things in order.  "So!  The chosen son of Poland has completed his mission and is going to hunker down in Plock to save one town at a time now?" Robert says with a smirk on his face.


Not but least, a farewell to his old companion, Tucker. "Yes! Perhaps that's the only way to do it. We have no need for Kings, or Barons, or Queens, or Hetmans. The people should choose their own leaders. As long as there's something to complain about, things to shoot and vodka to drink, I will be a happy and content man."

He offered Tucker a drink of vodka, then took a swig himself. "To Poland, those who live to fight another day, and those who sleep forever in her soil. Companions, friends, brothers and sisters in arms, they are all blessed in the eyes of God."

Tucker steps into the room and exhales the Cuban tobacco out of his lungs as he appraoches Dawid.  He reaches up and takes the vodka and takes a mouthful before handing it back to the Pole and returns the salute, "To Poland then!"  He extends a hand out to Dawid for him to shake, "I'm not big on sentimental good byes so, this will have to do Dawid.  Good luck to you, and your sister,  Be safe.  And, it was your pleasure serving with me."  Tucker has a smirk on his face as he reaches into one of his pockets and produces one of the Cuban cigars and hands it to Dawid.  "This is for when your battle is over.  Enjoy it in good health, Dudy."
This message was last edited by the player at 09:26, Fri 21 Dec 2012.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2980 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 21 Dec 2012
at 10:39
  • msg #917

Re: Parting is Such Sweet Sorrow

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
Tucker steps into the room and exhales the Cuban tobacco out of his lungs as he appraoches Dawid.  He reaches up and takes the vodka and takes a mouthful before handing it back to the Pole and returns the salute, "To Poland then!"  He extends a hand out to Dawid for him to shake, "I'm not big on sentimental good byes so, this will have to do Dawid.  Good luck to you, and your sister,  Be safe.  And, it was your pleasure serving with me."  Tucker has a smirk on his face as he reaches into one of his pockets and produces one of the Cuban cigars and hands it to Dawid.  "This is for when your battle is over.  Enjoy it in good health, Dudy."


"And here's to America's colours, the only colours that never run... something like that? Thanks for the cigar, a priceless gift in this day."

Grinning, Dawid shook his hand, and gave him a bear hug. "There, you fucking bastard. Only if you remember me as the sanctimonious prick that I truly am! I wouldn't have it any other way."

He reached into his pocket, brought out his treasured rosary.

"I saved this for you. I'm sure you've heard the story a hundred times be now. Once belonged to my village priest. Blessed by Father Karol Józef Wojtyła himself when he visited Poland in 1978. I give it to you now, it will bring you luck, may Father, the Son and the Black Madonna herself protect you and our companions."
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 1121 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Fri 21 Dec 2012
at 15:43
  • msg #918

Re: Parting is Such Sweet Sorrow

Mariusz nodded and headed for the galley to make something to eat.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1773 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sat 22 Dec 2012
at 15:58
  • msg #919

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Griet Niewiadomska:
Griet looked at the map and said, "The village of Dobiegniewo would be the perfect location. It's about 25 kilometers from here and has a small dock that would be useful to make repairs in."


"Alright." Bayer replies. "We move as soon as Dawid and the others are away."
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 1442 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sat 22 Dec 2012
at 16:13
  • msg #920

Re: Parting is Such Sweet Sorrow

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
Tucker steps into the room and exhales the Cuban tobacco out of his lungs as he appraoches Dawid.  He reaches up and takes the vodka and takes a mouthful before handing it back to the Pole and returns the salute, "To Poland then!"  He extends a hand out to Dawid for him to shake, "I'm not big on sentimental good byes so, this will have to do Dawid.  Good luck to you, and your sister,  Be safe.  And, it was your pleasure serving with me."  Tucker has a smirk on his face as he reaches into one of his pockets and produces one of the Cuban cigars and hands it to Dawid.  "This is for when your battle is over.  Enjoy it in good health, Dudy."


"And here's to America's colours, the only colours that never run... something like that? Thanks for the cigar, a priceless gift in this day."

Grinning, Dawid shook his hand, and gave him a bear hug. "There, you fucking bastard. Only if you remember me as the sanctimonious prick that I truly am! I wouldn't have it any other way."

He reached into his pocket, brought out his treasured rosary.

"I saved this for you. I'm sure you've heard the story a hundred times be now. Once belonged to my village priest. Blessed by Father Karol Józef Wojtyła himself when he visited Poland in 1978. I give it to you now, it will bring you luck, may Father, the Son and the Black Madonna herself protect you and our companions."

Tucker returns the bear hug with equal enthusiasium and makes sure he doesn't burn off his cigar.  "No worries Dawid, you'll always be a prick in my book!  I expect nothing less of you to think the same of me!"  Robert loks down at the rosary beads that Dawid just handed him and listens to the explanation about the history, for the last time.  "I'm not a religous guy but, I'll gladly accept them Dawid, thank you.  Good luck and I hope that you find happiness here with your sister."  Robert takes the beads and puts them in his BDU shirt pocket and leaves with a nod before returning to the top deck for the final send off.
Minh Quyen
player, 666 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Sat 22 Dec 2012
at 16:25
  • msg #921

Re: Return to Witch Mountain

Quyen dumped the PKM, the metal ammo box, and the remaining ammunition into the armory. She didn't fire too much of the ammo which was good.

Returning: PKM x1, PKM 100rd. box x1, 7.62mmS Linked x154

Quyen then reported to Konrad as requested where she was to take the Queen to the galley as a makeshift brig. Before going inside she snapped her handcuffs on the woman and drew her pistol. Quyen then sat her at the table and stood leaning against the wall next to the door. If the Queen tried talking to her she'd tell her to shut up and threaten to gag her.

When it was time to go Minh escorted the queen back outside and up to the deck. She removed the handcuffs from her and gently pushed her towards Dawid. Quyen then looks at Dawid and says quietly "You are crazy..." Then shaking her head slowly she says "Goodbye and be well Dawid Piotrowski. We are grateful and you will be missed." Quyen then lights up a cigarrete and watches him go.
This message was last edited by the player at 16:27, Sat 22 Dec 2012.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2719 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 22 Dec 2012
at 20:58
  • msg #922

Farewell Friend


After saying his farewells, Dawid boards the "Princess" with his hostage, the former Queen of Plock. The tug's small boat crew ferries the odd couple ashore and stays long enough to see them safely up the bank. Not far away is a gaggle of sour faced teens, all of them armed. They keep their weapons slung, though. Dawid waves goodbye and marches the Queen (no one ever asked her real name or how she came to be the Queen of Plock) up the riverbank and towards the town. Dawid is clearly entering hostile territory. The Kommando must have killed and wounded at least three dozen of Plock's young defenders in its bid to rid Poland once and for all of Baron Czarny. The Kommando's success in the latter is mitigated in large part by the "collateral" damage done to the former. Dawid and Urzula have a herculean task ahead of them.

The Kommando watch Dawid and the small procession until they disappear behind some battered buildings. All that they can do now is wish him luck and remember him in their prayers.

The Wisla Krolowa draws away from the west end of Plock, steaming towards the wall of grey looming above the horizon to the west.

To Be Continued...
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2983 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 23 Dec 2012
at 01:32
  • msg #923

Re: Farewell Friend

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg # 922):

Letting Tucker have the last word while he wiped at some dirt in his eye, Dawid accepted the prisoner. He turned and nodded his thanks to Minh. "Keep safe, my friend."

He waved to the boat from shore, then began marching his prisoner back.

"So... what's your name? Hos did you become Queen, anyways? Is it like a vote or something?"

OOC: I'm not trying to drag this out, but that's a damn good question and hey, people might want to know. For better or worse she's an interesting character in her own right.
Jeff D. Warren
player, 504 posts
American - CIA
Special Operations Group
Sun 23 Dec 2012
at 03:27
  • msg #924

Re: Farewell Friend

[NPC'ed]

Before Dawid departs, Jeff says goodbye.

"Well, it was fun, wasn't it? Do me a favor, though, OK? For old time's sake. I was happy to help with Warsaw but can you pretend you never met me? I'm not susposed to exist, if you know what I mean. You catch my drift, right? Thanks. Good luck, Piotrowski. Take care."
Cap'n Rae
GM, 2723 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sun 23 Dec 2012
at 03:30
  • msg #925

Re: Farewell Friend

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"So... what's your name? Hos did you become Queen, anyways? Is it like a vote or something?"


The Queen, no longer a prisoner aboard the tug, and on her way back to the town in which, until quite recently, she reigned supreme, remains sullenly, or perhaps defiantly, silent. Who knows what's going on in her head. Dawid's going to have to keep a tight leash on the mysterious woman.
This message was last edited by the GM at 03:34, Sun 23 Dec 2012.
Daniel Larue
player, 231 posts
Technical Sergeant
USAF Pararescueman
Sun 23 Dec 2012
at 13:45
  • msg #926

Re: Farewell Friend

Danny returns to the makeshift surgical theatre and watches Anneka until her breathing falters and stops.  He checks for a pulse, first manually and then with his battered stethoscope, and finds none.

After a long moment, he steps back, comes to attention, and brings up the perfect salute he never granted Anneka before.  "Goodbye, Major," he whispers.  "No more bullshit here, ma'am.  You were a hell of a good chest-cutter and you took care of the mission.  I'm sorry I couldn't do more."

He draws a sheet over her face and leaves the compartment, softly closing the door behind him.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 2985 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 23 Dec 2012
at 16:26
  • msg #927

Re: Farewell Friend

In reply to Jeff D. Warren (msg # 924):

Before he left, he shook Warren's hand. "Do not worry, unidentified person. You shall be remembered but not recorded, your help will be known but never spoken of."

To Thjis he replied, "my thanks for the wishes. I will give Urzula a hug and kiss for you! I know where your equipment is and should it be there, I'll put the ammunition and explosives to good use and return what I can if I see you again. Or sell it for liquor, I actually can't promise ahead of time."

"God be with you, Mariusz," he told the youth as he hurried off. "Wherever your path takes you, make sure it brings you home. Poland needs people like you, and you will put what you learn from our comrades to best use, I am sure!"
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:55, Sun 23 Dec 2012.
Jan Cerny
player, 1464 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sun 23 Dec 2012
at 18:43
  • msg #928

Re: Farewell Friend

In reply to Daniel Larue (msg # 926):

When Jan gathered that Anneka has passed away he quietly went to the cabin her body was in to pay his respects.

"Anneka. Tu étais une salope parfois, mais je pense que vous avez toujours de bonnes intentions, même si vous avez causé plus d'arguments que vous avez résolu. J'espère que vous trouverez le bonheur dans l'au-delà."*

He then crossed himself and muttered a prayer quietly in French before bowing his head and then leaving.


OOC:
* - this should translate as "Anneka.  You were a bitch sometimes but I think that you always meant well, even if you caused more arguments than you solved.  I hope that you find happiness in the next life."

Sign In